As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 22, 2014

Registration No. 333-196935



UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 2 to


FORM S-1


REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware

 

6021

 

27-0775699

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)


2500 Weston Road, Suite 300
Weston, Florida 33331

Telephone: (954) 984-3313

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Kent Ellert, Chief Executive Officer

FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.

2500 Weston Road, Suite 300

Weston, Florida 33331

Telephone: (954) 984-3313

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:


Peter G. Smith, Esq.

Kramer Levin Naftalis &

Frankel LLP

1177 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

Telephone: (212) 715-9100

Facsimile: (212) 715-8000

C. Andrew Gerlach, Esq.

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

125 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

Telephone: (212) 558-4000

Stuart I. Oran

FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.

2500 Weston Road, Suite 300

Weston, Florida 33331

Telephone: (630) 569-7200

David J. Goldschmidt, Esq.

Skadden, Arps, Slate,

Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Telephone: (212) 735-3000

Facsimile: (212) 735-2000


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):


Large accelerated filer  

o

Accelerated filer

o

Non-accelerated filer  

þ

Smaller reporting company

o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 







CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class

of Securities to be

Registered

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering

Price (1)(2)

Amount of

Registration

Fee (3)

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

$270,600,750

$34,853.38


(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the offering price of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

(3)

$17,415 of the registration fee was previously paid in connection with the filing of Registration Statement No. 333-174227, which was withdrawn by the Company on June 5, 2014.


The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.









The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell any of the securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.


SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JULY 22, 2014


Preliminary Prospectus


FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.


8,715,000 Shares

Class A Common Stock


This is the initial public offering of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc., a bank holding company headquartered in Weston, Florida. We are offering 4,358,488 shares of our Class A Common Stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional 4,356,512 shares of Class A Common Stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders. We currently anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $24.00 and $27.00 per share.


We have applied to list our Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “FCB.”


We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as a result, have elected to take advantage of certain reduced public company reporting and disclosure requirements in this prospectus.  We may take advantage of these reduced reporting and disclosure requirements in future filings to the extent they remain applicable.


Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12.


Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or state or federal bank regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


 

 

Per Share

 

Total

Public offering price

$

 

$

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

$

 

$

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

$

 

$

 

Proceeds to the selling stockholders, before expenses

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  See “Underwriting” for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters.

 

 

 

 


We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters the option to purchase up to 1,307,250 additional shares of Class A Common Stock, of which up to 807,250 shares may be purchased from us and up to 500,000 shares may be purchased from a selling stockholder.


Shares of our Class A Common Stock are not savings accounts, deposits or obligations of any bank and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.


The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about            , 2014, subject to customary closing conditions.


Joint Book Running Managers

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

J.P. Morgan

BofA Merrill Lynch

 

 

 

 

UBS Investment Bank

 


Lead Manager

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

A Stifel Company

 


Co-Managers

 

Guggenheim Securities

 

Hovde Group



The date of this prospectus is           , 2014






Bank Branch Map (1)


[I12558002.GIF]


(1)   As of June 15, 2014.




ii





TABLE OF CONTENTS


 

Page

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

iv

GLOSSARY

v

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

1

RISK FACTORS

12

USE OF PROCEEDS

30

DIVIDEND POLICY

31

CAPITALIZATION

32

DILUTION

33

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

34

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

37

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

39

BUSINESS

87

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

102

MANAGEMENT

115

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

122

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

129

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

131

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

136

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

139

UNDERWRITING

144

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK  

148

LEGAL MATTERS

151

EXPERTS

151

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

151

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-1


In this prospectus, unless the context suggests otherwise, references to “FCB Financial Holdings,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” mean the business of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Bond Street Holdings, Inc.) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Florida Community Bank, National Association and its consolidated subsidiaries; and references to “the Bank” refer to Florida Community Bank, National Association, and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to the “Old Failed Banks” include Premier American Bank, or Old Premier, Florida Community Bank, or Old FCB, Peninsula Bank, or Old Peninsula, Sunshine State Community Bank, or Old Sunshine, First National Bank of Central Florida, or Old FNBCF, Cortez Community Bank, or Old Cortez, Coastal Bank, or Old Coastal, First Peoples Bank, or Old FPB, in each case, before the acquisition of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities of each of the Old Failed Banks by the Bank. References to Great Florida Bank refer to such bank before its merger with the Bank; Great Florida Bank and the Old Failed Banks are collectively referred to as the Old Banks. References to our Class A Common Stock refer to our Class A voting common stock, par value $0.001 per share; references to our Class B Common Stock refer to our Class B non-voting common stock, par value $0.001 per share; and references to our common stock include, collectively, our Class A Common Stock and our Class B Common Stock.  See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock” for a further discussion of our common stock.



iii





ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell shares of our Class A Common Stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our Class A Common Stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about, and to observe, any restrictions as to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to those jurisdictions.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

The market data and other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys, as well as independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Unless otherwise specified, the SNL Financial and FDIC market data provided in this prospectus is as of June 30, 2013. None of the independent industry publications referred to in this prospectus were prepared on our or our affiliates’ behalf or at our expense.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS


Some of the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and financial performance. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words. Any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our historical performance, the historical performance of the Old Banks or on our current plans, estimates and expectations. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us, the underwriters or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business prospects, growth strategy and liquidity. If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from those indicated in these statements. These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, those factors described in “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be different from what we expect and that these differences may be material.




iv





GLOSSARY


ALL

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 

AOCI

Accumulated other comprehensive income or loss

 

 

ASC

FASB Accounting Standards Codification

 

 

CAGR

Cumulative annual growth rate

 

 

CDI

Core deposit intangible

 

 

CET1

Common Equity Tier 1

 

 

CLO

Collateralized loan obligation

 

 

DIF

Deposit insurance fund

 

 

EPS

Earnings (loss) per common share

 

 

EVE

Economic Value of Equity

 

 

FDIC

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

 

FHLB

Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta

 

 

GAAP

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

 

 

LCR

Liquidity coverage ratio

 

 

LTV

Loan-to-value

 

 

MBS

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

MSA

Metropolitan Statistical Area

 

 

NSFR

Net stable funding ratio

 

 

OCC

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

 

 

OREO

Other real estate owned

 

 

OTTI

Other than temporary impairment

 

 

SFR

Single family residential

 

 

TDR

Troubled debt restructuring

 

 

UPB

Unpaid principal balance





v





PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


This summary provides a brief overview of the key aspects of the offering. This is only a summary that identifies those aspects of the offering that are most significant. You should read this entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 12 and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our Class A Common Stock. Unless indicated otherwise, the information included in this prospectus assumes (i) no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 1,307,250 shares of our Class A Common Stock, of which up to 807,250 shares may be purchased from us and up to 500,000 shares may be purchased from a selling stockholder and (ii) that the shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold in the offering are sold at $25.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

Company Overview

We are a bank holding company with one wholly-owned national bank subsidiary, Florida Community Bank, National Association, headquartered in Weston, Florida, which operates 54 branches in Florida. As of March 31, 2014, we had $5.17 billion in assets, $3.73 billion in deposits and $723.9 million in stockholders’ equity. Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks headquartered in Florida. Further, we believe that our loan growth over 2012 and 2013, a two year cumulative annual growth rate, or CAGR, of approximately 39%, compared to the median of approximately 15% for the top-10 fastest organically growing U.S. regional banks with assets from $3 to $30 billion, excluding internet-based banks, reflects the Bank’s industry-leading organic loan growth. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had net new commercial loan growth of $734.5 million and net new residential and consumer loan growth of $306.5 million. As of December 31, 2013, our new loan portfolio aggregated $1.77 billion, representing approximately 78.4% of our aggregate loan portfolio, of which over $1.4 billion represented new commercial loans and approximately $371 million represented new residential and consumer loans.

We were formed in April 2009 with the goal of becoming a leading independent commercially-oriented community bank in Florida. Since that time, we raised an aggregate of approximately $740 million of equity capital, acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of eight failed banks, which are collectively referred to as the Old Failed Banks, in Florida from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, as receiver, which acquisitions are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the Failed Bank Acquisitions. In addition, in January 2014, the Bank acquired by merger the business of Great Florida Bank which, as of December 31, 2013, had 25 branches located within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area, total assets of $993.0 million and shareholders’ equity of $15.3 million. The acquisition of Great Florida Bank, or the Great Florida Acquisition, together with the Failed Bank Acquisitions, are collectively referred to as the Acquisitions. Through our capital raising efforts and the integration of the operations and systems of the various Acquisitions onto one single branded, statewide platform in Florida, we have transformed the Company from a number of small community banks across Florida into a large, integrated commercial bank with a significant presence in the Florida market. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Great Florida Acquisition, we had net income of $17.6 million and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had net income of $3.5 million.

The Bank offers a comprehensive range of traditional banking products and services to individuals, small and medium-sized businesses, some large businesses, and other local organizations and entities in our market areas. The Bank also selectively participate in syndicated loans to select national credits. The Bank targets commercial customers engaged in a wide variety of industries including healthcare and professional services, retail and wholesale trade, tourism, agricultural services, manufacturing, distribution and distribution-related industries, technology, automotive, aviation, food products, building materials, residential housing and commercial real estate.

We have built a preeminent Florida-based, Florida-focused banking franchise centered on commercial business relationships and providing customers with a high level of service. The Bank’s principal growth strategy over the next few years is focused on the continuing development and expansion, organically and through acquisition, of our commercial banking platform, as well as continued growth of our retail business, including our residential mortgage products.


Since our first acquisition, we have continued to build out our franchise by investing in our human capital, control environment, infrastructure and technology to create an efficient, scalable platform to support future growth, support our risk management activities, and to enhance lending and fee income opportunities through a full suite of traditional banking products and services. We believe that our branch network, operating structure and scalable technology platform has and will continue to enable us to grow as expansion opportunities, including acquisition opportunities, arise. Our focus over the next several years is to continue to leverage our robust commercial lending platform to continue our peer-leading organic growth and to continue to grow through acquisitions in our principal Florida markets. In addition, we may acquire assets, deposits and branches which we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth strategy.



1





Our Market Areas

We are primarily located in south and central Florida. The majority of our deposits ($1.6 billion as of March 31, 2014) are located in the Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach metropolitan statistical area, or MSA. Our other key MSAs in which the Bank operates include Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers.

The following table shows key deposit and demographic information about our market areas and our presence in these markets as of the dates provided.


FCB Financial Holdings

 

Total Market Area

Metropolitan

Statistical Area

 

Number
of
Branches

(1)

 

3/31/14

Deposits ($’000s)

 

Deposit
Market
Share (%)

(2)

 

Percent of
Franchise
(%)

 

Total
Population
2013
(Actual)(3)

 

Population
Change
2010-2013
(%)(3)

 

Projected
Population
Change
2013-2018
(%)(3)

 

Median
HH
Income
2013
(Actual $)(3)

 

Projected
HH Income
Change
2013-2018
(%)(3)

 

Unemployment
Rate (%)(4)

Miami-Fort Lauderdale-
West Palm Beach, FL

 

28

$

1,631,912

 

1.02

 

43.75

 

5,657,903

 

1.68

 

5.49

$

45,243

 

18.83

 

6.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island, FL

 

4

 

552,648

 

3.57

 

14.82

 

331,765

 

3.19

 

6.20

 

53,051

 

20.56

 

5.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North Port-Bradenton-Sarasota, FL

 

3

 

306,961

 

1.14

 

8.23

 

717,311

 

2.14

 

5.37

 

45,928

 

18.51

 

6.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cape Coral-Fort Myers, FL

 

3

 

239,909

 

2.33

 

6.43

 

642,626

 

3.86

 

8.53

 

48,142

 

16.55

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Orlando-Kissimmee-
Sanford, FL

 

4

 

215,840

 

0.51

 

5.79

 

2,203,521

 

3.24

 

7.43

 

48,032

 

16.51

 

5.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Punta Gorda, FL

 

2

 

242,384

 

7.62

 

6.50

 

164,223

 

2.65

 

4.33

 

42,112

 

18.52

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Port St. Lucie, FL

 

3

 

172,433

 

1.72

 

4.62

 

432,054

 

1.87

 

4.53

 

45,917

 

17.80

 

7.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Palm Bay-Melbourne-Titusville, FL

 

2

 

129,971

 

1.62

 

3.48

 

550,248

 

1.26

 

2.38

 

46,519

 

17.35

 

6.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deltona-Daytona Beach-Ormond Beach, FL

 

2

 

102,872

 

1.44

 

2.76

 

599,347

 

1.53

 

2.80

 

41,778

 

20.53

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clewiston, FL

 

1

 

63,239

 

19.95

 

1.70

 

39,799

 

1.68

 

0.66

 

34,313

 

14.05

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL

 

1

 

36,569

 

0.07

 

0.98

 

2,842,211

 

2.12

 

4.25

 

43,949

 

18.81

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sebastian-Vero Beach, FL

 

1

 

34,931

 

0.83

 

0.94

 

141,801

 

2.73

 

4.92

 

44,030

 

18.97

 

7.70

MSA Totals

 

54

$

3,729,669

 

 

 

100.00

 

14,322,809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average: MSA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.15

 

5.48

$

45,935

 

18.55

 

6.32

Aggregate: National

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

314,467,933

 

1.85

 

3.62

$

51,314

 

16.11

 

6.70


                           

(1)

Branch network as of June 15, 2014.

(2)

Deposit market share percentage data is calculated based on the Bank’s deposits at March 31, 2014 as a percentage of total deposits in respect of the applicable MSA, for banks and thrifts as of June 30, 2013 (not including credit unions) according to SNL Financial.

(3)

Source: ESRI, as provided by SNL Financial. Demographic data is provided by ESRI based primarily on U.S. Census data. For non-census year data, ESRI uses samples and projections to estimate the demographic data.

(4)

Source: U.S. Department of Labor. Unemployment rate as of March 2014.


We believe these markets represent some of the most attractive demographics in the United States, with above average anticipated population and household income growth (according to SNL Financial, based on 2013-2018 anticipated population and household income growth). Our largest MSA, Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach, is anticipated to experience population growth of 5.5% between 2013-2018 (according to SNL Financial). Our other key MSAs including Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers are expected to see population growth of 7.4%, 6.2% and 8.5%, respectively, over the same time period.  The weighted average anticipated population growth rate between 2013-2018 in the MSAs we operate in is 5.5%.  These population growth rates are significantly higher than the anticipated national average of 3.6% and rank among the fastest growing MSAs in Florida, where the state anticipated growth rate is 5.1%.  Additionally, all of our key demographics are anticipated to experience robust household income growth outperforming the national average. The MSAs of Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach, Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers expect to see household income growth of 18.8%, 16.5%, 20.6% and 16.6% respectively, compared to the anticipated national average of 16.1%. Furthermore, the percentage of households with income greater than $100,000 is anticipated to see the fastest growth in our MSAs. These households are expected to comprise 23.4% of households within the Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach MSA by 2018, up from 18.7% in 2013. The MSAs of Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers are anticipated to see the percentage of the households with over $100,000 in income increase to 22.1%, 29.7%, and 22.0% by 2018, up from 17.3%, 23.9% and 17.3%, respectively, in 2013.  Over time, we expect to expand our footprint in Florida and possibly look to enter other areas in the Southeastern United States.



2





Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following are our competitive strengths:


·

Experienced and Talented Management Team.  Our senior management team has substantial experience with regional banking franchises, including the Florida operations of Fifth Third Bank, Wachovia Bank, N.A. and SunTrust Bank. Most of our senior management team has worked together since 2010 to successfully identify, execute and integrate our acquired banking businesses throughout much of south and central Florida.  We believe we have built a banking organization anchored with strong human capital and managerial expertise in the areas of credit origination, retail sales production, treasury management and credit underwriting, with deep knowledge of the specific markets we serve.

·

Robust Commercial Business Platform.  We are focused on providing superior products and services to what we perceive as an underserved Florida-based small and mid-cap commercial and industrial segments, as well as to a segment of the Florida-based commercial real estate market. We have built out our commercial banking platform in our strategic Florida markets, which we believe are Florida’s most important markets, to provide a full range of banking services to our commercial customers, including a full suite of treasury management services. As a result, we closed and funded approximately $925 million in commercial loans during 2013. We have staffed our credit origination team with senior commercial underwriters recruited from large regional and national banking platforms, each of whom possesses proven commercial and industrial experience underwriting middle market and corporate banking clients throughout the State of Florida.

·

Full-Service Scalable Banking Platform.  We have invested in our infrastructure and technology to create a single, fully integrated banking platform utilizing industry leading technology that supports future growth and our risk management activities, and enhances lending and fee income opportunities through a full suite of traditional banking products and services. We deliver a consistent and branded process and marketing delivery system across all of our distribution points, which we believe is a differentiating factor for a bank of our size.

·

High-Touch, High Service Retail Banking Operations.  We are committed to providing excellent service and a superior customer experience for our retail customers. We believe that our relationship-based approach to helping our customers achieve their financial goals combines the skills and expertise of our personal bankers with a comprehensive suite of products developed to address the financial needs of the market we serve. The Bank provides a wide variety of customized loan programs to accommodate the needs of its retail customer base and facilitates the loan approval process through an automated system, Decision Pro, utilizing industry specific application software. Consumer loan approvals occur with same day turnaround and apply credit scoring metrics as determined by management. Consumer loans are primarily on a secured basis, while unsecured credit card products are offered and sold to the Bank’s customers through a third party private label provider, Elan Services. Consumer loan products include personal loans, auto loans, recreational vehicle loans, and home improvement/second mortgage loans. Flexible terms are set with individual consumers in mind.  We continue to focus our retail banking efforts on maintaining ties to the communities in which we operate.  Our traditional branch retail network is supported by convenient technology such as internet, mobile and text-based banking, and industry networks like Presto!, an ATM network owned and operated by Publix supermarkets. In 2013, the Bank further enhanced its retail product offerings, introducing non-deposit investment products through Raymond James Financial Services, to provide a number of non-deposit investment products and brokerage services, including securities brokerage services, investment advice and investment recommendations to the Bank’s retail customers.

·

Broad Florida Geographical Footprint; High Growth Markets.  We operate a Florida-based, Florida-focused franchise. We have a meaningful presence in most of the significant Florida markets, with a footprint that extends from Naples to Sarasota, and to Brookville, on the west coast of Florida, from Miami to Daytona Beach on the east coast of Florida, and to Orlando in central Florida. The majority of our deposits ($1.6 billion as of March 31, 2014) are located in the Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach MSA, which we view as the most important and growing Florida MSA. Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks headquartered in Florida. We believe that the markets we serve provide high growth opportunities for the Bank and contain a limited number of “independent” competitors with assets greater than $3 billion.

·

Strong Capital Position.   We believe our strong capital position affords us the opportunity to pursue a vigorous growth strategy. As of March 31, 2014, the Company’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 13.4%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 17.6%, and Total risk-based capital ratio was 18.1%. As of March 31, 2014, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.2%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 14.9%, and Total risk-based capital ratio was 15.4%. Additionally, the capital raised in the offering further strengthens our strong capital position and allows us to execute our organic growth strategy.



3





 

·

Liquidity Position.   We believe our significant cash reserves and liquid securities portfolio held by the Bank position us well for future growth. As of March 31, 2014, the Bank had investment securities of approximately $1.6 billion, with greater than 80% of the portfolio invested in securities rated A or higher and the balance rated BBB or higher.

·

Extensive Target Evaluation Capabilities and Successful Acquisition and Integration Experience.  We believe that we have demonstrated our ability to effectively identify, analyze, acquire and integrate banking businesses in Florida. Since January 2010, we have successfully acquired nine such institutions on what we believe were attractive terms, all of which have been successfully integrated onto one common operating platform. Drawing on this strength, we were able to accomplish the full conversion and operational integration of Great Florida Bank in just 30 business days. Further, we believe we have developed strong capabilities in account origination risk management, on-going monitoring and enhanced due diligence often required to fulfill Bank Secrecy Act and Anti-Money Laundering laws and regulations in the context of bank acquisitions, facilitating our ability to seek and execute on strategic opportunities and reduce the operations risk profile of the Bank following such acquisitions.

Our Growth Strategies

Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks headquartered in Florida. We intend to continue to build a leading Florida-based, Florida-focused regional commercial banking franchise by growing—both organically and through acquisitions—within our existing markets, across the State of Florida, and over the longer term, in other attractive markets that may complement our current footprint. We believe that dislocations in the banking industry in Florida have created an opportunity for us to create a leading Florida-based, Florida-focused bank that will continue to be able to realize greater economies of scale relative to smaller community and commercial banks, while providing more personalized, local service than large-sized banks. The key components of our strategic plan are:


·

Continue to Expand Commercial Lending Business.  We intend to continue to expand our commercial lending business in our principal Florida markets through the continued build-out and staffing of our commercial banking platform. Commercial banking teams consisting of a senior commercial banker, commercial relationship managers, commercial market executives, credit underwriting teams and support have been established in all of our existing commercial markets. Each regional commercial team is focused on full relationship banking to middle market commercial lending prospects. We support our commercial sales force with underwriting teams and cash management teams aligned by geographic market. There are now approximately 80 professionals with deep local market experience working in our commercial banking operation to support loan origination, credit and underwriting, servicing, and risk management functions. In addition, our teams will further integrate cross-selling strategies in an effort to deepen existing client relationships.  We believe these efforts will continue to increase our organic loan origination and associated revenue and attract new transaction account deposits that provide a lower cost of funds.


·

Expand Our Retail Presence and Residential Mortgage Lending Business.  Through our retail branch banking network, the Bank provides a comprehensive suite of deposit and credit products to its retail customers. Deposit products include a full complement of transaction, savings and time deposit products. The Bank regularly conducts market and competitive analysis in an effort to determine which products are best suited for the needs of each market.  Additionally, through the integration process and the extension of the Bank’s technology platform, the Bank has substantially increased the overall product suite offered to retail clients. In addition to depository products, the Bank offers credit cards, merchant card services, small business loans, residential mortgage, and electronic and mobile banking services. Consumer lending provides typical secured and unsecured loan products with a strong reliance on automated credit scoring, analysis of debt capacity and other analytical data. Our mortgage lending team consists of an experienced mortgage origination leader, mortgage loan originators covering our key markets, and a mortgage loan processing and underwriting staff. We also utilize a third-party mortgage origination service provider to do the necessary compliance and servicing functionality for our mortgage business. In 2013, the Bank further enhanced its retail product offerings by introducing non-deposit investment products and brokerage services (including securities brokerage services, investment advice and investment recommendations) pursuant to an agreement with Raymond James Financial Services.



4





 

·

Focus on Expansion Through Organic Growth to Continue Strengthening Profitability.   Over the past two years we have redirected our growth strategy to provide greater focus on organic growth, while still considering acquisition opportunities such as Great Florida Bank. Building our platform through acquisitions of the Old Failed Banks during 2010 and 2011 facilitated a quick expansion of our footprint, but required heightened expenses to fully integrate the acquired business, thus reducing overall profitability. The redirection of our growth plan has already resulted in increased profitability. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our net income increased $22.0 million over the year ended December 31, 2012 to $17.2 million. Key priorities to accelerate our growth in profitability include continuing to strengthen organic loan growth and cross-sale opportunities, continued reduction of our cost of deposits, and continued disciplined management of non-interest expenses. Additionally, as we focus more on organic growth, our credit provision and workout expenses on acquired loans will continue to decline due to improved acquired asset quality.  

·

Pursue Acquisition Opportunities.  While our primary focus over the next several years is continuing our organic growth led by our robust commercial lending platform, we also intend to continue our acquisition strategy by selectively identifying, acquiring and integrating depository institutions (or their assets and deposits) through traditional open bank acquisitions. We may also consider additional failed bank acquisitions with the FDIC to the extent, if any, that opportunities may arise; however, we note that, according to the FDIC, as of June 30, 2014, there have only been 12 failed banks in 2014 (as compared to 157 failed banks in 2010 and 92 failed banks in 2011 when we acquired the Old Failed Banks), and as a result, there are significantly fewer such opportunities. We may acquire assets, deposits and branches which we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth. We expect that acquisitions will continue to play a significant role in our growth strategy and believe that our management has developed a best-in-class approach and playbook for integrating acquired banks.


Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and other requirements that are generally unavailable to other public companies. As an emerging growth company,


·

we may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and provide less than five years of selected financial data in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

·

we are exempt from the requirements to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

·

we are permitted to have less extensive disclosure regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

·

we are not required to seek from our stockholders a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute payments.


We have elected in this prospectus to take advantage of the scaled disclosure related to financial statement presentation, including less than five years of selected financial data. We have also elected in this prospectus to take advantage of scaled disclosure relating to executive compensation.  Following our public offering, we may continue to take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us as long as we continue to qualify as an emerging growth company. It is possible that some investors could find our common stock less attractive because we may take advantage of these reduced requirements.


In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B).

We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (b) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as (i) the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (ii) we have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, for a period of at least 12 months and (iii) we have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.



5





FDIC Loss Share Indemnification Assets

Six of the Failed Bank Acquisitions included assets that are covered by loss share arrangements, pursuant to which the FDIC bears a substantial portion of the risk of loss. Such acquired assets from the Failed Bank Acquisitions, including loan portfolios and other real estate owned, or OREO, that are covered under loss share arrangements with the FDIC are referred to as “Covered Assets.” As of March 31, 2014, the Covered Loans (loans covered under loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC) included in our loan portfolio derived from Failed Bank Acquisitions aggregated to $337.1 million, or 11.5% of our aggregate loan portfolio, with non-performing Covered Loans totaling $15.7 million, or 59.4%, of total non-performing loans, and Covered Assets included in our OREO were $32.2 million, or 37.3% of our total OREO holdings.

Risk Factors

For a discussion of certain risk factors you should consider before making an investment, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12.

Company Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 2500 Weston Road, Suite 300, Weston, Florida 33331, and our telephone number is (954) 984-3313. Our website address is www.floridacommunitybank.com . The information and other content contained on our website are not part of this prospectus.



6





The Offering


Common Stock Offered by Us

4,358,488 shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

 

Common Stock Offered by Selling

 

Stockholders

4,356,512 shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

 

Over-allotment Option

1,307,250 shares of Class A Common Stock, of which up to 807,250 shares may be purchased from us and up to 500,000 shares may be purchased from a selling stockholder.

 

 

Common Stock to be Outstanding

 

Immediately After the Offering

40,250,642 shares of common stock, consisting of 33,925,771 shares of Class A Common Stock and 6,324,871 shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

 

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the offering of approximately $99.5 million, or approximately $118.6 million if the option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock is exercised in full by the underwriters, assuming an initial public offering price of $25.50 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, including to fund organic growth as well as the opportunistic acquisition of depository institutions, and selective acquisitions of assets, deposits and branches that we believe present attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth strategy. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders in the offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

 

Regulatory Ownership Restrictions

We are a bank holding company. A holder of shares of common stock (or group of holders acting in concert) that (i) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 5% of the total voting power of the Company (ii) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote 10% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company if applicable presumptions are not rebutted, (iii) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company or (iv) is otherwise deemed to “control” the Company under applicable regulatory standards may be subject to important restrictions, such as prior regulatory notice or approval requirements and applicable provisions of the FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions, or FDIC Policy. See “Supervision and Regulation—FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions” and “Risk Factors—We and certain of our stockholders are required to comply with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions.” For a further discussion of regulatory ownership restrictions see “Supervision and Regulation.”

 

 

Classes of Common Stock

The shares of common stock of the Company are divided into two classes: Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. The Class A Common Stock possesses all of the voting power for all matters requiring action by holders of the Company’s common stock, with certain limited exceptions. Each share of Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock at any time, subject to certain restrictions. Other than with respect to voting rights and the restrictions on transfer and conversion relating to the Class B Common Stock described in this prospectus, the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are treated equally and identically, including with respect to distributions. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock” for a further discussion of our common stock.




7






Dividend Policy

We have never paid a cash dividend on our common stock; however, we may pay dividends on shares of our common stock in the future. We are a bank holding company and accordingly, any dividends paid by us are subject to various regulatory limitations and also may be subject to the ability of our subsidiary depository institution to make distributions or pay dividends to us. Our ability to pay dividends is limited by minimum capital and other requirements prescribed by law and regulation. In addition, the Bank has an agreement with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or the OCC, and such agreement, the OCC Agreement which was entered into in connection with the acquisition of Old Premier, which imposes restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us, including requiring prior approval from the OCC, before any dividends are paid. Banking regulators have authority to impose additional limits on dividends and distributions by us or our subsidiaries. Certain restrictive covenants in future debt instruments, if any, may also limit our ability to pay dividends or the Bank’s ability to make distributions or pay dividends to us. See “Dividend Policy” and “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions.”

 

 

Registration Rights

We have agreed to use our best efforts to file, within 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a registration statement providing for the potential resale (subject to certain “lock-up” arrangements) of up to 28,293,811 shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights” and “—Lock-Up Arrangements” for a description of the registration rights applicable to such shares. Future sales of shares of our common stock by these stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock. See “Risk Factors — A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to drop.”

 

 

Proposed New York Stock

 

Exchange Symbol

We have applied to list our Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “FCB.”

 

 

Risk Factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12, as well as other cautionary statements throughout this prospectus, before investing in shares of our Class A Common Stock.


Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus assumes that the Class A Common Stock to be sold in the offering is sold at $25.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and information contained in this prospectus regarding the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after the offering does not include:


·

up to 807,250 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable by us upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option;

·

3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants with an expiration date of November 12, 2019 at exercise prices of $24.24, $26.18 and $28.28 per share, each for one-third of such shares;

·

3,686,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under the Bond Street Holdings 2009 Option Plan, as amended, or the 2009 Option Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $20.41 per share, 2,170,500 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under the Bond Street Holdings 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $19.75 per share; and 500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of outstanding restricted stock units under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan; and

·

an aggregate of 15,160 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the 2009 Option Plan, and an aggregate of 329,500 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.



8





Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data


The following table sets forth our summary historical consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. You should read this information in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 is derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial information set forth below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results shown below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance.


 

 

Three months

ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Selected Results of Operations Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

$

44,918

$

34,457

$

145,263

$

148,834

Interest expense

 

6,573

 

5,370

 

22,940

 

27,506

Net interest income

 

38,345

 

29,087

 

122,323

 

121,328

Provision for loan losses

 

1,090

 

1,096

 

2,914

 

26,101

Net interest income after provision

 

37,255

 

27,991

 

119,409

 

95,227

Non-interest income

 

2,548

 

2,684

 

10,942

 

19,295

Non-interest expense

 

34,466

 

26,527

 

104,308

 

121,749

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

 

5,337

 

4,148

 

26,043

 

(7,227)

Income tax provision expense (benefit)

 

1,809

 

1,650

 

8,872

 

(2,399)

Net income (loss)

 

3,528

 

2,498

 

17,171

 

(4,828)

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

0.10

$

0.07

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Diluted

$

0.10

$

0.07

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Tangible book value per share (1)

$

17.65

$

18.72

$

18.85

$

18.57

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

35,892,154

 

37,011,598

 

36,947,192

 

37,011,598

Diluted

 

35,896,445

 

37,013,630

 

36,949,129

 

37,011,598


 

 

 

 

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

March 31, 2014

 

2013

 

2012

Selected Balance Sheet Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

87,697

$

239,217

$

96,220

Investment securities

 

1,656,109

 

1,182,323

 

1,505,112

Loans receivable, net

 

2,922,868

 

2,244,051

 

1,342,365

Loans not covered under FDIC loss sharing
argreements, gross

 

2,601,238

 

1,899,529

 

883,138

Loans covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements, gross

 

337,124

 

359,255

 

478,176

FDIC loss share indemnification asset

 

80,605

 

87,229

 

125,949

Other real estate owned

 

86,244

 

34,682

 

57,767

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

90,317

 

39,369

 

40,895

Other assets

 

243,660

 

146,499

 

76,753

Total assets

 

5,167,500

 

3,973,370

 

3,245,061

Total deposits

 

3,729,669

 

2,793,533

 

2,190,340

Borrowings

 

665,829

 

435,866

 

271,642

Other liabilities

 

48,133

 

27,857

 

54,905

Total liabilities

 

4,443,631

 

3,257,256

 

2,516,887

Stockholders’ equity

 

723,869

 

716,114

 

728,174

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

5,167,500

 

3,973,370

 

3,245,061

Tangible stockholders' equity (1)

 

633,552

 

676,745

 

687,279







                      

 

(1)   See “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”



9






 

 

Three months

ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Performance Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate spread

 

3.45%

 

3.72%

 

3.58%

 

3.77%

Net interest margin

 

3.62%

 

4.02%

 

3.80%

 

4.01%

Return on average assets

 

0.30%

 

0.32%

 

0.49%

 

-0.14%

Return on average equity

 

1.98%

 

1.39%

 

2.35%

 

-0.67%

Efficiency ratio (bank level) (1)

 

79.59%

 

79.36%

 

75.03%

 

83.21%

Average interest-earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities

 

118.86%

 

132.91%

 

130.50%

 

125.61%

Loans receivable to deposits

 

78.78%

 

65.25%

 

80.86%

 

62.15%

Yield on interest-earning assets

 

4.19%

 

4.70%

 

4.51%

 

4.91%

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities

 

0.74%

 

0.98%

 

0.93%

 

1.14%

Asset and Credit Quality Ratios – Total loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to loans receivable (2)

 

0.90%

 

2.48%

 

1.51%

 

0.73%

Nonperforming assets to total assets (3)

 

2.18%

 

2.52%

 

1.73%

 

2.09%

Covered loans to total gross loans

 

11.5%

 

30.2%

 

15.9%

 

35.1%

ALL to nonperforming assets

 

13.8%

 

19.7%

 

21.4%

 

28.0%

ALL to total gross loans

 

0.53%

 

1.12%

 

0.65%

 

1.39%

Asset and Credit Quality Ratios – New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming new loans to total new loans receivable (2)

 

0.00%

 

0.06%

 

0.06%

 

0.07%

Covered new loans to total gross new loans

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

New loan ALL to total gross new loans

 

0.49%

 

0.59%

 

0.47%

 

0.71%

Asset and Credit Quality Ratios – Acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming acquired loans to total acquired loans receivable (2)

 

2.62%

 

6.09%

 

6.78%

 

1.50%

Covered acquired loans to total gross acquired loans

 

33.5%

 

75.2%

 

73.6%

 

75.7%

Acquired loan ALL to total gross acquired loans

 

0.60%

 

1.92%

 

1.32%

 

2.18%

Capital Ratios (Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

15.3%

 

22.8%

 

20.9%

 

21.2%

Tangible average equity to tangible average assets (4)

 

13.9%

 

21.8%

 

20.0%

 

20.2%

Tangible common equity ratio (4)

 

12.5%

 

20.9%

 

17.2%

 

21.5%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

13.4%

 

21.3%

 

18.0%

 

20.6%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

17.6%

 

32.6%

 

24.8%

 

36.1%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

18.1%

 

33.4%

 

25.3%

 

37.1%

Capital Ratios (Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

12.3%

 

14.1%

 

13.4%

 

12.9%

Tangible common equity ratio

 

10.5%

 

12.9%

 

11.5%

 

12.7%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

11.2%

 

12.7%

 

12.0%

 

12.1%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

14.9%

 

20.2%

 

16.7%

 

21.2%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

15.4%

 

21.0%

 

17.3%

 

22.2%


                      

 

(1)

Non-interest expense over (net interest income plus non-interest income). Includes amortization expense of FDIC loss share indemnification asset and FDIC clawback liability.

(2)

Nonperforming loans include loans in non-accrual status.

(3)

Nonperforming assets include loans in non-accrual status and OREO.

(4)

See “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”



10





Recent Developments – Second Quarter Highlights


The following preliminary financial information for the three months ended June 30, 2014 is based upon our estimates and subject to completion of our financial closing procedures. Moreover, this information has been prepared solely on the basis of currently available information by, and is the responsibility of, management. Our independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP, has not audited or reviewed, and does not express an opinion with respect to, this information. This summary is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for this period, and remains subject to, among other things, the completion of our financial closing procedures, final adjustments, and completion of the review of our financial statements.


Consolidated net income available to shareholders is estimated to be between $9.0 million and $9.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, compared to $4.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, and $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014.  Net income is primarily a function of net interest income, provision for loan loss expense, non-interest income, non-interest expense and income tax provision expense.  Our estimates of these primary components of consolidated net income available to shareholders for the three months ended June 30, 2014 are:


·

Net interest income is estimated to be between $40.3 million and $41.6 million;

·

Provision for loan loss expense is estimated to be between $3.2 million and $3.3 million;

·

Non-interest income is estimated to be between $6.6 million and $6.8 million;

·

Non-interest expense is estimated to be between $30.1 million and $31.1 million;

·

Pretax net income is estimated to be between $13.6 million and $14.0 million; and

·

Income tax provision expense is estimated to be between $4.6 million and $4.7 million.


The Company’s estimated results of operations for the three months ended June 30, 2014 are estimated to produce an average return on assets between 0.67% and 0.69% and net interest margin between 3.37% and 3.40%. Included in the estimated non-interest expenses are approximately $1.0 million in after tax expenses associated with the closure of branches assumed in the Great Florida Acquisition and appreciation in FDIC Equity Appreciation Agreements.


Total assets are estimated to increase by approximately $474 million at June 30, 2014 to approximately $5.64 billion, predominantly as the result of continued loan growth. During the three months ended June 30, 2014, total gross loans increased by approximately $327 million to approximately $3.27 billion from $2.94 billion as of March 31, 2014. New loans increased by approximately $376 million to approximately $2.3 billion at June 30, 2014 from $1.93 billion as of March 31, 2014. Acquired loans declined by approximately $49 million to approximately $957 million at June 30, 2014, from $1.0 billion at March 31, 2014.  Credit quality remained strong during the second quarter of 2014 and the ALL on new loans is estimated to be approximately 0.54% at June 30, 2014, as compared to 0.49% at March 31, 2014.


Deposits increased by approximately $229 million to $3.96 billion at June 30, 2014, from $3.73 billion at March 31, 2014. DDA and NOW deposits increased by approximately $35.1 million, or 6.7%, Savings and Money Market Accounts increased by approximately $275.2 million, or 16.2%, and higher cost Time Deposits declined by approximately $81.7 million, or 5.4% at June 30, 2014, from March 31, 2014. Cost of deposits including time deposit premium amortization declined to 0.62% in the second quarter of 2014 from 0.63% in the first quarter of 2014.


We remain “well-capitalized” with a Tier 1 leverage ratio of approximately 12.0% for the second quarter of 2014.






11





RISK FACTORS


Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our Class A Common Stock. If any of the events highlighted in the following risks actually occurs, our business, results of operations or financial condition would likely suffer. In such an event, the trading price of our Class A Common Stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We completed nine acquisitions between 2010 and 2014 and thus have a limited operating history as a single entity from which investors can evaluate our profitability and prospects.

The Company was organized in April 2009, acquired certain of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of eight failed banks in 2010 and 2011, and made a significant acquisition of an open bank—Great Florida Bank—which closed in January 2014. We have completed the process of integrating all of the acquired banking platforms into a single unified operating platform; however our limited time as the assignee of certain of the assets and liabilities of the Old Failed Banks and the successor to the operations of Great Florida Bank may make it difficult to predict our future prospects and financial performance based on the prior performance of the Old Failed Banks and Great Florida Bank.

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth.

We became a relatively large organization in a short period of time.  Our operating results depend, to a large extent, on our ability to successfully manage our rapid growth and our ability to continue to recruit and retain qualified employees, especially seasoned relationship bankers. Our business plan includes, and is dependent upon, hiring and retaining highly qualified and motivated executives and employees at every level and, in particular, bankers that have long-standing relationships within their communities in order to grow our organic banking business.  We expect these professionals will bring with them valuable customer relationships, and they will be an integral part of our ability to attract and grow deposits, generate new loan origination and grow in our market areas. We expect to experience substantial competition in our endeavor to identify, hire and retain the top-quality employees that we believe are key to our success. If we are unable to continue to hire and retain qualified employees, we may not be able to successfully execute our business strategy. If we are unable to effectively manage and grow the Bank, our business and our consolidated results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted.

Our current asset mix and our current investments may not be indicative of our future asset mix and investments, which may make it difficult to predict our future financial and operating performance.

Certain factors make it difficult to predict our future financial and operating performance including, among others: (i) our current asset mix may not be representative of our anticipated future asset mix and may change as we continue to execute on our plans for organic loan origination and banking activities and potentially grow through future acquisitions; (ii) our significant liquid securities portfolio may not necessarily be representative of our future liquid securities position; and (iii) our cost structure and capital expenditure requirements during the periods for which financial information is available may not be reflective of our anticipated cost structure and capital spending as we continue to realize efficiencies in our business, integrate future acquisitions and continue to grow our organic banking platform.

Since a significant portion of our revenue since inception was generated from accretion income on acquired loans, which over time has largely been replaced with performing interest-earning assets, the failure to generate sufficient new loan origination and other asset growth could have an adverse impact on our future financial condition and earnings.

As a result of our FDIC-assisted acquisitions, a significant portion of our current interest income has been derived from the realization of accretable discounts on acquired loans. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized $64.9 million of interest income, or 44.6% of total interest income, and for the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized $90.6 million of interest income, or 60.9% of total interest income, in each case, from the accretable discounts on our acquired loans. While our new loan portfolio has grown significantly over the last two years and represents 66% of our outstanding loans at March 31, 2014, if we are unable to continue to replace the remaining acquired loans and related interest income with new performing loans, our financial condition and earnings may be adversely affected.



12





Failure to comply with the terms of our loss sharing agreements with the FDIC may result in significant losses and the expiration of certain loss share agreements will result in the conversion of Covered Loans to Uncovered Loans.

We purchased certain of the assets and assumed certain of the liabilities of the Old Failed Banks from the FDIC, and presently a substantial portion of our revenue is derived from those assets. A significant portion of the losses related to the Covered Assets acquired in six of those transactions will be borne by the FDIC. We are subject to audit by the FDIC at its discretion to ensure we are in compliance with the terms of the corresponding loss sharing agreements. We may experience difficulties in complying with the terms of such loss sharing agreements, which could result in the loss of some or all of the loss sharing coverage and our being required to recognize the full amount of any such uncovered losses. Any significant loss of coverage would have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, each loss share agreement with the FDIC expires after 10 years for residential loans and 5 years for commercial loans. Thus, certain of our loss share agreements with the FDIC begin to expire in January 2015, thus essentially converting the Covered Loans to which such agreements relate into Uncovered Loans.

If we fail to effectively manage credit risk, our business and financial condition will suffer.

There are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks with respect to the period of time over which the loan may be repaid, risks relating to proper loan underwriting and guidelines, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions, risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers and risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral. As of March 31, 2014, approximately 34% of loans held by the Bank were acquired through the Acquisitions. In addition, we continue to grow our commercial loan origination business.  There is no assurance that our credit risk monitoring and loan approval procedures are or will be adequate or will reduce the inherent risks associated with lending. Our credit administration personnel, policies and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of our loan portfolio. Any failure to manage such credit risks may materially adversely affect our business and our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

Economic and market developments, including the potential for inflation, may have an adverse effect on our business, possibly in ways that are not predictable or that we may fail to anticipate.

Economic and market disruptions that have existed in recent years and the potential for future economic disruptions and increase in inflation present considerable risks and challenges to us. Dramatic declines in the housing market and increasing business failures in the recent past have negatively impacted the performance of mortgage, commercial and construction loans and resulted in significant write downs of assets by many financial institutions. General downward economic trends, reduced availability of commercial credit and high unemployment have also negatively impacted the credit performance of commercial and consumer loans, resulting in additional write downs. These risks and challenges have significantly diminished overall confidence in the national economy, the financial markets and many financial institutions. This reduced confidence could further compound the overall market disruptions and risks to banks and bank holding companies, including us. These conditions, among others, are some of the factors that ultimately led to the failure of the failed banks whose assets we purchased from the FDIC, as receiver. Although, as a new market entrant in 2010, we benefited from these market dislocations as reflected in our purchase price for the acquired assets, continuation or further deterioration of weak real estate markets and related impacts, including increasing foreclosures, business failures and unemployment, may adversely affect our results of operations, especially as we attempt to increase our loan origination activities which will not be protected by loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC. A decline in real estate values could also lead to higher charge-offs in the event of defaults in our real estate loan portfolio. To the extent that our business may be similar in certain respects to the failed banks whose assets and liabilities we acquired, and that we may be serving the same general customer base with portions of a product mix which may be similar to that of the failed banks, there is no guarantee that similar economic conditions to those which adversely affected the failed banks’ results of operations will not similarly adversely affect our results of operations.

Our business and operations are located in Florida, which experienced economic difficulties worse than many other parts of the United States during the last economic cycle, and as a result we are highly susceptible to downturns in the Florida economy.

In addition to general, regional, national and international economic conditions, our operating performance will be impacted by the economic conditions in Florida. During the most recent economic downturn, Florida was affected disproportionately relative to the rest of the country. As of December 2007, Florida’s unemployment rate was in line with the national average at 4.7% compared to 4.5% for the nation. By December 2009, Florida’s state unemployment rate was 11.6% relative to the national average of 8.8%, as reported by SNL Financial. Additionally, Florida’s GDP was significantly impacted. In 2009, Florida’s GDP decreased 5.9% nearly double the national average of a 3.3% decline, as reported by the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis. Furthermore, Florida experienced significant volatility in real estate prices with home prices decreasing by approximately 50% from peak to trough in Miami, Orlando, and Tampa. These factors along with disruption in the credit markets and decreased availability of financing for commercial borrowers in Florida resulted in low consumer confidence, depressed real estate markets and a regional economic performance that trailed the United States as a



13





whole. These conditions may continue or worsen in Florida, even if the general economic conditions in the United States show continued signs of improvement. In addition, the Florida economy is largely dependent on the tourism industry. If there is a significant decline in tourism, the resulting economic effect could have a material negative impact on our operating results by reducing our growth prospects, affecting the ability of our customers to repay their loans to us and generally adversely affecting our financial condition.

As of March 31, 2014, approximately 48.6% of our loan portfolio was secured by commercial properties and approximately 23.2% of our loan portfolio was secured by residential properties, in each case including properties under construction, located primarily in Florida. A substantial portion of our future loan activities may involve commercial and residential properties in Florida. A concentration of our loans in Florida subjects us to the risk that a failure of the Florida economy to recover or a further downturn could result in a lower than expected loan origination volume and higher than expected delinquency and foreclosure rates or losses on loans. Further, if Florida real estate markets do not recover, it will become more difficult and costly for us to liquidate foreclosed properties. The occurrence of a natural disaster in Florida, such as a hurricane, tropical storm or other severe weather event, or a manmade disaster could negatively impact regional economic conditions, cause a decline in the value or destruction of mortgaged properties and an increase in the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures or loss on loans originated by us, damage our banking facilities and offices and negatively impact our growth strategy. In addition, many residents and businesses in Florida have incurred significantly higher property and casualty insurance premiums on their properties, which has and may continue to adversely affect real estate sales and values in our markets. We may suffer further losses due to the decline in the value of the properties underlying our mortgage loans, which could have a material adverse impact on our operations. Any individual factor or a combination of factors could materially negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. A high rate of foreclosures or loan delinquencies, particularly if those loans were not covered by loss sharing agreements, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and our business.

Changes in national and local economic conditions could lead to higher loan charge-offs which could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Although the loan portfolios acquired in the Failed Bank Acquisitions have been initially accounted for at fair value, impairment may result in additional charge-offs to the portfolio. The fluctuations in national, regional and local economic conditions, including those related to local residential, commercial real estate and construction markets, may increase the level of charge-offs that we make to our loan portfolio, including any loans we originate or acquire in the future, and, consequently, reduce our net income. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled and may have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition even if other favorable events occur.

Although we have entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC in six of the eight Failed Bank Acquisitions, which provide that a significant portion of losses related to those Covered Assets will be borne by the FDIC, we are not protected against all losses resulting from charge-offs with respect to those loan portfolios. In addition, none of the Bank’s new loans nor any of the assets acquired in the acquisitions of Old Sunshine and Old FPB are covered by loss sharing agreements. Additionally, the loss sharing agreements have fixed terms. Any charge-off that we experience after the loss sharing agreements expire will not be reimbursed by the FDIC and would negatively impact our net income. If any of those events occur, our losses could increase. For a more detailed discussion of the loss sharing agreements, see “Business—Acquisitions.”

Many of our loans are to commercial borrowers, which have a higher degree of risk than other types of loans.

As of March 31, 2014, commercial and industrial loans constituted $825.7 million, or 28.1%, and commercial real estate loans constituted $1.26 billion, or 42.8%, of our total loan portfolio. We expect that over time, new loan originations will be more focused on commercial and industrial loans. To the extent that the Bank extends credit to commercial borrowers (both commercial and industrial borrowers and commercial real estate borrowers), such loans may involve greater risks than other types of lending. Because payments on such loans are often dependent on the successful operation or development of the property or business involved, repayment of such loans is more sensitive than other types of loans to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the general economy. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrowers’ ability to make repayment from their employment and other income and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial loans typically are made on the basis of the borrowers’ ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the related commercial venture. If the cash flow from business operations is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Due to the larger average size of a commercial loan in comparison to other loans such as residential loans, as well as the collateral which is generally less readily-marketable, losses incurred on a small number of commercial loans, to the extent not covered by FDIC loss share arrangements, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, commercial loan customers often have the ability to fund current interest payments through additional borrowings, and as a result the actual credit risk associated with these customers may be worse than anticipated.



14





The performance of our residential loan portfolio depends in part upon a third-party service provider and a failure by this third party to perform its obligations could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Substantially all of our residential loans are serviced by Dovenmuehle Mortgage, Inc., or DMI, which provides both primary servicing and special servicing. Primary servicing includes the collection of regular payments, processing of taxes and insurance, processing of payoffs, handling borrower inquiries and reporting to the borrower. Special servicing is focused on borrowers who are delinquent or on loans which are more complex or in need of more hands-on attention. If the housing market worsens, the number of delinquent mortgage loans serviced by DMI could increase. In the event that DMI, or any third-party servicer we may use in the future, fails to perform its servicing duties or performs those duties inadequately, we could experience a temporary interruption in collecting principal and interest, sustain credit losses on our loans or incur additional costs associated with obtaining a replacement servicer. Any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Similarly, if DMI or any future third-party mortgage loan servicer becomes ineligible, unwilling or unable to continue to perform servicing activities, we could incur additional costs to obtain a replacement servicer and there can be no assurance that a replacement servicer could be retained in a timely manner or at similar rates.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we take title.

In the course of our business, we may own or foreclose and take title to real estate, and we could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or we may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we were to become the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We are subject to losses due to the errors or fraudulent behavior of employees or third parties.

We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud by employees and outsiders, clerical recordkeeping errors and transactional errors. Our business is dependent on our employees as well as third-party service providers to process a large number of increasingly complex transactions. We could be materially adversely affected if one of our employees causes a significant operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error or where an individual purposefully sabotages or fraudulently manipulates our operations or systems. When we originate loans, we rely upon information supplied by loan applicants and third parties, including the information contained in the loan application, property appraisal and title information, if applicable, and employment and income documentation provided by third parties. If any of this information is misrepresented and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. Any of these occurrences could result in a diminished ability of us to operate our business, potential liability to customers, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our deposit insurance premiums could be substantially higher in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our future earnings.

The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, up to applicable limits. The amount of a particular institution’s deposit insurance assessment is based on that institution’s risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to its regulators. Recent market developments and bank failures significantly depleted the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund, or DIF, and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. As a result of recent economic conditions and the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or Dodd-Frank Act, banks are now assessed deposit insurance premiums based on the bank’s average consolidated total assets, and the FDIC has modified certain risk-based adjustments which increase or decrease a bank’s overall assessment rate. This has resulted in increases to the deposit insurance assessment rates and thus raised deposit premiums for insured depository institutions. If these increases are insufficient for the DIF to meet its funding requirements, further special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums may be required. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels.  Any future additional assessments, increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums could reduce our profitability, may limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, or otherwise negatively impact our operations.



15





Changes in interest rates could negatively impact our net interest income, weaken demand for our products and services or harm our results of operations and cash flows.

Our earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon net interest income, which is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowed funds. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, particularly the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence the interest we receive on loans and securities and the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also adversely affect (1) our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (2) the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, (3) our ability to realize gains on the sale of assets and (4) the average duration of our mortgage-backed investment securities portfolio. An increase in interest rates may reduce customers’ desire to borrow money from us as it increases their borrowing costs and may potentially adversely affect their ability to pay the principal or interest on loans. A portion of our loan portfolios are floating rate loans. Consequently, an increase in interest rates may lead to an increase in nonperforming assets and a reduction of income recognized, which could harm our results of operations and cash flows. In contrast, decreasing interest rates may have the effect of causing customers to refinance loans faster than originally anticipated. Any substantial, unexpected or prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on net interest income, asset quality, loan origination volume, financial condition, results of operations and loan prospects.

The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to market conditions out of our control.

As of March 31, 2014, the fair value of the Company’s investment securities portfolio was approximately $1.7 billion. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These factors include but are not limited to rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or with respect to the underlying securities, changes in market interest rates and continued instability in the credit markets. In addition, we have historically taken a conservative investment approach, with concentrations of government issuances of short duration. In the future, we may seek to increase yields through more aggressive investment strategies, which may include a greater percentage of corporate issuances and structured credit products. Any of these mentioned factors, among others, could cause other- than-temporary impairments in future periods and result in realized losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Any requested or required changes in how we determine the impact of loss share accounting on our financial information could have a material adverse effect on our reported results.

Our financial results are significantly affected by the application of loss share accounting, which is subject to assumptions and judgments made by us and the regulatory agencies to whom we report such information. Loss share accounting is a complex accounting methodology. If these assumptions are incorrect, any change or modification could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operations or our previously reported results. As such, any financial information generated through the use of loss share accounting is subject to modification or change. Any significant modification or change in such information could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our previously reported results.

Our financial information reflects the application of acquisition accounting. Any change in the assumptions used in such methodology could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

As we acquired substantially all of our operating assets and assumed substantially all of our liabilities from third parties, our financial results are heavily influenced by the application of acquisition accounting. Acquisition accounting requires management to make assumptions regarding the assets purchased and liabilities assumed to determine their fair market value. If these assumptions are incorrect, any change or modification required could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operations or our previously reported results.

We depend on our senior management team, and the unexpected loss of one or more of our senior executives could adversely affect our business and financial results.

Our future success significantly depends on the continued services and performance of our key management personnel and our future performance will depend on our ability to motivate and retain these and other key personnel. The loss of the services of members of our senior management, or other key employees, or the inability to attract additional qualified personnel as needed, could materially and adversely affect our businesses and our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.



16





We may not be able to maintain a strong core deposit base or other low-cost funding sources.

We depend on checking, savings and money market deposit account balances and other forms of customer deposits as our primary source of funding for our lending activities. Our future growth will largely depend on our ability to maintain and grow a strong deposit base. We are also working to transition certain of our customers to lower cost traditional banking services as higher cost funding sources, such as high interest certificates of deposit, mature. There is no assurance customers will transition to lower yielding savings and investment products or continue their business with the Bank, which could adversely affect our operations. Further, even if we are able to grow and maintain our deposit base, the account and deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into investments (or similar deposit products at other institutions that may provide a higher rate of return), we could lose a relatively low cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income. Additionally, any such loss of funds could result in lower loan originations, which could materially negatively impact our growth strategy.

We may not be able to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers if we do not maintain sufficient liquidity.

Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future cash flow needs on a timely basis at a reasonable cost. The Bank’s liquidity is used to make loans and to repay deposit liabilities as they become due or are demanded by customers. Potential alternative sources of liquidity include federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements. The Bank maintains a portfolio of investment securities that may be used as a secondary source of liquidity to the extent the securities are not pledged for collateral. However, we do not expect to maintain our current level of investment securities (relative to the size of our business) as we pursue our acquisition growth strategy. Other potential sources of liquidity include the sale or securitization of loans, the utilization of available government and regulatory assistance programs, the ability to acquire national market non-core deposits, the issuance of additional collateralized borrowings such as Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, or FHLB, advances, the issuance of debt securities, issuance of equity securities and borrowings through the Federal Reserve’s discount window. However, there can be no assurance that these sources will continue to be available to us on terms acceptable to us or at all. Although we currently have sufficient liquidity to meet the anticipated cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, there is no guarantee that we will continue to maintain such liquidity. Without sufficient liquidity, we may not be able to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, which in turn could have a material adverse impact on our operations.

The borrowing needs of our clients may be unpredictable, especially during a challenging economic environment.  We may not be able to meet our unfunded credit commitments, or adequately reserve for losses associated with our unfunded credit commitments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

A commitment to extend credit is a formal agreement to lend funds to a client as long as there is no violation of any condition established under the agreement. The actual borrowing needs of our clients under these credit commitments have historically been lower than the contractual amount of the commitments. A significant portion of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. Because of the credit profile of our clients, we typically have a substantial amount of total unfunded credit commitments, which is reflected off our balance sheet. Actual borrowing needs of our clients may exceed our expected funding requirements, especially during a challenging economic environment when our client companies may be more dependent on our credit commitments due to the lack of available credit elsewhere, the increasing costs of credit, or the limited availability of financings from venture firms. In addition, limited partner investors of our venture capital clients may fail to meet their underlying investment commitments due to liquidity or other financing issues, which may increase our clients’ borrowing needs. Any failure to meet our unfunded credit commitments in accordance with the actual borrowing needs of our clients may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

An inadequate allowance for loan losses (ALL) would reduce our earnings.

Neither the loans acquired from Old Sunshine, Old FPB, or Great Florida Bank, nor any loan we originate (including loans in which we participate), are covered by any loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC.  As we increase our loan origination and other product offerings, the percentage of assets not covered by the FDIC loss sharing agreements that make up our loan portfolio will increase. As such, the long-term success of our business will be largely attributable to the quality of our assets, particularly newly-originated loans. The risk of loss on originated loans not covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements that we hold on our balance sheet will vary with, among other things, general economic conditions, the relative product mix of loans being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the quality of the collateral for the loan. For our new loans, we will maintain an allowance for loan losses, or ALL, based on, among other things, historical rates, an evaluation of economic conditions, regular reviews of



17





delinquencies and loan portfolio quality, and regulatory requirements. We account for loans acquired through business combination with deteriorated credit quality since origination under Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, or ASC 310-30.  For ASC 310-30 pools, a specific valuation allowance is established when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all of the cash flows initially expected at the acquisition date. Based upon the foregoing factors, we make assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectability of loans and provide an allowance for probable loan losses based upon a percentage of the outstanding balances and for specific loans when their ultimate collectability is considered questionable. If any of these assumptions are incorrect, it could have a material adverse effect on our earnings.

If borrowers and guarantors fail to perform as required by the terms of their loans, we will sustain losses.

Over time, as a more significant portion of our loan portfolio consists of loans originated by us or are otherwise not covered by any loss sharing arrangement, a significant source of risk arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained if the Bank’s borrowers and guarantors fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans and guaranties. This risk increases when the economy is weak. We have implemented underwriting and credit monitoring procedures and credit policies, including the establishment and review of the ALL, that we believe are appropriate to reduce this risk by assessing the likelihood of nonperformance and we are in the process of diversifying our credit portfolio. These policies and procedures, however, may not prevent unexpected losses that could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Lack of seasoning of our loan portfolio may increase the risk of credit defaults in the future.

Due to the growth of the Bank over the past several years, a portion of the loans in our loan portfolio and our lending relationships are of relatively recent origin. As of March 31, 2014, new loans originated within the previous 24-month period totaled $1.67 million, or 86.5%, of total new loans held by the Company. In general, loans do not begin to show signs of credit deterioration or default until they have been outstanding for some period of time, a process we refer to as “seasoning.” As a result, a portfolio of older loans will usually behave more predictably than a portfolio of newer loans. Because our loan portfolio is relatively new, the current level of delinquencies and defaults may not be representative of the level that will prevail when the portfolio becomes more seasoned, which may be higher than current levels. If delinquencies and defaults increase, we may be required to increase our provision for loan losses, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our acquisition of assets and assumption of deposits and other liabilities of failed banks involve a number of special risks.

Our acquisition of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities of each of the Old Failed Banks followed the determination by these banks’ primary regulators that such banks had failed and the appointment of the FDIC as receiver. Although FDIC-assisted transactions mitigate certain risks, such as sharing exposure to loan losses and providing indemnification against certain liabilities of the failed institution (other than the acquisitions related to Old Sunshine and Old FPB), we are (and could be with respect to the Great Florida Acquisition and future similar transactions) subject to many of the same risks we would face in acquiring a non-failed bank in a negotiated transaction, including risks associated with stability of the deposit base, maintaining customer relationships and failure to realize the anticipated acquisition benefits in the amounts and within the timeframes we expect. In addition, because these acquisitions were conducted by the FDIC in a manner that did not allow us the time and access to information normally associated with preparing for and evaluating a negotiated acquisition, we may face additional risks, including additional strain on management resources, management of problem loans, integration of personnel and operating systems and impact to our capital resources requiring us to raise additional capital.

There may be key employees that have more knowledge or expertise about the history, region or past practices of the Old Failed Banks. Such key employees may also have important relationship ties with the community and one or more significant existing or potential customers. If we lose such key employees or if we fail to attract qualified personnel to meet our needs, our ability to continue to maintain and grow our businesses may suffer and our consolidated results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely impacted.

There is no assurance that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with our FDIC-assisted transactions. Although we have entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC in connection with our acquisitions of loans from each of the Old Failed Banks (except for Old Sunshine and Old FPB), we cannot guarantee that we will be able to adequately manage the acquired loan portfolios within the limits of the loss protections already provided by the FDIC or in any future FDIC-assisted acquisition. Further, we may determine even in the context of future acquisitions of failed banks from the FDIC to acquire such banks without the benefit of loss share protection, in whole or in part. Our inability to overcome these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operations.



18





We are dependent on our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers, and systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is highly dependent on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers. We outsource many of our major systems, such as data processing, loan servicing and deposit processing systems. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If sustained or repeated, a system failure or service denial could result in a deterioration of our ability to process new and renewal loans, gather deposits and provide customer service, compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business and/or subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we provide our customers the ability to bank remotely, including online over the Internet. The secure transmission of confidential information is a critical element of remote banking. Our network could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error, natural disasters, power loss and other security breaches. We may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. Further, we outsource some of the data processing functions used for remote banking, and accordingly we are dependent on the expertise and performance of our third-party providers. To the extent that our activities, the activities of our customers, or the activities of our third-party service providers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in our systems and could adversely affect our reputation, results of operations and ability to attract and maintain customers and businesses. In addition, a security breach could also subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability and cause reputational damage.

We rely on third parties to provide us with a variety of financial service products to offer our customers.

We rely on third parties, including Elan Services, Raymond James Financial Services and PNC Financial Services Group, or PNC Financial, who provide us with a variety of financial service products such as derivative and trade finance products, including interest rate swaps, as well as the offering of various investment related products for our retail customers. Any failure by such third parties to continue to provide, and any interruption in our ability to continue to offer, such products to our customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services which could negatively affect our business.

We currently conduct our banking operations primarily in Miami-Dade, Broward, Collier, Lee, Hendry, Charlotte, Palm Beach, Volusia, Sarasota, Orange, Seminole, Brevard, Hernando, St. Lucie, Martin and Indian River counties, all of which are located in Florida. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, which may result in fewer customers and reduced loans and deposits. Many competitors offer banking services identical to those offered by us in our service areas. These competitors include national banks, regional banks and community banks. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including without limitation, savings and loan institutions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. Some of these competitors may have a long history of successful operations in our markets and have greater ties to local businesses and banking relationships, as well as a more well-established depositor base. Competitors with greater resources may possess an advantage by being capable of maintaining numerous banking locations in more convenient locations, owning more ATMs and conducting extensive promotional and advertising campaigns or operating at a lower fixed-cost basis through the Internet.

Additionally, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalizations and financial intermediaries (some of which are not subject to bank regulatory restrictions) have larger lending limits than we have and thereby are able to serve the credit needs of larger customers. Specific areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain deposits and range and quality of products and services provided, including new technology-driven products and services. Technological innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and international financial services markets as technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services. Non-local banks with web-based banking are able to compete for business, further increasing competition without having a physical presence in the Florida market.



19





Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:


·

the ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets;

·

the ability to expand our market position;

·

the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

·

the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors; and

·

customer satisfaction with our level of service.


Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Bank’s ability to pay dividends or lend funds to us is subject to regulatory limitations, which, to the extent we are not able to access those funds, may impair our ability to accomplish our growth strategy and pay our operating expenses.

We have never paid a cash dividend; however, we may pay a cash dividend in the future. The payment of dividends in the future, if any, will be contingent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and our general financial conditions. We are a bank holding company and accordingly, any dividends paid by us are subject to various federal and state regulatory limitations. Since we are a bank holding company with no significant assets other than the capital stock of our banking subsidiary, if we exhaust the capital raised in the offering and our prior offerings, we will need to depend upon dividends from the Bank for substantially all of our income or raise capital through future offerings. Accordingly, at such time, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders will depend primarily upon the receipt of dividends or other capital distributions from the Bank. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us is subject to, among other things, its earnings, financial condition and need for funds, as well as applicable governmental policies and regulations, which limit the amount that may be paid as dividends without prior approval. In addition, the OCC Agreement imposes restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends, including requiring prior approval from the OCC before any dividends are paid. As such, we will have no ability to rely on dividends from the Bank. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in shares of our Class A Common Stock if its market price increases. See “Dividend Policy.”

Risks Related to Future Acquisitions

Future growth and expansion opportunities through acquisition involves risks and may not be successful, and our market value and profitability may suffer.

Growth through acquisitions of banks in open or FDIC-assisted transactions, as well as the selective acquisition of assets, deposits and branches, represent an important component of our business strategy. Any future acquisitions will be accompanied by the risks commonly encountered in any acquisitions. These risks include, among other things: credit risk associated with the acquired bank’s loans and investments; difficulty of integrating operations; retaining and integrating key personnel; and potential disruption of our existing business. We expect that competition for suitable acquisition targets may be significant. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully identify and acquire suitable acquisition targets on terms and conditions we consider to be acceptable.

Failed bank acquisitions involve risks similar to acquiring open banks even though the FDIC might provide assistance to mitigate certain risks, such as sharing in exposure to loan losses and providing indemnification against certain liabilities of the failed institution. However, because these acquisitions are typically conducted by the FDIC in a manner that does not allow the time typically taken for a due diligence review or for preparing the integration of an acquired institution, we may face additional risks in transactions with the FDIC. These risks include, among other things, accuracy or completeness of due diligence materials, the loss of customers and core deposits, strain on management resources related to collection and management of problem loans and problems related to integration and retention of personnel and operating systems. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with acquisitions (including FDIC-assisted transactions), nor that any FDIC-assisted opportunities will be available to the Bank in the Bank’s market. Our inability to overcome these risks could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our business strategy and maintain our market value and profitability.

Competitive and regulatory dynamics may make FDIC-assisted acquisition opportunities unacceptable to us.

Our business strategy includes the consideration of potential acquisitions of failing banks that the FDIC plans to place in receivership. The FDIC may not place banks that meet our strategic objectives into receivership. Failed bank transactions are attractive opportunities in part because of loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC that limit the acquirer’s



20





downside risk on the purchased loan portfolio and, apart from our assumption of deposit liabilities, we have significant discretion as to the non-deposit liabilities that we assume. In addition, assets purchased from the FDIC are marked to their fair value and in many cases there is little or no addition to goodwill arising from an FDIC-assisted transaction.  

The bidding process for failing banks in our desired markets has become very competitive, and the increased competition may make it more difficult for us to bid on terms we consider to be acceptable. Our prior acquisitions should be viewed in the context of the recent opportunities available to us as a result of the confluence of our access to capital at a time when market dislocations of historical proportions resulted in what we perceived as attractive asset acquisition opportunities.

Additionally, pursuant to the FDIC Policy, we are subject to significant regulatory burdens as a result of having previously acquired failed banks, including heightened capital requirements. For specific details of these requirements and restrictions see “Supervision and Regulation—FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions.” The FDIC has informed us that these requirements and restrictions of the FDIC Policy could be extended or reinstated if we complete additional failed bank acquisitions. As a result, we would consult closely with the FDIC prior to making any bid for a failed bank. It is possible that these regulatory burdens would make any failed bank acquisition undesirable and we would not place a bid. As economic and regulatory conditions change, we may be unable to execute this aspect of our growth strategy, which could impact our future earnings, reputation and results of operations.

As a result of acquisitions, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, as well as restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We have conducted diligence in connection with our past acquisitions and must conduct due diligence investigations of any potential acquisition targets. Intensive due diligence is time consuming and expensive due to the operations, accounting, finance and legal professionals who must be involved in the due diligence process and the fact that such efforts do not always lead to a consummated transaction. Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on an entity we decide to acquire, this diligence may not reveal all material issues that may affect a particular entity. In addition, factors outside the control of the entity and outside of our control may later arise. If, during the diligence process, we fail to identify issues specific to an entity or the environment in which the entity operates, we may be forced to later write down or write off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in other reporting losses. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may become subject if we obtain debt financing. The diligence process in failed bank transactions is also expedited due to the short acquisition timeline that is typical for failing depository institutions. There can be no assurance that we will not have to take write-downs or write-offs in connection with the acquisitions of certain of the assets and assumption of certain liabilities of each of the Old Banks, or any depository institution which we later acquire, a portion of which may not be covered by loss sharing agreements.

We may acquire entities with significant leverage, increasing the entity’s exposure to adverse economic factors.

Our future acquisitions could include entities whose capital structures may have significant leverage. Although we will seek to use leverage in a manner we believe is prudent, any leveraged capital structure of such investments will increase the exposure of the acquired entity to adverse economic factors such as rising interest rates, downturns in the economy or deteriorations in the condition of the relevant entity or their industries. If an entity cannot generate adequate cash flow to meet its debt obligations, we may suffer a partial or total loss of capital invested in such entity. To the extent there is not ample availability of financing for leveraged transactions (e.g., due to adverse changes in economic or financial market conditions or a decreased appetite for risk by lenders), our ability to consummate certain transactions could be impaired.

Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry

We operate in a highly regulated environment and, as a result, are subject to extensive regulation and supervision that could adversely affect our financial performance and our ability to implement our business strategy.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and legislation that govern almost all aspects of our operations. Regulatory bodies are generally charged with protecting the interests of customers, depositors and the deposit insurance fund, or DIF (but not holders of our securities, such as our Class A Common Stock) and the integrity and stability of the U.S. financial system as a whole. The laws and regulations to which we are subject, among other things, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on our business activities and restrict the Bank’s ability to guarantee our debt and engage in certain transactions with us. As discussed herein, if we continue to grow, we may become subject to additional regulatory requirements and supervision, which could increase our costs or limit our ability to pursue our business strategy. Further, our failure to comply with any laws or regulations applicable to us could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.



21





The Bank and, with respect to certain provisions, the Company are subject to an Order of the FDIC, dated January 22, 2010, or the Order, issued in connection with the FDIC’s approval of the Bank’s application for deposit insurance. The Bank is also subject to the OCC Agreement entered into in connection with the acquisition of Old Premier. A failure to comply with the requirements of the Order or the OCC Agreement, or our inability to obtain the non-objection of the OCC to certain transactions or changes in our strategy, could prevent us from executing our business strategy and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Supervision and Regulation—The Bank as a National Bank” for additional information on the Order and the OCC Agreement.

Federal bank regulatory agencies periodically conduct examinations of us and the Bank, including for compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we are or become subject as a result of such examinations may adversely affect us.

The Federal Reserve may conduct examinations of our business and any nonbank subsidiary, including for compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, the OCC periodically conducts examinations of the Bank, including for compliance with applicable laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, the Federal Reserve or the OCC determines that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, asset concentrations, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, sensitivity to market risk, or other aspects of any of our or the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory, or that we or our management are in violation of any law, regulation or guideline in effect from time to time, the Federal Reserve or the OCC may take a number of different remedial actions, including the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our or the Bank’s capital, to restrict our growth, to change the composition of our concentrations in portfolio or balance sheet assets, to assess civil monetary penalties against officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, the FDIC may terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance. Further, either the OCC or the FDIC may determine at any time to preclude us from participation in the bidding for failed banks or from acquiring banks in open bank transactions.

The Federal Reserve may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank.

As a matter of policy, the Federal Reserve has historically expected a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to a subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support its subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, which the Dodd-Frank Act codified as a statutory requirement, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. Under this requirement, in the future, we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank, including at times when we would otherwise determine not to provide such assistance.

A capital injection may be required at times when we do not have the resources to provide it and therefore we may be required to raise capital or borrow funds. Any loans by a holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the holding company’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its note obligations. Thus, any borrowing or capital raising that must be done by the holding company in order to make the required capital injection may be difficult and expensive and may adversely impact the holding company’s cash flows, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Regulatory developments, in particular the Dodd-Frank Act, have altered the regulatory framework within which we operate.

The key effects of recent regulatory developments, including the Dodd-Frank Act, on our business are changes to regulatory capital requirements, the creation of prescriptive regulatory liquidity requirements, the creation of new regulatory agencies, limitations on federal preemption, changes to deposit insurance assessments, changes to regulation of insured depository institutions, new requirements regarding mortgage loan origination and risk retention, and restrictions on investments in covered funds under the Volcker Rule. These and other changes resulting from regulatory developments may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements, require us to dispose of securities or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. For additional information on regulatory developments, including the Dodd-Frank Act, see “Supervision and Regulation—Changes in Laws, Regulations, or Policies and the Dodd-Frank Act.”



22





The Volcker Rule collateralized loan obligation provisions could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.


The Volcker Rule restricts our ability to sponsor or invest in covered funds (as defined in the rule) and engage in certain types of proprietary trading. We have investments in special purpose entities that securitize a portfolio of primarily broadly syndicated loans.  These entities are called collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs. CLOs are vehicles that, based on the existing characteristics of the securities and the CLO vehicles, are covered by the Volcker Rule and the final rules implementing the Volcker Rule. When the final rules were issued, the Federal Reserve provided that the time period for conformance of activities covered by the Volcker Rule expires as of July 21, 2015. In April 2014, the Federal Reserve announced that it intends to extend the conformance period by two additional one-year extensions for ownership of certain non-conforming CLO securities until July 21, 2017. We are continuing to evaluate the impact of the Volcker Rule and the final rules on our business and operations, and we take into account the prohibitions and applicable conformance periods under the Volcker Rule in managing our portfolio of investment securities. As of March 31, 2014, we owned $340.4 million of CLO securities with a weighted average yield of 2.70% that do not conform with the Volcker Rule. If we decide, or are required, to sell these securities, our future net interest income could be adversely impacted if alternative investment opportunities yield a lower rate. Further, if we are not able to continue to hold non-conforming CLO securities, we may be required to recognize losses on CLO securities that we hold or to sell CLO securities at times or prices at which we would otherwise determine not to sell them.

The federal banking agencies have adopted new capital rules that will require insured depository institutions and their holding companies to hold more capital and have also adopted and proposed new liquidity standards. The impact of the new and proposed rules is uncertain but could be adverse to our business, results of operations or financial condition or the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies adopted final rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations that substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries, including us and the Bank, as compared to the current U.S. general risk-based capital rules.  For institutions such as us and the Bank, the rules phase in over time beginning January 1, 2015, and the increased minimum capital ratios will be fully phased in as of January 1, 2019.  In October 2013, the federal banking agencies issued a proposal on minimum liquidity standards for globally large, internationally active banking organizations and bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets, and, in February 2014, the Federal Reserve adopted complementary enhanced liquidity standards for bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets. Although the October 2013 proposal and February 2014 rules would not apply directly to us, they may inform regulators’ assessments of our or the Bank’s liquidity. See “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Capital and Liquidity Requirements” for additional information on the new and proposed rules relating to capital and liquidity.

The application of more stringent capital or liquidity requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require us to raise additional capital, alter our funding, increase our holdings of liquid assets or decrease our holdings in certain illiquid assets or limit our ability to make acquisitions, grow our business, pay dividends or repurchase our common stock. Any such impact could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition or the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

We will face additional regulatory requirements if we or the Bank have more than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, which could strain our resources and divert management’s attention.

Certain recent regulatory changes apply only to bank holding companies or depository institutions with more than $10 billion in total consolidated assets. Such changes include requirements to undergo company-run stress tests, establish an enterprise-wide board-level risk committee and develop and implement a compliance program under the Volcker Rule; limitations on debit card interchange fees; increased assessments for FDIC deposit insurance; and direct supervision and examination by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Although we and the Bank each had less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets as of March 31, 2014, our business strategy contemplates additional acquisitions and organic growth, and if we or the Bank have more than $10 billion in total assets, our business and results of operations could be impacted as a result of these additional requirements.

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

The federal Bank Secrecy Act, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or Patriot Act, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency



23





transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements, and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration, and Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we have already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we could be subject to liability, including significant fines and other regulatory actions, such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans and cost of compliance.

We and certain of our stockholders are required to comply with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions.

The Order requires that we, the Bank, our founders and certain of our existing and future stockholders comply with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Policy, including, among others, a higher capital requirement for the Bank, a three-year restriction on the sale or transfer of our securities by certain stockholders subject to the FDIC Policy following our first acquisition of a failed bank from the FDIC following such stockholders’ acquisitions of their securities, limitations on transactions with affiliates and cross-support undertakings by stockholders with an 80% or greater interest in us and one or more other depository institutions. The FDIC Policy applies to certain of our existing stockholders and, subject to certain exceptions, it will apply to any other person (or group of persons acting in concert) that directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock or is otherwise determined to be engaged in concerted action with other stockholders. The FDIC has informed us that the requirements and restrictions under the FDIC Policy could be extended or reinstated if we complete additional failed bank acquisitions. It is possible that the potential extension or reinstatement of the requirements under the FDIC Policy could make a prospective failed bank acquisition undesirable and that we would, therefore, not place a bid. For example, the FDIC could condition the Bank’s ability to bid on a failed institution on additional stockholders of the Company, including purchasers of our Class A Common Stock in the offering or subsequent to the offering, agreeing to be bound by provisions of the FDIC Policy which could be impracticable and could render us unable to bid on a failed institution. We may thus be less able or unable to execute our growth strategy, which could impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, the FDIC Policy could discourage third parties from seeking to acquire significant interests in us or attempting to acquire control of us, which could adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock. See “Supervision and Regulation—FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions” for additional information on the requirements imposed by the FDIC Policy.

If we and certain of our stockholders are not in compliance with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Policy, we may be unable to bid on failed institutions in the future.

As the agency responsible for resolving the failure of banks, the FDIC has discretion to determine whether a party is qualified to bid on a failed institution. The FDIC Policy imposes restrictions and requirements on certain institutions—including the Company and the Bank—and our stockholders. If we and certain of our stockholders are not in compliance with the FDIC Policy, then the FDIC may not permit us to bid on a failed institution. As a condition to the Bank’s bidding on a failed institution, the FDIC could require that one or more of our existing or future stockholders, including purchasers of our Class A Common Stock in the offering or subsequent to the offering, agree to be bound by provisions of the FDIC Policy. The FDIC Policy includes a three-year prohibition on transfers of our common stock without FDIC consent, which could impact existing or future stockholders. If the FDIC were to take this position, affected stockholders would need to agree to be bound by the FDIC Policy or the Bank would not be permitted to bid on the failed institution. Our inability to bid on failed institutions may limit our ability to grow. See “—Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry—We and certain of our stockholders are required to comply with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions.”

We are subject to the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

The Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, and restrictions on expansion activity. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation.



24





Many of our new activities and expansion plans require regulatory approvals, and failure to obtain them may restrict our growth.

We may seek to complement and expand our business by pursuing strategic acquisitions of the assets and assuming the liabilities of failed banks, banks and other financial institutions. We must generally receive federal regulatory approval before we can acquire an institution or business. In determining whether to approve a proposed acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, our financial condition, and our future prospects. The regulators also review current and projected capital ratios and levels, the competence, experience, and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the CRA) and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. Such regulatory approvals may not be granted on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. We may also be required to sell branches as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition.

In addition to the acquisition of financial institutions, as opportunities arise, we plan to continue de novo branching as a part of our organic growth strategy. De novo branching carries with it numerous risks, including the inability to obtain all required regulatory approvals or the branch’s failing to perform as expected. The failure to obtain regulatory approvals for potential de novo branches or the failure of those branches to perform may impact our business plans, restrict our growth and adversely affect our results of operations.

Stockholders may be deemed to be acting in concert or otherwise in control of the Bank, which could impose prior approval requirements and result in adverse regulatory consequences for such holders.

We are a bank holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve. Any entity owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of our voting securities (such as our Class A Common Stock), or a lesser percentage if such holder otherwise exercises a “controlling influence” over us, may be subject to regulation as a “bank holding company” in accordance with the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or BHCA. In addition, (1) any bank holding company or foreign bank with a U.S. branch or agency is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the BHCA to acquire or retain 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of our voting securities (such as our Class A Common Stock) and (2) any person (or group of persons acting in concert) other than a bank holding company may be required to obtain prior regulatory approval under the Change in Bank Control Act to acquire or retain 10% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of our voting securities (such as our Class A Common Stock). Any stockholder that is deemed to “control” the Company for bank regulatory purposes would become subject to prior approval requirements and ongoing regulation and supervision. Such a holder may be required to divest 5% or more of the voting shares of investments that may be deemed incompatible with bank holding company status, such as an investment in a company engaged in non-financial activities. Regulatory determination of “control” of a depository institution or holding company is based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. Potential investors are advised to consult with their legal counsel regarding the applicable regulations and requirements.

Our common stock owned by holders determined by a bank regulatory agency to be acting in concert would be aggregated for purposes of determining whether those holders have control of a bank or bank holding company. Each stockholder obtaining control would be required to register as a bank holding company. “Acting in concert” generally means knowing participation in a joint activity or parallel action towards the common goal of acquiring control of a bank or a parent company, whether or not pursuant to an express agreement. How this definition is applied in individual circumstances can vary among the various federal bank regulatory agencies and cannot always be predicted with certainty. Many factors can lead to a finding of acting in concert, including where stockholders are: commonly controlled or managed; the holders are parties to an oral or written agreement or understanding regarding the acquisition, voting or transfer of control of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company; the holders each own stock in a bank and are also management officials, controlling stockholders, partners or trustees of another company; or both a holder and a controlling stockholder, partner, trustee or management official of the holder own equity in the bank or bank holding company.

Risks Related to the Offering

There has been no prior public market for our common stock and an active trading market in our common stock may not develop or be sustained.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to have our Class A Common Stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we do not know whether third parties will find our common stock to be attractive or whether firms will be interested in making a market for our common stock and an active trading market in our common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering. As a result, stockholders may be unable to liquidate their investments, or may encounter considerable delay in selling shares of our common stock.



25





Our Class A Common Stock price could be highly volatile and the market price of our Class A Common Stock could drop unexpectedly.

The initial public offering price for our Class A Common Stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and such initial public offering price may vary from the market price of our Class A Common Stock after the offering. The market price of our Class A Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the following factors:


·

our limited time running the operations of the banks from which we have acquired assets and assumed deposits and other liabilities may make it difficult to predict our future prospects and financial performance;

·

any adverse change in the terms of, or loss of coverage under, our loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC;

·

the rapid growth and evolution of our business;

·

quarterly variations in our results of operations or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

·

changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations by market analysts;

·

any announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic alliances or joint ventures, particularly as a result of the highly acquisitive nature of our business;

·

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of debt;

·

the use of our common stock as consideration in connection with an acquisition;

·

additions or departures of key personnel;

·

investors’ general perception of us; and

·

changes in general economic, industry and market conditions in the United States, Florida or international markets.


Many of these factors are beyond our control. Any of the foregoing factors could cause the stock price of our Class A Common Stock to fall and may expose us to securities class action litigation. Any securities class action litigation could result in substantial costs and the diversion of management’s attention and resources.

We will retain broad discretion in using the net proceeds from the offering and we may not promptly deploy the capital raised in the offering. We may not receive a favorable return on our investment of the proceeds of the offering or the proceeds from prior offerings and may not use the proceeds effectively, which could negatively impact our return on equity and the trading price of our Class A Common Stock.

Although we expect to use the net proceeds from the offering for general working capital purposes and to implement our business strategy, including the acquisition of additional depository institutions, we have not designated the amount of net proceeds we will use for any particular purpose. Accordingly, our management will retain broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds of the offering. The net proceeds may be applied in ways with which you and other investors in the offering may not agree.

We may not immediately deploy the capital raised in the offering and we have some funds from our 2009 and 2010 private placement financings that remain undeployed. In the event that we do not immediately deploy the capital raised in the offering, we expect to invest the offering proceeds, and we have invested the proceeds from the prior offerings, in securities until we are able to deploy the proceeds, which provides lower margins than we would expect to earn on loans, potentially adversely affecting equity holder returns, including earnings per share of common stock, return on assets and return on equity. To the extent we are unable to deploy the capital raised in the offering or the prior offerings to our banking operations, our return on such funds may be very low. If return rates decrease on the investments in which we invest such funds, our margin in such funds will be adversely affected.

Moreover, our management may use the proceeds for corporate purposes that may not increase our market value or make us profitable. In connection with deploying the funds from the offering or any other funds held by us, management will consider a variety of factors, including the availability of attractive assets and the ability for the Bank to bid for another failed institution in an FDIC auction. There is no guarantee that we will find an attractive opportunity to deploy any such funds and the failure to spend the proceeds effectively or at all could materially and adversely affect our businesses and our consolidated results of operations and financial condition, as well as the trading price of our Class A Common Stock.

Purchasers of our Class A Common Stock in the offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

We expect the initial public offering price of our Class A Common Stock in the offering will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A Common Stock immediately after the offering. Therefore, if you purchase our Class A Common Stock in the offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $7.54 in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid, based on an assumed initial offering price of $25.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). For a further description of the dilution you will experience immediately after the offering, see the section entitled “Dilution.”



26





A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to drop.

We are authorized to issue 150,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of June 30, 2014, there were 35,892,154 shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding, which does not include shares held in treasury, shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or additional shares reserved for issuance under our 2009 Option Plan or the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

As of June 30, 2014, we had outstanding warrants to purchase 3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock, 6,356,500 shares subject to outstanding options and under restricted stock units, and an aggregate of 344,660 additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2009 Option Plan and 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, all of which will become eligible for sale in the public market after the offering to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. In addition, approximately 28,293,811 shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will become available for sale in the public market following the offering after the expiration of the 90-day lock-up period in the registration rights agreements and certain lock-up arrangements to the extent permitted by Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Sale of Registered Shares.” Moreover, after the offering and the expiration of the 90-day and 180-day lock-up agreements, these holders and holders of approximately 3,200,093 shares of our common stock, respectively, will also have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares within certain time periods after the offering or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our 2009 Option Plan and 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. Future sales of shares of our common stock by these stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock.

Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions imposed on our affiliates under Rule 144. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of shares of our common stock, or the availability of shares for future sale, may have on the trading price of our Class A Common Stock. Future sales of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders and other stockholders or by us, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your shares of our Class A Common Stock at a time and price that you determine appropriate. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

In addition, under most circumstances, our Board of Directors has the right, without stockholder approval, to issue authorized but unissued and nonreserved shares of our common stock. If a substantial number of these shares were issued, it would dilute the existing stockholders ownership and may depress the price of our Class A Common Stock. In addition, subject to the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, our Board of Directors has the authority, without stockholder approval, to create and issue additional stock options, warrants and one or more series of preferred stock and to determine the voting, dividend and other rights of the holders of such preferred stock. Depending on the rights, preferences and privileges granted when the preferred stock is issued, it may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control without further action by the stockholders, may discourage bids for our Class A Common Stock at a premium over the market price of the Class A Common Stock and may adversely affect the market price of and voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A Common Stock.

To the extent shares of our common stock or preferred stock are issued, or options or warrants are exercised, investors in our securities may experience further dilution and the presence of such derivative securities may make it more difficult to obtain any future financing. In addition, in the event any future financing should be in the form of, or be convertible into or exchangeable for, equity securities, upon the issuance of such equity securities, investors may experience additional dilution.

Certain of our existing stockholders could exert significant control over the Company and may not make decisions that further the best interests of all stockholders.

As of June 30, 2014, our executive officers, directors and four principal stockholders (holders of greater than 5% of our Class A Common Stock) together control outstanding shares representing, in the aggregate, approximately 35% of the presently outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock (and after giving effect to the exercise of presently outstanding options could control up to approximately 44% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock), including approximately 6.4% of the presently outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock held by Bond Street Investors LLC, in which six of our directors have an ownership interest, and for which three of such directors act as managers of the managing member. As a result, these stockholders, if they act individually or together, may exert a significant degree of influence over our management and affairs and over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. Furthermore, the interests of this concentration of ownership may not always coincide with the interests of other stockholders and, accordingly, they could cause us to enter into transactions or agreements which we might not otherwise



27





consider. In addition, this concentration of ownership of the Company’s Class A Common Stock may delay or prevent a merger or acquisition or other transaction resulting in a change in control of the Company even when other stockholders may consider the transaction beneficial, and might adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

Provisions in our charter documents, applicable laws and certain provisions of the loss share agreements with the FDIC may prevent or delay a change of control of us and could also limit the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

Certain provisions of Delaware law and applicable regulatory law, and of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of us, even if such a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders or result in a premium for your shares of our Class A Common Stock.

These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions include:


·

limitations on the removal of directors;

·

the ability of our Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with terms determined by our Board of Directors and to issue additional shares of our common stock;

·

vacancies on our Board of Directors, and any newly created director positions created by the expansion of the Board of Directors, may be filled only by a majority of remaining directors then in office;

·

actions to be taken by our stockholders may only be effected at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders and not by written consent;

·

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations;

·

the ability of our Board of Directors to make, alter or repeal our bylaws without stockholder approval; and

·

certain regulatory ownership restrictions imposed on holders of our common stock because we are a bank holding company, as more fully described in “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Notice and Approval Requirements” and “Supervision and Regulation—FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions.”


Moreover, because our Board of Directors has the power to make, alter or repeal our bylaws without stockholder approval, our Board of Directors could amend our bylaws in the future in a manner which could further impact the interests of stockholders or the potential market price of our Class A Common Stock in the future in a manner which could further impact the interests of stockholders in a way they deem unfavorable, or negatively affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

Our certificate of incorporation also currently divides our Board of Directors into three classes, with each class serving for a staggered three-year term, which would prevent stockholders from electing an entirely new board of directors at any one annual meeting.

In addition, upon the listing of our Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or DGCL, which limits business combination transactions with stockholders of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock that our Board of Directors has not approved. These provisions and other similar provisions make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to acquire us without negotiation. These provisions may apply even if some stockholders may consider the transaction beneficial to them.

Furthermore, banking laws impose notice, approval and ongoing regulatory requirements on any stockholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. These laws include the BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act. These laws could delay or prevent an acquisition.

In addition, our loss sharing agreements with the FDIC require that in order to maintain loss share coverage we must receive FDIC consent prior to us or certain of our stockholders engaging in certain transactions. When the consent of the FDIC is required under the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC may withhold its consent or may condition its consent on terms that we do not find acceptable. If the FDIC does not grant its consent to a transaction we would like to pursue, or conditions its consent on terms that we do not find acceptable, we may be unable to engage in certain corporate or strategic transactions that might otherwise benefit our stockholders or we may elect to pursue a transaction without obtaining FDIC consent. If we failed to obtain prior FDIC consent and the FDIC withdrew its loss share protection, there could be a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

These provisions and laws could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A Common Stock. These provisions might also discourage a potential acquisition proposal or tender offer, even if the acquisition proposal or tender offer is at a premium over the then current market price for our Class A Common Stock.



28





Shares of our Class A Common Stock will not be an insured deposit.

An investment in our Class A Common Stock will not be a bank deposit and will not be insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. An investment in our Class A Common Stock will be subject to investment risk, and each investor must be capable of affording the loss of its entire investment.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are generally unavailable to other public companies. As an emerging growth company:


·

we may present in our initial equity offering registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and provide less than five years of selected financial data;

·

we are exempt from the requirements to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

·

we are permitted to have less extensive disclosure regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

·

we are not required to seek from our stockholders a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute payments.


We have elected in this prospectus to take advantage of the scaled disclosure related to financial statement presentation, including less than five years of selected financial data. We have also elected in this prospectus to take advantage of scaled disclosure related to executive compensation.  Following our public offering, we may continue to take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us as long as we continue to qualify as an emerging growth company. It is possible that some investors could find our common stock less attractive because we may take advantage of these reduced requirements. If some investors find our common stock less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B).  As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of other public companies.

We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years from the effective date of this initial equity registration statement, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (b) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as (i) the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (ii) we have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act for a period of at least 12 months and (iii) we have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, including the integration of our acquired banks, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our costs and expenses.



29





USE OF PROCEEDS


We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our Class A Common Stock in the offering will be approximately $99.5 million, or approximately $118.6 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $25.50 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This assumes the deduction of estimated offering expenses of $3.9 million in addition to underwriting discounts and commissions. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $25.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us of the offering by $4.1 million, or $4.8 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding offering expenses and underwriting commissions and discounts.

We intend to use the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, including to fund organic growth as well as the opportunistic acquisition of depository institutions, and selective acquisitions of assets, deposits and branches that we believe present attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth strategy.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in the offering by the selling stockholders.



30





DIVIDEND POLICY


We have never paid a cash dividend on our common stock; however, we may pay cash dividends in the future. The payment of any dividends is within the discretion of our board of directors. The payment of dividends in the future, if any, will be contingent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and our general financial condition. We are a bank holding company and accordingly, any dividends paid by us are subject to various federal and state regulatory limitations and also may be subject to the ability of our subsidiary depository institution(s) to make distributions or pay dividends to us. The ability of the Company to pay dividends is limited by minimum capital and other requirements prescribed by law and regulation. In addition, the OCC Agreement imposes other restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us, including requiring prior approval from the OCC before any such dividends are paid. Banking regulators have authority to impose additional limits on dividends and distributions by the Company and its subsidiaries. Certain restrictive covenants in future debt instruments, if any, may also limit our ability to pay dividends or the Bank’s ability to make distributions or pay dividends to us. See “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions.”



31





CAPITALIZATION


The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2014. Our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization are presented on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the offering. The following should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.


(Dollars in thousands)

 

As of

March 31,

2014

 

As

Adjusted

(1)

Cash and cash equivalents

$

87,697

$

187,167

Borrowings

$

665,829

$

665,829

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $0.001; 10,000,000 shares authorized;
zero shares issued and outstanding

 

-

 

 

Class A common stock, par value $0.001; 100,000,000 shares authorized;
29,060,813 issued and 28,133,501 outstanding (actual);
34,853,083 issued and 33,925,771 outstanding (as adjusted) (2)

 

29

 

35

Class B common stock, par value $0.001; 50,000,000 shares authorized;
7,950,785 issued and 7,758,653 outstanding (actual);
6,517,003 issued and 6,324,871 outstanding (as adjusted) (2)

 

8

 

7

Additional paid-in capital (3)

 

724,067

 

823,533

Retained earnings (3)

 

16,300

 

16,300

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

2,216

 

2,216

Treasury stock, at cost; 927,312 Class A common shares and 192,132 Class B common shares

 

(18,751)

 

(18,751)

Total stock holders’ equity

$

723,869

$

823,340

Total capitalization

$

1,389,698

$

1,489,169


                  

 

(1)

Does not give effect to (i) $10.0 million in deferred placement agent fees for our 2009 and 2010 private placements of equity interests (see “Underwriting”) or (ii) $2.9 million in payments to the FDIC pursuant to the equity appreciation agreements (as described more fully in “Business—Acquisitions”), in each case, expected to be paid upon completion of the offering. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $25.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents by $4.1 million and would increase (decrease) total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $4.1 million, or $4.8 million (if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

(2)

Excludes the following: (a) 3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants with an expiration date of November 12, 2019 at exercise prices of $24.24, $26.18 and $28.28 per share, each for one-third of such shares; (b) 3,529,334 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2009 Option Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $20.44 per share; (c) an aggregate of 171,826 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Option Plan; (d) 2,173,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $19.75 per share; (e) an aggregate of 327,000 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan; and (f) 500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of restricted stock units granted under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

(3)

Excludes the following: (1) $4.0 million in expense related to the warrants at completion of the Qualified IPO (as defined below); (2) $14.3 million in stock-based compensation expense related to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awards, both options and restricted stock units that will vest immediately upon completion of the offering (an initial public offering of the Company that raises at least $100 million in proceeds at a minimum offering price of $20.00 per share, or a Qualified IPO); and (3) an additional $2.9 million in stock-based compensation expense related to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awards that were issued with three-year vesting.  These expenses will reduce retained earnings and increase additional paid-in capital.




32





DILUTION


If you invest in shares of our Class A Common Stock in the offering, your ownership interest in us will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and net tangible book value per share after the offering. Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 is determined by subtracting the total amount of our liabilities as of March 31, 2014 from the total amount of our tangible assets as of March 31, 2014. Our net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014 is determined by dividing our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014. Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 was $634 million, or $17.65 per share, calculated as described herein.


After giving effect to the issuance in the offering of 4,358,488 shares of Class A Common Stock by us at an assumed initial price to the public of $25.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the application of our estimated net proceeds therefrom, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, and the payment of the deferred portion of the placement agent fees to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. from our 2009 and 2010 private placements of equity interests, our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014, would have been an aggregate of $723.0 million, or $17.96 per common share. This amount represents an immediate increase of $0.31 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $7.54 per share from the assumed initial price to the public of $25.50 per share to new investors purchasing shares in the offering. The table below illustrates this per share dilution:


Assumed initial price to the public per share

 

 

$

25.50

Net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014

$

17.65

 

 

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the offering

 

0.31

 

 

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering

 

 

 

17.96

Dilution per share to new investors in the offering

 

 

$

7.54


A $1.00 increase (or decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of $25.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (or decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 by approximately $4.1 million, or $0.10 per share of Class A Common Stock, and the dilution per share to new investors by $0.90 assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses.

The table below sets forth, as of March 31, 2014, the number of our shares of Class A Common Stock issued, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and our new investors, after giving effect to the issuance of 4,358,488 shares of Class A Common Stock in the offering at an assumed initial price to the public of $25.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses:


 

 

Shares Issued

 

Total

Consideration

 

Average Price

 

 

Number

 

Percent (1)

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

per Share

Existing stockholders before the offering

 

28,133,501

 

87%

$

567,576,675

 

85%

$

20.17

New investors

 

4,358,488

 

13%

 

99,470,310

 

15%

 

22.82

Total

 

32,491,989

 

100%

$

667,046,985

 

100%

$

20.53


               

 

(1)

To the extent the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock held by the existing stockholders will be 28,133,501 shares of Class A Common Stock, or 84% of the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued after the offering, and the number shares of Class A Common Stock held by the new investors will increase to 5,165,738 shares of Class A Common Stock, or 16% of the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued after the offering.


This does not include:


·

up to 807,250 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable by us upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option;

·

3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants with an expiration date of November 12, 2019 at exercise prices of $24.24, $26.18 and $28.28 per share, each for one-third of such shares;

·

3,529,334 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the 2009 Option Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $20.44 per share;

·

an aggregate of 171,826 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the 2009 Option Plan;

·

2,173,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $19.75 per share;

·

500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of restricted stock units granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan;

·

an aggregate of 327,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan; and

·

7,827,152 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding.


33





SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA


The following tables contain certain selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. You should read this information in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Capitalization” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 is derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial information set forth below at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 is derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. On January 31, 2014, we acquired through merger the business of Great Florida Bank. We have prepared our unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as our audited financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a presentation of our financial position and operating results for the unaudited periods. The selected historical results shown below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance.


 

 

Three months

ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Selected Results of Operations Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

$

44,918

$

34,457

$

145,263

$

148,834

Interest expense

 

6,573

 

5,370

 

22,940

 

27,506

Net interest income

 

38,345

 

29,087

 

122,323

 

121,328

Provision for loan losses

 

1,090

 

1,096

 

2,914

 

26,101

Net interest income after provision

 

37,255

 

27,991

 

119,409

 

95,227

Non-interest income

 

2,548

 

2,684

 

10,942

 

19,295

Non-interest expense

 

34,466

 

26,527

 

104,308

 

121,749

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

 

5,337

 

4,148

 

26,043

 

(7,227)

Income tax provision expense (benefit)

 

1,809

 

1,650

 

8,872

 

(2,399)

Net income (loss)

 

3,528

 

2,498

 

17,171

 

(4,828)

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

0.10

$

0.07

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Diluted

$

0.10

$

0.07

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Tangible book value per share (1)

$

17.65

$

18.72

$

18.85

$

18.57

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

35,892,154

 

37,011,598

 

36,947,192

 

37,011,598

Diluted

 

35,896,445

 

37,013,630

 

36,949,129

 

37,011,598


 

 

 

 

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

March 31, 2014

 

2013

 

2012

Selected Balance Sheet Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

87,697

$

239,217

$

96,220

Investment securities

 

1,656,109

 

1,182,323

 

1,505,112

Loans receivable, net

 

2,922,868

 

2,244,051

 

1,342,365

Loans not covered under FDIC loss sharing
argreements, gross

 

2,601,238

 

1,899,529

 

883,138

Loans covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements, gross

 

337,124

 

359,255

 

478,176

FDIC loss share indemnification asset

 

80,605

 

87,229

 

125,949

Other real estate owned

 

86,244

 

34,682

 

57,767

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

90,317

 

39,369

 

40,895

Other assets

 

243,660

 

146,499

 

76,753

Total assets

 

5,167,500

 

3,973,370

 

3,245,061

Total deposits

 

3,729,669

 

2,793,533

 

2,190,340

Borrowings

 

665,829

 

435,866

 

271,642

Other liabilities

 

48,133

 

27,857

 

54,905

Total liabilities

 

4,443,631

 

3,257,256

 

2,516,887

Stockholders’ equity

 

723,869

 

716,114

 

728,174

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

5,167,500

 

3,973,370

 

3,245,061

Tangible stockholders' equity (1)

 

633,552

 

676,745

 

687,279




                    

 

(1)   See “—GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”



34






 

 

Three months

ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Performance Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate spread

 

3.45%

 

3.72%

 

3.58%

 

3.77%

Net interest margin

 

3.62%

 

4.02%

 

3.80%

 

4.01%

Return on average assets

 

0.30%

 

0.32%

 

0.49%

 

-0.14%

Return on average equity

 

1.98%

 

1.39%

 

2.35%

 

-0.67%

Efficiency ratio (bank level) (1)

 

79.59%

 

79.36%

 

75.03%

 

83.21%

Average interest-earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities

 

118.86%

 

132.91%

 

130.50%

 

125.61%

Loans receivable to deposits

 

78.78%

 

65.25%

 

80.86%

 

62.15%

Yield on interest-earning assets

 

4.19%

 

4.70%

 

4.51%

 

4.91%

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities

 

0.74%

 

0.98%

 

0.93%

 

1.14%

Asset and Credit Quality Ratios – Total loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to loans receivable (2)

 

0.90%

 

2.48%

 

1.51%

 

0.73%

Nonperforming assets to total assets (3)

 

2.18%

 

2.52%

 

1.73%

 

2.09%

Covered loans to total gross loans

 

11.5%

 

30.2%

 

15.9%

 

35.1%

ALL to nonperforming assets

 

13.8%

 

19.7%

 

21.4%

 

28.0%

ALL to total gross loans

 

0.53%

 

1.12%

 

0.65%

 

1.39%

Asset and Credit Quality Ratios – New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming new loans to total new loans receivable (2)

 

0.00%

 

0.06%

 

0.06%

 

0.07%

Covered new loans to total gross new loans

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

New loan ALL to total gross new loans

 

0.49%

 

0.59%

 

0.47%

 

0.71%

Asset and Credit Quality Ratios – Acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming acquired loans to total acquired loans receivable (2)

 

2.62%

 

6.09%

 

6.78%

 

1.50%

Covered acquired loans to total gross acquired loans

 

33.5%

 

75.2%

 

73.6%

 

75.7%

Acquired loan ALL to total gross acquired loans

 

0.60%

 

1.92%

 

1.32%

 

2.18%

Capital Ratios (Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

15.3%

 

22.8%

 

20.9%

 

21.2%

Tangible average equity to tangible average assets (4)

 

13.9%

 

21.8%

 

20.0%

 

20.2%

Tangible common equity ratio (4)

 

12.5%

 

20.9%

 

17.2%

 

21.5%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

13.4%

 

21.3%

 

18.0%

 

20.6%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

17.6%

 

32.6%

 

24.8%

 

36.1%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

18.1%

 

33.4%

 

25.3%

 

37.1%

Capital Ratios (Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

12.3%

 

14.1%

 

13.4%

 

12.9%

Tangible common equity ratio

 

10.5%

 

12.9%

 

11.5%

 

12.7%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

11.2%

 

12.7%

 

12.0%

 

12.1%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

14.9%

 

20.2%

 

16.7%

 

21.2%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

15.4%

 

21.0%

 

17.3%

 

22.2%


                    

 

(1)

Non-interest expense over (net interest income plus non-interest income). Includes amortization expense of FDIC loss share indemnification asset and FDIC clawback liability.

(2)

Nonperforming loans include loans in non-accrual status.

(3)

Nonperforming assets include loans in non-accrual status and OREO.

(4)

See “—GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”




35





GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures


Some of the financial data included in our selected historical consolidated financial data are not measures of financial performance recognized by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures are “tangible assets,” “tangible stockholders’ equity,” “tangible book value per share,” “tangible average equity to tangible average assets,” and “tangible common equity ratio.” Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in its analysis of our performance.


·

“Tangible assets” is defined as total assets reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets. As with other financial assets, we consider the FDIC loss share indemnification asset to be a tangible asset.

·

“Tangible stockholders’ equity” is defined as total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets. As with other financial assets, we consider the FDIC loss share indemnification asset to be a tangible asset.

·

“Tangible book value per share” is defined as total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets divided by total common shares outstanding. This measure is important to investors interested in changes from period-to-period in book value per share exclusive of changes in intangible assets.  As with other financial assets, we consider the FDIC loss share indemnification asset to be a tangible asset.

·

“Tangible average equity to tangible average assets” is defined as the ratio of average stockholders’ equity reduced by average goodwill and average other intangible assets, divided by average total assets reduced by average goodwill and average other intangible assets. This measure is important to investors interested in relative changes from period to period in equity and total assets, each exclusive of changes in intangible assets. As with other financial assets, we consider the FDIC loss share indemnification asset to be a tangible asset.

·

“Tangible common equity ratio” is defined as the ratio of total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by total assets reduced by goodwill and average other intangible assets. This measure is important to investors interested in relative changes in the ratio of total stockholder equity to total assets, each exclusive of changes in intangible assets. As with other financial assets, we consider the FDIC loss share indemnification asset to be a tangible asset.


We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to management and investors that is supplementary to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows computed in accordance with GAAP; however, we acknowledge that our non-GAAP financial measures have a number of limitations. As such, you should not view these disclosures as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, and they are not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP financial measures that other companies use. The following reconciliation table provides a more detailed analysis of these non-GAAP financial measures:


 

 

Three months
ended March 31,

 

Year
ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Total assets

$

5,167,500

$

3,354,848

$

3,973,370

$

3,245,061

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

90,317

 

40,483

 

39,369

 

40,895

Tangible assets

$

5,077,183

$

3,314,365

$

3,934,001

$

3,204,166

Total stockholders’ equity

 

723,869

 

733,506

 

716,114

 

728,174

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

90,317

 

40,483

 

39,369

 

40,895

Tangible stockholders’ equity

$

633,552

$

693,023

$

676,745

$

687,279

Shares outstanding

 

35,892,154

 

37,011,598

 

35,892,154

 

37,011,598

Tangible book value per share

$

17.65

$

18.72

$

18.85

$

18.57

Average assets

$

4,725,119

$

3,205,003

$

3,502,311

$

3,384,105

Average equity

$

722,221

$

730,866

$

732,114

$

717,590

Average goodwill and other intangible assets

$

73,427

$

40,688

$

40,090

$

41,742

Tangible average equity to tangible average assets

 

13.9%

 

21.8%

 

20.0%

 

20.2%

Tangible common equity ratio

 

12.5%

 

20.9%

 

17.2%

 

21.4%




36





UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION


The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2013 are presented to give effect to and show the pro forma impact on our historical financial statements of the acquisition of Great Florida Bank on January 31, 2014 as if the transaction had occurred as of January 1, 2013.


The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with:


·

our historical audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013; and

·

Great Florida Bank’s historical audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013.


The assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with this unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. The pro forma adjustments described in the accompanying notes have been made based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on our historical financial information. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not necessarily indicate the financial results of the combined companies had the companies actually been combined at the beginning of the period presented. The adjustments included in these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are preliminary and may be revised. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information also does not consider any potential impact of current market conditions on revenues, potential revenue enhancements, anticipated cost savings and expense efficiencies, or asset dispositions, among other factors.


Certain reclassifications have been made to the historical consolidated financial statements of Great Florida Bank to conform to the presentation of our consolidated financial statements.




37






 

 

FCB Financial
Holdings, Inc.

 

Great
Florida Bank

 

 

 

 

FCB Financial
Holdings, Inc.

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Year ended
December 31,
2013
(As Reported)

 

Year ended
December 31,
2013
(As Reported)

 

Pro Forma
Adjustments (1)

 

 

Year ended
December 31,
2013
(Pro forma)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

$

108,521 

$

28,469 

$

4,133 

(2)

$

141,123

Interest on investment securities

 

36,740 

 

5,723 

 

 

 

42,463

Interest on federal funds sold and other

 

 

152 

 

 

 

154

Total interest income

 

145,263 

 

34,344 

 

4,133 

 

 

183,740

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

18,537 

 

7,225 

 

(1,861)

(3)

 

23,901

Interest on borrowings

 

4,403 

 

3,626 

 

(2,613)

(4)

 

5,416

Total interest expense

 

22,940 

 

10,851 

 

(4,474)

 

 

29,317

Net interest income

 

122,323 

 

23,493 

 

8,607 

 

 

154,423

Provision for loan losses

 

2,914 

 

2,949 

 

 

 

5,863

Net interest income after provision

 

119,409 

 

20,544 

 

8,607 

 

 

148,560

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges and fees

 

2,374 

 

1,633 

 

 

 

4,007

Loss share indemnification income (loss)

 

(18,533)

 

 

 

 

(18,533)

Income from resolution of acquired assets

 

8,475 

 

 

 

 

8,475

Gain on sales of other real estate owned

 

1,237 

 

 

 

 

1,237

Gain on sales of investment securities

 

8,682 

 

865 

 

 

 

9,547

Other non-interest income

 

8,707 

 

2,534 

 

 

 

11,241

Total non-interest income

 

10,942 

 

5,032 

 

 

 

15,974

Non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

46,914 

 

13,844 

 

 

 

60,758

Occupancy and equipment expenses

 

9,872 

 

8,710 

 

 

 

18,582

Other real estate and acquired assets resolution related expenses

 

19,158 

 

13,605 

 

(14,146)

(5)

 

18,617

Professional services

 

6,403 

 

3,284 

 

 

 

9,687

Other operating expenses

 

21,961 

 

7,820 

 

368 

(6)

 

30,149

Total non-interest expenses

 

104,308 

 

47,263 

 

(13,778)

 

 

137,793

Income (loss) before income tax benefit

 

26,043 

 

(21,687)

 

22,385 

 

 

26,741

Income tax provision expense (benefit)

 

8,872 

 

 

238 

(7)

 

9,110

Net income (loss)

$

17,171 

$

(21,687)

$

22,147 

 

$

17,631

Earnings (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

0.46 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.48

Diluted

$

0.46 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.48

Weighted average shares outstanding – Basic

 

36,947,192 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,947,192

Weighted average shares outstanding – Diluted

 

36,949,129 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,949,129


Pro forma adjustments :


1)

Adjustment excludes estimated transaction costs (e.g., legal, accounting, consulting, core system conversion, etc.) of approximately $1.6 million related to the acquisition of Great Florida Bank and approximately $3.2 million of salary and benefits expense due to transaction related incentive compensation, stay payments and severance expense which would be recorded as non-interest expense as incurred.  The adjustments also exclude the impact of any changes in the valuation allowance associated with the deferred taxes.

2)

Adjustment reflects the change in loan interest income due to estimated discount (premium) accretion associated with fair value adjustments to acquired loans. The discount (premium) accretion was calculated on the level yield method over the estimated lives of the acquired loan portfolios.

3)

Adjustment reflects the change in deposit interest expense due to estimated premium amortization associated with fair value adjustments of $2.2 million to acquired time deposits. The premium amortization was calculated on the level yield method over the estimated lives of the acquired time deposits.

4)

Adjustment reflects the change in interest expense due to estimated premium amortization/discount accretion associated with fair value adjustments of $8.7 million to acquired borrowings and other debt, which include FHLB advances and other borrowings.  The premium amortization/discount accretion was calculated on the level yield method over the estimated lives of the acquired borrowings and other debt instruments.

5)

Acquired OREO is recorded at estimated fair value at acquisition, which includes adjustments for identified and estimated losses expected at acquisition. The recording of acquired OREO at their fair value at January 1, 2013 would be expected to significantly impact the determination of the gain or losses on disposition of OREO for 2013. We have assumed approximately a $14.1 million reduction to the historic amount of Great Florida Bank’s gain or loss on disposition of OREO in this presentation.

6)

Adjustment reflects the change in other expense that would have resulted from the amortization of the core deposit intangible of $3.6 million. The amortization of the core deposit intangible was calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of ten years.

7)

Adjustment reflects recognition of tax expense associated with the adjusted net taxable income before taxes assuming an effective rate of approximately 34.1%.




38





MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, including but not limited to those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.


Overview and History

We are a bank holding company headquartered in Weston, Florida with one wholly-owned national bank subsidiary, Florida Community Bank, National Association (which prior to July 25, 2011 operated under the name Premier American Bank, National Association), which we refer to as the Bank. The Bank currently operates 54 retail bank branches in Florida, servicing 50,000 households in a market footprint which covers over $335 billion in deposits. The Bank offers a comprehensive range of traditional banking products and services to individuals, small and medium-sized businesses, some large businesses, and other local organizations and entities in our market areas.  We also selectively participate in syndicated loans to select national credits.  The Bank targets commercial customers engaged in a wide variety of industries including healthcare and professional services, retail and wholesale trade, tourism, agricultural services, manufacturing, distribution and distribution-related industries, technology, automotive, aviation, food products, building materials, residential housing and commercial real estate.

We formed Bond Street Holdings LLC in April 2009 as a Delaware limited liability company for the purpose of becoming a bank holding company and acquiring primarily multiple failed bank asset and liability pools in Florida from the FDIC, as receiver. In late 2009, we raised approximately $440 million from investors in a private placement of our common equity. Between August and November 2010, we raised approximately an additional $300 million in a private placement of our common equity. In October 2010, we converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, Bond Street Holdings, Inc. On June 13, 2014, the Company changed its name to FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.

Following receipt of final approval to become a new national bank from the OCC on January 22, 2010, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities, including substantially all deposits, of Old Premier and during 2010, also acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of two additional failed depository institutions: Old FCB and Old Peninsula (all three such acquisitions are referred to as the 2010 Acquisitions). During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities, including substantially all deposits, of five additional failed depository institutions: Old Sunshine, Old FNBCF, Old Cortez, Old Coastal and Old FPB (all five such acquisitions are referred to as the 2011 Acquisitions). With respect to each of the Failed Bank Acquisitions, except for Old Sunshine and Old FPB, the Bank entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC providing for the FDIC to assume responsibility for certain losses on the acquired loan portfolios of, and other real estate owned, or OREO, by, the acquired depository institutions.  Substantially all of the loan portfolios and OREO acquired from six of the eight Failed Bank Acquisitions are covered under loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC. We refer to our loans covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC as Covered Loans. We refer to all other loans as non-Covered Loans. As of March 31, 2014, our loan portfolio derived from the Acquisitions aggregated to $1.01 billion, or 34% of our aggregate loan portfolio. As of March 31, 2014, our new loan portfolio, which consists of predominantly commercial loan originations, totaled $1.93 billion or 66% of our aggregate portfolio. As of March 31, 2014, consolidated assets totaled approximately $5.17 billion, customer deposits totaled approximately $3.73 billion and stockholders’ equity totaled approximately $723.9 million.

We believe that our loan growth was propelled by our differentiated business model with three main pillars: experienced human capital, short-cycle management and execution resources. Our differentiated business model has enabled us to grow at a faster pace than the majority of our competition. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we increased new loans by $1.04 billion, or 143%, to $1.77 billion from $729.7 million as of December 31, 2012. Commercial loans increased by $734.5 million and single family residential and consumer loans increased by $305.5 million over this period.

In our lending business we have over 100 experienced professionals with deep local knowledge of our markets and our target clients, and business line managers with an average of 27 years of in-market experience with large regional and national commercial banks.

Our short cycle management process consists of continual identification of the top 200 prospects in each of our key markets, active calling, weekly pipeline management and accountability, monthly production goals, high touch delivery to customers alongside executive management and joint calling efforts with underwriters.

Execution resources consists of capital strength permitting a relatively large average deal size, a full product suite supported by a robust Customer Relationship Management system, or CRM, geographic alignment, strong depth of credit support and timely decisioning.



39





Of the $1.04 billion in net new commercial loan growth during the year ended December 31, 2013, $220.5 million of the increase was acquired through fully underwritten syndicated national loans. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we funded $1.07 billion in total new loan originations. We maintain high quality credit underwriting standards and have not compromised on credit quality for commercial, residential or consumer loans. As of March 31, 2014, none of our new loans were on non-accrual status, classified status or have any new commercial loans received credit downgrades.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we grew total deposits by $603 million, or 28%, to $2.79 billion from $2.19 billion at December 31, 2012. This growth was generated organically and we have not relied upon brokered deposits or wholesale funding sources to grow our deposit base. We have grown deposits primarily from retail marketing efforts and through commercial customer relationship growth.

Our Company has experienced substantial organic growth through March 31, 2014 and specifically during the year ended December 31, 2013. We have grown loans and deposits at above-average rates during this period as compared to the banking industry generally, due in part to the fact that, during this period, we were in the beginning of organic loan origination that effectively began in 2011. For that reason, although it is our goal to continue to maintain above-average growth for the foreseeable future while we are in our early stages of organic loan origination, our recent historical growth rates will not likely be sustainable in future periods. For the same reason, our recent growth rates are not directly comparable to our peers that have had existing loan portfolios over the comparable periods.

Substantially all of our residential loans are serviced by Dovenmuehle Mortgage, Inc., or DMI, which provides both primary servicing and special servicing. DMI is one of the largest and oldest subservicing firms in the United States with more than 250 financial institution clients nationwide. We believe that utilizing an established third-party servicer is more cost-effective than building and maintaining an in-house servicing operation. Based on the volume of our residential loan portfolio, we have determined that the costs for the required servicing technology, trained staff, different support systems and compliance monitoring all make it prohibitive to rely on an in-house servicing platform. In addition to the economic benefits of utilizing a third-party servicer, we believe that it allows us to focus our efforts in the residential real estate loan program on the origination of loans and cultivating the customer relationship to cross-sell our other products.


As compensation for its servicing activities, DMI receives from us an annual fee of approximately $100 per performing loan and $400 per loan that is greater than 60 days past due. We believe this arrangement aligns the interests of both companies. In the event that DMI, or any third-party servicer we may use in the future, fails to perform its servicing duties or performs those duties inadequately, we could experience a temporary interruption in collecting principal and interest, sustain credit losses on our loans or incur additional costs associated with obtaining a replacement servicer. Any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Similarly, if DMI or any future third-party servicer becomes ineligible, unwilling or unable to continue to perform servicing activities, we could incur additional costs to obtain a replacement servicer and there can be no assurance that a replacement servicer could be retained in a timely manner or at similar rates.


The Bank has engaged Reynolds Williams, an independent third-party, to review at least 65% of the newly originated loans on an annual basis. As part of the engagement with the Bank, Reynolds Williams performs individual loan credit reviews with a focus on credit quality, accuracy and timeliness of risk rating assessments, policy exceptions, and the overall structure of the loan. As compensation for these services, Reynolds Williams receives approximately $150,000 annually.


We believe that the percentage of our newly originated loans subject to such independent review is sufficient to assist in the evaluation of our procedures and evaluation of credit risk in the Bank’s credit underwriting and ongoing servicing processes, without incurring the substantial additional expense of conducting a similar review of all of such loans. However, the risk remains that some portion of the loans which are not so reviewed may later raise concerns which might have been identified by such a review.


While our primary focus over the last two years has been building the organic operations of the Bank led by our robust commercial lending platform, we also intend to continue our acquisition strategy by selectively identifying, acquiring and integrating depository institutions (or their assets and deposits) through traditional open bank acquisitions. We may consider additional failed bank acquisitions with the FDIC to the extent, if any, that opportunities may arise; however, we note that, according to the FDIC, as of June 30, 2014, there have only been 12 failed banks in 2014 (as compared to 157 failed banks in 2010 and 92 failed banks in 2011 when we acquired the Old Failed Banks), and as a result, there are significantly fewer such opportunities. In addition, we may acquire assets, deposits and branches which we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth. Our current asset mix (which includes a significant amount of investment securities and legacy loans that were acquired from the FDIC), loan quality and allowances are not representative of our anticipated future asset mix, loan quality and allowances, which may change materially as we continue our organic origination and banking activities and grow through future acquisitions. Our cash reserves and liquid securities portfolio are not necessarily representative of our future cash or liquid assets position.



40





The U.S. economy grew at a modest pace through the year ended December 31, 2013. Real gross domestic product (“GDP”) grew at an annualized rate of 1.8%, compared to a rate of 2.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012, as indicated by the Bureau of Economic Analysis report published by the U.S. Department of Commerce. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the seasonally adjusted unemployment rate for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was 6.7%, compared to 7.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This is slightly higher than the ten year historical average through the end of 2013 of 6.0%. As indicated by the National Association of Realtors, existing home sales remain above the 3-year historical average as of December 2013, however they are below the peak of 5.4 million in July 2013. Total home sales in the United States showed minimal change with existing home sales at a seasonally adjusted 4.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, the same as for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, but up from 4.8 million for the rolling twelve months ended November 30, 2013. Existing home inventory is down to a 4.6 months’ supply as of December 31, 2013, below the 3-year historical average of 6.3 months but slightly up from a 4.5 months’ supply as of December 31, 2012. New home sales have decreased slightly to a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 433,000 as of April 30, 2014 from 452,000 as of April 30, 2013. Home values, as indicated by the Case-Shiller 20 city index (seasonally adjusted), showed an increase of 12.4% from April 30, 2013 to April 30, 2014. Bankruptcy filings, per the U.S. Court Statistics, also improved with total filings down 12.3% for the first quarter ended March 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013, with business filings down 17.9% and personal filings down 12.2%, for the first quarter ended March 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013.


The state of Florida is the 18 th fastest growing state in the country based on real GDP growth from 2012-2013. Florida accounted for approximately 5% of the United States real GDP for 2013. The real GDP for the state of Florida grew at a rate of 2.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013 (the same as the prior year period). The unemployment rate (seasonally adjusted), as indicated by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, decreased to 6.2% as of April 30, 2014, down from 7.6% as of April 30, 2013. Other improvements included a 6.6% decline in bankruptcies, per the U.S. Court Statistics, during the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to the prior year period.


The improving U.S. and Florida economy is expected to assist us in both maintaining our level of new loan production and maintaining our credit quality. To the extent that the U.S. and/or Florida economy were to deteriorate, it may have a negative impact on both new loan origination and credit quality of the existing loan portfolio.


Despite the increase in the 10-year U.S. Treasury yield during the period that caused an increase in the market interest rates for residential mortgages, we had new residential mortgage originations of $77.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. This growth was driven by our increased focus and enhanced mortgage origination platform. For the residential mortgages originated during the three months ended March 31, 2014, approximately 74% of our originated residential mortgages were for home purchases, while the remaining 26% were for refinancing existing mortgages held by other parties. If interest rates rise in the future, it may have a negative impact on new residential mortgage origination volume.


The Volcker Rule restricts our ability to sponsor or invest in covered funds (as defined in the rule) and engage in certain types of proprietary trading. We have investments in securities issued by CLO vehicles that, based on the existing characteristics of the securities and the CLO vehicles, are covered by the Volcker Rule and the final rules implementing the Volcker Rule. When the final rules were issued, the Federal Reserve extended the time period for conformance of activities covered by the Volcker Rule until July 21, 2015. In April 2014, the Federal Reserve announced that it intends to extend the conformance period by two additional one-year extensions for ownership of certain non-conforming CLO securities until July 21, 2017. The following table sets forth the book value and weighted average yield of our CLO securities that do not conform with the Volcker Rule, or non-conforming CLO securities, as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.


(Dollars in thousands)

 

March 31,

2014

 

December 31,

2013

Book value of non-conforming CLO securities

$

340,374

$

376,301

Book value of all holdings of CLO securities

 

359,857

 

385,978

Unrealized gain/(loss) for all holdings of CLO securities

 

3,521

 

1,985

Weighted average yield of non-conforming CLO securities

 

2.70%

 

2.75%

Weighted average yield of CLO securities

 

2.73%

 

2.78%


During the first quarter of 2014, the book value of our non-conforming CLO securities decreased by $35.9 million due to $25.75 million of early redemptions and an amendment to conform a CLO to the requirements of the Volcker Rule, which resulted in a reduction of $9.78 million, with the balance of the difference being a result of prepayments and amortizations of purchase discount/premium. The decrease in the weighted average yield during the first quarter of 2014 reflected the activity described above; no credit impairments were experienced during this period.




41





We are continuing to evaluate the impact of the Volcker Rule and the final rules on our business and operations, and we take into account the prohibitions and applicable conformance periods under the Volcker Rule in managing our portfolio of investment securities. As the book value of our non-conforming CLO securities declines, whether due to maturities, amortizations, prepayments, sales, indenture amendments, additional regulatory guidance, or other factors, our future net interest income could be adversely impacted if alternative investment opportunities yield a lower rate. Further, if we are not able to continue to hold non-conforming CLO securities, we may be required to recognize losses on CLO securities that we hold or to sell CLO securities at times or prices at which we would otherwise determine not to sell them.


Great Florida Bank Acquisition


On January 31, 2014, the Bank acquired the business of Great Florida Bank, a state chartered commercial bank, headquartered in Miami Lakes, Florida, through the merger of Great Florida Bank with and into the Bank.  Great Florida Bank had total assets of $993.0 million and shareholders’ equity of $15.3 million as of December 31, 2013.  Holders of Great Florida Bank common stock received $3.24 per share in cash for each common share owned resulting in total cash purchase price of $42.5 million. As the surviving entity, the Bank assumed all the liabilities of Great Florida Bank upon completion of the merger. As of December 31, 2013, Great Florida Bank had 25 banking locations within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area. The Company contributed additional capital of $125 million to the Bank at the time of the Great Florida Acquisition.


The Company determined that the Great Florida Acquisition constitutes a business combination as defined by the Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 805, Business Combinations. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair value amount on the date of acquisition. Fair value amounts were determined in accordance with the guidance provided in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements. In many cases the determination of the fair value amounts required management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and subject to change. Fair value amounts are preliminary estimates due to pending broker opinions for assumed leases and for deferred tax assets. The provisional amounts recorded for the Great Florida Bank acquisition may be updated if better information is obtained about the initial assumptions used to determine fair value amounts or if new information is obtained regarding the facts and circumstances that existed at the date of acquisition. The provisional amounts may be adjusted through the completion of the measurement period, which does not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.


We acquired $957 million in assets at fair value, including $548 million in loans, net of unearned income, $278 million in investment securities, $54.3 million of OREO, $35.7 million in net deferred tax assets and $3.6 million of core deposit intangible asset. We also acquired $962 million of liabilities at fair value, including $864 million of retail deposits and $92.7 million of borrowings. The Great Florida Acquisition resulted in goodwill of $47.8 million as the estimated fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid exceeded the estimated fair value of assets acquired. The goodwill is included within “Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the consolidated balance sheets.


Approximately 52% of the loans acquired were accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, or ASC 310-30 loans. On the January 31, 2014 acquisition date, the contractual cash flows for the ASC 310-30 loans acquired in the Great Florida Acquisition were $426.1 million and the estimated fair value of the loans was $283.1 million. The total expected cash flows from these loans was $323.5 million.


The difference between the total estimated cash flows and the fair market value created an accretable discount in the amount of $40.4 million, which represents the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected in excess of the estimated fair value of the acquired ASC 310-30 loans. Accretable discount is recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the expected term of the loans in each pool. Assumptions for prepayment and the probability of collection are applied to both contractually required payments and cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition.


The Company also acquired loans with a fair value of $265.0 million that are accounted for under ASC Topic 310-20, Receivables – Nonrefundable fees and other costs, or Non-ASC 310-30 acquired loans, as these specific loans did not exhibit deteriorated credit quality since origination or were loans to borrowers that had revolving privileges at the acquisition date.  The acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans with revolving privileges had a total unpaid principal balance of $71.5 million and a fair value of $60.6 million at acquisition. The acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans without revolving privileges had a total unpaid principal balance of $204.3 million and a fair value of $204.4 million at acquisition.


For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company incurred $4.8 million of bank acquisition, legal fees, accounting advisory, data conversion, retention payments and severance expenses primarily related to costs associated with the Great Florida Acquisition. In addition to the costs incurred during the three months ended March, 31 2014, the Company anticipates recording additional expense of $225,000 during the three months ended June 30, 2014 related to the closure of five banking locations assumed in the Great Florida Acquisition. The Company does not anticipate any other material costs related to the Great Florida Acquisition for the current year and future fiscal years.



42





Critical Accounting Policies

The notes to consolidated financial statements contain a summary of our significant accounting policies, including discussions on recently issued accounting pronouncements, our adoption of them and the related impact of their adoption. We believe that certain of these policies, along with various estimates that we are required to make in recording our financial transactions, are important to have a complete picture of our financial position. In addition, these estimates require us to make complex and subjective judgments, many of which include matters with a high degree of uncertainty. The following is a discussion of these critical accounting policies and significant estimates. Additional information about these policies can be found in Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements.


Implications of Elections under the JOBS Act


Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B).


Although we are still evaluating the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us as long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory shareholder vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.


Business Combinations


The Company accounts for transactions that meet the definition of a purchase business combination by recording the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value upon acquisition. The operations of the Acquisitions are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Intangible assets, indemnification contracts and contingent consideration are identified and recognized individually. If the fair value of the assets acquired exceeds the purchase price plus the fair value of the liabilities assumed, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Conversely, if the purchase price plus the fair value of the liabilities assumed exceeds the fair value of the assets acquired, goodwill is recognized. The Company’s assumptions utilized to determine the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed conform to market conditions at the date of acquisition. The provisional amounts recorded are updated if better information is obtained about the initial assumptions used to determine fair value or if new information is obtained regarding the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition. The provisional amounts may be adjusted through the completion of the measurement period, which does not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.


Fair Value Measurement


The Company uses estimates of fair value in applying various accounting standards for its consolidated financial statements on either a recurring or non-recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing and able market participants. The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three hierarchy levels, based on the observability and transparency of the inputs. These levels are as follows:


Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;


Level 2—Observable inputs other than level 1 inputs, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in less active markets and other inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data; and


Level 3—Unobservable inputs supported by limited or no market activity or data and inputs requiring significant management judgment or estimation; valuation techniques utilizing level 3 inputs include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.


It is the Company’s policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in estimating fair value. Unobservable inputs are utilized in determining fair value estimates only to the extent that observable inputs are not available. The need to use unobservable inputs generally results from a lack of market liquidity and trading volume. Transfers between levels of fair value hierarchy are recorded at the end of the reporting period.



43





ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments, allows the Company an irrevocable option for measurement of eligible financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value on an instrument by instrument basis (the fair value option). Subsequent to the initial adoption of ASC Topic 825, the Company may elect to account for eligible financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. Such an election may be made at the time an eligible financial asset, financial liability or firm commitment is recognized or when certain specified reconsideration events occur. The Company has not elected the fair value option for any eligible financial instrument as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Investment Securities

The Company determines the classification of investment securities at the time of purchase. If the Company has the intent and the ability at the time of purchase to hold debt securities until maturity, they are classified as held-to-maturity. Investment securities held-to-maturity are stated at amortized cost. Debt securities the Company does not intend to hold to maturity are classified as available for sale and carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes. Available for sale securities are a part of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk or other market factors.

Interest income and dividends on securities are recognized in interest income on an accrual basis. Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the period to maturity of the related security using the effective interest method. Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method.

The Company reviews investment securities for impairment on a quarterly basis or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. In order to determine if a decline in fair value below amortized cost represents other than temporary impairment, or OTTI, management considers several factors, including but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer (considering factors such as adverse conditions specific to the issuer and the security and ratings agency actions) and the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment in order to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value.

The Company recognizes OTTI of a debt security for which there has been a decline in fair value below amortized cost if (i) management intends to sell the security, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis or (iii) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The amount by which amortized cost exceeds the fair value of a debt security that is considered to have OTTI is separated into a component representing the credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and a component related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The measurement of the credit loss component is equal to the difference between the debt security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield. If the Company intends to sell the security, or if it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery, an OTTI write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the amortized cost basis and fair value of the security.

The Bank, as a member of the FHLB, is required to maintain an investment in the stock of the FHLB. No market exists for this stock, and the Bank’s investment can be liquidated only through redemption by the FHLB, at the discretion of and subject to conditions imposed by the FHLB. Historically, FHLB stock redemptions have been at cost (par value), which equals the Company’s carrying value. The Company monitors its investment in FHLB stock for impairment through review of recent financial results of the FHLB including capital adequacy and liquidity position, dividend payment history, redemption history and information from credit agencies. The Company has not identified any indicators of impairment of FHLB stock.

Loans

The Company’s accounting methods for loans differ depending on whether the loans are new, or new loans, or acquired, or acquired loans, and for acquired loans, whether the loans were acquired at a discount as a result of credit deterioration since the date of origination.

New Loans

The Company accounts for originated loans and purchased loans not acquired through business combinations as new loans. New loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any allowance for loan losses, unamortized deferred fees and costs and unamortized premiums or discounts.  The net amount of nonrefundable loan origination fees and certain direct costs associated with the lending process are deferred and amortized to interest income over the contractual lives of the new loans using methods which approximate the level yield method. Discounts and premiums are amortized or accreted to interest income over the estimated term of the new loans using methods that approximate the level yield method. Interest income on new loans is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance outstanding.



44





Acquired Loans

Acquired loans are accounted for under ASC 310-30 unless the loan type is excluded from the scope of ASC 310-30 (i.e. loans where borrowers have revolving privileges at acquisition date, or Non-ASC 310-30 loans). The Company has elected to account for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality since origination under ASC 310-30, or ASC 310-30 loans or pools, due to the following:


·

there is evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination resulting in a “Day 1” discount attributable, at least in part, to credit quality;

·

the loans were acquired in a business combination or asset purchase; and

·

the loans are not to be subsequently accounted for at fair value.


The Company has elected this policy for loans acquired through business combinations exhibiting credit deterioration since origination, except those loan types which have been scoped out of ASC 310-30. Substantially all loans acquired through the Failed Bank Acquisitions and a portion of the loans acquired in the Great Florida Acquisition had a fair value discount at acquisition date due at least in part to deterioration in credit quality since origination. However, there was a separate grouping of loans individually identified with substantial credit impairment that would be explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30 from those that were classified by analogy.  The Company determined that a loan would be explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30 if there was evidence of credit deterioration at Day 1 and that it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual cash flows receivable.  The loans that were classified by analogy were determined to have evidence of credit deterioration at Day 1 and that it was possible, not probable, that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual cash flows receivable.  

For each acquisition, ASC 310-30 loans are aggregated into pools based on common risk characteristics, which includes similar credit risk of the loans based on whether loans were analogized or were explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30, internal risk ratings for commercial real estate, land and development and commercial loans; and performing status for consumer and single family residential loans. Pools of loans are further aggregated by collateral type (e.g. commercial real estate, single family residential, etc.).  The Company did not elect to aggregate loans into pools that were acquired from separate Acquisitions completed in the same fiscal quarter.

Acquired loans are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Fair value for acquired loans is based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considers factors including the type of loan and related collateral type, delinquency and credit classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, whether or not the loan was amortizing, and current discount rates. Additional assumptions used include default rates, loss severity, loss curves and prepayment speeds. Discounts due to credit quality are included in the determination of fair value; therefore an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. The discount rates used for the cash flow methodology are based on market rates for new originations of comparable loans at the time of acquisition and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The fair value is determined from the discounted cash flows for each individual loan, and for ASC 310-30 loans are then aggregated at the unit of account, or pool level.

For acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality, the Company makes an estimate of the total cash flows it expects to collect from the loans in each pool, which includes undiscounted expected principal and interest as well as cash received through other forms of satisfaction (e.g. foreclosure). The excess of contractual amounts over the total cash flows expected to be collected from the loans is referred to as non-accretable difference, which is not accreted into income. The excess of the expected undiscounted cash flows over the carrying value of the loans is referred to as accretable discount. Accretable discount is recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the expected term of the loans in each pool. Assumptions for prepayment and the probability of collection are applied to both contractually required payments and cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition.

The Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected over the expected term of the ASC 310-30 loans on a quarterly basis. Subsequent increases in total cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as an adjustment to the accretable discount with the amount of periodic accretion adjusted over the remaining expected term of the loans. Subsequent decreases in cash flows expected to be collected over the expected term of the loans are recognized as impairment in the current period through a provision for loan losses.

Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. Resolutions of loans may include sales to third parties, receipt of payments in settlement with the borrower, or foreclosure of the collateral. Upon these resolutions, the Company’s policy is to remove an individual ASC 310-30 loan from a pool based on comparing the amount received from its resolution with its contractual amount. Any difference between these amounts is absorbed by the non-accretable difference. This removal method assumes that the amount received from these resolutions approximates the pool performance expectations of cash flows. The accretable yield percentage is unaffected by



45





the resolution. Any changes in the effective yield for the remaining loans in the pool are addressed by the quarterly cash flow evaluation process for each pool. For loans that are resolved by payment in full, there is no release of the non-accretable difference for the pool because there is no difference between the amount received at resolution and the contractual amount of the loan.

Payments received in excess of expected cash flows may result in an ASC 310-30 pool becoming fully amortized and its carrying value reduced to zero even though outstanding contractual balances remain related to loans in the pool. Once the carrying value of an ASC 310-30 pool is reduced to zero, any future proceeds from the remaining loans are recognized as interest income upon receipt.  There were four ASC 310-30 pools whose carrying value has been reduced to zero as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012.  These pools had an aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance, or UPB, of $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $1.6 million as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recorded at their estimated fair value as of the acquisition date and subsequently accounted for under ASC Topic 310-20, Receivables — Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs, or ASC 310-20. The fair value discount is accreted using methods which approximate the level-yield method over the remaining term of the loans and is recognized as a component of interest income.

Nonaccrual Loans

For new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans, the Company classifies loans as past due when the payment of principal or interest is greater than 30 days delinquent based on the contractual next payment due date. The Company’s policies related to when loans are placed on nonaccrual status conform to guidelines prescribed by regulatory authorities. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that principal or interest is not fully collectible, or generally when principal or interest becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first. Loans secured by one to four family residential properties may remain in accruing status until they are 180 days past due if management determines that it does not have concern over the collectability of principal and interest because the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. When loans are placed on nonaccrual status, interest receivable is reversed against interest income in the current period and amortization of any discount ceases. Interest payments received thereafter are applied as a reduction to the remaining principal balance unless management believes that the ultimate collection of the principal is likely, in which case payments are recognized in earnings on a cash basis. Loans are removed from nonaccrual status when they become current as to both principal and interest and the collectability of principal and interest is no longer doubtful.

Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual for a period of six months to demonstrate the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.


Contractually delinquent ASC 310-30 loans are not classified as nonaccrual as long as discount continues to be accreted on the corresponding ASC 310-30 pool.

Impaired Loans

An ASC 310-30 pool is considered to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all the cash flows expected at acquisition, plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. All ASC 310-30 pools are evaluated individually for impairment based their expected total cash flows. The discount continues to be accreted on ASC 310-30 pools as long as there are expected future cash flows in excess of the current carrying amount of the pool.

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreements.

All Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as Troubled Debt Restructuring, or TDR, are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company’s allowance for loan losses, or ALL, is established for both performing and nonperforming loans. The Company’s ALL is the amount considered adequate to absorb probable losses within the portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. Such evaluation considers numerous factors including, but not limited to, internal risk ratings, loss forecasts, collateral values, geographic location, borrower FICO scores, delinquency rates, nonperforming and restructured loans, origination channels, product mix, underwriting practices,



46





industry conditions, economic trends and net charge-off trends. The ALL relates to new loans, estimated additional losses arising on Non-ASC 310-30 loans subsequent to the Acquisitions and additional impairment recognized as a result of decreases in expected cash flows on ASC 310-30 pools due to further credit deterioration or other factors since the Acquisitions. The ALL consists of both specific and general components.

For ASC 310-30 pools, a specific valuation allowance is established when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all of the cash flows expected at acquisition, plus the additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. Expected cash flows are estimated on an individual loan basis and then aggregated at the ASC 310-30 pool level. The analysis of expected pool cash flows incorporates updated pool level expected prepayment rate, default rate, delinquency level and loss severity given default assumptions. These analyses incorporate information about loan performance, collateral values, the financial condition of the borrower, internal risk ratings, the Company’s own and industry historical delinquency and default severity data.

The carrying value for ASC 310-30 pools is reduced by the amount of the calculated impairment, which is also the basis in which future accretion income is calculated. A charge-off is taken for an individual ASC 310-30 loan when it is deemed probable that the loan will be resolved for an amount less than its carrying value.   The charge-off is taken to the specific allowance or mark as applicable. Alternatively, an improvement in the expected cash flows related to ASC 310-30 pools results in a reduction or recoupment of any previously established specific allowance with a corresponding credit to the provision for loan losses. Any recoupment recorded is limited to the amount of the remaining specific allowance for that pool, with any excess of expected cash flow resulting in a reclassification from non-accretable to accretable yield and an increase in the prospective yield of the pool.

The New and Non-ASC 310-30 loan portfolios have limited delinquency and credit loss history and have not yet exhibited an observable loss trend. The credit quality of loans in these loan portfolios are impacted by delinquency status and debt service coverage generated by the borrowers’ businesses and fluctuations in the value of real estate collateral. Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for Non ASC 310-30 and New commercial, construction and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the ALL. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis. Relationships with balances in excess of $250,000 are re-evaluated at least annually and more frequently if circumstances indicate that a change in risk rating may be warranted.

New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as TDR, are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis. The specific allowance established for these loans is based on a thorough analysis of the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s estimated market value or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less costs of disposition. General allowances are established for New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that are not classified as impaired, which are evaluated by loan category based on common risk characteristics. In this process, general loan loss factors are established based on the following: historical loss factors derived from the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s quarterly Unified Performance Branch Report for Group 1 banks (assets greater than $3 billion) using an annualized weighted average eight quarter rolling basis; trends in delinquencies and nonaccruals by loan portfolio segment and asset categories within those segments; portfolio segment and asset category production trends, including average risk ratings and loan-to value, or LTV, ratios; current industry conditions, including real estate market trends; general economic conditions; credit concentrations by portfolio and asset categories; and portfolio quality, which encompasses an assessment of the quality and relevance of borrowers’ financial information and collateral valuations and average risk rating and migration trends within portfolios and asset categories.

Other adjustments for qualitative factors may be made to the allowance after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality and loss severity that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data. For these measurements, the Company uses assumptions and methodologies that are relevant to estimating the level of impairment and probable losses in the loan portfolio. To the extent that the data supporting such assumptions has limitations, management’s judgment and experience play a key role in recording the allowance estimates. Qualitative adjustments are considered for: portfolio credit quality trends, including levels of delinquency, charge-offs, nonaccrual, restructuring and other factors; policy and credit standards, including quality and experience of lending and credit management; and general economic factors, including national, regional and local conditions and trends.

Additions to the ALL are made by provisions charged to earnings. The allowance is decreased by charge-offs of balances no longer deemed collectible. Charge-offs on New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recognized as follows: commercial loans are written-off when management determines them to be uncollectible; for unsecured consumer loans at 90 days past due; and for residential real estate loans and secured consumer loans when they become 120 to 180 days past due,



47





depending on the collateral type. The Company reports recoveries on a cash basis at the time received. Recoveries on ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off prior to the Acquisitions are recognized in earnings as income from resolution of acquired assets and do not affect the allowance for loan losses. All other recoveries are credited to the ALL.

Loss Share Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability

Assets subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC are labeled “Covered Assets” in the consolidated financial statements and include acquired loans, or Covered Loans, and OREO.

The loss share indemnification asset is measured separately from the Covered Assets acquired as it is not contractually embedded in any of the Covered Assets. The initial fair value of the loss share indemnification asset represents the present value of the estimated cash payments expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on Covered Assets, based on the credit adjustment estimated for each Covered Asset and the loss sharing percentages. The estimated cash flows are discounted using a risk-free yield curve plus a premium reflecting the uncertainty related to the timing and receipt of such cash flows. The amount ultimately collected for this asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying Covered Assets, the passage of time and claims submitted to the FDIC.

The amounts covered by the loss sharing agreements are the pre-acquisition book value of the underlying assets, the contractual balance of unfunded commitments that were acquired, and certain future net direct costs applicable to the Covered Assets. As required by the respective loss sharing agreements, the Company submits a loss share certificate to the FDIC on a quarterly basis requesting reimbursement for losses on Covered Assets and covered expenses. Covered expenses are recorded in non-interest expense when incurred with an offsetting increase to the loss share indemnification asset and non-interest income for the amount expected to be reimbursed by the FDIC. Certain covered expenses are claimed upon resolution of the Covered Asset, resulting in the expense and the related reimbursements from the FDIC occurring in different periods.

The Company reviews and updates the cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Assets and the FDIC loss share indemnification asset on a quarterly basis as loss and recovery estimates related to Covered Assets change. Decreases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in a provision for loan losses, an increase in the ALL, and a proportional increase to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset and income for the estimated amount to be reimbursed. Increases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for loan losses and related ALL and a decrease to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, or prospective adjustment to the accretable discount if no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded. If no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded, improvements in the expected cash flows from the Covered Loans, which is reflected as an adjustment to yield and accreted into income over the remaining expected term of the loans, decreases the expected cash flows to be collected from the loss sharing agreement, with such decrease reducing the yield to be accreted on a prospective basis if the total expected cash flows from the loss sharing agreement exceeds its carrying amount; and, if the carrying amount of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset exceeds the total expected cash flows, the excess is amortized as a reduction of income over the shorter of (1) the remaining expected term of the respective loans or (2) the remaining term of the loss sharing agreement.

As a result, the value of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset will continue to fluctuate over time based upon the continued performance of the Covered Assets and as the Company receives payments from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements.

The loss sharing agreements between the Company and the FDIC for certain of the Acquisitions include clawback provisions that obligate the Company to pay the FDIC a certain amount in the event that losses incurred by the Company do not reach a specified threshold upon termination of the loss sharing agreement. The fair value of the clawback liability is initially estimated using the same discounted cash flow model used to determine the loss share indemnification asset, using a discount rate that takes into account the Company’s credit risk. The clawback liability is re-measured quarterly based on the terms of the applicable loss sharing agreement, changes in projected losses on Covered Assets and the cumulative servicing amount, if applicable.

The clawback liability is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the amortization and loss on re-measurement is included in loss share indemnification income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred in business combinations over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. The Company performs its annual



48





goodwill impairment test in the fourth fiscal quarter. The Company has a single reporting unit. The impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, no impairment is indicated. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, impairment of goodwill is measured as the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its implied fair value. Management uses a third party financial institution valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. This firm employs a market value approach based upon observable market values and price ratios of similar or comparable publicly owned bank holding companies and an investment value approach based upon the projected future value of the Company derived from its financial projections and discounted at an estimated market required cost of capital to estimate the fair value of the Company.  Management evaluates and includes a change of control premium in the estimated fair value of the Company for purposes of evaluating goodwill for impairment. Unobservable inputs into the valuation models include the Company’s financial projections and observable inputs include the market values and price ratios of publicly owned bank holding companies and a discount rate based on the capital assets pricing model. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit at the last impairment testing date exceeded its carrying amount; therefore, no impairment of goodwill was indicated.

Core deposit intangible, or CDI, is a measure of the value of checking and savings deposit relationships acquired in a business combination. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding relative to an alternative source of funding. CDI is amortized over the estimated useful lives of the existing deposit relationships acquired, but does not exceed 10 years. The Company evaluates such identifiable intangibles for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. If an impairment loss is determined to exist, the loss is reflected as an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of operations for the period in which such impairment is identified. No impairment charges were required to be recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, or for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) is determined using the asset and liability method and consists of income taxes that are currently payable and deferred income taxes. Deferred income tax expense is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets when management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In making such determinations, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence that may impact the realization of deferred tax assets. These considerations include the amount of taxable income generated in statutory carryback periods, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies.

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return including the results of its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. The Company estimates income taxes payable based on the amount it expects to owe the various tax authorities (i.e., federal and state). Income taxes represent the net estimated amount due to, or to be received from, such tax authorities. In estimating income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Although the Company uses the best available information to record income taxes, underlying estimates and assumptions can change over time as a result of unanticipated events or circumstances such as changes in tax laws and judicial guidance influencing its overall tax position.

An uncertain tax position is recognized only if it is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation process, based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of tax benefit recognized in the financial statements is the largest amount of benefit that is more than fifty percent likely to be sustained upon ultimate settlement of the uncertain tax position. If the initial assessment fails to result in recognition of a tax benefit, the Company subsequently recognizes a tax benefit if there are changes in tax law or case law that raise the likelihood of prevailing on the technical merits of the position to more-likely-than-not, the statute of limitations expires, or there is a completion of an examination resulting in a settlement of that tax year or position with the appropriate agency. The Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense (benefit) and penalties, if any, in other operating expenses.

Segment Reporting

The Company operates in one reportable segment of business, Community Banking, which includes the Bank, the Company’s sole banking subsidiary. Through the Bank, the Company provides a broad range of retail and commercial banking services. Management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of these banking operations, which constitute the Company’s only operating segment.



49





Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Adoption

In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-06, “Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution.” The amendments in this update clarify the applicable guidance for subsequently measuring an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The update provides that changes in cash flows expected to be collected on the indemnification asset arising subsequent to initial recognition as a result of changes in cash flows expected to be collected on the related indemnified assets should be accounted for on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. Any amortization of changes in value should be limited to the contractual term of the indemnification agreement. The Company is required to adopt this update prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The requirements of the update are consistent with the Company’s existing accounting policy; therefore, adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, “Balance Sheet: Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” These changes require an entity to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The enhanced disclosures will enable users of an entity’s financial statements to understand and evaluate the effect or potential effect of master netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position, including the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with certain financial instruments and derivative instruments. The Company adopted these changes in 2013. Other than the additional disclosure requirements presented in Note 10, the adoption of these changes did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” This update requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, entities are required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. The Company adopted this update in 2013. The additional disclosures required are incorporated in Note 15 of these consolidated financial statements. The adoption of these changes did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, “Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans Upon Foreclosure.” This update defines “in substance repossession or foreclosure” because the diversity in practice regarding when entities were reclassifying loans receivable to other real estate owned. A creditor is considered to have received physical possession (resulting from an in substance repossession or foreclosure) of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan only upon the occurrence of either of the following:


·

The creditor obtains legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure. A creditor may obtain legal title to the residential real estate property even if the borrower has redemption rights that provide the borrower with a legal right for a period of time after a foreclosure to reclaim the real estate property by paying certain amounts specified by law.

·

The borrower conveys all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. The deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar legal agreement is completed when agreed-upon terms and conditions have been satisfied by both the borrower and the creditor.


The Company is required to adopt this update for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim and annual periods thereafter.  The update may result in revised disclosures in the Company’s financial statements but will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


Significant Accounting Estimates

The notes to consolidated financial statements contain a summary of our significant accounting policies, including discussions on recently issued accounting pronouncements, our adoption of them and the related impact of their adoption. We believe that certain of these policies, along with various estimates that we are required to make in recording our financial transactions, are important to have a complete picture of our financial position. In addition, these estimates require us to make complex and subjective judgments, many of which include matters with a high degree of uncertainty. The following is a discussion of these significant estimates. Additional information about these policies can be found in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.




50





The Company’s financial reporting and accounting policies conform to GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


Significant estimates include the carrying value of loans, the allowance for loan losses, the carrying value of the loss share indemnification asset, the carrying value of other real estate owned, the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, contingent consideration liability, the determination of fair value for financial instruments, acquisition-related fair value computations, stock-based compensation and deferred taxes.


Primary Factors Used to Evaluate Our Business

As a financial institution, we manage and evaluate various aspects of both our results of operations and our financial condition. We evaluate the levels and trends of the line items included in our consolidated balance sheet and income statement, as well as various financial ratios that are commonly used in our industry. We analyze these ratios and financial trends against our own historical performance, our budgeted performance and the financial condition and performance of comparable financial institutions in our region and nationally.


Comparison of our financial performance against other financial institutions is impacted by the accounting for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality since origination as well as assets subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.


Results of Operations

Our results of operations depend substantially on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, consisting primarily of interest income on loans receivable, including accretion income on acquired loans, securities and other short-term investments, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits and borrowings. Our results of operations are also dependent upon our generation of non-interest income, consisting of income from banking service fees, interest rate swap services, bank owned life insurance, recoveries on acquired assets and FDIC loss share related items including reimbursement of expenses on covered assets and negative amortization of the indemnification asset to fair value over the life of the contract. Other factors contributing to our results of operations include our provisions for loan losses, gains or losses on sales of securities and income taxes, as well as the level of our non-interest expenses, such as compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment and other miscellaneous operating expenses.


Net Interest Income

Net interest income, a significant contributor to our revenues and net income, represents interest income less interest expense. We generate interest income from interest, dividends and fees received on interest-earning assets, including loans and investment securities we own. We incur interest expense from interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, including interest-bearing deposits, and borrowings. To evaluate net interest income, we measure and monitor (1) yields on our loans and other interest-earning assets, (2) the costs of our deposits and other funding sources, (3) our net interest spread, (4) our net interest margin and (5) our provisions for loan and lease losses. Net interest spread is the difference between rates earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is calculated as the annualized net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Because non-interest-bearing sources of funds, such as non-interest-bearing deposits and stockholders’ equity, also fund interest-earning assets, net interest margin includes the benefit of these non-interest-bearing sources.


We also recognize income from the accretable discounts associated with the purchase of interest-earning assets. Because of our acquisitions in 2010 and 2011, and on a going forward basis our January 31, 2014 acquisition of Great Florida Bank, we derive a portion of our interest income from the accretable discounts on acquired loans. This accretion will continue to have an impact on our net interest income as long as loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration at acquisition represent a meaningful portion of our interest-earning assets. As of March 31, 2014, acquired loans with evidence of credit deterioration accounted for under ASC 310-30 represented approximately 24% of our total loan portfolio and accounted for 35% of our interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2014.


Changes in the market interest rates and interest rates we earn on interest-earning assets or pay on interest-bearing liabilities, as well as the volume and types of interest-earning assets, interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing liabilities and stockholders’ equity, are usually the largest drivers of periodic changes in net interest spread, net interest margin and net interest income. In addition, our interest income includes the accretion of the fair value discounts on our acquired loans, which will also affect our net interest spread, net interest margin and net interest income. We measure net interest income before and after provision for loan and lease losses required to maintain our ALL at acceptable levels.




51





Non-interest Income

Our non-interest income includes the following:


·

service charges and fees;

·

interest rate swap services;

·

bank owned life insurance;

·

accretion income and amortization expense from FDIC loss share indemnification asset and clawback liability;

·

reimbursement of expenses on assets covered by loss sharing agreements;

·

income from recoveries of acquired loans; and

·

net gains and losses from the sale of OREO assets and investment securities.


For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the majority of our non-interest income resulted from interest rate swap service fees, recoveries on acquired assets, gains on sales of OREO and gains on sales of investment securities.  Included within non-interest income is the amortization expense of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, which represents a substantial component of our non-interest income.  In accordance with GAAP, we are negatively amortizing the indemnification asset to fair value over the life of the contract of the receivable. This, in addition to changes to the estimated FDIC clawback liability, resulted in approximately $6.3 million and $6.9 million in expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $24.9 million and $34.4 million of expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Typically, the primary components of non-interest income of financial institutions are service charges and fees and gains and losses related to the sale or valuation of investment securities, loans and other assets.


Non-interest Expense

Our non-interest expense includes the following:


·

salaries and employee benefits;

·

occupancy and equipment expenses;

·

other real estate and acquired loan resolution related expenses;

·

professional services; and

·

other.


Financial Condition


The primary factors we use to evaluate and manage our financial condition include liquidity, asset quality and capital.


Liquidity

We manage liquidity based upon factors that include the amount of core deposits as a percentage of total deposits, the level of diversification of our funding sources, the allocation and amount of our deposits among deposit types, the short-term funding sources used to fund assets, the amount of non-deposit funding used to fund assets, the availability of unused funding sources, off-balance sheet obligations, the availability of assets to be readily converted into cash without undue loss, the amount of cash and liquid securities we hold, and the re-pricing characteristics and maturities of our assets when compared to the re-pricing characteristics of our liabilities, the ability to securitize and sell certain pools of assets and other factors.


Asset Quality

We manage the diversification and quality of our assets based upon factors that include the level, distribution, severity and trend of problem, classified, delinquent, non-accrual, nonperforming and restructured assets, the adequacy of our ALL, discounts and reserves for unfunded loan commitments, the diversification and quality of loan and investment portfolios, the extent of counterparty risks and credit risk concentrations.


Capital

We manage capital based upon factors that include the level and quality of capital and overall financial condition of the Company, the trend and volume of problem assets, the adequacy of discounts and reserves, the level and quality of earnings, the risk exposures in our balance sheet, the levels of Tier 1 (core), risk-based and tangible equity capital, the ratios of Tier 1 (core), risk-based and tangible equity capital to total assets and risk-weighted assets and other factors.




52





Key Metrics

The primary metrics used in our industry to evaluate financial results are summarized below. Because of our relatively early stage of operations and recent periods of organic growth, each of the metrics below may not provide an appropriate basis to compare our results or financial condition to the results or financial condition of other financial services companies.


 

 

Three months

ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Performance Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate spread

 

3.45%

 

3.72%

 

3.58%

 

3.77%

Net interest margin

 

3.62%

 

4.02%

 

3.80%

 

4.01%

Return on average assets

 

0.30%

 

0.32%

 

0.49%

 

-0.14%

Return on average equity

 

1.98%

 

1.39%

 

2.35%

 

-0.67%

Efficiency ratio (bank level) (1)

 

79.59%

 

79.36%

 

75.03%

 

83.21%

Average interest-earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities

 

118.82%

 

132.91%

 

130.50%

 

125.61%

Loans receivable to deposits

 

78.78%

 

65.25%

 

80.86%

 

62.15%

Yield on interest-earning assets

 

4.19%

 

4.70%

 

4.51%

 

4.91%

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities

 

0.74%

 

0.98%

 

0.93%

 

1.14%

Asset and Credit Quality Ratios – Total loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to loans receivable (2)

 

0.90%

 

2.48%

 

1.51%

 

0.73%

Nonperforming assets to total assets (3)

 

2.18%

 

2.52%

 

1.73%

 

2.09%

Covered loans to total gross loans

 

11.5%

 

30.2%

 

15.9%

 

35.1%

ALL to nonperforming assets

 

13.8%

 

19.7%

 

21.4%

 

28.0%

ALL to total gross loans

 

0.53%

 

1.12%

 

0.65%

 

1.39%

Asset and Credit Quality Ratios – New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming new loans to total new loans receivable (2)

 

0.00%

 

0.06%

 

0.06%

 

0.07%

Covered new loans to total gross new loans

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

New loan ALL to total gross new loans

 

0.49%

 

0.59%

 

0.47%

 

0.71%

Asset and Credit Quality Ratios – Acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming acquired loans to total acquired loans receivable (2)

 

2.62%

 

6.09%

 

6.78%

 

1.50%

Covered acquired loans to total gross acquired loans

 

33.5%

 

75.2%

 

73.6%

 

75.7%

Acquired loan ALL to total gross acquired loans

 

0.60%

 

1.92%

 

1.32%

 

2.18%

Capital Ratios (Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

15.3%

 

22.8%

 

20.9%

 

21.2%

Tangible average equity to tangible average assets (4)

 

13.9%

 

21.8%

 

20.0%

 

20.2%

Tangible common equity ratio (4)

 

12.5%

 

20.9%

 

17.2%

 

21.5%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

13.4%

 

21.3%

 

18.0%

 

20.6%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

17.6%

 

32.6%

 

24.8%

 

36.1%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

18.1%

 

33.4%

 

25.3%

 

37.1%

Capital Ratios (Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

12.3%

 

14.1%

 

13.4%

 

12.9%

Tangible common equity ratio

 

10.5%

 

12.9%

 

11.5%

 

12.7%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

11.2%

 

12.7%

 

12.0%

 

12.1%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

14.9%

 

20.2%

 

16.7%

 

21.2%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

15.4%

 

21.0%

 

17.3%

 

22.2%


               

 

(1)

Non-interest expense over (net interest income plus non-interest income). Includes amortization expense of FDIC loss share indemnification asset and FDIC clawback liability.

(2)

Nonperforming loans include loans in non-accrual status.

(3)

Nonperforming assets include loans in non-accrual status and OREO.

(4)

See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”


Results of Operations


Consolidated net income available to shareholders totaled $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, or $0.10 per average diluted common share, an increase of 41.2% compared to $2.5 million, or $0.07 per average diluted common share, for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Consolidated net income for the three months ended March 31, 2014, includes two months of operations of Great Florida Bank, which was acquired on January 31, 2014. The increase in earnings was primarily due to a $9.3 million increase in net interest income partially offset by an $8.0 million increase in non-interest expense. The increase in net interest income reflects a $10.5 million increase in interest income partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in interest expense. The increase in non-interest expense was due primarily to increases in salaries and employee benefits of $5.1 million, data processing and network expense of $1.6 million and occupancy and equipment expense of $1.0 million. This increase for the three months ended March 31, 2014 includes acquisition related expenses of $4.8 million for employee severance and retention payments, data conversion costs, legal fees, accounting advisory and other expenses as a result of the Great Florida Acquisition.



53





The Company’s results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 produced an annualized return on average assets of 0.30% and a return on average shareholders’ equity of 1.98%, compared to returns for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 of 0.32% and 1.39%, respectively.


We had consolidated net income of $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, or $0.46 per average diluted common share, compared to a net loss of $4.8 million, or $(0.13) per average diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The $22.0 million increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, was primarily due to a $24.2 million increase in net interest income after provision expense driven by a decrease of $23.2 million in loan provision expense, an $8.4 million decrease in non-interest income consisting of $15.1 million FDIC loss share indemnification loss offset by $6.4 million of gains on sales of investment securities and a $17.4 million decrease in noninterest expense consisting of a $4.1 million decrease in professional service fees and a decrease of $12.8 million in loan expenses and OREO write downs and expenses.


The decrease in the provision for loan losses on acquired loans during the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $24.9 million and was primarily due to better than expected performance on the acquired loan portfolio.  Improved payment performance and rising collateral values led to increased expected cash flows on certain loans following our quarterly re-estimation process on ASC 310-30 loans.  As a result we were able to recoup a portion of the impairment previously attributed to the respective acquired ASC 310-30 loan pools.


Net Interest Income

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, information about (i) average balances, the total dollar amount of interest income from interest-earning assets and the resultant average yields; (ii) average balances, the total dollar amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant average rates; (iii) net interest income; (iv) the interest rate spread; and (v) the net interest margin.  Yields have been calculated on a pre-tax basis (dollars in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2014

 

Three months ended March 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average
Balance (1)

 

Interest (2)

 

Average
Rate (3)

 

Average
Balance (1)

 

Interest (2)

 

Average
Rate (3)

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash & equivalents

$

126,136

$

67

$

0.22%

$

55,631

$

30

$

0.22%

New loans

 

1,814,109

 

16,381

 

3.61%

 

789,774

 

8,099

 

4.10%

Acquired loans (4)

 

834,093

 

18,471

 

8.86%

 

600,674

 

17,419

 

11.60%

Investment securities

 

1,517,598

 

9,999

 

2.64%

 

1,487,717

 

8,909

 

2.40%

Total interest-earning assets

 

4,291,936

 

44,918

 

4.19%

 

2,933,796

 

34,457

 

4.70%

Non-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FDIC loss share indemnification asset (5)

 

85,998

 

 

 

 

 

122,228

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-earning assets

 

347,185

 

 

 

 

 

148,979

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

4,725,119

 

 

 

 

$

3,205,003

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

$

99,470

$

36

 

0.15%

$

67,149

$

16

 

0.09%

Savings and money market accounts

 

1,552,067

 

1,883

 

0.49%

 

803,642

 

880

 

0.44%

Time deposits (6)

 

1,411,109

 

3,390

 

0.97%

 

1,053,008

 

3,416

 

1.32%

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

548,267

 

1,264

 

0.92%

 

283,577

 

1,058

 

1.49%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

$

3,610,913

$

6,573

 

0.74%

$

2,207,376

$

5,370

 

0.98%

Non-interest-bearing liabilities and
shareholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

$

353,023

 

 

 

 

$

226,757

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

38,962

 

 

 

 

 

40,004

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

722,221

 

 

 

 

 

730,866

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and
stockholders' equity

$

4,725,119

 

 

 

 

$

3,205,003

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

$

38,345

 

 

 

 

$

29,087

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

3.45%

 

 

 

 

 

3.72%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

3.62%

 

 

 

 

 

4.02%


               

 

(1)

Average balances presented are derived from daily average balances.

(2)

Interest income is presented on an actual basis and does not include taxable equivalent adjustments.

(3)

Average rates are presented on an annual basis.

(4)

Includes loans on non-accrual status.

(5)

Amortization expense of FDIC loss share indemnification asset is not included in net interest income presentation.

(6)

Interest expense on time deposits includes the impact from time deposit premium amortization.



54






 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

Average
Balance (1)

 

Interest (2)

 

Average
Rate (3)

 

Average
Balance (1)

 

Interest (2)

 

Average
Rate (3)

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash & equivalents

$

100,293

$

224

 

0.22%

$

70,142

$

145

 

0.21%

New loans

 

1,129,323

 

43,668

 

3.87%

 

534,797

 

22,106

 

4.13%

Acquired loans (4)

 

548,111

 

64,853

 

11.83%

 

725,563

 

90,610

 

12.49%

Investment securities

 

1,443,957

 

36,518

 

2.53%

 

1,697,875

 

35,973

 

2.12%

Total interest-earning assets

 

3,221,684

 

145,263

 

4.51%

 

3,028,377

 

148,834

 

4.91%

Non-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FDIC loss share indemnification asset (5)

 

107,153

 

 

 

 

 

170,805

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-earning assets

 

173,474

 

 

 

 

 

184,923

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

3,502,311

 

 

 

 

$

3,384,105

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

$

70,454

$

76

 

0.11%

$

65,407

 

67

 

0.10%

Savings and money market accounts

 

961,986

 

4,425

 

0.46%

 

730,591

$

4,857

 

0.66%

Time deposits (6)

 

1,121,094

 

14,036

 

1.25%

 

1,277,567

 

17,776

 

1.39%

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

315,103

 

4,403

 

1.40%

 

337,405

 

4,806

 

1.42%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

$

2,468,637

$

22,940

 

0.93%

$

2,410,970

$

27,506

 

1.14%

Non-interest-bearing liabilities and
shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

$

261,000

 

 

 

 

 

218,766

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

40,560

 

 

 

 

 

36,779

 

 

 

 

Stockholders- equity

 

732,114

 

 

 

 

 

717,590

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and
stockholders' equity

$

3,502,311

 

 

 

 

$

3,384,105

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

$

122,323

 

 

 

 

$

121,328

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

3.58%

 

 

 

 

 

3.77%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

3.80%

 

 

 

 

 

4.01%


               

 

(1)

Average balances presented are derived from daily average balances.

(2)

Interest income is presented on an actual basis and does not include taxable equivalent adjustments.

(3)

Average rates are presented on an annual basis.

(4)

Includes loans on non-accrual status.

(5)

Amortization expense of FDIC loss share indemnification asset is not included in net interest income presentation.

(6)

Interest expense on time deposits includes the impact from time deposit premium amortization.


Increases and decreases in interest income and interest expense result from changes in average balances (volume) of interest-earning assets and liabilities, as well as changes in average interest rates.  The following table shows the effect that these factors had on the interest earned on our interest-earning assets and the interest incurred on our interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated. The effect of changes in volume is determined by multiplying the change in volume by the current period’s average rate. Similarly, the effect of rate changes is calculated by multiplying the change in average rate by the previous period’s volume. Changes applicable to both volume and rate have been allocated to volume. Yields have been calculated on a pre-tax basis. A summary of increases and decreases in interest income and interest expense resulting from changes in average balances (volume) and average interest rates follows (dollars in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended
March 31, 2014 compared to 2013

 

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash & equivalents

$

39

$

(2)

$

37 

New loans

 

10,505

 

(2,223)

 

8,282 

Acquired Loans (1)

 

6,769

 

(5,717)

 

1,052 

Investment securities

 

179

 

911 

 

1,090 

Total change in interest income

$

17,492

$

(7,031)

$

10,461 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

$

7

$

13 

$

20 

Savings and money market

 

820

 

183 

 

1,003 

Time deposits (2)

 

1,162

 

(1,188)

 

(26)

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

987

 

(781)

 

206 

Total change in interest expenses

 

2,976

 

(1,773)

 

1,203 

Total change in net interest income

$

14,516

$

(5,258)

$

9,258 


               

 

(1)

Includes loans on non-accrual status.

(2)

Interest expense on time deposits includes the impact from time deposit premium amortization.




55






 

 

Year ended
December 31, 2013 compared to 2012

 

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash & equivalents

$

62 

$

17 

$

79 

New loans

 

24,575 

 

(3,013)

 

21,562 

Acquired loans (1)

 

(22,161)

 

(3,596)

 

(25,757)

Investment securities

 

(5,380)

 

5,925 

 

545 

Total change in interest income

$

(2,904)

$

(667)

$

(3,571)

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

$

$

$

Savings and money market

 

1,538 

 

(1,970)

 

(432)

Time deposits (2)

 

(2,177)

 

(1,563)

 

(3,740)

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

(318)

 

(85)

 

(403)

Total change in interest expenses

 

(952)

 

(3,614)

 

(4,566)

Total change in net interest income

$

(1,952)

$

2,947 

$

995 

               

 

(1)

Includes loans on non-accrual status.

(2)

Interest expense on time deposits includes the impact from time deposit premium amortization.


Net interest income was $38.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of 31.8%, compared to $29.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in net interest income reflects a $10.5 million increase in interest income partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in interest expense. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, average earning assets increased by $1.4 billion, or 46.3%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, while average interest bearing liabilities increased $1.4 billion, or 63.6%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was primarily due to an $8.3 million increase in interest income on new loans. The average balance of new loans increased $1.02 billion, which offset the negative impact of the reduction in the average interest rate on new loans of 0.49%. Interest income on acquired loans increased $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily driven by an increase in the average balance of loans of $233 million. The Great Florida Acquisition contributed approximately $4.7 million to the increase in interest income on acquired loans, partially offset by a decrease of $3.6 million in legacy acquired loan income due to runoff of the acquired loan portfolio from the Failed Bank Acquisitions.


Net interest income was $122.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $121.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing an increase of $995,000, or 0.8%. The increase in net interest income reflected a decrease in interest income of $3.6 million offset by a decrease in interest expense of $4.6 million. Although net interest income remained relatively consistent from 2012 to 2013, the increase of interest income resulting from new loans for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $21.6 million and offset by a decrease in acquired loan interest income of $25.8 million during the period.  Gross new loan growth of $1.04 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 was the primary driver of the increase in interest income offset by the $144 million reduction of gross acquired loans.  Due to the attriting nature of the acquired loan portfolio and our focus on new loan generation through organic loan origination, we expect the acquired loan portfolio to represent a smaller relative portion of our interest income in future periods.


Interest expense on deposits increased $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 primarily due to a $748 million, or 93.1%, increase in the average balance of savings and money market accounts. The average rate paid on time deposits, including the impact of premium amortization, was 0.97% and 1.32% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decline in the average rate paid on deposits was attributable to lower prevailing rates offered and the continued run-off of wholesale and longer-term time deposits assumed in the Acquisitions. Interest expense on FHLB advances and other borrowings totaled $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $265 million, or 93.8%, in the average balance of FHLB advances and other borrowings, partially offset by a decrease in average rate paid on deposits of 57 basis points.


Interest expense on deposits decreased $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 due to decreased cost of deposit. The average rate paid on time deposits including the impact of premium amortization was 1.25% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 1.39% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decline in the average rate is attributable to lower prevailing rates offered and the continued run-off of wholesale and longer-term time deposits assumed in the 2010 and 2011 acquisitions. Interest expense on FHLB advances and other borrowings totaled $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $4.8 million the year ended December 31, 2012, with a decrease in the average volume of $22.3 million.


The net interest margin for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was 3.62%, a decline of 40 basis points compared to 4.02% for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The average yield on interest-earning assets declined by 51 basis points for the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, while the



56





average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 24 basis points. The decline in the average yield on interest-earning assets was due primarily to the runoff of higher yielding acquired loan balances. Although the acquired loan portfolio balance increased 38.9% due to the Great Florida Acquisition during the three months ended March 31, 2014, the lower yielding loans acquired from the Great Florida Acquisition resulted in a decline in the average rate for the combined acquired loan portfolio. The average rate on the acquired loan portfolio was 8.86% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, down from 11.60% for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease in the average rate of the acquired loan portfolio for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 resulted from the loans acquired in the Great Florida Acquisition. At the date of acquisition, the weighted average accretion rate for the loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 was 4.65% and the weighted average contractual rate on acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans was 4.55%.


The net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 3.80% as compared to 4.01% for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing a decline of 21 basis points. The average yield on interest-earning assets declined by 40 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to year ended December 31, 2012 while the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 21 basis points, for a decline in the interest rate spread of 19 basis points. The decline in both net interest margin and interest rate spread primarily resulted from the run off of the acquired loan balances that had average rate of 11.83% and 12.49% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


Provision for Loan Losses


Provisions for loan losses totaled $1.1 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013. Provision for loan loss expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014 included $1.1 million related to new loans and recoupment of past provision expense of $45,000 on the acquired loan portfolio. For the third consecutive quarter, we experienced a recoupment of past provision expense related to the acquired loan portfolio due to better than expected performance and declining delinquencies.


Provisions for loan losses totaled $2.9 million and $26.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, of which $3.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively, relate to provision expense attributable to new loans. Provision for loan losses attributable to acquired loans totaled $(379,000) and $24.5 million for years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease in the provision for loan losses on acquired loans during the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to better than expected performance on the acquired loan portfolio. Favorable payment performance and improving collateral values led to increased expected cash flows on certain ASC 310-30 loans.  As a result, we were able to recognize recoupment of $677,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 from the portion of the impairment expense previously attributed to the respective acquired loan pools.


Non-Interest Income


The Company reported non-interest income of $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, a slight decrease of $0.1 million, or 5.1%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease was due to lower income from resolution of acquired assets of $0.8 million and an increase in loss share indemnification loss of $1.2 million that was partially offset by increases in other non-interest income of $1.5 million and service charges and fees of $0.2 million.


The Company reported non-interest income of $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily driven by an increase of $15.1 million in amortization expense, or loss, from the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, partially offset by increases of $6.4 million and $4.8 million of gains on sales of investment securities and other non-interest income, respectively. The following table presents a comparison of the categories of non-interest income for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended
March 31,

 

Year ended
December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Noninterest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges and fees

$

738

$

517

$

2,374

$

2,082

FDIC loss share indemnification income (loss)

 

(4,992)

 

(3,789)

 

(18,533)

 

(3,470)

Income from resolution of acquired assets

 

1,037

 

1,799

 

8,475

 

9,593

Gain on sales of other real estate owned

 

432

 

1,439

 

1,237

 

4,890

Gain on sales of investment securities

 

2,495

 

1,386

 

8,682

 

2,321

Other noninterest income

 

2,838

 

1,332

 

8,707

 

3,879

Total noninterest income

$

2,548

$

2,684

$

10,942

$

19,295




57





Service charges and fees represent fees charged to customers for banking services, such as fees charged on customer deposit accounts, and includes, but it is not limited to, maintenance fees, insufficient fund fees, overdraft protection fees, wire transfer fees and other. Interest rate swap service fees and income from bank owned life insurance are the primary components of other non-interest income.


FDIC loss share indemnification income (loss) captures amortization of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, reimbursement of expenses and write-downs on covered assets and the portion of recoveries shared with the FDIC. The amortization of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset represents the amount of loss recognized for the current fiscal period related to the amortization of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset to fair value over its contractual life. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized amortization expense of $25.1 million of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset as increased performance of the indemnified loan portfolio reduced loss expectations. The improvements in expected cash flows from the Covered Loans in certain ASC 310-30 pools resulted in an upward adjustment to yield and is accreted into income over the remaining life of the loans.  Conversely, the difference between the carrying amount of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset and the indemnified portion of total expected losses on Covered Loans is amortized as expense over the remaining life of the respective FDIC loss share agreements.  As the weighted average lives of the covered loans exceeds the weighted average remaining term of the FDIC loss share indemnification agreements, increases in expected cash flows on Covered Loans will result in proportionally more expense in earlier periods as the accretion income on the covered loans will continue post expiration of the FDIC loss share agreements.


In connection with the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Bank will be reimbursed for a portion of certain expenses associated with Covered Assets. The Company also recognizes income from reimbursement of expenses associated with qualifying expenses on loans that have not been charged-off but for which a charge-off is expected. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company recognized $2.0 million of expenses subject to reimbursement under the loss sharing agreements and $1.7 million of reimbursement income associated with such expenses. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company recognized $3.7 million of expenses subject to reimbursement under the loss sharing agreements and $3.5 million of reimbursement income associated with such expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank recognized $11.4 million of expenses subject to reimbursement under the loss sharing agreements and $9.4 million of reimbursement income associated with such expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Bank recognized similar expenses totaling $18.5 million and $14.7 million of reimbursement income associated with such expenses.


The Company reports recoveries on a cash basis at the time received. Recoveries on ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off prior to the Acquisitions are recognized in earnings as income from resolution of acquired assets and do not affect the allowance for loan losses. All other recoveries are credited to the ALL. Recoveries recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2014 totaled $1.0 million and were recognized through earnings as received, compared to $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Recoveries recognized for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $8.5 million and were recognized through earnings as received, compared to $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.


Net gain on sales of OREO decreased by $1.0 million, or 70.0%, to $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, down from $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The reduction in net OREO gains for the period resulted from the stabilization of asset values, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, where real estate assets generally increased during the period.


Net gain on sales of other real estate owned decreased by $3.7 million, or 75%, from $4.9 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The reduction in net OREO gains for the period resulted from the stabilization of asset values, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 where real estate assets generally increased during the period.


Net gain on sales of investment securities totaled $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $1.1 million, or 80.0%, compared to $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase was due to rebalancing of the investment portfolio subsequent to the Great Florida Acquisition.


Net gain on sales of investment securities increased by $6.4 million, or 274%, from $2.3 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in net gains from investment securities was driven primarily by the $323 million net reduction in the investment securities portfolio, of which $231 million was attributable to asset-back securities, during the year ended December 31, 2013.  As of December 31, 2012, the net unrealized gain position of our investment portfolio was $18.8 million.  The reduction of the portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2013 provided liquidity to the Bank to facilitate the funding of new loans.



58





Other noninterest income increased to $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $1.5 million, or 113%, compared to the $1.3 million recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2013.  The primary drivers of this increase were $0.8 million of income from bank-owned life insurance policies and rental income of $0.6 million from properties acquired through the Great Florida Acquisition.


Other noninterest income increased by $4.8 million, or 124%, from $3.9 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was driven primarily by interest rate swap fees of $3.3 million earned during the year ended December 31, 2013. The Bank purchased bank owned life insurance policies with premiums of $75 million in the fourth quarter of 2013, which generated income of $257,000 from the net gain in cash surrender value of the policies.


Non-Interest Expense


The following table presents the components of non-interest expense for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended
March 31,

 

Year ended
December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Noninterest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

$

16,420

$

11,300

$

46,914

$

48,243

Occupancy and equipment expenses

 

3,433

 

2,441

 

9,872

 

9,772

Other real estate and acquired assets resolution related expenses

 

3,761

 

5,691

 

19,158

 

31,993

Professional services

 

1,832

 

2,006

 

6,403

 

10,466

Data processing and network

 

3,210

 

1,632

 

7,280

 

6,927

Regulatory assessments and insurance

 

1,774

 

1,288

 

5,414

 

7,327

Other operating expenses

 

4,036

 

2,169

 

9,267

 

7,021

Total noninterest expense

$

34,466

$

26,527

$

104,308

$

121,749


Non-interest expense as a percentage of average assets was 2.98% the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 3.60% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily attributable to decreased professional fees and Loan and OREO expenses in addition to increased average assets during the year ended December 31, 2013.


Salaries and employee benefits, the single largest component of our non-interest expense, totaled $16.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $5.1 million, or 45.3%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was primarily due to increased salaries and benefits expense of $2.5 million from increased full-time equivalents and severance and retention payments of $2.2 million related to the Great Florida Acquisition and integration.


For the year ended December 31, 2013, salaries and employee benefits amounted to $46.9 million. Salaries and employee benefits also included $2.6 million and $4.3 million of expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to stock option compensation plans. By comparison, salaries and employee benefits totaled $48.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 including $4.3 million related to stock-based compensation expense. Excluding stock-based compensation expense, salaries and benefits expense increased slightly during the year ended December 31, 2013.


We lease premises and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable leases, some of which contain renewal options under various terms. We use the leased properties primarily for banking purposes. Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $1.0 million, or 40.6%, to $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This increase is due in part to the Company’s assumption of the banking and operating locations of Great Florida Bank that were predominantly leased facilities classified as operating leases. Occupancy and equipment expenses remained flat year over year. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized approximately $9.9 million related to rental expense on operating leases, depreciation and maintenance of equipment and other occupancy and equipment related expenses.


OREO and troubled asset resolution related expenses are comprised mainly of the expenses of holding and maintaining OREO properties for sale, such as real estate taxes, insurance, legal and foreclosure fees, and other expenses associated with the resolution of OREO and acquired loans. A portion of these expenses are eligible for reimbursement under our FDIC loss share agreements to the extent a loss or charge-off has occurred. Covered Assets, OREO and troubled asset resolution expenses decreased by $1.9 million, or 33.9%, for the first quarter of 2014 compared to the prior year due to less



59





workout activity and decreased volume of the acquired loan portfolios and legacy OREO. Covered Assets, Total OREO and troubled asset resolution expenses decreased to $19.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year due to less workout activity and decreased volume of the acquired loan portfolios and OREO.


Professional fees decreased by $0.2 million to $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to $2.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Included in professional fees for the first quarter of 2014, the Company recorded $0.4 million of consulting, legal and accounting advisory expenses related to the Great Florida Acquisition. Excluding the acquisition related expenses, professional fees decreased by $0.6 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 due to $0.3 million in decreased legal fees from corporate development activities.


The $4.1 million decrease in professional fees for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 resulted primarily from decreases in consulting expenses related to the development of internal systems and infrastructure to support our growth during the earlier years of operations for the Company.


Data processing and network increased by $1.6 million, or 96.7%, to $3.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013, primarily driven by $0.9 million in conversion costs and increased customer accounts due to the Great Florida Acquisition. Data processing and network increased slightly by $353,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily driven by increased customer accounts.  Data processing and network is included in “Other operating expenses” in the consolidated financial statements.


Regulatory assessments and insurance includes assessments paid to our regulators, such as deposit insurance, as well as corporate insurance costs for Directors and Officers, D&O, and property and casualty insurance policies. Regulatory assessments and insurance increased $0.5 million, or 37.7%, for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to increased deposit insurance assessments. Regulatory assessments and insurance is included in “Other operating expenses” in our consolidated financial statements.


Regulatory assessments and insurance decreased $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 resulted primarily from decreases in regulatory assessments. Regulatory assessments and insurance is included in “Other operating expenses” in the consolidated financial statements.


The primary components of other non-interest expense are amortization of the core deposit intangible asset, changes in the estimated Equity Appreciation Agreements, or EAAs, with the FDIC, advertising and promotion, directors’ fees and general operating expenses such as postage, courier, printing, travel and entertainment costs. Other non-interest expense increased $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, primarily due to increased directors’ fees, travel expenses and other general operating costs. Other non-interest expenses of $1.5 million recognized in the three months ended March 31, 2014 included costs associated with the Great Florida Acquisition and appreciation in value of the EAAs.


Income Taxes

The expense for income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2014 totaled $1.8 million, an increase of $159,000, or 9.6%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in the income tax expense was primarily due to the increase in taxable income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to taxable income for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The Company’s effective tax rate was 33.9% and 39.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. This decrease in the effective tax rate primarily reflects the impact of increases in tax-exempt dividend income from preferred stocks and the net gain in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance, or BOLI policies, held during the three months ended March 31, 2014.


The expense for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $8.9 million compared to a benefit of $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company’s effective tax rate was 34.1%  and 33.2% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The significant change in the income tax expense between periods is principally due to the change to a net taxable income position for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to a tax benefit position in the year ended December 31, 2012. The effective rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 is affected by the dividends received deduction from our investment securities holdings in preferred stocks. Further information on income taxes is presented in Note 18 of our consolidated financial statements.




60





Financial Condition

Balance Sheet Analysis

Total assets were $5.17 billion at March 31, 2014, an increase of $1.19 billion, or 30.0%, from December 31, 2013. The increase in total assets includes an increase of $679 million in net loans, of which acquired loans increased $518 million over the period. The increase in acquired loans reflects the $548 million in net loans acquired from Great Florida Bank on January 31, 2014, partially offset by the run-off of the acquired loan portfolio through receipt of payments, loan payoffs or resolution through foreclosure and transfers to other real estate owned. Total securities portfolio was $1.66 billion at March 31, 2014, an increase of $474 million from December 31, 2013 primarily due to investment securities acquired from Great Florida Bank. The remaining increase in total assets was mainly due to an increase in bank owned life insurance offset by a decrease in cash of $151.5 million and a decrease of FDIC loss share indemnification assets of $6.6 million.


Total assets were $3.97 billion at December 31, 2013, an increase of $728 million, or 22.4%, from December 31, 2012.  Of the $728 million increase, $902 million reflects the increase in net loans of which net new loans increased $1.04 billion over the period offset by a decrease in net acquired loans of $136.3 million. The net increase in loans in addition to an increase of bank owned life insurance of $75.3 million was offset by a decrease in investment securities and cash of $179.8 million, FDIC loss share indemnification asset of $38.7 million, other real estate owned of $23.1 million. The decrease in acquired loans reflects the run-off of the portfolio through receipt of payments, loan payoffs or resolution through foreclosure and transfers to other real estate owned. The change in our asset mix during the year ended December 31, 2013 reflects the current strategy to convert acquired loans, other real estate owned and investment securities into new loans.


Investment Securities

Total investment securities was $1.66 billion at March 31, 2014, an increase of $474 million from December 31, 2013. The Company acquired $278 million of securities through the Great Florida Acquisition.


Total investment securities held to maturity and available for sale held by the Company decreased from $1.47 billion as of December 31, 2012, to $1.15 billion as of December 31, 2013. The decrease in investment securities was a direct result of funding new loan growth during the year ended December 31, 2013 as net loans increased over the period by $902 million. The Company’s investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2013 primarily consisted of corporate debt, asset-backed securities and U.S. government agencies, mortgage-backed securities and preferred stocks. The average balance of the securities portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $1.44 billion with a pre-tax yield of 2.53%.  The Company held one security classified as held-to-maturity with an amortized cost of $365,000 as of December 31, 2013.


No securities were determined to be OTTI as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012. All securities available for sale at March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are investment grade based on ratings from recognized rating agencies.


The following table summarizes our available for sale securities portfolio as of the dates presented:


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized

Cost

 

Fair

Value

 

Amortized

Cost

 

Fair

Value

 

Amortized

Cost

 

Fair

Value

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

128,818

$

128,200

$

51,553

$

51,155

$

145,795

$

146,692

U.S. government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

552,256

 

550,058

 

243,062

 

241,638

 

289,745

 

294,785

State and municipal obligations

 

2,039

 

2,197

 

2,039

 

2,124

 

2,539

 

2,790

Asset-backed securities

 

359,857

 

363,378

 

385,979

 

387,965

 

616,254

 

619,412

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

478,456

 

484,160

 

375,373

 

379,225

 

401,293

 

410,735

Preferred Stock

 

87,354

 

84,393

 

90,330

 

83,664

 

-

 

-

Total available for sale securities

$

1,608,780

$

1,612,386

$

1,148,336

$

1,145,771

$

1,455,626

$

1,474,414




61





The following table presents the estimated fair values and the gross unrealized loss on investment securities in an unrealized loss position less than 12 months and 12 months or more (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair

Value

 

Unrealized

Loss

 

Fair

Value

 

Unrealized

Loss

 

Fair

Value

 

Unrealized

Loss

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

121,080

$

668

$

-

$

-

$

121,080

$

668

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

354,355

 

2,330

 

13,923

 

1,078

 

368,278

 

3,408

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Asset-backed securities

 

66,823

 

538

 

-

 

-

 

66,823

 

538

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

48,523

 

303

 

-

 

-

 

48,523

 

303

Preferred stock

 

63,472

 

3,465

 

-

 

-

 

63,472

 

3,465

Total available for sale securities

$

654,253

$

7,304

$

13,923

$

1,078

$

668,176

$

8,382


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

41,276

$

456

$

-

$

-

$

41,276

$

456

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

141,304

 

2,494

 

636

 

1

 

141,940

 

2,495

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Asset-backed securities

 

161,879

 

1,233

 

11,949

 

48

 

173,828

 

1,281

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

58,596

 

601

 

-

 

-

 

58,596

 

601

Preferred stock

 

65,061

 

6,871

 

-

 

-

 

65,061

 

6,871

Total available for sale securities

$

468,116

$

11,655

$

12,585

$

49

$

480,701

$

11,704


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises obligations

$

969

$

16

$

-

$

-

$

969

$

16

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

21,860

 

84

 

-

 

-

 

21,860

 

84

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Asset-backed securities

 

60,972

 

60

 

107,737

 

1,528

 

168,709

 

1,588

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

2,993

 

6

 

-

 

-

 

2,993

 

6

Preferred stock

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total available for sale securities

$

86,794

$

166

$

107,737

$

1,528

$

194,531

$

1,694




62





The following table shows contractual maturities and yields on our investment securities available for sale. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.


 

 

Maturity as of March 31, 2014

 

 

One Year or Less

 

One to Five Years

 

Five to Ten Years

 

After Ten Years

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities

$

-

 

-

$

6,627

 

1.76%

$

175,393

 

2.68%

$

177,837

 

2.82%

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

10,061

 

2.06%

 

355,883

 

1.88%

 

31,992

 

1.61%

 

80,520

 

5.86%

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

-

 

-

 

27,985

 

1.56%

 

326,596

 

2.03%

 

197,675

 

2.28%

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises obligations

 

320

 

-8.65%

 

-

 

-

 

62,855

 

1.67%

 

65,643

 

3.07%

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2,039

 

5.35%

Preferred Stock (1)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

87,354

 

5.52%

Total available for sale securities

$

10,381

 

1.73%

$

390,495

 

1.86%

$

596,836

 

2.16%

$

611,068

 

3.47%


               

 

(1)   Preferred stock securities are all fixed-to-floating rate perpetual preferred stock that are callable between April 2017 and November 2023.


 

 

Maturity as of December 31, 2013

 

 

One Year or Less

 

One to Five Years

 

Five to Ten Years

 

After Ten Years

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities

$

-

 

-

$

7,372

 

2.05%

$

158,868

 

2.82%

$

219,739

 

2.79%

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

10,085

 

2.06%

 

304,679

 

1.88%

 

10,735

 

2.43%

 

49,874

 

5.68%

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

-

 

-

 

29,344

 

1.55%

 

119,567

 

1.76%

 

94,151

 

5.68%

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises obligations

 

-

 

-

 

638

 

-2.03%

 

50,915

 

1.58%

 

-

 

-

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2,039

 

5.35%

Preferred Stock (1)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

90,330

 

5.53%

Total available for sale securities

$

10,085

 

2.06%

$

342,033

 

1.85%

$

340,085

 

2.25%

$

456,133

 

3.53%


               

 

(1)   Preferred stock securities are all fixed-to-floating rate perpetual preferred stock that are callable between April 2017 and November 2023.


 

 

Maturity as of December 31, 2012

 

 

One Year or Less

 

One to Five Years

 

Five to Ten Years

 

After Ten Years

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities

$

-

 

-

$

34,511

 

2.55%

$

454,119

 

2.51%

$

127,624

 

2.95%

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

51,712

 

2.52%

 

313,480

 

2.26%

 

8,977

 

2.38%

 

27,124

 

5.70%

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

3.21

 

0.01

 

26,352

 

1.64%

 

155,464

 

1.41%

 

107,926

 

2.27%

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises obligations

 

-

 

-

 

985

 

0.34%

 

144,810

 

1.30%

 

-

 

-

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

501

 

0.03

 

-

 

-

 

2,038

 

5.43%

Preferred Stock

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

0.00%

Total available for sale securities

$

51,715

 

2.52%

$

375,829

 

2.24%

$

763,370

 

2.06%

$

264,712

 

2.97%


As a member institution of the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank, or FRB, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLB and the FRB. As of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank held approximately $43.4 million, $36.2 million and $30.1 million, respectively, in FHLB, FRB and other bank stock. No market exists for this stock, and the Bank’s investment can be liquidated only through repurchase by the FHLB or FRB. Such repurchases have historically been at par value. We monitor our investment in FHLB and FRB stock for impairment through review of recent financial results, dividend payment history and information from credit agencies. As of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, management did not identify any indicators of impairment of FHLB and FRB stock.


Except for securities issued by U.S. government agencies and sponsored enterprise obligations, we did not have any concentrations where the total outstanding balances issued by a single issuer exceed 10% of our stockholders’ equity as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012.



63





Loan Concentrations

The current concentrations in our loan portfolio may not be indicative of concentrations in our loan portfolio in the future. We plan to maintain a relatively diversified loan portfolio to help reduce the risk inherent in concentration in certain types of collateral. The following table summarizes the allocation of new loans, Covered Acquired and Non-covered acquired loans as of the dates presented:


 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Ending
Balance

 

Percent
of Total

 

Ending
Balance

 

Percent
of Total

 

Ending
Balance

 

Percent
of Total

New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 single family residential

$

384,076

 

13.1%

$

359,818

 

15.9%

$

70,882

 

5.2%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

22,559

 

0.8%

 

19,303

 

0.9%

 

393

 

0.0%

Commercial real estate

 

735,432

 

25.0%

 

669,711

 

29.6%

 

305,230

 

22.4%

Commercial and industrial

 

709,506

 

24.1%

 

645,037

 

28.6%

 

295,236

 

21.7%

Land and development

 

79,215

 

2.7%

 

75,666

 

3.3%

 

55,451

 

4.1%

Consumer

 

1,408

 

0.0%

 

1,176

 

0.1%

 

2,481

 

0.2%

Total new loans

 

1,932,196

 

65.7%

 

1,770,711

 

78.4%

 

729,673

 

53.6%

Uncovered acquired loans (1) (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 single family residential

 

146,483

 

5.0%

 

12,429

 

0.6%

 

12,010

 

0.9%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

60,517

 

2.1%

 

1,225

 

0.1%

 

3,417

 

0.3%

Commercial real estate

 

325,744

 

11.1%

 

81,005

 

3.6%

 

97,407

 

7.2%

Commercial and industrial

 

66,308

 

2.3%

 

11,617

 

0.5%

 

16,390

 

1.2%

Land and development

 

65,781

 

2.2%

 

19,209

 

0.9%

 

19,015

 

1.4%

Consumer

 

4,209

 

0.1%

 

3,333

 

0.1%

 

5,226

 

0.4%

Total uncovered acquired loans

 

669,042

 

22.8%

 

128,818

 

5.8%

 

153,465

 

11.4%

Covered acquired Loans (1) (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 single family residential

 

51,910

 

1.8%

 

54,490

 

2.4%

 

65,809

 

4.8%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

10,656

 

0.4%

 

10,773

 

0.5%

 

15,178

 

1.1%

Commercial real estate

 

198,636

 

6.7%

 

205,847

 

9.1%

 

249,197

 

18.2%

Commercial and industrial

 

49,883

 

1.7%

 

50,470

 

2.2%

 

63,718

 

4.7%

Land and development

 

25,113

 

0.9%

 

36,727

 

1.6%

 

80,808

 

5.9%

Consumer

 

926

 

0.0%

 

948

 

0.0%

 

3,466

 

0.3%

Total covered acquired loans

 

337,124

 

11.5%

 

359,255

 

15.8%

 

478,176

 

35.0%

Total loans

$

2,938,362

 

100.0%

$

2,258,784

 

100.0%

$

1,361,314

 

100.0%


               

 

(1)

Loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration since origination are presented net of discounts.

(2)

Includes loans classified as ASC 310-30 and Non-ASC 310-30.




64





Loan Portfolio Maturities and Interest Rate Sensitivity

The following table summarizes the loan contractual maturity distribution by type as of March 31, 2014.


 

 

March 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

 

One Year
or Less

 

After One
but Within
Five Years

 

After Five
Years

 

Total

New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 single family residential

$

6,842

$

8,918

$

368,316

$

384,076

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

198

 

14,092

 

8,269

 

22,559

Commercial real estate

 

25,282

 

339,346

 

370,804

 

735,432

Commercial and industrial

 

99,320

 

366,543

 

243,643

 

709,506

Land and development

 

8,434

 

38,184

 

32,597

 

79,215

Consumer

 

109

 

1,213

 

86

 

1,408

Total new loans

 

140,185

 

768,296

 

1,023,715

 

1,932,196

Uncovered acquired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 single family residential

 

2,823

 

4,446

 

139,214

 

146,483

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

976

 

1,228

 

58,313

 

60,517

Commercial real estate

 

63,766

 

168,567

 

93,411

 

325,744

Commercial and industrial

 

36,649

 

26,028

 

3,631

 

66,308

Land and development

 

26,574

 

29,335

 

9,872

 

65,781

Consumer

 

1,781

 

1,320

 

1,108

 

4,209

Total uncovered acquired loans

 

132,569

 

230,924

 

305,549

 

669,042

Covered acquired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 single family residential

 

19,881

 

6,634

 

25,395

 

51,910

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

1,781

 

2,950

 

5,925

 

10,656

Commercial real estate

 

71,303

 

102,019

 

25,314

 

198,636

Commercial and industrial

 

21,381

 

18,945

 

9,557

 

49,883

Land and development

 

16,040

 

8,676

 

397

 

25,113

Consumer

 

333

 

163

 

430

 

926

Total covered acquired loans

 

130,719

 

139,387

 

67,018

 

337,124

Total loans

$

403,473

$

1,138,607

$

1,396,282

$

2,938,362




65





The following table summarizes the loan contractual maturity distribution by related interest rate characteristics as of March 31, 2014.


 

 

March 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

 

After One
but Within
Five Years

 

After Five
Years

New loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

236,037

$

279,372

Floating interest rates

 

532,259

 

744,343

Total

 

768,296

 

1,023,715

Uncovered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

 

155,829

 

120,128

Floating interest rates

 

75,095

 

185,421

Total  

 

230,924

 

305,549

Covered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

 

73,691

 

10,144

Floating interest rates

 

65,696

 

56,874

Total  

 

139,387

 

67,018

Total Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

 

465,557

 

409,644

Floating interest rates

 

673,050

 

986,638

Total  

$

1,138,607

$

1,396,282


The following table summarizes the loan contractual maturity distribution by type as of December 31, 2013.


 

 

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

One Year
or Less

 

After One
but Within
Five Years

 

After Five
Years

 

Total

New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Single Family Residential

$

-

$

16,200

$

343,618

$

359,818

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

198

 

12,736

 

6,369

 

19,303

Commercial Real Estate

 

5,702

 

334,188

 

329,821

 

669,711

Commercial and industrial

 

30,953

 

408,174

 

205,910

 

645,037

Land and Development

 

-

 

50,381

 

25,285

 

75,666

Consumer

 

198

 

978

 

-

 

1,176

Total new loans

 

37,051

 

822,657

 

911,003

 

1,770,711

Uncovered acquired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Single Family Residential

 

2,462

 

3,362

 

6,605

 

12,429

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

163

 

1,062

 

-

 

1,225

Commercial Real Estate

 

5,927

 

21,887

 

53,191

 

81,005

Commercial and industrial

 

3,311

 

6,816

 

1,490

 

11,617

Land and Development

 

3,060

 

11,040

 

5,109

 

19,209

Consumer

 

1,212

 

1,125

 

996

 

3,333

Total uncovered acquired loans

 

16,135

 

45,292

 

67,391

 

128,818

Covered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Single Family Residential

 

21,303

 

7,097

 

26,090

 

54,490

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

1,818

 

3,624

 

5,331

 

10,773

Commercial Real Estate

 

76,467

 

107,688

 

21,692

 

205,847

Commercial and industrial

 

20,689

 

20,258

 

9,523

 

50,470

Land and Development

 

26,697

 

9,803

 

227

 

36,727

Consumer

 

329

 

171

 

448

 

948

Total covered acquired loans

 

147,303

 

148,641

 

63,311

 

359,255

Total loans

$

200,489

$

1,016,590

$

1,041,705

$

2,258,784




66





The following table summarizes the loan contractual maturity distribution by related interest rate characteristics as of December 31, 2013.


 

 

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

After One
but Within
Five Years

 

After Five
Years

New loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

237,227

$

263,846

Floating interest rates

 

585,430

 

647,157

Total

$

822,657

$

911,003

Uncovered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

33,733

$

4,420

Floating interest rates

 

11,559

 

62,971

Total  

$

45,292

$

67,391

Covered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

78,273

$

8,184

Floating interest rates

 

70,368

 

55,127

Total  

$

148,641

$

63,311

Total Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

349,233

$

276,450

Floating interest rates

 

667,357

 

765,255

Total  

$

1,016,590

$

1,041,705


The following table summarizes the loan contractual maturity distribution by type as of December 31, 2012.


 

 

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

One Year
or Less

 

After One
but Within
Five Years

 

After Five
Years

 

Total

New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Single Family Residential

$

802

$

8,939

$

61,141

$

70,882

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

160

 

8

 

225

 

393

Commercial Real Estate

 

2,785

 

188,189

 

114,256

 

305,230

Commercial and industrial

 

14,495

 

257,061

 

23,680

 

295,236

Land and Development

 

-

 

55,296

 

155

 

55,451

Consumer

 

1,842

 

639

 

-

 

2,481

Total new loans

 

20,084

 

510,132

 

199,457

 

729,673

Uncovered acquired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Single Family Residential

 

2,606

 

2,652

 

6,752

 

12,010

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

1,858

 

639

 

920

 

3,417

Commercial Real Estate

 

12,384

 

24,155

 

60,868

 

97,407

Commercial and industrial

 

6,444

 

6,643

 

3,303

 

16,390

Land and Development

 

5,571

 

7,761

 

5,683

 

19,015

Consumer

 

1,818

 

2,152

 

1,256

 

5,226

Total uncovered acquired loans

 

30,681

 

44,002

 

78,782

 

153,465

Covered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Single Family Residential

 

19,165

 

16,671

 

29,973

 

65,809

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

2,472

 

5,613

 

7,093

 

15,178

Commercial Real Estate

 

79,462

 

134,976

 

34,759

 

249,197

Commercial and industrial

 

21,215

 

26,752

 

15,751

 

63,718

Land and Development

 

58,550

 

20,609

 

1,649

 

80,808

Consumer

 

2,027

 

860

 

579

 

3,466

Total covered acquired loans

 

182,891

 

205,481

 

89,804

 

478,176

Total loans

$

233,656

$

759,615

$

368,043

$

1,361,314




67





The following table summarizes the loan contractual maturity distribution by related interest rate characteristics as of December 31, 2012.


 

 

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

After One
but Within
Five Years

 

After Five
Years

New loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

162,230

$

90,509

Floating interest rates

 

347,902

 

108,948

Total  

$

510,132

$

199,457

Uncovered acquired loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

32,304

$

5,055

Floating interest rates

 

11,698

 

73,727

Total  

$

44,002

$

78,782

Covered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

115,264

$

9,760

Floating interest rates

 

90,217

 

80,044

Total  

$

205,481

$

89,804

Total Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

309,798

$

105,324

Floating interest rates

 

449,817

 

262,719

Total  

$

759,615

$

368,043


The expected life of our loan portfolio will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to curtail or prepay their loans with or without prepayment penalties. Because a portion of the portfolio is accounted for under ASC 310-30, the carrying value is significantly affected by estimates and it is impracticable to allocate scheduled payments for those loans based on those estimates. Consequently, the tables above include information limited to contractual maturities of the underlying loans.

Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Losses (ALL)

The ALL reflects management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The computation of the ALL includes elements of judgment and high levels of subjectivity. As a portion of the Company’s loans were acquired in failed bank acquisitions and were purchased at a substantial discount to their original book value, we segregate loans into three buckets when assessing and analyzing the ALL: new loans, acquired ASC 310-30 loans, acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans.

The Company’s ALL is established for both performing and nonperforming loans. The Company’s ALL is the amount considered adequate to absorb probable losses within the portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. Such evaluation considers numerous factors including, but not limited to, internal risk ratings, loss forecasts, collateral values, geographic location, borrower FICO scores, delinquency rates, nonperforming and restructured loans, origination channels, product mix, underwriting practices, industry conditions, economic trends and net charge-off trends. The ALL relates to new loans, estimated additional losses arising on Non-ASC 310-30 loans subsequent to the 2010 and 2011 Acquisitions and additional impairment recognized as a result of decreases in expected cash flows on ASC 310-30 pools due to further credit deterioration or other factors since the Acquisitions. The ALL consists of both specific and general components.

A portion of the Company’s loans receivable consists of loans acquired through business combinations. Substantially all loans acquired through the Failed Bank Acquisitions and a portion of the loans acquired in Great Florida Acquisition had a fair value discount at acquisition date due at least in part to deterioration in credit quality since origination and are accounted for under ASC 310-30. The remaining portfolio of acquired loans consists of loans acquired not accounted for under ASC 310-30, or non-ASC 310-30 loans, as they do not exhibit credit deterioration since origination or are specifically scoped out of ASC 310-30.  The non-ASC 310-30 loans are subject to ASC 450-20 (previously referred to as SFAS 5) and ASC 310-10-35 (previously referred to as SFAS 114) analysis post acquisition.  Additionally, new loans are considered non-ASC 310-30 loans and are subject to ASC 450-20 and ASC 310-10-35 analysis.



68





For ASC 310-30 pools, a specific valuation allowance is established when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all of the cash flows that were expected at the acquisition date, plus the additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. Expected cash flows are estimated on an individual loan basis and then aggregated at the ASC 310-30 pool level. The analysis of expected pool cash flows incorporates updated pool level expected prepayment rate, default rate, delinquency level and loss severity given default assumptions. These analyses incorporate information about loan performance, collateral values, the financial condition of the borrower, internal risk ratings, the Company’s own and industry historical delinquency and default severity data.

The carrying value for ASC 310-30 pools is reduced by the amount of the calculated impairment, which is also the basis in which future accretion income is calculated. A charge-off is taken for an individual ASC 310-30 loan when it is deemed probable that the loan will be resolved for an amount less than its carrying value.   The charge-off is taken to the specific allowance or mark as applicable. Alternatively, an improvement in the expected cash flows related to ASC 310-30 pools results in a reduction or recoupment of any previously established specific allowance with a corresponding credit to the provision for loan losses. Any recoupment recorded is limited to the amount of the remaining specific allowance for that pool, with any excess of expected cash flow resulting in a reclassification from non-accretable to accretable yield and an increase in the prospective yield of the pool.

The New and Non-ASC 310-30 loan portfolios have limited delinquency and credit loss history and have not yet exhibited an observable loss trend. The credit quality of loans in these loan portfolios are impacted by delinquency status and debt service coverage generated by the borrowers’ businesses and fluctuations in the value of real estate collateral. Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for Non ASC 310-30 and New commercial, construction and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the ALL. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis. Relationships with balances in excess of $250,000 are re-evaluated at least annually and more frequently if circumstances indicate that a change in risk rating may be warranted.

New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as TDR, are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis. The specific allowance established for these loans is based on a thorough analysis of the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s estimated market value or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less costs of disposition. General allowances are established for New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that are not classified as impaired, which are evaluated by loan category based on common risk characteristics. In this process, general loan loss factors are established based on the following: historical loss factors derived from the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s quarterly Unified Performance Branch Report for Group 1 banks (assets greater than $3 billion) using an annualized weighted average eight quarter rolling basis; trends in delinquencies and nonaccruals by loan portfolio segment and asset categories within those segments; portfolio segment and asset category production trends, including average risk ratings and LTV ratios; current industry conditions, including real estate market trends; general economic conditions; credit concentrations by portfolio and asset categories; and portfolio quality, which encompasses an assessment of the quality and relevance of borrowers’ financial information and collateral valuations and average risk rating and migration trends within portfolios and asset categories.

Other adjustments for qualitative factors may be made to the allowance after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality and loss severity that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data. For these measurements, the Company uses assumptions and methodologies that are relevant to estimating the level of impairment and probable losses in the loan portfolio. To the extent that the data supporting such assumptions has limitations, management’s judgment and experience play a key role in recording the allowance estimates. Qualitative adjustments are considered for: portfolio credit quality trends, including levels of delinquency, charge-offs, nonaccrual, restructuring and other factors; policy and credit standards, including quality and experience of lending and credit management; and general economic factors, including national, regional and local conditions and trends.

Additions to the ALL are made by provisions charged to earnings. The allowance is decreased by charge-offs of balances no longer deemed collectible. Charge-offs on New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recognized as follows: commercial loans are written-off when management determines them to be uncollectible; for unsecured consumer loans at 90 days past due; and for residential real estate loans and secured consumer loans when they become 120 to 180 days past due, depending on the collateral type. The Company reports recoveries on a cash basis at the time received. Recoveries on ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off prior to the Acquisitions are recognized in earnings as income from resolution of acquired assets and do not affect the allowance for loan losses. All other recoveries are credited to the ALL.



69





The allowance for loan losses increased $0.8 million to $15.5 million at March 31, 2014 from $14.7 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to the increase in new loans of $161 million. The ALL as a percentage of non-performing assets and ALL as a percentage of total gross loans was 13.8% and 0.53% as of March 31, 2014, compared to 21.4% and 0.65% at December 31, 2013. The decrease in both ratios was the result of the Great Florida Acquisition. Acquired loans from the Great Florida Acquisition were recorded at their fair value at the date of acquisition. Discounts due to credit quality are included in the determination of fair value; therefore an ALL is not recorded at the acquisition date.


As of March 31, 2014, substantially all of our new loans are performing and have exhibited limited delinquency and credit loss history to establish an observable loss trend. Given this lack of sufficient loss history on the new loan portfolio, we utilize historical loss rates from peer banking institutions to establish quantitative historical loss data and trends. As described above, these historical loss rates are obtained for specific loan types from peers that include commercial banks having assets greater than $3 billion.


Total new loans in delinquent status were $10.7 million, $8.1 million and $515,000 as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. As of the same dates, total new loans past due 60 days and greater or in non-accrual status were $217,000, $3.2 million and $515,000, or 0.01%, 0.18% and 0.07% of the total new loan portfolio, respectively.


On March 31, 2014, we had $1.93 billion in new loans outstanding and an ALL balance for new loans of $9.4 million for an ALL coverage ratio of 0.49%. On December 31, 2013, we had $1.78 billion in new loans outstanding and an ALL balance for new loans of $8.3 million for an ALL coverage ratio of 0.47%. On December 31, 2012, we had $729.7 million in new loans outstanding and an ALL balance for new loans of $5.2 million for an ALL coverage ratio of 0.71%.


During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and year ended December 31, 2013, there has been a decline in the historical loss rates utilized in our quantitative analysis. The weighted average peer banking institutions loss factors, based on our loan portfolio mix, at March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was 0.37%, 0.42% and 0.64%, respectively. In addition to quantitative historical loss rates, we utilize qualitative adjustments to derive our ALL. Our ALL coverage ratio for the new loan portfolio exceeded the peer historical loss rates as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.




70





The following table summarizes the allocation of the ALL and the activity related to our ALL related to our loans for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.


(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$

4,834 

$

1,443 

$

1,819 

$

132 

$

6,331 

$

174 

$

14,733 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

(60)

 

164 

 

 

(332)

 

266 

 

38 

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

40 

 

(125)

 

 

(84)

Provision for New loans

 

762 

 

204 

 

(58)

 

20 

 

205 

 

 

1,136 

Total provision

 

763 

 

144 

 

106 

 

60 

 

(252)

 

269 

 

1,090 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(74)

 

 

(25)

 

 

(78)

 

(87)

 

(264)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

(41)

 

(24)

 

 

(65)

Charge-offs for New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Charge-offs

 

(74)

 

 

(25)

 

(41)

 

(102)

 

(87)

 

(329)

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(74)

 

 

(25)

 

(41)

 

(102)

 

(87)

 

(329)

ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,601 

 

25 

 

1,124 

 

 

1,929 

 

336 

 

6,015 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

11 

 

52 

 

 

 

(10)

 

 

58 

New loans

 

2,911 

 

1,510 

 

776 

 

146 

 

4,058 

 

20 

 

9,421 

Balance at March 31, 2014

$

5,523 

$

1,587 

$

1,900 

$

151 

$

5,977 

$

356 

$

15,494 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

2,601 

$

25 

$

1,124 

$

$

1,929 

$

336 

$

6,015 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

2,922 

$

1,562 

$

776 

$

151 

$

4,048 

$

20 

$

9,479 

Loans ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

426,940 

$

97,943 

$

82,833 

$

5,833 

$

85,360 

$

3,674 

$

702,583 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

5,134 

 

 

 

373 

 

 

 

5,507 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

827,738 

 

484,526 

 

87,276 

 

87,526 

 

740,337 

 

2,869 

 

2,230,272 

Total loans, gross

$

1,259,812 

$

582,469 

$

170,109 

$

93,732 

$

825,697 

$

6,543 

$

2,938,362 

Loans ending balance as a percentage of total loans, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

14.5%

 

3.4%

 

2.8%

 

0.2%

 

2.9%

 

0.1%

 

23.9%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

0.2%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.2%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

28.1%

 

16.5%

 

3.0%

 

3.0%

 

25.2%

 

0.1%

 

75.9%

Total loans, gross

 

42.8%

 

19.9%

 

5.8%

 

3.2%

 

28.1%

 

0.2%

 

100.0%




71






(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

4,107 

$

3,049 

$

5,239 

$

67 

$

6,054 

$

433 

$

18,949 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,062 

 

(444)

 

535 

 

 

(1,227)

 

87 

 

1,013 

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

(3)

 

(10)

 

 

(17)

 

80 

 

 

50 

Provision for New loans

 

(149)

 

(118)

 

238 

 

33 

 

71 

 

(42)

 

33 

Total provision

 

1,910 

 

(572)

 

773 

 

16 

 

(1,076)

 

45 

 

1,096 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(986)

 

(63)

 

(2,134)

 

 

(5)

 

(124)

 

(3,312)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(95)

 

 

(96)

Charge-offs for New loans

 

 

 

(23)

 

 

 

 

(23)

Total Charge-offs

 

(986)

 

(63)

 

(2,157)

 

(1)

 

(100)

 

(124)

 

(3,431)

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(986)

 

(63)

 

(2,157)

 

(1)

 

(100)

 

(124)

 

(3,431)

ASC 310-30 loans

 

3,565 

 

1,878 

 

2,469 

 

 

2,810 

 

334 

 

11,056 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

17 

 

32 

 

 

45 

 

262 

 

 

363 

New loans

 

1,449 

 

504 

 

1,383 

 

37 

 

1,806 

 

16 

 

5,195 

Balance at March 31, 2013

$

5,031 

$

2,414 

$

3,855 

$

82 

$

4,878 

$

354 

$

16,614 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

3,565 

$

1,878 

$

2,469 

$

$

2,810 

$

334 

$

11,056 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

$

$

$

271 

$

$

271 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

1,466 

$

536 

$

1,386 

$

82 

$

1,797 

$

20 

$

5,287 

Loans ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

317,922 

$

66,636 

$

90,333 

$

$

68,053 

$

5,651 

$

548,595 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

5,269 

 

427 

 

 

 

 

 

5,696 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

371,632 

 

92,662 

 

65,942 

 

34,076 

 

358,045 

 

4,820 

 

927,177 

Total loans, gross

$

694,823 

$

159,725 

$

156,275 

$

34,076 

$

426,098 

$

10,471 

$

1,481,468 

Loans ending balance as a percentage of total loans, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

21.4%

 

4.5%

 

6.1%

 

0.0%

 

4.6%

 

0.4%

 

37.0%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

0.4%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.4%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

25.1%

 

6.3%

 

4.4%

 

2.3%

 

24.2%

 

0.3%

 

62.6%

Total loans, gross

 

46.9%

 

10.8%

 

10.5%

 

2.3%

 

28.8%

 

0.7%

 

100.0%




72





The following table summarizes the allocation of the ALL and the activity related to our ALL related to our loans for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

4,107 

$

3,049 

$

5,239 

$

67 

$

6,054 

$

433 

$

18,949 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

1,263 

 

(1,538)

 

601 

 

 

(1,513)

 

510 

 

(677)

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

(10)

 

10 

 

(3)

 

282 

 

23 

 

(4)

 

298 

Provision for New loans

 

551 

 

684 

 

(141)

 

122 

 

2,120 

 

(43)

 

3,293 

Total provision

 

1,804 

 

(844)

 

457 

 

404 

 

630 

 

463 

 

2,914 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(1,077)

 

(762)

 

(3,684)

 

 

(190)

 

(722)

 

(6,435)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

(339)

 

(163)

 

 

(502)

Charge-offs for New loans

 

 

 

(193)

 

 

 

 

(193)

Total Charge-offs

 

(1,077)

 

(762)

 

(3,877)

 

(339)

 

(353)

 

(722)

 

(7,130)

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(1,077)

 

(762)

 

(3,877)

 

(339)

 

(353)

 

(722)

 

(7,130)

ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,675 

 

85 

 

985 

 

 

2,339 

 

157 

 

6,241 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

10 

 

52 

 

 

 

139 

 

 

207 

New loans

 

2,149 

 

1,306 

 

834 

 

126 

 

3,853 

 

17 

 

8,285 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$

4,834 

$

1,443 

$

1,819 

$

132 

$

6,331 

$

174 

$

14,733 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

2,675 

$

85 

$

985 

$

$

2,339 

$

157 

$

6,241 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

44 

$

$

105 

$

$

$

149 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

2,159 

$

1,314 

$

834 

$

27 

$

3,992 

$

17 

$

8,343 

Loans ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

274,147 

$

56,745 

$

55,936 

$

$

57,047 

$

3,992 

$

447,867 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

5,218 

 

277 

 

 

500 

 

5,995 

 

 

11,990 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

677,198 

 

369,715 

 

75,666 

 

30,801 

 

644,082 

 

1,465 

 

1,798,927 

Total loans, gross

$

956,563 

$

426,737 

$

131,602 

$

31,301 

$

707,124 

$

5,457 

$

2,258,784 

Loans ending balance as a percentage of total loans, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

12.1%

 

2.5%

 

2.5%

 

0.0%

 

2.5%

 

0.2%

 

19.8%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

0.2%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.3%

 

0.0%

 

0.5%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

30.0%

 

16.4%

 

3.3%

 

1.4%

 

28.5%

 

0.1%

 

79.7%

Total loans, gross

 

42.3%

 

18.9%

 

5.8%

 

1.4%

 

31.3%

 

0.3%

 

100.0%




73






(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

$

1,717 

$

5,464 

$

1,844 

$

84 

$

8,628 

$

105 

$

17,842 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

10,255 

 

(1,667)

 

11,065 

 

 

3,473 

 

594 

 

23,720 

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

57 

 

(2)

 

(35)

 

 

738 

 

49 

 

816 

Provision for New loans

 

639 

 

466 

 

609 

 

 

(200)

 

47 

 

1,565 

Total provision

 

10,951 

 

(1,203)

 

11,639 

 

13 

 

4,011 

 

690 

 

26,101 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(8,457)

 

(1,232)

 

(8,130)

 

 

(4,574)

 

(310)

 

(22,703)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

(104)

 

 

(23)

 

(30)

 

(1,991)

 

(52)

 

(2,200)

Charge-offs for New loans

 

 

 

(91)

 

 

 

 

(91)

Total Charge-offs

 

(8,561)

 

(1,232)

 

(8,244)

 

(30)

 

(6,565)

 

(362)

 

(24,994)

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(8,561)

 

(1,232)

 

(8,244)

 

(30)

 

(6,565)

 

(362)

 

(24,994)

ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,489 

 

2,405 

 

4,068 

 

 

4,022 

 

369 

 

13,353 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

20 

 

22 

 

 

63 

 

299 

 

 

411 

New loans

 

1,598 

 

622 

 

1,168 

 

 

1,733 

 

60 

 

5,185 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

4,107 

$

3,049 

$

5,239 

$

67 

$

6,054 

$

433 

$

18,949 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

2,489 

$

2,405 

$

4,068 

$

$

4,022 

$

369 

$

13,353 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

$

$

$

283 

$

$

283 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

1,618 

$

644 

$

1,171 

$

67 

$

1,749 

$

64 

$

5,313 

Loans ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

331,217 

$

68,558 

$

99,534 

$

$

72,895 

$

8,406 

$

580,610 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

5,354 

 

427 

 

 

 

283 

 

 

6,064 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

315,263 

 

79,716 

 

55,740 

 

18,988 

 

302,166 

 

2,767 

 

774,640 

Total loans, gross

$

651,834 

$

148,701 

$

155,274 

$

18,988 

$

375,344 

$

11,173 

$

1,361,314 

Loans ending balance as a percentage of total loans, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

24.3%

 

5.0%

 

7.3%

 

0.0%

 

5.4%

 

0.6%

 

42.7%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

0.4%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.4%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

23.2%

 

5.9%

 

4.1%

 

1.4%

 

22.2%

 

0.2%

 

56.9%

Total loans, gross

 

47.9%

 

10.9%

 

11.4%

 

1.4%

 

27.6%

 

0.8%

 

100.0%




74





The increase of $53.4 million in total loans in delinquent status from December 31, 2013 to March 31, 2014 was primarily due to the acquired loans from the Great Florida Acquisition. As of March 31, 2014, there were $59.1 million of loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 in delinquent status that were acquired from Great Florida Bank. In addition, there were $8.1 million of loans acquired from Great Florida Bank classified as Non-ASC 310-30 loans that are primarily loans with revolving privileges that were excluded from ASC 310-30. This increase was offset by a decrease in delinquent loans from the Failed Bank Acquisitions during the three months ended March 31, 2014.


The following tables provide a summary of our past due new loans, Acquired ASC 310-30 and Acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans as of the dates presented.


 

 

March 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

Loans Past

Due 90 Days

and Over

and Still

Accruing

 

Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

10,528

 

217

 

-

 

-

 

10,745

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

10,528

 

217

 

-

 

-

 

10,745

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Consumer

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1

Total new loans

$

10,529

$

217

$

-

$

-

$

10,746

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

6,818

$

2,561

$

29,785

$

-

$

39,164

1-4 single family residential

 

5,257

 

2,473

 

19,920

 

-

 

27,650

Land and development

 

764

 

586

 

15,024

 

1,819

 

18,193

Home equity lines of credit

 

65

 

-

 

854

 

-

 

919

Total real estate loans

 

12,904

 

5,620

 

65,583

 

1,819

 

85,926

Commercial and industrial

 

980

 

34

 

12,043

 

9,762

 

22,819

Consumer

 

126

 

20

 

136

 

611

 

893

Total acquired ASC 310-30 loans

$

14,010

$

5,674

$

77,762

$

12,192

$

109,638

Acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

1,439

$

-

$

-

$

5,525

$

6,964

1-4 single family residential

 

1,514

 

-

 

-

 

852

 

2,366

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,725

 

1,725

Home equity lines of credit

 

1,646

 

686

 

-

 

4,256

 

6,588

Total real estate loans

 

4,599

 

686

 

-

 

12,358

 

17,643

Commercial and industrial

 

9

 

60

 

-

 

1,780

 

1,849

Consumer

 

26

 

-

 

-

 

29

 

55

Total acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

4,634

$

746

$

-

$

14,167

$

19,547

Total

$

29,173

$

6,637

$

77,762

$

26,359

$

139,931




75






 

 

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

Loans Past

Due 90 Days

and Over

and Still

Accruing

 

Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

4,688

 

2,164

 

-

 

1,052

 

7,904

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

198

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

198

Total real estate loans

 

4,886

 

2,164

 

-

 

1,052

 

8,102

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

24

 

24

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total new loans

$

4,886

$

2,164

$

-

$

1,076

$

8,126

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

5,866

$

2,157

$

20,521

$

-

$

28,544

1-4 single family residential

 

3,014

 

303

 

5,065

 

-

 

8,382

Land and development

 

939

 

-

 

1,786

 

16,753

 

19,478

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

9,819

 

2,460

 

27,372

 

16,753

 

56,404

Commercial and industrial

 

706

 

179

 

3,085

 

7,306

 

11,276

Consumer

 

15

 

22

 

266

 

615

 

918

Total acquired ASC 310-30 loans

$

10,540

$

2,661

$

30,723

$

24,674

$

68,598

Acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

145

$

-

$

-

$

5,962

$

6,107

1-4 single family residential

 

923

 

-

 

-

 

144

 

1,067

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

96

 

218

 

-

 

1,996

 

2,310

Total real estate loans

 

1,164

 

218

 

-

 

8,102

 

9,484

Commercial and industrial

 

39

 

-

 

-

 

275

 

314

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

29

 

29

Total acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

1,203

$

218

$

-

$

8,406

$

9,827

Total

$

16,629

$

5,043

$

30,723

$

34,156

$

86,551




76






 

 

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

Loans Past

Due 90 Days

and Over

and Still

Accruing

 

Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

427

 

427

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

427

 

427

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

88

 

88

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total new loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

515

$

515

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

6,034

$

3,956

$

41,577

$

-

$

51,567

1-4 single family residential

 

342

 

362

 

6,945

 

-

 

7,649

Land and development

 

15,874

 

1,738

 

25,038

 

-

 

42,650

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

22,250

 

6,056

 

73,560

 

-

 

101,866

Commercial and industrial

 

1,745

 

445

 

17,994

 

-

 

20,184

Consumer

 

411

 

245

 

838

 

-

 

1,494

Total acquired ASC 310-30 loans

$

24,406

$

6,746

$

92,392

$

-

$

123,544

Acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

658

$

-

$

-

$

6,349

$

7,007

1-4 single family residential

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

187

 

187

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

534

 

-

 

-

 

2,433

 

2,967

Total real estate loans

 

1,192

 

-

 

-

 

8,969

 

10,161

Commercial and industrial

 

26

 

35

 

-

 

476

 

537

Consumer

 

19

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

19

Total acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

1,237

$

35

$

-

$

9,445

$

10,717

Total

$

25,643

$

6,781

$

92,392

$

9,960

$

134,776


Our policies related to when loans are placed on nonaccrual status conform to guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory authorities. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when it is probable that principal or interest is not fully collectible, or generally when principal or interest becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first. Certain loans past due 90 days or more may remain on accrual status if management determines that it does not have concern over the collectability of principal and interest because the loan is secured by assets with a value in excess of the amounts owed and in the process of collection. Loans are removed from nonaccrual status when they become current as to both principal and interest and concern no longer exists as to the collectability of principal and interest.


Loan accounted for under ASC 310-30 that are delinquent and/or on non-accrual status continue to accrue income provided the respective pool in which those assets reside maintains a discount and recognizes accretion income.  The aforementioned loans are characterized as performing troubled debt restructurings and/or performing loans greater than 90 days past due.  If the pool no longer has a discount and accretion income can no longer be recognized, any loan within that pool on non-accrual status will be classified as non-accrual for presentation purposes.


Loans are identified for restructuring based on their delinquency status, risk rating downgrade, or at the request of the borrower. Borrowers that are 90 days delinquent and/or have a history of being delinquent, or experience a risk rating downgrade, are contacted to discuss options to bring the loan current, cure credit risk deficiencies, or other potential restructuring options that will reduce the inherent risk and improve collectability of the loan. In some instances, a borrower will initiate a request for loan restructure. The Bank requires borrowers to provide current financial information to establish the need for financial assistance and satisfy applicable prerequisite conditions required by the Bank. The Bank may also require the borrower to enter into a forbearance agreement.


Modification of loan terms may include the following:  reduction of the stated interest rate; extension of maturity date or other payment dates; reduction of the face amount or maturity amount of the loan; reduction in accrued interest; forgiveness of past-due interest; or a combination of the above.



77





Certain loans have been classified as impaired based on a probable inability to collect all contractual amounts of the loan. The Company did not hold any impaired new loans as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012. The following table shows the Company’s investment in impaired and nonperforming loans as of the dates presented.


 

 

March 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

 Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

61,869

$

47,365

$

-

$

5,134

$

2,601

$

52,523

$

1,370

1-4 single family residential

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

25

 

-

 

-

Land and development

 

33,923

 

26,177

 

-

 

-

 

1,124

 

30,199

 

666

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

500

 

-

 

-

 

373

 

-

 

373

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

96,292

 

73,542

 

-

 

5,507

 

3,750

 

83,095

 

2,036

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

23,694

 

16,859

 

-

 

-

 

1,929

 

17,162

 

181

Consumer

 

2,953

 

2,773

 

-

 

-

 

336

 

3,083

 

55

Total other loans

 

26,647

 

19,632

 

-

 

-

 

2,265

 

20,245

 

236

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

122,939

$

93,174

$

-

$

5,507

$

6,015

$

103,340

$

2,272


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

 Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Impaired Non-ASC

310-30

 Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

62,527

$

47,413

$

-

$

5,134

$

2,700

$

57,731

$

5,801

1-4 single family residential

 

17,446

 

10,734

 

189

 

-

 

104

 

12,060

 

1,192

Land and development

 

43,182

 

28,603

 

-

 

-

 

985

 

41,605

 

1,772

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

386

 

-

 

105

 

386

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

123,155

 

86,750

 

575

 

5,134

 

3,894

 

111,782

 

8,765

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

40,086

 

30,222

 

-

 

-

 

2,341

 

35,091

 

2,012

Consumer

 

2,198

 

2,052

 

-

 

-

 

157

 

2,651

 

219

Total other loans

 

42,284

 

32,274

 

-

 

-

 

2,498

 

37,742

 

2,231

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

165,439

$

119,024

$

575

$

5,134

$

6,392

$

149,524

$

10,996


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

 Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Impaired Non-ASC

310-30

 Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

142,290

$

100,666

$

-

$

5,353

$

2,490

$

103,648

$

7,841

1-4 single family residential

 

78,711

 

50,751

 

-

 

427

 

2,385

 

56,874

 

4,374

Land and development

 

100,212

 

63,540

 

-

 

-

 

4,068

 

73,348

 

3,961

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

321,213

 

214,957

 

-

 

5,780

 

8,943

 

233,870

 

16,176

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

48,897

 

33,291

 

283

 

-

 

4,041

 

38,427

 

4,268

Consumer

 

3,133

 

2,871

 

-

 

-

 

369

 

3,426

 

203

Total other loans

 

52,030

 

36,162

 

283

 

-

 

4,410

 

41,853

 

4,471

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

373,243

$

251,119

$

283

$

5,780

$

13,353

$

275,723

$

20,647




78





Certain ASC 310-30 loan pools include impaired loans on accrual status that impairment is evaluated on the cumulative cash flows of the pools. ASC 310-30 loans are classified as accruing provided that the respective pool can generate discount accretion through available discount. In addition, the total carrying value of ASC 310-30 loans accounted for as pools that are past due in excess of 90 days and accruing for either principal, interest or both, amounts to $77.8 million, $30.7 million and $92.4 million as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The increase of $47.1 million from December 31, 2013 to March 31, 2014 in carrying value of ASC 310-30 loans accounted for in pools that are past due in excess of 90 days and accruing was due to $53.3 million of acquired loans from the Great Florida Acquisition.

FDIC Loss Share Indemnification Asset

The Company reviews and updates the cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Assets and the FDIC loss share indemnification asset on a quarterly basis as loss and recovery estimates related to Covered Assets change. Decreases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in a provision for loan losses, an increase in the ALL, and a proportional increase to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset and income for the estimated amount to be reimbursed. Increases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for loan losses and related ALL and a decrease to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, or prospective adjustment to the accretable discount if no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded. If no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded, improvements in the expected cash flows from the Covered Loans, which is reflected as an adjustment to yield and accreted into income over the remaining expected term of the loans, decreases the expected cash flows to be collected from the loss sharing agreement, with such decrease reducing the yield to be accreted on a prospective basis if the total expected cash flows from the loss sharing agreement exceeds its carrying amount; and, if the carrying amount of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset exceeds the total expected cash flows, the excess is amortized as a reduction of income over the shorter of (1) the remaining expected term of the respective loans or (2) the remaining term of the FDIC loss share agreement.

The loss sharing agreements between the Company and the FDIC for certain of the Acquisitions include clawback provisions that obligate the Company to pay the FDIC a certain amount in the event that losses incurred by the Company do not reach a specified threshold upon termination of the loss sharing agreement. The fair value of the clawback liability is initially estimated using the same discounted cash flow model used to determine the loss share indemnification asset, using a discount rate that takes into account the Company’s credit risk. The clawback liability is re-measured quarterly based on the terms of the applicable loss sharing agreement, changes in projected losses on Covered Assets and the cumulative servicing amount, if applicable.

The clawback liability is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the amortization and loss on re-measurement is included in loss share indemnification income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The following tables summarize the activity related to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset for the periods indicated.


 

 

Three months ended

March 31,

 

Years ended

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of period

$

87,229 

$

125,949 

$

125,949 

$

210,813 

Reimbursable expenses

 

1,726 

 

3,456 

 

9,372 

 

14,653 

Amortization

 

(5,999)

 

(6,830)

 

(25,126)

 

(33,897)

Income resulting from impairment and charge-off of covered assets, net

 

750 

 

3,286 

 

2,209 

 

22,791 

Expense resulting from recoupment and disposition of covered assets, net

 

(1,163)

 

(3,628)

 

(5,201)

 

(6,488)

FDIC claims submissions

 

(1,938)

 

(8,741)

 

(19,974)

 

(81,923)

Balance at end of period

$

80,605 

$

113,492 

$

87,229 

$

125,949 


The following tables summarize the activity related to the FDIC clawback liability for the periods indicated.


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

Years ended

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of period

$

11,753

$

11,966

$

11,966

$

11,438

Amortization impact

 

176

 

181

 

744

 

702

Remeasurement impact

 

131

 

(109)

 

(957)

 

(174)

Balance at end of period

$

12,060

$

12,038

$

11,753

$

11,966




79





Other Real Estate Owned


We expect that OREO will generally continue to decrease in the future as there will be less transfers from the loan portfolio and disposition activity. However, OREO may increase in future periods as a result of future business combinations or increased foreclosure activity.


Total OREO held by the Company was $86.2 million as of March 31, 2014, an increase of $51.6 million from December 31, 2013. The $51.6 million increase in other real estate owned for the three months ended March 31, 2014 resulted from $54.3 million of additions to OREO as a result of the Great Florida Acquisition and $10.3 million of additions to OREO through loan foreclosures.  The $64.6 million of additions was partially offset by OREO sales of $12.6 million and impairments of $0.4 million.


Total OREO held by the Company decreased from $57.8 million as of December 31, 2012 to $34.7 million as of December 31, 2013.  The $23.1 million decrease in other real estate owned for the year ended December 31, 2013, resulted from additions to OREO through loan foreclosures totaling $27.5 million, offset by OREO sales of $47.1 million and impairments of $3.6 million.


The following table summarizes the activity related to other real estate owned for the periods indicated.


 

 

Three months
ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of period

$

34,682

$

57,767

$

65,640

Additions from acquisition

 

54,275

 

-

 

-

Transfers from loan portfolio

 

10,340

 

27,535

 

47,977

Impairments

 

(445)

 

(3,580)

 

(10,320)

Sales

 

(12,608)

 

(47,040)

 

(45,530)

Balance at end of period

$

86,244

$

34,682

$

57,767


The following table summarizes the allocation of other real estate owned by property type for the periods indicated.


 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

Composition of ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

26,656

$

16,410

$

29,582

Land and development

 

50,555

 

13,385

 

23,292

1-4 single family residential

 

9,033

 

4,887

 

4,893

Total

$

86,244

$

34,682

$

57,767


Deposits


We expect that deposits will be our primary funding source in the future as we work towards optimizing our deposit mix and lowering our cost of deposits by reducing rate sensitive time deposits. In the future, we expect commercial core deposits will drive core deposit growth.


The average rate paid on all deposits for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was 0.63% and 0.80%, respectively. Total deposits at March 31, 2014 amounted to $3.73 billion, an increase of $936.1 million from December 31, 2013. The increase in deposits was primarily driven by $864.0 million of deposits acquired through the Great Florida Acquisition and $72.1 million of net deposit growth as a result of retail marketing efforts and commercial relationship growth.


The average rate paid on all deposits for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 0.77% and 0.99%, respectively.  Total deposits at December 31, 2013 amounted to $2.79 billion, an increase of $603 million from December 31, 2012. The increase is a direct result of increased retail marketing efforts and commercial relationship growth.




80





The following table shows the average balance amounts and the average rates paid on deposits held by us and balances outstanding.


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average
Balance

 

Average
Rate Paid

 

Average
Balance

 

Average
Rate Paid

 

Average
Balance

 

Average
Rate Paid

 

Average
Balance

 

Average
Rate Paid

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

$

353,023

 

0.00%

$

226,757

 

0.00%

$

261,000

 

0.00%

$

218,766

 

0.00%

Interest-bearing demand
deposits

 

99,470

 

0.15%

 

67,149

 

0.09%

 

70,454

 

0.11%

 

65,407

 

0.10%

Savings and money market accounts

 

1,552,067

 

0.49%

 

803,642

 

0.44%

 

961,986

 

0.46%

 

730,591

 

0.66%

Time deposits

 

1,411,109

 

0.97%

 

1,053,008

 

1.32%

 

1,121,094

 

1.25%

 

1,277,567

 

1.39%

Total deposits

$

3,415,669

 

 

$

2,150,556

 

 

$

2,414,534

 

 

$

2,292,331

 

 


The maturity distribution of our time deposits of $100,000 or more:


(Dollars in thousands)

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

 

December 31,
2012

Time deposits maturing in

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months or less

$

168,064

$

57,622

$

116,026

After three months through six months

 

150,064

 

136,290

 

79,472

After six months through one year

 

342,898

 

241,160

 

165,651

After one year

 

287,526

 

239,100

 

199,368

Total

$

948,552

$

674,172

$

560,517


Borrowed Funds


In addition to deposits, we utilize advances from the FHLB and other borrowings, such as securities sold under repurchase agreements, as a supplementary funding source to finance our operations. FHLB advances are secured by stock qualifying first mortgage, commercial real estate, home equity loans and investment securities. At March 31, 2014, total borrowings held by the Company was $665.8 million and primarily consists of FHLB advances and securities sold under repurchase agreements that amounted to $659.4 million. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, borrowings held by the Company were primarily FHLB advances totaling $431.0 million and $271.6 million, respectively.


The increase in total borrowings to $665.8 million as of March 31, 2014 from December 31, 2013 was primarily driven by the $147.9 million increase in FHLB advances to fund the increase in assets driven by new loan growth. The Company also acquired total borrowings with a fair value of $92.7 million through the Great Florida Acquisition that primarily consisted of securities sold under repurchase agreements. These securities repurchase agreements have a contractual maturities in 2017 and have a weighted average rate of 4.24%. The Company also utilizes retail repurchase agreements that have overnight maturities and based on overnight rates. The following table sets forth the maturity and interest rates of the Company’s borrowings as of March 31, 2014.


 

 

March 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Ending Balance

 

Period End Interest Rate

Maturing in

 

 

 

 

Six months or less

$

559,400

 

0.18%-5.02%

After six months through one year

 

20,000

 

3.77%

After one year through two years

 

-

 

-

After two years through three years

 

47,500

 

4.05%-4.35%

After three years through four years

 

25,000

 

4.30%

Total contractual outstanding

 

651,900

 

 

Deferred prepayment penalty

 

(787)

 

 

Fair value adjustment

 

8,305

 

 

Total FHLB advances and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

659,418

 

 

Retail repurchase agreements

 

6,411

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2014

$

665,829

 

 




81





Capital Resources


Stockholders’ equity totaled $723.9 million as of March 31, 2014, an increase of $7.8 million from $716.1 million as of December 31, 2013, primarily driven by net income of $3.5 million recognized over the period and other comprehensive income of $3.8 million due to an increase in net unrealized gain of the securities portfolio.


Stockholders’ equity decreased $12.1 million, or 1.7% from $728.2 million as of December 31, 2012, to $716.1 million as of December 31, 2013 primarily as a result of other comprehensive loss from the decrease in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities and treasury stock purchases, offset by retention of earnings.


As of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had capital levels that exceeded the regulatory guidelines for a “well-capitalized institution” under applicable guidelines. In addition, the OCC Agreement entered into by the Bank dated January 25, 2010 requires the Bank to maintain prescribed minimum capital ratios. The following table shows the required capital ratios of the Bank under the OCC Agreement and the Bank’s actual regulatory capital ratios for the periods presented.


 

 

Well

Capitalized

Regulatory

Requirement

 

Actual

March 31,

2014

 

Actual

December 31,

2013

 

Actual

December 31,

2012

Capital Ratios (Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

5.0%

 

13.4%

 

18.0%

 

20.6%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

6.0%

 

17.6%

 

24.8%

 

36.1%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

10.0%

 

18.1%

 

25.3%

 

37.1%

Capital Ratios (Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

10.0%

 

11.2%

 

12.0%

 

12.1%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

11.0%

 

14.9%

 

16.7%

 

21.2%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

12.0%

 

15.4%

 

17.3%

 

22.2%


The following table summarizes the changes in our stockholders’ equity for the periods indicated:


 

 

Three months ended

March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of period

$

716,114

$

728,174

$

728,174

$

706,402

Net income (loss)

 

3,528

 

2,498

 

17,171

 

(4,828)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

3,791

 

1,883

 

(13,115)

 

22,280

Stock based compensation expense

 

436

 

951

 

2,635

 

4,320

Treasury stock purchases

 

-

 

-

 

(18,751)

 

-

Balance at end of period

$

723,869

$

733,506

$

716,114

$

728,174


Liquidity and Liability Management


The Bank’s liquidity needs are primarily met by its cash and securities position, growth in deposits, cash flow from its amortizing investment and loan portfolios, and borrowings from the FHLB. For additional information regarding our operating, investing, and financing cash flows, see “Consolidated Financial Statements—Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.”




82





The Bank has access to additional borrowing through secured FHLB advances, unsecured borrowing lines from correspondent banks, and a repurchase agreement (secured). In addition, the Bank has an established borrowing line at the Federal Reserve Bank. Our asset/liability policy has established several measures of liquidity, including liquid assets (defined as cash and cash equivalents, and securities available to pledge) to total assets. The following table summarizes our liquidity ratios as of March 31, 2014.


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Policy Limit

 

Actual

Primary liquidity ratio

 

10.0%

Min

 

14.4%

Net short-term non-core funding dep

 

20.0%

Max

 

5.9%

Net loans to total deposits

 

90.0%

Max

 

78.0%

Pledged securities to total investments

 

50.0%

Max

 

29.9%

Net loans to total assets

 

80.0%

Max

 

57.6%

Brokered deposits to total deposits

 

10.0%

Max

 

0.0%

Fed funds purchased to total assets

 

10.0%

Max

 

0.0%

Time deposits greater than $250,000 to total assets

 

20.0%

Max

 

5.4%

FHLB borrowings and repurchase agreements to assets

 

30.0%

Max

 

11.4%


At March 31, 2014, the Company had additional capacity to borrow from the FHLB of $443.6 million. Also, at March 31, 2014, the Company has unused credit lines with financial institutions of $30.0 million.


As a holding company, we are a corporation separate and apart from our subsidiary, the Bank, and therefore we provide for our own liquidity. Our main sources of funding include equity capital raised in our offerings of equity securities and dividends paid by the Bank, when applicable, and access to capital markets. We believe these sources will be sufficient to fund our capital needs for at least the next twelve months. There are regulatory limitations that affect the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us. See “Dividend Policy” and “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions.” Management believes that such limitations will not impact our ability to meet our ongoing short-term cash obligations.


We expect that after consummation of the offering, the Bank’s cash and liquidity resources will be generated by operations and deposit growth, which we expect to be sufficient to satisfy the Bank’s capital requirements for at least the next twelve months.


Off Balance Sheet and Other Financing Arrangements


In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in our consolidated balance sheets. We enter into these transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized on the Bank’s consolidated balance sheets. We have limited off-balance sheet arrangements that have not had or are not reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.


We enter into contractual loan commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of our commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards until the time of loan funding. We decrease our exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. We assess the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit and establish a liability for probable credit losses.


Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, we would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, we would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. Our policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.




83





The following table summarizes commitments as of the dates presented.


 

 

March 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Covered

 

Uncovered

 

Total

Commitments to fund loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

5,284

$

15,277

$

20,561

Commercial and commercial real estate

 

-

 

26,286

 

26,286

Land and development

 

9

 

115,951

 

115,960

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

9,907

 

203,220

 

213,127

Total commitments to fund loans

 

15,200

 

360,734

 

375,934

Commercial and standby letters of credit

 

-

 

8,355

 

8,355

Total

$

15,200

$

369,089

$

384,289


 

 

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Covered

 

Uncovered

 

Total

Commitments to fund loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

5,230

$

5,659

$

10,889

Commercial and commercial real estate

 

-

 

14,746

 

14,746

Land and development

 

9

 

70,715

 

70,724

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

11,026

 

157,382

 

168,408

Total commitments to fund loans

 

16,265

 

248,502

 

264,767

Commercial and standby letters of credit

 

-

 

4,838

 

4,838

Total

$

16,265

$

253,340

$

269,605


 

 

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Covered

 

Uncovered

 

Total

Commitments to fund loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

6,586

$

1,894

$

8,480

Commercial and commercial real estate

 

-

 

45,029

 

45,029

Land and development

 

9

 

3,616

 

3,625

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

12,521

 

212,265

 

224,786

Total commitments to fund loans

 

19,116

 

262,804

 

281,920

Commercial and standby letters of credit

 

29

 

19,327

 

19,356

Total

$

19,145

$

282,131

$

301,276


The Company is a party to interest rate derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivatives relate to interest rate swaps that the Company enters into with customers to allow customers to convert variable rate loans to a fixed rate. The Company pays interest to the customer at a floating rate on the notional amount and receives interest from the customer at a fixed rate for the same notional amount. At the same time the interest rate swap is entered into with the customer, an offsetting interest rate swap is entered into with another financial institution. The Company pays the other financial institution interest at the same fixed rate on the same notional amount as the swap entered into with the customer, and receives interest from the financial institution for the same floating rate on the same notional amount. The changes in the fair value of the swaps offset each other, except for any credit risk of the counterparties, which is determined by taking into consideration the risk rating, probability of default and loss of given default for all counterparties.  


The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” All derivatives are evaluated at inception as to whether or not they are hedging or non-hedging activities, and appropriate documentation is maintained to support the final determination. The Company recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and measures those instruments at fair value.


Certain derivative transactions with a counterparty that is another financial institution are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement.  The gross liabilities and gross assets to this counterparty are reported on net basis.


The following tables summarize the Company’s derivatives outstanding at March 31, 2014.


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Derivative Assets

 

Derivative Liabilities

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

Interest rate contracts - pay floating, receive fixed

$

158,394

$

4,566

$

43,426

$

945

Interest rate contracts - pay fixed, receive floating

 

-

 

-

 

201,819

 

3,621

Total derivatives

$

158,394

$

4,566

$

245,245

$

4,566



84





Contractual Obligations


The following table summarizes aggregated information about our outstanding contractual obligations and other long-term liabilities as of March 31, 2014.


(Dollars in thousands)

 

Total

 

1 Year

or Less

 

1-3

Years

 

3-5

Years

 

More

than

5 Years

Advances from the FHLB and other borrowings (1)

$

658,311

$

585,811

$

47,500

$

25,000

$

-

Operating Lease Obligations

 

26,710

 

4,769

 

6,710

 

4,687

 

10,544

Estimated Clawback Liability to the FDIC associated with loss sharing agreements (2)

 

17,157

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

17,157

Total

$

702,178

$

590,580

$

54,210

$

29,687

$

27,701


               

 

(1)

FHLB advances and other borrowings exclude premium or discount.

(2)

Estimate of FDIC clawback obligation is presented as undiscounted future cash flows.


The loss sharing agreements between the Company and the FDIC for the Old Premier, Old FCB, Old Peninsula, Old Cortez, Old FNBCF and Old Coastal acquisitions include clawback provisions that obligate the Company to pay the FDIC a certain amount in the event that losses incurred by the Company with respect to the loss sharing agreements do not reach a threshold specified in the applicable loss sharing agreement upon termination of the loss sharing agreement.


The provisions of the loss sharing agreements for the Old Premier and Old FCB acquisitions may require the Company to pay the FDIC, within 45 days of the loss sharing agreement termination date, 50% of the excess of 20% of the stated threshold, less the sum of (a) 25% of the asset discount amount, (b) 25% of the cumulative shared loss payments and (c) the cumulative servicing amount. The provisions of the loss sharing agreements for the Old Peninsula, Old Cortez, Old FNBCF and Old Coastal acquisitions may require the Company to pay the FDIC, within 45 days of the loss sharing agreement termination date, 50% of the excess of 20% of the intrinsic loss estimate, less the sum of (a) 20% of the net loss amount, (b) 25% of the asset discount bid and (c) 3.5% of the Covered Assets on the acquisition date.


At the date of acquisition, the Company recognizes a clawback liability equal to the present value of the discounted future cash flows expected to be paid to the FDIC in connection with the clawback provisions of the loss sharing agreement. The Company amortizes the discount on the clawback liability by recognizing an expense that is recorded in Loss share indemnification income (loss) in our consolidated financial statements. The Company evaluates, on a periodic basis, whether the result of its collection efforts on assets covered under loss sharing agreements have had an impact on the expected balance, if any, to be paid to the FDIC. Changes in management’s estimate of the clawback liability is, as appropriate, charged or credited to earnings in the period in which they are identified.

The fair value of the clawback liability is estimated using the same discounted cash flow model which derives the value of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset. This fair value estimate is based on the present value of the calculated clawback liability using a discount rate that takes into account the Company’s then current credit risk. The calculated liability is based on the terms of the loss share agreement, the projected losses on Covered Assets and the cumulative servicing amount, if applicable.

The discount rate used for the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, which is a liability of the FDIC, is based on the risk-free rate plus a risk factor that considers the credit risk of the FDIC. The discount rate utilized to estimate the FDIC clawback liability is based on an equivalent of an AA credit rated corporate debt securities that we believe appropriately reflects the Company’s credit risk profile.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity

The principal component of our risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments, or market risk, is interest rate risk. The primary objective of our asset/liability management activities is to maximize net interest income, while maintaining acceptable levels of interest rate risk. Our Asset Liability Committee, or ALCO, is responsible for establishing policies to limit exposure to interest rate risk, and to ensure procedures are established to monitor compliance with these policies. The guidelines established by ALCO are reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors.



85





Consistent with industry practices, we primarily measure interest rate risk by utilizing the concept of Economic Value of Equity, or EVE. EVE is the intrinsic value of assets, less the intrinsic value of liabilities. EVE analysis provides a fair value of the balance sheet in alternative interest rate scenarios. The EVE does not take into account management intervention and assumes the new rate environment is constant and the change is instantaneous. Further, as this framework evaluates risks to the current balance sheet only, changes to the volumes and pricing of new business opportunities that can be expected in the different interest rate outcomes are not incorporated in this analytical framework. In addition, we further evaluate and consider the impact of other business factors in a separate income simulation analysis, which is designed to capture not only the potential of all assets and liabilities to mature or reprice, but also the probability that they will do so. Assets and liabilities with similar repricing characteristics may not reprice at the same time or to the same degree. Income simulation also attends to the relative interest rate sensitivities of these items, and projects their behavior over an extended period of time. Income simulation permits us to assess the probable effects on the consolidated financial statements for changes in interest rates and corresponding management strategy.

Management continually reviews and refines its interest rate risk management process in response to the economic and interest rate environment. Currently, our model projects a minus 100, plus 100, plus 200, plus 300, plus 400 and plus 500 basis point change as well as modified scenarios to evaluate our interest rate sensitivity and to determine whether specific action is needed to improve the current asset/liability position, either through economic hedges, matching strategies or by utilizing derivative instruments. Our ALCO policy has established specific limits for changes to net interest income and to the capital based on the aforementioned models as follows as of the dates presented:


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Following 12 Months

 

Following 36 Months

 

Following 12 Months

 

Following 36 Months

 

Following 12 Months

 

Following 36 Months

+500 basis points

 

15.0%

 

10.8%

 

39.1%

 

33.4%

 

33.7%

 

30.3%

+400 basis points

 

15.5%

 

13.4%

 

34.5%

 

30.7%

 

27.3%

 

24.8%

+300 basis points

 

14.3%

 

13.5%

 

28.3%

 

26.1%

 

20.8%

 

19.2%

+200 basis points

 

11.3%

 

11.5%

 

20.5%

 

19.5%

 

14.0%

 

13.7%

+100 basis points

 

6.6%

 

7.1%

 

11.1%

 

10.9%

 

7.5%

 

7.2%

-100 basis points

 

-2.1%

 

-3.5%

 

-2.2%

 

-3.0%

 

-2.8%

 

-3.0%


The table below presents the change in our economic value of equity assuming immediate parallel shifts in interest rates as of the dates presented.


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

+500 basis points

 

-37.6%

 

-17.5%

 

-9.8%

+400 basis points

 

-30.3%

 

-13.2%

 

-7.6%

+300 basis points

 

-23.0%

 

-9.0%

 

-5.1%

+200 basis points

 

-14.8%

 

-5.0%

 

-1.5%

+100 basis points

 

-8.2%

 

-1.6%

 

-0.7%

-100 basis points

 

3.9%

 

3.8%

 

0.1%


In the event the model indicates an unacceptable level of risk, based on current circumstances and events, we could undertake a number of actions that would reduce this risk, including the sale of a portion of our available for sale investment portfolio or the use of risk management strategies such as interest rate swaps and caps. As of March 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all of our net interest income and EVE limits.


Many assumptions were used by the Company to calculate the impact of changes in interest rates, including the change in rates. Actual results may not be similar to those derived from our model due to several factors including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. Actual results may also differ due to our actions, if any, in response to the changing rates and other changes in our business.



86





BUSINESS


Our Company

We are a bank holding company with one wholly-owned national bank subsidiary, Florida Community Bank, National Association, headquartered in Weston, Florida, which operates 54 branches in Florida. As of March 31, 2014, we had $5.17 billion in assets, $3.73 billion in deposits and $723.9 million in stockholders’ equity. Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks headquartered in Florida. Further, we believe that our loan growth over 2012 and 2013, a two year CAGR of approximately 39%, compared to the median of approximately 15% for the top-10 fastest organically growing U.S. regional banks with assets from $3 to $30 billion, excluding internet-based banks, reflects the Bank’s industry-leading organic loan growth. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had net new commercial loan growth of $734.5 million and net new residential and consumer loan growth of $306.5 million. As of December 31, 2013, our new loan portfolio aggregated $1.77 billion, representing approximately 78.4% of our aggregate loan portfolio, of which over $1.4 billion represented new commercial loans and approximately $371 million represented new residential and consumer loans.


We were formed in April 2009 with the goal of becoming a leading independent commercially-oriented community bank in Florida. Since that time, we raised an aggregate of approximately $740 million of equity capital, acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Old Failed Banks in Florida from the FDIC, as receiver.  In addition, in January 2014, the Bank acquired by merger the business of Great Florida Bank which, as of December 31, 2013, had 25 branches located within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area, total assets of $993.0 million and shareholders’ equity of $15.3 million.  Through our capital raising efforts and the integration of the operations and systems of the various Acquisitions onto one single branded, statewide platform in Florida, we have transformed the Company from a number of small community banks across Florida into a large integrated commercial bank with a significant presence in the Florida market. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Great Florida Acquisition, we had net income of $17.6 million and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had net income of $3.5 million. You should read this information in conjunction with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.


The Bank offers a comprehensive range of traditional banking products and services to individuals, small and medium-sized businesses, some large businesses, and other local organizations and entities in our market areas. The Bank also selectively participate in syndicated loans to select national credits. The Bank targets commercial customers engaged in a wide variety of industries including healthcare and professional services, retail and wholesale trade, tourism, agricultural services, manufacturing, distribution and distribution-related industries, technology, automotive, aviation, food products, building materials, residential housing and commercial real estate.


We have built a preeminent Florida-based, Florida-focused banking franchise centered on commercial business relationships and providing customers with a high level of service. The Bank’s principal growth strategy over the next few years is focused on the continuing development and expansion, organically and through acquisition, of our commercial banking platform, as well as continued growth of our retail business, including our residential mortgage products.


Since our first acquisition, we have continued to build out our franchise by investing in our human capital, control environment, infrastructure and technology to create an efficient, scalable platform to support future growth, support our risk management activities, and to enhance lending and fee income opportunities through a full suite of traditional banking products and services. We believe that our branch network, operating structure and scalable technology platform has and will continue to enable us to grow as expansion opportunities, including acquisition opportunities, arise. Our focus over the next several years is to continue to leverage our robust commercial lending platform to continue our peer-leading organic growth and to continue to grow through acquisitions in our principal Florida markets. In addition, we may acquire assets, deposits and branches which we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth strategy.




87





Our Market Areas

We are primarily located in south and central Florida. The majority of our deposits ($1.6 billion as of March 31, 2014) are located in the Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach MSA. Our other key MSAs in which the Bank operates include Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers.


The following table shows key deposit and demographic information about our market areas and our presence in these markets as of the dates provided.


FCB Financial Holdings

 

Total Market Area

Metropolitan

Statistical Area

 

Number
of
Branches

(1)

 

3/31/14

Deposits ($’000s)

 

Deposit
Market
Share (%)

(2)

 

Percent of
Franchise
(%)

 

Total
Population
2013
(Actual)(3)

 

Population
Change
2010-2013
(%)(3)

 

Projected
Population
Change
2013-2018
(%)(3)

 

Median
HH
Income
2013
(Actual $)(3)

 

Projected
HH Income
Change
2013-2018
(%)(3)

 

Unemployment
Rate (%)(4)

Miami-Fort Lauderdale-
West Palm Beach, FL

 

28

$

1,631,912

 

1.02

 

43.75

 

5,657,903

 

1.68

 

5.49

$

45,243

 

18.83

 

6.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island, FL

 

4

 

552,648

 

3.57

 

14.82

 

331,765

 

3.19

 

6.20

 

53,051

 

20.56

 

5.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North Port-Bradenton-Sarasota, FL

 

3

 

306,961

 

1.14

 

8.23

 

717,311

 

2.14

 

5.37

 

45,928

 

18.51

 

6.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cape Coral-Fort Myers, FL

 

3

 

239,909

 

2.33

 

6.43

 

642,626

 

3.86

 

8.53

 

48,142

 

16.55

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Orlando-Kissimmee-
Sanford, FL

 

4

 

215,840

 

0.51

 

5.79

 

2,203,521

 

3.24

 

7.43

 

48,032

 

16.51

 

5.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Punta Gorda, FL

 

2

 

242,384

 

7.62

 

6.50

 

164,223

 

2.65

 

4.33

 

42,112

 

18.52

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Port St. Lucie, FL

 

3

 

172,433

 

1.72

 

4.62

 

432,054

 

1.87

 

4.53

 

45,917

 

17.80

 

7.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Palm Bay-Melbourne-Titusville, FL

 

2

 

129,971

 

1.62

 

3.48

 

550,248

 

1.26

 

2.38

 

46,519

 

17.35

 

6.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deltona-Daytona Beach-Ormond Beach, FL

 

2

 

102,872

 

1.44

 

2.76

 

599,347

 

1.53

 

2.80

 

41,778

 

20.53

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clewiston, FL

 

1

 

63,239

 

19.95

 

1.70

 

39,799

 

1.68

 

0.66

 

34,313

 

14.05

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL

 

1

 

36,569

 

0.07

 

0.98

 

2,842,211

 

2.12

 

4.25

 

43,949

 

18.81

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sebastian-Vero Beach, FL

 

1

 

34,931

 

0.83

 

0.94

 

141,801

 

2.73

 

4.92

 

44,030

 

18.97

 

7.70

MSA Totals

 

54

$

3,729,669

 

 

 

100.00

 

14,322,809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average: MSA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.15

 

5.48

$

45,935

 

18.55

 

6.32

Aggregate: National

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

314,467,933

 

1.85

 

3.62

$

51,314

 

16.11

 

6.70


                           

(1)

Branch network as of June 15, 2014.

(2)

Deposit market share percentage data is calculated based on the Bank’s deposits at March 31, 2014 as a percentage of total deposits in respect of the applicable MSA, for banks and thrifts as of June 30, 2013 (not including credit unions) according to SNL Financial.

(3)

Source: ESRI, as provided by SNL Financial. Demographic data is provided by ESRI based primarily on U.S. Census data. For non-census year data, ESRI uses samples and projections to estimate the demographic data.

(4)

Source: U.S. Department of Labor. Unemployment rate as of March 2014.


We believe these markets represent some of the most attractive demographics in the United States, with above average anticipated population and household income growth (according to SNL Financial, based on 2013-2018 anticipated population and household income growth). Our largest MSA, Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach, is anticipated to experience population growth of 5.5% between 2013-2018 (according to SNL Financial). Our other key MSAs including Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers are expected to see population growth of 7.4%, 6.2% and 8.5%, respectively, over the same time period. The weighted average anticipated population growth rate between 2013-2018 in the MSAs we operate in is 5.5%. These population growth rates are significantly higher than the anticipated national average of 3.6% and rank among the fastest growing MSAs in Florida, where the state anticipated growth rate is 5.1%. Additionally, all of our key demographics are anticipated to experience robust household income growth outperforming the national average. The MSAs of Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach, Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers expect to see household income growth of 18.8%, 16.5%, 20.6% and 16.6% respectively, compared to the anticipated national average of 16.1%. Furthermore, the percentage of households with income greater than $100,000 is anticipated to see the fastest growth in our MSAs. These households are expected to comprise 23.4% of households within the Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach MSA by 2018, up from 18.7% in 2013. The MSAs of Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers are anticipated to see the percentage of the households with over $100,000 in income increase to 22.1%, 29.7%, and 22.0% by 2018, up from 17.3%, 23.9% and 17.3%, respectively, in 2013. Over time, we expect to expand our footprint in Florida and possibly look to enter other areas in the Southeastern United States.




88





Our Competitive Strengths


We believe the following are our competitive strengths:


·

Experienced and Talented Management Team.  Our senior management team has substantial experience with regional banking franchises, including the Florida operations of Fifth Third Bank, Wachovia Bank, N.A. and SunTrust Bank. Most of our senior management team has worked together since 2010 to successfully identify, execute and integrate our acquired banking businesses throughout much of south and central Florida. We believe we have built a banking organization anchored with strong human capital and managerial expertise in the areas of credit origination, retail sales production, treasury management and credit underwriting, with deep knowledge of the specific markets we serve.

·

Robust Commercial Business Platform.  We are focused on providing superior products and services to what we perceive as an underserved Florida-based small and mid-cap commercial and industrial segments, as well as to a segment of the Florida-based commercial real estate market. We have built out our commercial banking platform in our strategic Florida markets, which we believe are Florida’s most important markets, to provide a full range of banking services to our commercial customers, including a full suite of treasury management services. As a result, we closed and funded approximately $925 million in commercial loans during 2013. We have staffed our credit origination team with senior commercial underwriters recruited from large regional and national banking platforms, each of whom possesses proven commercial and industrial experience underwriting middle market and corporate banking clients throughout the State of Florida.

·

Full-Service Scalable Banking Platform.  We have invested in our infrastructure and technology to create a single, fully integrated banking platform utilizing industry leading technology that supports future growth and our risk management activities, and enhances lending and fee income opportunities through a full suite of traditional banking products and services. The Bank’s product and service offerings include a full suite of credit products including: (i) commercial and business loans, including lines of credit to finance working capital and trade activities, equipment financing, acquisition financing; (ii) real estate loans, including construction financing, mini-permanent and permanent financing, acquisition and development lending, land financing and bridge lending; and (iii) residential mortgages, credit cards and consumer loans. For clients with larger credit needs, the Bank both leads and participates in club deal lending structures. In addition, the Bank provides clients with both floating and fixed interest rate financing options. For clients seeking more complex or longer fixed rate solutions, the Bank offers (through third party providers) derivative products such as interest rate swaps and caps. Deposit products include a full complement of transaction, savings and time deposit products. The Bank also has a full range of commercial and small business treasury management products and solutions for our commercial customers focused on four financial competencies: payables, receivables, liquidity and information reporting, insuring that our business clients are maximizing their banking relationship. These products and services include integrated payables and receivables, online business electronic banking services, information reporting, e-statements, as well as products such as ACH origination, account book transfers, wire transfers, positive pay, account reconciliation, i-check, remote deposit capture, account lock box services, armored and local courier services, fraud prevention capabilities, zero balance accounts, on-line and mobile banking and automatic cash sweeps. We deliver a consistent and branded process and marketing delivery system across all of our distribution points, which we believe is a differentiating factor for a bank of our size.

·

High-Touch, High Service Retail Banking Operations.  We are committed to providing excellent service and a superior customer experience for our retail customers. We believe that our relationship-based approach to helping our customers achieve their financial goals combines the skills and expertise of our personal bankers with a comprehensive suite of products developed to address the financial needs of the market we serve.  The Bank provides a wide variety of customized loan programs to accommodate the needs of its retail customer base and facilitates the loan approval process through Decision Pro, utilizing industry specific application software. Consumer loan approvals occur with same day turnaround and apply credit scoring metrics as determined by management. Consumer loans are primarily on a secured basis, while unsecured credit card products are offered and sold to the Bank’s customers through Elan Services. Consumer loan products include personal loans, auto loans, recreational vehicle loans, and home improvement/second mortgage loans. Flexible terms are set with individual consumers in mind.  We also continue to focus our retail banking efforts on maintaining ties to the communities in which we operate.  Our traditional branch retail network is supported by convenient technology such as internet, mobile and text-based banking, and industry networks like Presto!, an ATM network owned and operated by Publix supermarkets. In 2013, the Bank further enhanced its retail product offerings, introducing non-deposit investment products through Raymond James Financial Services, to provide a number of non-deposit investment products and brokerage services, including securities brokerage services, investment advice and investment recommendations to the Bank’s retail customers.



89





 

·

Broad Florida Geographical Footprint; High Growth Markets.  We operate a Florida-based, Florida-focused franchise.  We have a meaningful presence in most of the significant Florida markets, with a footprint that extends from Naples to Sarasota, and to Brookville, on the west coast of Florida, from Miami to Daytona Beach on the east coast of Florida, and to Orlando in central Florida. The majority of our deposits ($1.6 billion as of March 31, 2014) are located in the Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach MSA, which we view as the most important and growing Florida MSA. Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks headquartered in Florida. We believe that the markets we serve provide high growth opportunities for the Bank and contain a limited number of “independent” competitors with assets greater than $3 billion.

·

Strong Capital Position.   We believe our strong capital position affords us the opportunity to pursue a vigorous growth strategy. As of March 31, 2014, the Company’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 13.4% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 17.6%, and Total risk-based capital ratio was 18.1%.  As of March 31, 2014, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.2%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 14.9%, and Total risk-based capital ratio was 15.4%. Additionally, the capital raised in the offering further strengthens our strong capital position and allows us to execute our organic growth strategy.

·

Liquidity Position.   We believe our significant cash reserves and liquid securities portfolio held by the Bank position us well for future growth. As of March 31, 2014, the Bank had investment securities of approximately $1.6 billion, with greater than 80% of the portfolio invested in securities rated A or higher and the balance rated BBB or higher.

·

Extensive Target Evaluation Capabilities and Successful Acquisition and Integration Experience.  We believe that we have demonstrated our ability to effectively identify, analyze, acquire and integrate banking businesses in Florida.  Since January 2010, we have successfully acquired nine such institutions on what we believe were attractive terms, all of which have been successfully integrated onto one common operating platform.  Drawing on this strength, we were able to accomplish the full conversion and operational integration of Great Florida Bank in just 30 business days. Further, we believe we have developed strong capabilities in account origination risk management, on-going monitoring and enhanced due diligence often required to fulfill Bank Secrecy Act and Anti-Money Laundering laws and regulations in the context of bank acquisitions, facilitating our ability to seek and execute on strategic opportunities and reduce the operations risk profile of the Bank following such acquisitions.


Our Growth Strategies

Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks headquartered in Florida. We intend to continue to build a leading Florida-based, Florida-focused regional commercial banking franchise by growing—both organically and through acquisitions—within our existing markets, across the State of Florida, and over the longer term, in other attractive markets that may complement our current footprint. We believe that dislocations in the banking industry in Florida have created an opportunity for us to create a leading Florida-based, Florida-focused bank that will continue to be able to realize greater economies of scale relative to smaller community and commercial banks, while providing more personalized, local service than large-sized banks. The key components of our strategic plan are:


·

Continue to Expand Commercial Lending Business.  We intend to continue to expand our commercial lending business in our principal Florida markets through the continued build-out and staffing of our commercial banking platform. Commercial banking teams consisting of a senior commercial banker, commercial relationship managers, commercial market executives, credit underwriting teams and support have been established in all of our existing commercial markets. Each regional commercial team is focused on full relationship banking to middle market commercial lending prospects. We support our commercial sales force with underwriting teams and cash management teams aligned by geographic market. There are now approximately 80 professionals with deep local market experience working in our commercial banking operation to support loan origination, credit and underwriting, servicing, and risk management functions. In addition, our teams will further integrate cross-selling strategies in an effort to deepen existing client relationships.  We believe these efforts will continue to increase our organic loan origination and associated revenue and attract new transaction account deposits that provide a lower cost of funds.



90






·

Expand Our Retail Presence and Residential Mortgage Lending Business.  Through our retail branch banking network, the Bank provides a comprehensive suite of deposit and credit products to its retail customers. Deposit products include a full complement of transaction, savings and time deposit products. The Bank regularly conducts market and competitive analysis in an effort to determine which products are best suited for the needs of each market.  Additionally, through the integration process and the extension of the Bank’s technology platform, the Bank has substantially increased the overall product suite offered to retail clients. In addition to depository products, the Bank offers credit cards, merchant card services, small business loans, residential mortgage, and electronic and mobile banking services.  Consumer lending provides typical secured and unsecured loan products with a strong reliance on automated credit scoring, analysis of debt capacity and other analytical data. Our mortgage lending team consists of an experienced mortgage origination leader, mortgage loan originators covering our key markets, and a mortgage loan processing and underwriting staff. We also utilize a third-party mortgage origination service provider to do the necessary compliance and servicing functionality for our mortgage business. In 2013, the Bank further enhanced its retail product offerings by introducing non-deposit investment products and brokerage services (including securities brokerage services, investment advice and investment recommendations) pursuant to an agreement with Raymond James Financial Services.

·

Focus on Expansion Through Organic Growth to Continue Strengthening Profitability. Over the past two years we have redirected our growth strategy to provide greater focus on organic growth, while still considering acquisition opportunities such as Great Florida Bank. Building our platform through acquisitions of the Old Failed Banks during 2010 and 2011 facilitated a quick expansion of our footprint, but required heightened expenses to fully integrate the acquired business, thus reducing overall profitability. The redirection of our growth plan has already resulted in increased profitability. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our net income increased $22.0 million over the year ended December 31, 2012 to $17.2 million. Key priorities to accelerate our growth in profitability include continuing to strengthen organic loan growth and cross-sale opportunities, continued reduction of our cost of deposits, and continued disciplined management of non-interest expenses.  Additionally, as we focus more on organic growth, our credit provision and workout expenses on acquired loans will continue to decline due to improved acquired asset quality.

·

Pursue Acquisition Opportunities.  While our primary focus over the next several years is continuing our organic growth led by our robust commercial lending platform, we also intend to continue our acquisition strategy by selectively identifying, acquiring and integrating depository institutions (or their assets and deposits) through traditional open bank acquisitions. We may also consider additional failed bank acquisitions with the FDIC to the extent, if any, that opportunities may arise; however, we note that, according to the FDIC, as of June 30, 2014, there have only been 12 failed banks in 2014 (as compared to 157 failed banks in 2010 and 92 failed banks in 2011 when we acquired the Old Failed Banks), and as a result, there are significantly fewer such opportunities. Any such acquisitions would also require that we are satisfied with the restrictions that may be imposed by the FDIC in connection with such acquisitions. We may acquire assets, deposits and branches which we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth. We expect that acquisitions will continue to play a significant role in our growth strategy and believe that our management has developed a best-in-class approach and playbook for integrating acquired banks.


FDIC Loss Share Indemnification Assets

Six of the Failed Bank Acquisitions included assets that are covered by loss share arrangements, pursuant to which the FDIC bears a substantial portion of the risk of loss. Such acquired assets from the Failed Bank Acquisitions, including loan portfolios and other real estate owned, or OREO, that are covered under loss share arrangements with the FDIC are referred to as “Covered Assets.” As of March 31, 2014, the Covered Loans included in our loan portfolio derived from Failed Bank Acquisitions aggregated to $337.1 million, or 11.5% of our aggregate loan portfolio, with non-performing Covered Loans totaling $15.7 million, or 59.4%, of total non-performing loans, and Covered Assets included in our OREO were $32.2 million, or 37.3% of our total OREO holdings.


Products and Services-Commercial

Commercial Credit and Depository Products

As part of the Bank’s commercial and industrial focus, the Bank focuses its commercial lending activities in the following industries: manufacturing, wholesale and retail distribution, medical services, food products, franchise services, transportation, agriculture, financial services, media and telecommunications. The Bank offers a broad array of commercial credit and depository products. Commercial credit products include loans for corporate, middle market, and business banking clients such as lines of credit to finance working capital and trade activities, loans for owner occupied real estate financing, equipment financing as well as acquisition financing. For clients with large credit needs, the Bank both leads and participates in club lending structures. The Bank also does a limited amount of specialty financing to owners and operators in the area of aviation and marine lending.



91





For commercial real estate clients, the Bank offers construction financing, mini-permanent and permanent financing, acquisition and development lending, land financing, and bridge lending. The Bank’s commercial real estate lending products focus in the retail, multi-family, office, mixed use, industrial and hospitality sectors.

The Banks also provides additional credit products to commercial and real estate clients through the issuance of corporate credit cards, purchasing cards, and standby letters of credit. In addition, the Bank provides clients with both floating and fixed rate interest financing options. For clients seeking more complex or longer fixed rate solutions, the Bank offers (through third party providers) derivative products such as interest rate swaps and caps. Deposit products including checking accounts tailored to meet the unique needs of our commercial customers, savings accounts with customizable features, and money market accounts with competitive tiered rates credited monthly.

Treasury Product Offerings

The Bank also offers a full suite of treasury management services that are designed to help business customers streamline their financial transactions, manage their accounts more efficiently, and improve their business’ record keeping. These treasury management products and solutions focus on four financial areas: payables, receivables, liquidity and information reporting, insuring that our business clients are maximizing their banking relationship.  Key treasury products include the following:

Business Electronic Banking – Online banking provides the flexibility and security needed by our clients. The platform supports multiple users, allowing each user varying levels of access via security tokens for ACH and wire-initiated transactions. This allows the client the ability to customize their options while safeguarding their business.

Information Reporting – Clients can gain real-time access to accounts through an information-reporting module, viewing current and historical account data.

E-statements – Online statements are electronic versions of the statements clients receive in the mail that can be viewed at any time, from any location. Paperless online statements are delivered faster, reduce paper clutter, save time and money and help keep information secure.

Account Book Transfers – Allows the movement of funds between bank accounts with real-time confirmations and updates to daily reporting.

Zero Balance Account – Eliminates excess balances in separate accounts and maintains greater control over disbursements. Zero Balance Accounts automatically move funds each night to cover all disbursements, reducing the time spent initiating transfers between company accounts.

ACH Origination – Initiates direct deposit of payroll, vendor payments and tax payments; collects client payments, membership dues and concentrates funds from accounts at other institutions.

Wire Transfers – Provides for the initiation of wire transfers quickly, easily and securely right from the client’s office.; provides for the establishment of recurring transfers and receipt of notification of incoming wires.

Positive Pay – Takes a proactive approach to combating check fraud. Positive Pay provides exception reports detailing potential fraudulent check activity.

ACH Fraud Control/Block – Prevents unauthorized ACH debits from posting to client accounts. ACH Filtering lets clients determine who has access to debit their account and at what dollar limit.

Account Reconciliation – Monthly reports of paid and outstanding items and exceptions assists with balancing accounts, reducing administrative costs, and managing risk.

Remote Deposit Capture – Accelerates cash flow and eliminates unnecessary trips to the bank by electronically depositing checks from the client’s office. Allows clients to make deposits 24/7 and receive same-day ledger credit for deposits made before 6:00 p.m. each business day.

Lockbox Processing – A cost-effective way to process payments and speed up access to funds while reducing operating expenses. The Bank collects client payments, deposits the funds into their account and provides a detailed information to update the client’s accounts receivable system.



92





I-Check® – a bank web-based tool that archives images of business checks and deposits and gives assigned users 24/7 access to quickly retrieve images of all paid checks, paper deposits and prior statements.

Cash In Transit – The Bank and Brinks® are teamed up to offer a variety of vault solutions, from CompuSafe® to daily credit for cash deposited via client chosen armored car service. Based on client needs, the Bank can also work with the client’s service to arrange for deposit pickups and change orders.

Sweeps (REPO/Loan) – This account is ideal for investing excess funds while maintaining liquidity. It can be a stand-alone account, or may be linked to the operating account while excess funds are swept maximize interest. Swept funds are not FDIC-insured, but are collateralized by a portion of the Bank’s portfolio of U.S. government-backed securities.

Swap Program

During 2013, the Bank entered into an interest rate swap program with PNC Financial enabling the Bank to provide its customers with back-to-back interest rate swaps, enabling customers to swap their variable rate interest obligations into fixed rate payment obligations. The Bank establishes these swap transactions with clients and simultaneously enters into a swap offsetting transaction with PNC Financial. Since the swap transactions are offsetting, the Bank is acting as a “pass-through” on behalf of our client. All interest rate risk on the swap transactions is being held by PNC Financial and our client. PNC Financial collateralizes any net exposure to the Bank on the outstanding swap. The Bank is compensated for these transactions by receiving a fee from PNC Financial at the inception of the transactions.

Syndicated Loans

We participate in syndicated loans when we believe our participation will provide an attractive return for the Bank and we are comfortable with the risk profile of the loan. In 2013, we expanded our syndicated loan program beyond our focus on Florida-based companies to a more geographically diversified portfolio that includes companies located throughout the United States. As of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012, we held approximately $453.1 million, $481.0 million and $260.5 million of syndicated national loans, respectively. The Bank currently plans to maintain approximately its current level of syndications for the next several years and does not expect to grow this line of business.

Products and Services—Retail Banking

The Bank’s strategy is to deliver leading customer experience and service, products backed by the strength of a large institution, and offer competitive rates. The Bank offers innovative products and services with the kind of personalized service only a community bank can provide, with the strength of a larger institution. The Bank’s entire range of personal and business banking products and solutions are designed to meet our markets unique financial needs and help clients achieve their financial goals.  

Deposit Product Offerings

The Bank offers a wide variety of deposit products including demand deposit accounts, interest-bearing products, savings accounts and certificates of deposit. The Bank regularly conducts market and competitive analysis in an effort to determine which products are best suited for the needs of each market. The Bank also utilizes the findings of its research during product development to ensure that it remains competitive in the market and can continue to fulfill the needs of its clientele. The Bank’s depository products include the following:

Pinnacle Checking : designed for our affluent clients with combined balances of $25,000 or greater. This account offers competitive interest rates as well as superior benefits, including free safe deposit box, free standard order of checks, free cashier’s checks, mortgage and consumer loan discounts and no charge for Non-FCB ATMs worldwide.

Essentials Checking : designed for our customers that want flexibility in how they do their banking, providing the option to either come into the bank or perform online or mobile banking transactions.  Customers have the option to offset service charges based on their debit and credit card activity.

Budget Checking : designed for budget conscious customers who want the peace of mind of knowing their account will not incur overdraft charges and who want an account that has consistent monthly fees, if any. This account will protect customers from costly banking overdraft fees in the event of insufficient funds.

ECO Banking : designed for our tech savvy and environment conscientious customer. All banking is performed online, with customers incented to use the debit and credit card transactions to offset fees.



93





Employee Checking : designed for business customers that want to offer their employees exclusive banking benefits at no cost to the company.  Benefits include unlimited check writing, free online banking, no ATM fees, free safe deposit box and first order of check free.

Personal Savings Accounts : designed for affluent, mass and minor customer.  We provide competitive rates with minimum balance requirements.  Interest is compounded and credited monthly.

Personal Money Market Accounts : designed for affluent, mass and minor customers. We provide highly competitive market driven interest rates with minimum balance requirements.  Interest is compounded and credited monthly.

Certificates of Deposit and IRAs :  offer competitively high interest rates on a fixed-dollar investment. Customers can choose from a wide range of terms, from 30 days to 5 years. Minimum balance to open the account. These rates are market driven and we continuously run campaigns to be competitive with our peer banks.  

Credit Product Offerings

The Bank provides a wide variety of customized loan programs to accommodate the needs of its retail customer base and facilitates the loan approval process through Decision Pro, utilizing industry specific application software. Consumer loan approvals occur with same day turnaround and apply credit scoring metrics as determined by management. Consumer loans are primarily on a secured basis, while unsecured credit card products are offered and sold to the Bank’s customers through Elan Services. Consumer loan products include personal loans, auto loans, recreational loans, and home improvement/second mortgage loans. Fixed rate and fixed term equity loans are available for home improvement and other purposes. Flexible terms are set with individual consumers in mind.

Additional Services

In addition to the traditional retail deposit and credit products, the Bank also provides value added services such as Online and Mobile Banking, Safe Deposit Boxes and Payment Services. The Bank’s strategy is to continue to design products and services based on consumer demand/behavior while remaining competitive. The Bank continues to focus on expanding its product suite with new products that enhance relationships and provide additional benefits to the consumer and small business owner. In 2012, the Bank introduced additional products and services including Workplace Community Checking, Mobile Banking enhancements and Consumer Remote Deposit Capture. In 2013, the Bank further enhanced its retail product offerings, introducing non-deposit investment products, and entered into an agreement with Raymond James Financial Services to provide a number of non-deposit investment products and brokerage services, including securities brokerage services, investment advice and investment recommendations, to the Bank’s customers.

Credit Administration Platform

The Bank’s Credit Administration Department is comprised of independent credit teams having specialized expertise for the various lending disciplines within the Bank’s new loan origination platform, as well as for the resolution and workout of the non-performing loans of its acquired loan portfolios.  Each department is staffed with credit specialists having specific training and having significant years of experience within their area of responsibility at large regional and national banking platforms.

New Loan Origination

The credit department responsible for the approval of all new credit exposure is led by Senior Site Managers with more than 25 years of large bank experience within the Commercial and Industrial and Commercial Real Estate lending segments structured with a geographical focus in South Florida, Southwest Florida and Central Florida.  These teams are comprised of 15 formally trained team members that have more than 10 years of experience on average.  The Bank has aligned the credit department with wholesale banking as each credit officer supports 2 Relationship Managers and is responsible for the initial underwriting of a loan request as well as the ongoing portfolio administration including independent credit monitoring and servicing of the loan portfolio.

Individual credit authority has been delegated by the Bank’s Loan and Credit Committee to credit officers based on their level of experience and tenure with the Bank with no credit authority being delegated to any line banker to ensure independent credit decisioning.  The credit approval process is based on individual signature authority within the field with levels up to $5 million for commercial relationships, $4 million for residential mortgages and $100,000 for consumer loans.  Higher exposure levels within each area require Bank executive management approval and/or from the Bank’s Loan and Credit Committee, which includes the Bank’s executive management and independent directors.   



94





The Bank has created a small business lending factory for all credit relationships with exposures below $1 million.  This team of 5 credit officers utilizes the Baker Hill Loan Administration Platform to assist in the credit decisioning process by using a credit scoring model that was established by senior management. This automated credit platform will also perform ongoing monitoring of the loan portfolio and identify changes in individual borrower risk profiles that may warrant further credit action to preserve the Bank’s safety and soundness.

The Bank has created other specialty credit departments to decision and monitor lending decisions for residential mortgages and other consumer loan products.  These independent credit staff members have been delegated credit authority based on their experience and tenure with FCB and can approve loan requests that are within the Bank’s Credit Policy for these credit products.  Any exception from the Bank’s Policy requires the next level of approval authority to approve a specific loan request.  

Loan Workout and OREO

The resolution and workout of problem loan relationships including the management and disposition of the Bank’s OREO is led by a separate credit team.  The workout team is comprised of 10 officers each having more than 15 years of workout experience and aligned into three teams with assets assigned by the selected resolution strategy and the OREO department has 4 individuals that are responsible for the ongoing maintenance and establishing an effective marketing strategy for the sale of each asset in order to maximize the realizable value to the Bank.

Independent Credit Risk Review

The Bank has engaged an independent third party to review at least 65% of the newly originated portfolio on an annual basis.  At the current time, Reynolds Williams has been selected to provide this important credit review function for the Bank. Its annual engagement is typically completed two times during each calendar year in order to achieve the Bank’s required portfolio coverage and ensure a timely review of originated loans in order to identify and report any areas of weakness and or negative trends that may be deviating from or impacting Bank’s risk profile. The results from each exam are delivered to the Bank’s Loan and Credit Committee by the Bank’s Chief Risk Officer.

Post-Acquisition Stabilization and New Customer Expansion

The Bank has developed and deployed a branded conversion strategy, titled “Stronger Than Ever,” to support stabilization and enhancement of its customer and deposit base.  We believe a primary initial measure of success after the acquisition of the assets and liabilities of a failed financial institution is the performance of the acquired deposit base during the period immediately subsequent to the acquisition. We have also used this program to attract and retain new customers.

Key elements of the “Stronger Than Ever” campaign include:


·

retention of retail employees who interact with customers on a daily basis;

·

development of scripts for employees communicating with customers;

·

tracking of customer contacts for each branch’s “Top 100” customers;

·

in-market advertising;

·

60-day closed account contact protocol and tracking;

·

daily meetings to review relationship management techniques as well as review daily results;

·

daily sales management meetings for all branch managers and above in the Retail Division;

·

daily outbound call and appointment tracking, including new and closed accounts; and

·

service escalation and closing account protocols.


The Bank has experienced deposit growth following each Acquisition, which we attribute in part to the “Stronger Than Ever” campaign. This may also be attributable to recapturing deposits that may have left during the period immediately before the related bank’s closing, as well as deepening existing relationships and improving product mix to a higher percentage of transaction accounts.

Other Sources of Funds

In addition to deposits, we utilize advances from the FHLB as a supplementary funding source to finance our operations. FHLB advances are secured by qualifying collateral which may include first mortgages, commercial real estate, home equity loans and investment securities. The contractual balance of FHLB advances as of March 31, 2014 totaled $579.4 million, all of which matures within one year.



95





Investment Securities

Our investment policy has been established by the Board of Directors and dictates that investment decisions will be made based on, among other things, the safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, interest rate risk, potential returns, cash flow targets and consistency with our asset/liability management. The Bank’s Investment Committee is responsible for making securities portfolio decisions in accordance with the established policies and in coordination with the Board’s Asset/Liability Committee. The Bank’s Investment Committee members, and Bank employees under the direction of such committee, have been delegated authority to purchase and sell securities within specified investment policy guidelines. Portfolio performance and activity are reviewed by the Bank’s Investment Committee and full Board of Directors on a periodic basis.

The Bank’s investment policy provides specific limits on investments depending on a variety of factors, including its asset class, issuer, credit rating, size, maturity, etc. The Bank’s current investment strategy includes maintaining a high credit quality, liquid, diversified portfolio invested in fixed and floating rate securities with short- to intermediate-term maturities. The purpose of this approach is to create a safe and sound investment portfolio that minimizes exposure to interest rate and credit risk while providing attractive relative yield given market conditions.

As of March 31, 2014, the Bank had investment securities available for sale of approximately $1.5 billion, with greater than 80% of the portfolio invested in securities rated A or higher and the balance rated BBB or higher.

As of March 31, 2014, the effective duration of the Bank’s investment portfolio was approximately 2.7 years (assuming Bloomberg consensus prepayment speeds and early calls if security is priced at a premium).

The following table summarizes the Company’s and the Bank’s investment securities available for sale portfolio as of March 31, 2014, excluding bank stock.


(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair
Value

 

Percent
of Total

Available for sale securities (Bank):

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

128,200

 

8.0%

U.S. government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

550,058

 

34.1%

State  and municipal obligations

 

2,197

 

0.1%

Asset-backed securities

 

363,378

 

22.5%

Corporate bonds and other investments

 

484,160

 

30.0%

Total securities (Bank)

$

1,527,993

 

94.8%

Available for sale securities (Company):

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

84,393

 

5.2%

Total available for sale securities

$

1,612,386

 

100.0%


Control Enhancements

The Bank has grown rapidly over the last few years and expects to continue to enjoy significant growth.  Recognizing this growth, one of the top priorities for senior management has been to assure that a truly comprehensive infrastructure and system of oversight, risk management and controls that incorporates management capabilities, commensurate with our growth trajectory and the complexity of our business activities, is in place. Our efforts to date include:


·

Enterprise Risk Management Initiatives - The Bank is continuously enhancing and improving its risk management program and processes, and the related reporting and infrastructure used to manage the risks faced by the Bank.  The Bank has built out a comprehensive Enterprise Risk Management, or ERM, Program and has embedded the Program and its principles into the Bank’s standardized operating methodologies. The ERM Program provides the Bank with an aggregate view of the risk across the organization, defines the ERM Framework, Policy and Governance, determines Risk Appetite and establishes an ERM Dashboard, amongst other initiatives.

·

Internal Controls - The Bank is continuously improving and enhancing its overall internal control framework.

·

Continue to Upgrade Infrastructure and Technology – The organization continues to focus on initiatives aimed at enhancing current capabilities of the Bank including the implementation in 2013 of the Oracle Accounts Payable system, SWIFT capabilities, work-flow automation and enhanced business intelligence reporting. The Bank also implemented key enhancements to the IT infrastructure, including server virtualization, desktop software management solutions, help desk enhancements, real-time monitoring and the build out of a redundancy solution, all of which are designed to enhance current operations and provide the ability to handle future growth in a manner compliant with all applicable policies and regulations. Management continuously looks for opportunities to enhance its information technology capabilities.



96





Systems and Platform Conversion

The integration of the operations and systems of the various Acquisitions onto one single branded, statewide platform in Florida has been, in management’s view, critical to delivering high-quality banking solutions and services. Technology infrastructure consolidation can provide efficiency in communication and delivery systems as well as cost efficiencies. The conversion and consolidation of the technology systems for each of the platforms of the various Acquisitions has been completed. These efforts included multiple system upgrades and enhancements; a new converged voice, data and video network; virtualized e-mail solutions; and a core system conversion and merger onto the upgraded banking solutions platform from FIS.

Marketing and Distribution

Primary Market

The primary market in which the Bank operates is the State of Florida. The bank currently has a 54-branch retail network that extends from Naples to Sarasota, and further to Brooksville, on the west coast of Florida, from Miami to Daytona Beach on the east coast of Florida, and to Orlando in Central Florida. Included in the Bank’s primary market are three of the top four largest MSAs in Florida; Orlando, Miami and West Palm Beach.

Retail Distribution and Marketing Channels

The Bank takes a multi-channel distribution and integration approach to marketing its products. The main channel of distribution is the Bank’s 54-branch retail network. The Bank supports its traditional branch network with convenience technology such as internet banking, mobile and text banking as well as the latest in treasury services. The Bank recently expanded its reach by partnering with Publix Supermarket’s Presto! network, which allows Bank customers the use of Publix’s 745 in-store ATMs without incurring a fee.

In addition to the experienced traditional retail platform staff, the Bank also deploys middle market bankers and community bankers into the market. These bankers focus on providing personalized, professional service to small and commercial businesses in our market. The middle market and community bankers partner with the Bank’s treasury services professionals to provide the high quality financial solutions to their business customers. The combination of the retail platform staff, in-market bankers and convenience products has allowed the Bank to follow the trend in banking in which customers take advantage of the full range of products that the Bank has to offer thus increasing product and service cross selling, and in turn, customer loyalty.

To support consumer and business awareness of the Bank’s market presence, financial strength and product offerings, the Bank utilizes the traditional print and radio advertising channels as well as capitalizes on opportunities to support local and state-wide causes that permit increased visibility of the Bank’s logo, message, and experienced staff. By providing a consistent look and message in all marketing efforts the Bank has been able to gain notoriety and leverage these opportunities while increasing brand awareness.

Having already acquired nine banks within the State of Florida, we understand the importance of post-acquisition marketing. During and following each acquisition the Company implements its “Stronger Than Ever” campaign which features outbound calling efforts and print advertising. The campaign communicates the newly acquired institutions’ continuity of staff combined with the financial strength and robust product offering of the Bank.

Customer Support

With each distribution channel comes an additional opportunity and need for customer support. The Bank has ensured that customers receive the same level of support at each touch point by establishing a service excellence program and service protocols. The Bank also has a customer service call center which supports all segments of the Bank with dedicated channels for retail and high touch commercial clients.

Branding

The Bank continues to implement a common brand strategy. The Bank is leveraging the name of the acquired institution in business the longest and brand all existing and future branches as FCB, Florida Community Bank. FCB was the first bank established in Collier County in 1923. The Bank has seen impressive customer retention with customers that joined Old FCB as early as 1970. The rich history combined with the number of markets served made FCB the logical choice as the surviving brand. We believe that retaining the FCB name will further reinforce our message that we are a Florida based and Florida focused bank.



97





Acquisitions

We were established in 2009 with the goal of creating a leading regional banking franchise initially by acquiring multiple failed bank asset and liability pools in Florida from the FDIC, as receiver. Since January 22, 2010, we have acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities (including substantially all of the deposits) of a total of eight failed banks and have acquired, by merger, the business of one bank, Great Florida Bank, in a traditional open bank structure. In six of the nine Acquisitions, we entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC under which the FDIC will bear a substantial portion of the risk of loss of all of the Covered Assets (loan assets and OREO) acquired in the Failed Bank Acquisitions. In general, under the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC’s obligation to reimburse us for losses with respect to Covered Assets begins with the first dollar of loss incurred. The FDIC agreed to assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the first agreed-upon portion losses on the acquired loans and OREO. The loss sharing agreements cover losses on single-family residential mortgage loans for 10 years and all other losses for five years (eight years for recoveries on non-residential loans). The reimbursable losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the relevant loans as determined by the FDIC at the date of the transaction. The loss sharing agreements do not cover new loans made after that date.

Failed Bank Acquisitions

As of March 31, 2014, we had acquired certain of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Old Failed Banks, and the acquired loans therefrom had an aggregate book value of $462.1 million. The total carrying value of the Covered Loans as of March 31, 2014 was $337.1 million. The FDIC completed a compliance review pertaining to our single family and commercial share agreements in June 2013. We were not required to make any material adjustments to our financial statements as a result of this examination.

Old Premier

On January 22, 2010, the Bank assumed substantially all of the non-brokered deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old Premier from the FDIC, as receiver, under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated January 22, 2010, or the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old Premier, we gained an initial presence in South Florida with a four-branch footprint in Miami-Dade County, consistent with our strategy of establishing and building a regional banking franchise initially in the South Florida market.

Equity Appreciation Agreement.  In connection with the acquisition of Old Premier, we entered into an equity appreciation agreement with the FDIC pursuant to which, upon the occurrence of a qualified initial public offering or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets (where the aggregate sale price exceeds the aggregate amount of all the capital invested by our equity holders), the FDIC has the one time right to receive a payment in cash equal to the applicable value of 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (subject to certain adjustments for stock splits or other similar transactions), depending on whether the triggering event is an initial public offering or sale event. The equity appreciation agreement further provides that in no event shall the payment by the Company to the FDIC be less than $1 million or more than $3.5 million. We believe that the offering will be a qualified initial public offering under the equity appreciation agreement.

Old FCB

Terms.  On January 29, 2010, we assumed substantially all of the non-brokered deposits and acquired a portion of the assets and liabilities of Old FCB under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated January 29, 2010, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old FCB, we added 11 branches and established our initial presence on the west coast of South Florida.

Equity Appreciation Agreement.  In connection with the acquisition of Old FCB, we entered into an equity appreciation agreement with the FDIC pursuant to which, upon the occurrence of a qualified initial public offering or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets (where the aggregate sale price exceeds the aggregate amount of all the capital invested by our equity holders), the FDIC has the one time right to receive a payment in cash equal to the applicable value of 65,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (subject to certain adjustments for stock splits or other similar transactions), depending on whether the triggering event is an initial public offering or sale event. The equity appreciation agreement further provides that in no event shall the payment by the Company to the FDIC be less than $1.3 million or more than $4.6 million.

Old Peninsula

Terms.  On June 25, 2010, we assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old Peninsula under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated June 25, 2010, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old Peninsula, we further grew our regional presence by adding 13 branches to our footprint on both the east and west coasts of South Florida.



98





Old Sunshine

Terms.  On February 11, 2011, we assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old Sunshine under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated February 11, 2011, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old Sunshine, we further grew our regional presence by adding five branches on the northeast coast of Florida, with one of the branches closed shortly after the acquisition, to maximize cost efficiency.

Unlike six of the other failed bank acquisitions, we did not enter into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC in connection with the purchase of Old Sunshine’s assets.

Old FNBCF

Terms.  On April 29, 2011, we assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old FNBCF under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated April 29, 2011, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old FNBCF, we added six branches and established our initial presence in Orlando, Florida.

Old Cortez

Terms.  On April 29, 2011, we assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old Cortez under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated April 29, 2011, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old Cortez, we added two branches and established our initial presence in Brooksville, Florida, north of Tampa.

Old Coastal

Terms.  On May 6, 2011, we assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old Coastal under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated May 6, 2011, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old Coastal, we added two branches and established our initial presence in Cocoa Beach, Florida.

Old FPB

Terms.  On July 15, 2011, we assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old FPB under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated July 15, 2011, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. Similar to Old Sunshine, we did not enter into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC in connection with the purchase of Old FPB’s assets.

Loss Share Resolution

As of March 31, 2014, 11.5% of the carrying value of our loans is covered by loss share agreements with the FDIC. Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, the risks associated with the loans and foreclosed real estate we acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisitions covered by loss sharing agreements are significantly different from the risks associated with our loans and foreclosed real estate that are not covered under the FDIC loss sharing agreements. As of March 31, 2014, our Covered Loans totaled $337.1 million and our non-Covered acquired loans totaled $669.0 million. Both the Commercial Loss Share Agreement and the Single Family Loss Share Agreement for each of our acquisitions with a loss sharing arrangement contain specific terms and conditions regarding the management of the Covered Assets that we must follow to receive reimbursement on losses from the FDIC. In general, under the loss sharing agreements, we must:


·

manage and administer Covered Loans and other assets and collect and effect charge-offs and recoveries in a manner consistent with our usual and prudent business and banking practices and, with respect to single family shared-loss loans, customary servicing procedures;

·

exercise our best judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts on Covered Loans and other assets and effecting charge-offs with respect to Covered Loans and other assets;

·

use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize recoveries with respect to losses on single family shared-loss loans and use our best efforts to maximize collections with respect to shared-loss assets under the Commercial Loss Share Agreements;

·

retain sufficient staff to perform the duties under the loss sharing agreements;

·

adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Commercial Loss Agreements;

·

comply with the terms of the loan modification guidelines approved by the FDIC or another federal agency for any single-family shared-loss loan; and

·

file quarterly certificates with the FDIC specifying the amount of losses, charge-offs and recoveries.




99





In addition, under both the Single Family Loss Share Agreements and Commercial Loss Share Agreements, the FDIC is not required to make any payments with respect to any charge-off or loss event that it determines we should not have effected. For instance, under the Single Family Loss Share Agreements, the FDIC can deny coverage if it finds we failed to undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts in accordance with the applicable modification guidelines or failed to follow customary servicing procedures. Under all of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC must provide the Bank with notice and an opportunity to cure any such deficiency. Any unresolved disputes with the FDIC regarding losses or payments will be subject to binding arbitration.

To maintain compliance with the terms and conditions of the loss sharing agreements, we have created a robust workout platform from several departments to monitor, manage and administer the different aspects of the loss sharing agreements. See “—Credit Administration Platform.”

The cash payments we expect to receive in the future as a consequence of the collection, sale or other disposition of Covered Assets pursuant to the FDIC loss sharing agreements are reflected on our balance sheet as the FDIC loss share indemnification asset. The FDIC loss share indemnification asset as of March 31, 2014 had a carrying value of $80.6 million and a fair value of $47.8 million. Through March 31, 2014, we have filed with the FDIC claims totaling $426 million under the loss sharing agreements.

Acquired Assets Not Covered by Loss Sharing Agreements

The Bank also acquired assets in the Failed Bank Acquisitions that are not covered by the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, including loans (in the acquisitions of Old Sunshine and Old FPB), cash, certain investment securities purchased at fair market value (most of which were subsequently sold and the proceeds of which we used to acquire investment securities consistent with our investment strategy) and other tangible assets. In addition, the loss sharing agreements do not apply to assets acquired, purchased or originated after the date of the applicable loss sharing agreement or to investment securities.

On January 31, 2014, the Bank acquired the business of Great Florida Bank, a state chartered commercial bank, headquartered in Miami Lakes, Florida, through the merger of Great Florida Bank with and into the Bank. Great Florida Bank had total assets of $993.0 million and shareholders’ equity of $15.3 million as of December 31, 2013. Holders of Great Florida Bank common stock received $3.24 per share in cash for each common share owned resulting in total cash purchase price of $42.5 million. As of December 31, 2013, Great Florida Bank had 25 banking locations within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area. The Company invested $125 million in the Bank at the time of the Great Florida Bank transaction.


On January 31, 2014, we acquired $957 million in assets at fair value, including $548 million in loans, net of unearned income, $278 million in investment securities, $54.3 million of other real estate owned, $35.7 million in net deferred tax assets and $3.6 million of core deposit intangible asset from the Great Florida Acquisition. We also assumed $962 million of liabilities at fair value, including $864 million of retail deposits and $92.7 million of borrowings.  None of the assets acquired in the Great Florida Acquisition are covered by loss sharing agreements.


Additional information about the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the Great Florida Acquisition can be found in Note 3 of our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus.


Competition

The banking business is highly competitive, and we experience competition in our markets from many other financial institutions. Competition among financial institutions is based upon interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans, other credit and service charges relating to loans, the quality and scope of the services offered, the convenience of banking facilities, reputation in the community and, in the case of loans to commercial borrowers, relative lending limits. We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other mutual funds, as well as super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices within our market areas and beyond. Our largest banking competitors in our markets include Bank of America, BankUnited, BB&T, JPMorgan Chase, Regions Bank, SunTrust Bank, TD Bank and Wells Fargo.

As of March 31, 2014, we had $5.17 billion in total assets, $3.73 billion in deposits and $723.9 million in stockholders’ equity. We have focused efforts on commercial and residential lending within Florida and have $1.61 billion of new loans to Florida-based borrowers at March 31, 2014. Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks in Florida and the fourth largest bank (based on assets held and excluding broker-dealers) headquartered in Florida according to SNL Financial.



100





Our top five market areas include Miami-Fort Lauderdale-West Palm Beach MSA, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island, FL MSA, North Port-Bradenton-Sarasota, FL MSA, Cape Coral-Fort Myers, FL MSA and Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, FL MSA of which we held 1.02%, 3.57%, 1.14%, 2.33% and 0.51%, respectively, of the deposit market share as of March 31, 2014. Overall in the Florida marketplace, the Company ranks 17th in total deposits according to SNL Financial (based on deposit data as of June 30, 2013 including pro forma deposits from Great Florida Bank). See “—Our Market Areas.”

We believe that the Bank’s operation as a Florida-based regional bank with a broad base of local customers, as well as the local relationships of the Bank’s senior management team and existing and future relationship-oriented lending officers, enhances its ability to compete with those non-local financial institutions now operating in its market, but no assurances can be given in this regard.

Employees

As of June 15, 2014, we had 640 full-time equivalent employees. None of our employees are parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationships with our employees to be positive.

Properties

The Company currently leases approximately 1,000 square feet of office space from the Bank in Weston, Florida, our and the Bank’s principal executive offices, operations center and a Florida Community Bank-branded retail branch. Through the Bank, we provide banking services at 54 full-service banking locations under the Florida Community Bank brand in 16 Florida counties. Our main offices are located in Weston, Florida and in Naples, Florida.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may be a party to or involved with various legal proceedings, governmental investigations and inquiries, claims and litigation that are incidental to our business.  We are not presently party to any legal proceedings the resolution of which we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flow.

The SEC is investigating the valuation and accounting treatment by Great Florida Bank, prior to the Great Florida Acquisition by us, of an office building acquired by Great Florida Bank in 2009 and the use of appraisals with respect to such valuation. The Bank is cooperating with the investigation. On the date of acquisition by the Bank, based on the Company's plans and intended use of the acquired office building, the asset was classified as OREO and recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs. The fair value of the office building was based on a third party real estate appraisal at the date of acquisition. The Company does not believe that the results of the SEC investigation relating to Great Florida Bank are likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.



101





SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The U.S. banking industry is highly regulated under federal and state law. These regulations affect the operations of the Company. Investors should understand that the primary objective of the U.S. bank regulatory regime is the protection of the interests of depositors, customers and the DIF, as well as the integrity and stability of the U.S. financial system of a whole, and not the protection of holders of our securities, such as our Class A Common Stock.

The description below summarizes certain elements of the applicable bank regulatory framework. This description is not intended to include a description of all laws and regulations applicable to us. Banking statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies, and a change in them, including changes in how they are interpreted or implemented, could have a material effect on our business. In addition to laws and regulations, state and federal bank regulatory agencies may issue policy statements, interpretive letters and similar written guidance applicable to us. Those issuances also may affect the conduct of our business or impose additional regulatory obligations. The description below is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations and policies that are described.

FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. as a Bank Holding Company

Any entity that acquires direct or indirect control of a bank must obtain prior approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or Federal Reserve, to become a bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or BHCA. We became a bank holding company upon consummation of our first FDIC-assisted transaction. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation under the BHCA, and to inspection, examination, supervision and enforcement by the Federal Reserve. Being a bank holding company enables us to focus on control investments and broadens the investment opportunities available to us as compared to a non-control investor, through access to both public and private financial institutions, failing and distressed financial institutions, seized assets and deposits, and FDIC auctions. Federal Reserve jurisdiction also extends to any company that is directly or indirectly controlled by a bank holding company, such as subsidiaries and other companies in which the bank holding company makes a controlling investment. Any legal entity that is deemed by the Federal Reserve to control the Company (including Bond Street Management, LLC) must also be approved to become a regulated bank holding company.

Statutes, regulations and policies could restrict our ability to diversify into other areas of financial services, acquire depository institutions, and make distributions or pay dividends on our equity securities. They may also require us to provide financial support to any bank which we control, maintain capital balances in excess of those desired by management and pay higher deposit insurance premiums as a result of a general deterioration in the financial condition of the Bank or any other future depository institution subsidiary.

The Bank as a National Bank

The Bank is a national bank and is subject to supervision and regular examination by its primary banking regulator, the OCC. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the DIF up to applicable limits in the manner and to the extent provided by law. The Bank is subject to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, or FDI Act, and FDIC regulations relating to deposit insurance and may also be subject to supervision and examination by the FDIC under certain circumstances.

The Bank is subject to specific requirements pursuant to the OCC Agreement, which was entered into in connection with our first Acquisition. The OCC Agreement requires, among other things, that the Bank provide updated business plans to the OCC each year, provide notice to, and obtain consent from, the OCC with respect to any additional failed bank acquisitions from the FDIC or the appointment of any new director or senior executive officer and to maintain various financial and capital ratios.

The Bank and, with respect to certain provisions, the Company, is also subject to an Order of the FDIC, dated January 22, 2010 (referred to as the Order), issued in connection with the FDIC’s approval of the Bank’s application for federal deposit insurance. The Order requires, among other things, that the Bank submit quarterly loss share reports and that the Bank, the Company, our founders and certain of our stockholders comply with the applicable requirements of the FDIC Policy. The Order also required, among other things, that during the first three years of operation, the Bank obtain approval before implementing certain compensation plans and submit updated business plans and reports of material deviations from the plans. A failure by the Bank or the Company to comply with the requirements of the OCC Agreement or the Order, or the objection by the OCC or the FDIC to any materials or information submitted pursuant to the OCC Agreement or the Order, could prevent us from executing our business strategy and materially and adversely affect our businesses and our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.



102





Regulatory Notice and Approval Requirements

A bank holding company must obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve in connection with any acquisition that results in the bank holding company owning or controlling more than 5% of any class of voting securities of a bank or another bank holding company. In acting on such applications, the Federal Reserve considers:


·

the effect of the acquisition on competition;

·

the financial condition and future prospects of the applicant and the banks involved;

·

the managerial resources of the applicant and the banks involved;

·

the convenience and needs of the community, including the record of performance under the Community Reinvestment Act; and

·

the effectiveness of the applicant in combating money laundering activities.


Our ability to make investments in depository institutions will depend on our ability to obtain approval of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve could deny our application based on the criteria above or other considerations, including the condition or regulatory status of Bond Street Management, LLC, the Bank or any other future controlled depository institutions.

Federal and state laws impose additional notice, approval, and ongoing regulatory requirements on any stockholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. These laws include the BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act. Among other things, these laws require regulatory filings by a stockholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. The determination whether an investor “controls” a depository institution is based on all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the investment. As a general matter, a party is deemed to control a depository institution or other company if the party owns or controls 25% or more of any class of voting securities. Subject to rebuttal, a party may be presumed to control a depository institution or other company if the investor owns or controls 10% or more of any class of voting securities. If a party’s ownership of the Company were to exceed certain thresholds, the investor could be deemed to “control” the Company for regulatory purposes. This could subject the investor to regulatory filings or other regulatory consequences.

Broad Supervision, Examination, and Enforcement Powers

A principal objective of the U.S. bank regulatory regime is to protect depositors by ensuring the financial safety and soundness of banks. To that end, the Federal Reserve and other bank regulators have broad regulatory, examination, and enforcement authority, including the power to issue cease and desist orders, impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, terminate deposit insurance and appoint a conservator or receiver. Bank regulators regularly examine the operations of banks and bank holding companies. In addition, banks and bank holding companies are subject to periodic reporting requirements.

Bank regulators have various remedies available if they determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of a banking institution’s operations are unsatisfactory. Bank regulators may also take action if they determine that the banking institution or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation. Bank regulators have the power to, among other things:


·

enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices;

·

require affirmative actions to correct any violation or practice;

·

issue administrative orders that can be judicially enforced;

·

direct increases in capital;

·

direct the sale of subsidiaries or other assets;

·

limit dividends and distributions;

·

restrict growth;

·

assess civil monetary penalties;

·

remove officers and directors; and

·

terminate deposit insurance.


The FDIC may terminate a bank’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the bank’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the bank has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the bank’s regulatory agency. Engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or failing to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and supervisory agreements could subject us and our subsidiaries, Bond Street Management, LLC, or their officers, directors, and institution-affiliated parties to the remedies described above and other sanctions.



103





Bank Holding Company as a Source of Strength

It is a policy of the Federal Reserve that a bank holding company should serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to the banks that it controls. If a controlled bank is in financial distress, then the Federal Reserve could assert that the bank holding company must provide additional capital or financial support to the bank. If a controlled bank is undercapitalized, then the regulators could require the bank holding company to guarantee a capital restoration plan. If the Federal Reserve believes that a bank holding company’s activities, assets, or affiliates represent a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of a controlled bank, then the Federal Reserve could require the bank holding company to terminate the activities, liquidate the assets, or divest the affiliates. The regulators may require these and other actions in support of controlled banks even if such action is not in the best interests of the bank holding company or its stockholders. Because we are a bank holding company, the Federal Reserve views us (and our consolidated assets) as a source of financial and managerial strength for our controlled depository institutions.

Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act directs federal bank regulators to require that all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution serve as a source of strength for the institution. The appropriate federal banking agency for such a depository institution may require reports from companies that own the insured depository institution to assess their ability to serve as a source of strength and to enforce compliance with the source-of-strength requirements. The term “source of financial strength” is defined as the ability of a company to provide financial assistance to its insured depository institution subsidiaries in the event of financial distress at such subsidiaries. The federal bank regulators have not yet proposed implementing regulations. Under this requirement, in the future we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank should it experience financial distress, including at times when we may not be in a financial position to provide such assistance or would otherwise determine not to provide it.

We control the Bank, which is a national bank. Consequently, the OCC could order an assessment of us if the Bank’s capital were to become impaired. If we failed to pay the assessment within three months, the OCC could order the sale of our equity in the bank to cover the deficiency.

In addition, capital loans by us or the Bank to any of our future subsidiary banks will be subordinate in right of payment to deposits and certain other indebtedness of the subsidiary bank. In the event of our bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Permitted Activities and Investments of Bank Holding Companies

The BHCA generally prohibits a bank holding company from engaging in activities other than those determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999, or GLB Act, expanded the permissible activities of a bank holding company that qualifies as and elects to become a financial holding company. Under the regulations implementing the GLB Act, a financial holding company may engage in additional activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to a financial activity. Those activities include, among other activities, certain insurance and securities activities. We have not yet determined whether it would be appropriate or advisable in the future to elect to become a financial holding company.

FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions

The FDIC approved our acquisition of Old Premier pursuant to the Order. The Order requires that the Bank, the Company, the Company’s founders and each investor holding more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock and any other investor determined to be engaged in concerted action with other investors comply with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Policy. The FDIC Policy imposes restrictions and requirements on certain institutions and their investors, to the extent that those institutions seek to acquire a failed bank from the FDIC. Certain provisions of the FDIC Policy are summarized below, including those relating to higher capital requirements for the Bank and limitations on certain transfers by holders of equity securities. As the agency responsible for resolving failed banks, the FDIC has discretion to determine whether a party is qualified to bid on a failed institution. The FDIC adopted the FDIC Policy on August 26, 2009. The FDIC issued guidance under the FDIC Policy on January 6, 2010 and April 23, 2010.

For those institutions and investors to which it applies, the FDIC Policy imposes the following provisions, among others. First, the institution is required to maintain a ratio of Tier 1 common equity to total assets of at least 10% for a period of three years following its first FDIC-assisted transaction, and thereafter maintain a capital level sufficient to be “well capitalized” under regulatory standards during the remaining period of ownership of the investors subject to the FDIC Policy. The Bank is currently subject to the “well-capitalized” requirement but is no longer subject to the 10% Tier 1 common equity ratio requirement. Second, investors subject to the FDIC Policy that collectively own 80% or more of two or more depository



104





institutions are required to pledge to the FDIC their proportionate interests in each institution to indemnify the FDIC against any losses it incurs in connection with the failure of one of the institutions. Third, the institution is prohibited from extending credit to its investors subject to the FDIC Policy and to affiliates of such investors. Fourth, investors subject to the FDIC Policy may not employ ownership structures that use entities domiciled in bank secrecy jurisdictions. The FDIC has interpreted this prohibition to apply to a wide range of non-U.S. jurisdictions. In its guidance, the FDIC has required that non-U.S. investors subject to the FDIC Policy invest through a U.S. subsidiary and adhere to certain requirements related to record keeping and information sharing. Fifth, without FDIC approval, investors subject to the FDIC Policy are prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring their securities in the institution for a three-year period following the institution’s first acquisition of a failed bank from the FDIC following their acquisition of their securities. After the offering, the FDIC could condition our acquisition of another failed bank on one or more of our existing or future stockholders, including purchasers of our Class A Common Stock in the offering or subsequent to the offering, agreeing to be bound by this three year prohibition on transfers. The transfer restrictions in the FDIC Policy do not, however, apply to investors that are otherwise subject to the FDIC Policy and are open-ended investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act, issue redeemable securities, and allow investors to redeem on demand. Sixth, investors subject to the FDIC Policy may not employ complex and functionally opaque ownership structures to invest in institutions. Seventh, investors subject to the FDIC Policy that own 10% or more of the equity of a failed institution are not eligible to bid for that failed institution in an FDIC auction. Eighth, investors subject to the FDIC Policy may be required to provide information to the FDIC, such as with respect to the size of the capital fund or funds, their diversification, their return profiles, their marketing documents, their management teams, and their business models. Ninth, the FDIC Policy does not replace or substitute for otherwise applicable regulations or statutes.

Regulatory Capital and Liquidity Requirements

Capital Requirements.  Bank regulators view capital levels as important indicators of an institution’s financial soundness. FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies are required to maintain minimum capital relative to the amount and types of assets they hold. The final supervisory judgment on an institution’s capital adequacy is based on the regulator’s individualized assessment of numerous factors.

As a bank holding company, we are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is also subject to similar capital adequacy requirements administered by the OCC. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 required the federal regulatory agencies to adopt regulations defining five capital tiers for banks: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our business and financial condition.

As an additional means to identify problems in the financial management of depository institutions, the FDI Act requires federal bank regulatory agencies to establish certain non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions for which they are the primary federal regulator. The standards relate generally to operations and management, asset quality, interest rate exposure and executive compensation. The agencies are authorized to take action against institutions that fail to meet such standards.

The current risk-based capital guidelines that apply to us and the Bank are based on the 1988 capital accord, referred to as Basel I, of the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by federal bank regulators.

Under the existing Basel I-based guidelines, the minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (which are primarily the credit risk equivalents of balance sheet assets and certain off-balance sheet items such as standby letters of credit, but also include a nominal market risk equivalent balance related to foreign exchange and debt/equity trading activities) is 8%. At least half of the total capital must be composed of Tier 1 capital, which includes common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (and, for bank holding companies only, a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and a limited amount of trust preferred securities), and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill, other disallowed intangibles, and disallowed deferred tax assets, among other items. The Federal Reserve also has adopted a minimum leverage ratio for bank holding companies, requiring Tier 1 capital of at least 3% of average quarterly total consolidated assets (as defined for regulatory purposes), net of the loan loss reserve, goodwill and certain other intangible assets.

In order to be deemed “well-capitalized,” banks and their holding companies currently are required to maintain Tier 1 capital and the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital equal to at least 6% and 10%, respectively, of their total risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items, such as standby letters of credit). The federal bank regulatory agencies may, however, set higher capital requirements for an individual bank or when a bank’s particular circumstances warrant.



105





The Federal Reserve may also set higher capital requirements for holding companies whose circumstances warrant it. For example, holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets. Also, the Federal Reserve considers a “tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio” (deducting all intangibles) and other indications of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or engaging in new activities. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies have established minimum leverage (Tier 1 capital to adjusted average total assets) guidelines for banks within their regulatory jurisdiction. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 5% for banks to be deemed “well capitalized.” Our regulatory capital ratios and those of the Bank are in excess of the levels established for “well-capitalized” institutions.

In addition, the OCC Agreement entered into by the Bank at the time of the Company’s first acquisition in January 2010 requires the Bank to maintain prescribed minimum capital ratios. The following table shows the required capital ratios of the Bank under the OCC Agreement and the Bank’s actual regulatory capital ratios for the periods presented.


 

 

Ratios
Required
Under OCC
Agreement

 

March 31,

2014

Capital Ratios (Bank)

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

10.0%

 

11.2%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

11.0%

 

14.9%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

12.0%

 

15.4%


In July 2013, the Company’s primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve, and the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the OCC, approved final rules (the New Capital Rules) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking institutions. The New Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 final capital framework (referred to as Basel III) for strengthening international capital standards.  The New Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries, including the Company and the Bank, as compared to the current U.S. general Basel-I based risk-based capital rules. The New Capital Rules also revise requirements with respect to leverage. The New Capital Rules revise the definitions and the components of regulatory capital, as well as address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios.  The New Capital Rules also address asset risk weights and other matters affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing general risk-weighting approach, which was derived from the Basel Committee’s Basel I capital accords, with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the “standardized approach” in the Basel Committee’s 2004 “Basel II” capital accords. In addition, the New Capital Rules implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the requirements of Section 939A to remove references to credit ratings from the federal bank regulators’ rules. The New Capital Rules are effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015, subject to phase-in periods for certain of their components and other provisions. Even after effectiveness of the New Capital Rules, the Bank will remain subject to the minimum capital ratios in the OCC Agreement.


Among other matters, the New Capital Rules: (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (CET1) and related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions from and adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations.  Under the New Capital Rules, for most banking institutions, the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and the most common form of Tier 2 capital is subordinated notes and a portion of the allocation for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the New Capital Rules’ specific requirements.


Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015 will be as follows:


·

4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

·

6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;

·

8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and

·

4% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”).




106





The New Capital Rules also introduce a new “capital conservation buffer”, composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.  Thus, when fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the Company and the Bank will be required to maintain such additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, and (iii) Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%.


The New Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1.  These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1.  


In addition, under the current Basel I-based general risk-based capital rules, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (AOCI) items included in shareholders’ equity (for example, marks-to-market of securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio) under U.S. GAAP are reversed for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios.  Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the effects of certain AOCI items are not excluded; however, banking institutions, such as the Company and the Bank, that are not advanced approaches banking institutions (defined below) may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items.  This election must be made concurrently with the first filing of certain of the Company’s and the Bank’s periodic regulatory reports in the beginning of 2015.  The Company and the Bank are considering whether to make such election.


Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will begin on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a 4-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.


The New Capital Rules prescribe a new standardized approach for risk weightings that expand the risk-weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 150% for commercial real estate loans that do not meet certain new underwriting requirements and 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset classes.  Furthermore, the New Capital Rules provide more advantageous risk weights for derivatives and repurchase-style transactions cleared through a qualifying central counterparty and increase the scope of eligible guarantors and eligible collateral for purposes of credit risk mitigation.


We believe that, as of March 31, 2014, the Company and the Bank each met all capital adequacy requirements under the New Capital Rules, including the capital conservation buffer, on a fully phased-in basis as if such requirements were currently effective.  


Although Basel III includes as a new international standard a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures, the New Capital Rules apply the Basel III leverage ratio (referred to in the New Capital Rules as the “supplemental leverage ratio”) only to advanced approaches banking institutions (i.e., banking institutions having $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 billion or more of foreign exposures).


Liquidity Requirements .  Historically, the regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III liquidity framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by institutions and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward would be required by regulation. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR), is designed to ensure that the banking institution maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the institution’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (NSFR), is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking institutions over a one-year time horizon. These requirements may incentivize banking institutions to increase their holdings of securities that qualify as high-quality liquid assets and increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source. In October 2013, the federal bank regulators proposed rules implementing the LCR for advanced approaches banking institutions and a modified version of the LCR for bank holding



107





companies with at least $50 billion in total consolidated assets that are not advanced approach banking institutions, neither of which would apply to us or the Bank. The federal bank regulators have not yet proposed rules to implement the NSFR. In addition, in February 2014, the Federal Reserve adopted rules requiring bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets to comply with enhanced liquidity standards, including a buffer of highly liquid assets based on projected funding needs for 30 days. The liquidity buffer is in addition to the Federal bank regulators’ proposal on the LCR and described by the Federal Reserve as being “complementary” to that proposal.


Prompt Corrective Action.  The FDI Act requires federal bank regulatory agencies to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to FDIC-insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. A depository institution’s treatment for purposes of the prompt corrective action provisions will depend upon how its capital levels compare to various capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation.

Under this system, the federal banking regulators have established five capital categories, well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized, in which all depository institutions are placed. The federal banking regulators have also specified by regulation the relevant capital levels for each of the other categories. Under certain circumstances, a well-capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution may be treated as if the institution were in the next lower capital category. Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. A depository institution that is undercapitalized is required to submit a capital restoration plan. Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject the bank to a variety of enforcement remedies by federal bank regulatory agencies, including: termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC; restrictions on certain business activities; and appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized.

With respect to the Bank, the New Capital Rules revise the prompt corrective action regulations by: (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each prompt corrective action category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%); and (iii) eliminating the current provision that provides that a bank with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have a 3% leverage ratio and still be adequately capitalized. The New Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any prompt corrective action category.

Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from each of its subsidiaries. The ability of a bank to pay dividends and make other distributions, and to pay any management fee to its parent holding company, is limited by federal and state law. The specific limits depend on a number of factors, including the bank’s type of charter, recent earnings, recent dividends, level of capital, and regulatory status. The regulators are authorized, and under certain circumstances are required, to determine that the payment of dividends or other distributions by a bank would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit that payment. For example, the FDI Act generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized.

The ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends and make other distributions can also be limited. A bank holding company is subject to minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements as summarized above. The Federal Reserve has authority to prohibit a bank holding company from paying dividends or making other distributions. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement with regard to the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies. The policy statement provides that, as a matter of prudent banking, a bank holding company should not maintain a rate of cash dividends unless its net income available to common stockholders has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. Accordingly, a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III impose additional restrictions on the ability of banking institutions to pay dividends.

Our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to our investors is limited by minimum capital and other requirements prescribed by law and regulation. Currently, the OCC Agreement imposes restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends, including requiring prior approval from the OCC before any dividends are paid. The regulators have authority to impose additional limits on dividends and distributions by the Company and its subsidiaries. Certain restrictive covenants in future debt instruments, if any, may also limit the Bank’s or our ability to make dividend payments.



108





Reserve Requirements

Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve, all banks are required to maintain average daily reserves at mandated ratios against their transaction accounts. In addition, reserves must be maintained on certain non-personal time deposits. These reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in an account at a Federal Reserve Bank.

Limits on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Banks are subject to restrictions on their ability to conduct transactions with affiliates, including parent holding companies and other related parties. Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act imposes quantitative limits, qualitative requirements, and collateral requirements on certain transactions by a bank with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates. Transactions covered by Section 23A include loans, extensions of credit, investment in securities issued by an affiliate, and purchases of assets from an affiliate. Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act requires that most types of transactions by a bank with, or for the benefit of, an affiliate be on terms at least as favorable to the bank as if the transaction were conducted with an unaffiliated third party. The Federal Reserve’s Regulation W also defines and limits the transactions in which the Bank may engage with us or with other affiliates.

The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” to include credit exposures related to derivatives, repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements, and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered credit transactions must be satisfied. The definition of “affiliate” was expanded to include any investment fund to which we or an affiliate serves as an investment adviser. The ability of the Federal Reserve to grant exemptions from these restrictions is also narrowed by the Dodd-Frank Act, including by requiring coordination with other bank regulators.

The Federal Reserve’s Regulation O imposes restrictions and procedural requirements in connection with the extension of credit by a bank to its directors, executive officers, principal equity investors, and their related interests. All extensions of credit to insiders and their related interests must be on the same terms as, and subject to the same loan underwriting requirements as, loans to persons who are not insiders. In addition, Regulation O imposes lending limits on loans to insiders and their related interests and imposes, in certain circumstances, requirements for prior approval of the loans by the Bank’s board of directors.

General Assessment Fees

The OCC currently charges assessments to all national banks based upon the asset size of the bank. In addition to the general assessment fees, the OCC imposes surcharges on national banks with a supervisory composite rating of 3, 4 or 5 in its most recent safety and soundness examination. The general assessment fee is paid to the OCC on a semi-annual basis. The Dodd-Frank Act provides various agencies with the authority to assess additional supervision fees.

Deposit Insurance Assessments

FDIC-insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, are required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The amount of a particular institution’s deposit insurance assessment is based on that institution’s risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels, the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to its regulators and other risk measures.

The Dodd Frank Act makes permanent the general $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits.

The Dodd-Frank Act changes the deposit insurance assessment framework, primarily by basing assessments on an institution’s total assets less tangible equity (subject to risk-based adjustments that would further reduce the assessment base for custodial banks) rather than domestic deposits, which is expected to shift a greater portion of the aggregate assessments to large banks. The Dodd-Frank Act also eliminates the upper limit for the reserve ratio designated by the FDIC each year, increases the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits by September 30, 2020, and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the DIF to reach a reserve ratio of 1.35% of insured deposits by September 30, 2020. On December 14, 2010, the FDIC raised the minimum designated reserve ratio of DIF to 2%. The ratio is higher than the minimum reserve ratio of 1.35% as set by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC is required to offset the effect of the higher reserve ratio on insured depository institutions with consolidated assets of less than $10 billion.



109





On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule on Assessments, Dividends, Assessment Base and Large Bank Pricing. The final rule, mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, changes the deposit insurance assessment system from one that is based on domestic deposits to one that is based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. Because the new assessment base under the Dodd-Frank Act is larger than the current assessment base, the final rule’s assessment rates are lower than the current rates, which achieves the FDIC’s goal of not significantly altering the total amount of revenue collected from the industry. In addition, the final rule adopts a “scorecard” assessment scheme for larger banks and suspends dividend payments if the DIF reserve ratio exceeds 1.5% but provides for decreasing assessment rates when the DIF reserve ratio reaches certain thresholds. The final rule also determines how the effect of the higher reserve ratio will be offset for institutions with less than $10 billion of consolidated assets.

Continued action by the FDIC to replenish the DIF as well as the changes contained in the Dodd-Frank Act may result in higher assessment rates, which would reduce our profitability or otherwise negatively impact our operations. In addition, we will face higher assessment rates if the Bank’s total consolidated assets reach $10 billion.

Depositor Preference

The FDI Act provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution (including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors) and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If we invest in or acquire an insured depository institution that fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, nondeposit creditors, including us, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution and priority over any of the Bank’s stockholders, including us, or our investors or creditors.

Liability of Commonly Controlled Institutions

Under the FDI Act, FDIC-insured depository institutions can be held liable for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, by the FDIC in connection with the default of an FDIC-insured depository institution controlled by the same bank holding company, and for any assistance provided by the FDIC to an FDIC-insured depository institution that is in danger of default and that is controlled by the same bank holding company. “Default” means generally the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the institution. “In danger of default” means generally the existence of certain conditions indicating that a default is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance.

This cross-guarantee liability for a loss at a commonly controlled institution would be subordinated in right of payment to deposit liabilities, secured obligations, any other general or senior liability, and any obligation subordinated to depositors or other general creditors, other than obligations owed to any affiliate of the depository institution (with certain exceptions).

Federal Home Loan Bank System

The Bank is a member of the FHLB, which is one of the 12 regional FHLB’s composing the FHLB system. Each FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for its member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. Any advances from a FHLB must be secured by specified types of collateral, and all long-term advances may be obtained only for the purpose of providing funds for residential housing finance. As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, the Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta.

Anti-Money Laundering Requirements

Under federal law, including the Bank Secrecy Act, the Patriot Act, and the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act, financial institutions (including insured depository institutions, broker-dealers and certain other financial institutions) must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures, and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Among other things, these laws are intended to strengthen the ability of U.S. law enforcement agencies and intelligence communities to work together to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. Financial institutions are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and customer identification in their dealings with non-U.S. financial institutions and non-U.S. customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and law enforcement authorities have been granted increased access to financial information maintained by financial institutions. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an institution’s compliance in connection with the



110





regulatory review of applications, including applications for banking mergers and acquisitions. The regulatory authorities have imposed “cease and desist” orders and civil money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be violating these obligations.

OFAC is responsible for helping to insure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes lists of persons, organizations and countries suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. If we or the Bank find a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, we or the Bank must freeze or block such account or transaction, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.

Interstate Banking and Branching

Federal law permits an adequately capitalized and adequately managed bank holding company, with Federal Reserve approval, to acquire banking institutions located in states other than the bank holding company’s home state without regard to whether the transaction is prohibited under state law. In addition, national banks and state banks with different home states are permitted to merge across state lines, with the approval of the appropriate federal banking agency, unless the home state of a participating banking institution passed legislation prior to June 1, 1997 that expressly prohibits interstate mergers. The Dodd-Frank Act permits a national bank or a state bank, with the approval of its regulator, to open a branch in any state if the law of the state in which the branch is to be located would permit the establishment of the branch if the bank were a bank chartered in that state. National banks, such as the Bank, may provide trust services in any state to the same extent as a trust company chartered by that state.

Privacy and Security

Federal law establishes a minimum federal standard of financial privacy by, among other provisions, requiring banks to adopt and disclose privacy policies with respect to consumer information and setting forth certain rules with respect to the disclosure to third parties of consumer information. We have adopted and disseminated privacy policies pursuant to applicable law. Regulations adopted under federal law set standards for protecting the security, confidentiality and integrity of customer information, and require notice to regulators, and in some cases, to customers, in the event of security breaches. A number of states have adopted their own statutes concerning financial privacy and requiring notification of security breaches.

Consumer Laws and Regulations

Banks and other financial institutions are subject to numerous laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in transactions with banks. These laws include, among others:


·

Truth in Lending Act;

·

Truth in Savings Act;

·

Electronic Funds Transfer Act;

·

Expedited Funds Availability Act;

·

Equal Credit Opportunity Act;

·

Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act;

·

Fair Housing Act;

·

Fair Credit Reporting Act;

·

Fair Debt Collection Practices Act;

·

GLB Act;

·

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act;

·

Right to Financial Privacy Act;

·

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act;

·

laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices; and

·

usury laws.


Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous, and in addition, to those listed above. These federal, state, and local laws mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers and monitor account activity when taking deposits, making loans, or conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to substantial penalties, reputational damage, regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by state and local attorneys general, and civil or criminal



111





liability. The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or the Bureau, which will have broad authority to regulate consumer financial services and products provided by banks, such as the Bank, and various non-bank providers. It has authority to promulgate regulations and issue orders, guidance, policy statements, conduct examinations and bring enforcement actions. In general, banks with assets of $10 billion or less, such as the Bank, will be examined for consumer complaints by their primary bank regulator. The creation of the Bureau is likely to lead to enhanced and strengthened enforcement of consumer financial protection laws, even for banks not directly subject to its authority.

The Community Reinvestment Act

The Bank is subject to the CRA. The CRA is intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service areas, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound bank operations. The regulators examine and assign each bank a public CRA rating. The CRA then requires bank regulators to take into account the bank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering an application by a bank to establish a branch or to conduct certain mergers or acquisitions. The Federal Reserve is required to consider the CRA records of a bank holding company, controlled banks when considering an application by the bank holding company to acquire a bank or thrift or to merge with another bank holding company.

When we apply for regulatory approval to make certain investments, such as to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other bank holding company, bank regulators will consider the CRA record of the target institution, the Bank and any future depository institution subsidiaries. An unsatisfactory CRA record could substantially delay approval or result in denial of an application. The regulatory agency’s assessment of the institution’s record is made available to the public. The OCC conducted its first CRA exam of the Bank in 2013, and the Bank received a “satisfactory” rating.

In addition, federal law requires the disclosure of agreements reached with community groups that relate to the CRA, and contains various other provisions designed to improve the delivery of financial services to consumers while maintaining an appropriate level of safety in the financial services industry.

Changes in Laws, Regulations, or Policies and the Dodd-Frank Act

Federal, state, and local legislators and regulators regularly introduce measures or take actions that would modify the regulatory requirements applicable to banks, their holding companies, and other financial institutions. Changes in laws, regulations, or regulatory policies could impact us or the Bank in ways we cannot predict.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law. The Dodd-Frank Act has had and will have a broad impact on the financial services industry, imposing significant regulatory and compliance changes, including the designation of certain financial companies as systemically significant, the imposition of increased risk-based and leverage capital and liquidity requirements, and numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthen safety and soundness within, the financial services sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework of authority to conduct systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council (Council), the Federal Reserve, the OCC, and the FDIC.

The following items provide a brief description of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.


·

Source of Strength.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution to serve as a source of strength for the institution. Under this requirement, in the future we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank should it experience financial distress.

·

Payment of Interest on Demand Deposits Permitted.  The Dodd-Frank Act repealed the prohibition on banks and other financial institutions from paying interest on demand deposits.

·

Limitation on Federal Preemption.  The Dodd-Frank Act significantly reduces the ability of national banks to rely upon federal preemption of state consumer financial laws. Although the OCC will have the ability to make preemption determinations where certain conditions are met, the broad rollback of federal preemption has the potential to create a patchwork of federal and state compliance obligations. This could, in turn, result in significant new regulatory requirements applicable to us, with potentially significant changes in our operations and increases in our compliance costs. It could also result in uncertainty concerning compliance, with attendant regulatory and litigation risks.



112






·

Mortgage Loan Origination and Risk Retention.  The Dodd-Frank Act contains additional regulatory requirements that may affect our operations and result in increased compliance costs. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act imposes new standards for mortgage loan originations on all lenders, including banks, in an effort to require steps to verify a borrower’s ability to repay. In January 2013, the Bureau adopted rules, effective January 2014, requiring creditors to make a reasonable, good faith determination of a consumer’s ability to repay any consumer credit transaction secured by a dwelling. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act generally requires lenders or securitizers to retain an economic interest in the credit risk relating to loans the lender sells or mortgage and other asset-backed securities that the securitizer issues. The risk retention requirement generally will be 5%, but could be increased or decreased by regulation. Rules implementing the risk-retention requirements have been proposed but not yet adopted.

·

Imposition of Restrictions on Certain Activities.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires new regulations for the over-the-counter derivatives market, including requirements for clearing, exchange trading, capital, margin, and reporting. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act requires that certain swaps and derivatives activities be “pushed out” of insured depository institutions and conducted in non-bank affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act also significantly restricts the ability of a member of a depository institution holding company group to invest in or sponsor “covered funds” (as defined in the Volcker Rule), which may restrict our ability to hold certain securities, and broadly restricts such entities from engaging in “proprietary trading,” subject to limited exemptions. These restrictions may affect our ability to manage certain risks in our business. In addition, if our total consolidated assets exceed $10 billion, we would be required to develop and implement a compliance program under the Volcker Rule.

·

Expanded FDIC Resolution Authority.  While insured depository institutions have long been subject to the FDIC’s resolution framework, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a new mechanism for the FDIC to conduct the orderly liquidation of certain “covered financial companies,” including bank holding companies and systemically significant non-bank financial companies. Upon certain findings being made, the FDIC may be appointed receiver for a covered financial company, and would be tasked to conduct an orderly liquidation of the entity. The FDIC liquidation process is generally modeled on the existing FDI Act, bank resolution regulations, and generally gives the FDIC more discretion than in the traditional bankruptcy context.

·

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.  The Dodd-Frank Act creates the Bureau within the Federal Reserve System. The Bureau is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The Bureau has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes governing products and services offered to bank and thrift consumers. For depository institutions with assets of $10 billion or more, the Bureau has exclusive rule making and examination, and primary enforcement authority under federal consumer financial law. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the Bureau. This new federal and state regulatory framework may result in significant new regulatory requirements applicable to us in respect of consumer financial products and services, with potentially significant increases in compliance costs and litigation risks.

·

Deposit Insurance.  The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the general $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the FDI Act also revise the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to DIF will be calculated. Under these amendments, the assessment base will no longer be the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act makes changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds.

·

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders.  The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered credit transactions must be satisfied. Insider transaction limitations are expanded through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivatives transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors.



113






·

Enhanced Lending Limits.  The Dodd-Frank Act strengthens the existing limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower. The Dodd-Frank Act expands the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions.

·

Corporate Governance.  The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act (1) grants stockholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive compensation (although, as an emerging growth company, we are not required to seek such advisory votes); (2) enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members; (3) requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt incentive-based compensation clawback policies for executive officers; and (4) provides the SEC with authority to adopt proxy access rules that would allow stockholders of publicly traded companies to nominate candidates for election as a director and have those nominees included in a company’s proxy materials. In addition, in February 2014, the Federal Reserve adopted rules that, beginning in 2015, require publicly traded bank holding companies with $10 billion or more in total consolidated assets to establish board-level risk committees.

·

Company-Run Stress Tests.  In October 2012, the Federal Reserve and OCC adopted final rules regarding company-run stress testing of capital, as required by Dodd-Frank.  The rules require bank holding companies and national banks with total consolidated assets greater than $10 billion to conduct an annual company-run stress test of capital, consolidated earnings and losses under base and stress scenarios provided by the bank regulators. The rules also require public disclosure of a summary of a covered entity’s stress tests results.

·

Limits on Debit Card Interchange Fees . Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted rules concerning debit card transaction fees and network exclusivity arrangements for debit card issuers that, together with their affiliates, have more than $10 billion in total consolidated assets.


Many of the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to regulations implemented over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty surrounding the manner in which many of the Dodd-Frank Act’s provisions will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent risk-based or leverage capital and liquidity requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors.



114





MANAGEMENT


Executive Officers and Directors

Our executive officers and directors and their ages and positions as of June 15, 2014 are set forth below:


Name

 

Age

 

Position

 


 

 

 

Vincent S. Tese


71

 

Executive Chairman and Class III Director of the Company; Executive Chairman and Director of the Bank

Les J. Lieberman


57

 

Executive Vice Chairman and Class III Director of the Company; Executive Vice Chairman and Director of the Bank

Kent S. Ellert


50

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Class I Director of the Company; President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Bank

Paul D. Burner


61

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank

James E. Baiter


50

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank

Stuart I. Oran


63

 

Secretary of the Company and the Bank; Class III Director of the Company;  Director of the Bank

Alan Bernikow


73

 

Class II Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

Thomas E. Constance


77

 

Class II Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

Howard R. Curd


75

 

Class I Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

Daniel M. Healy


71

 

Class III Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

Gerald Luterman


70

 

Class I Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

William L. Mack


74

 

Class II Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

Paul Anthony Novelly


70

 

Class I Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

Frederic Salerno


70

 

Class II Director of the Company; Director of the Bank


The following is a biographical summary of each of our directors and executive officers:

Board of Directors

Vincent S. Tese.  Vincent S. Tese has served as Executive Chairman of the Company since November 3, 2009, and as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010. Mr. Tese has served as the Bank’s Executive Chairman and as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010.  Mr. Tese, lawyer, investment advisor and cable television executive, served New York State by appointment of Governor Mario M. Cuomo from the outset of the Cuomo Administration through December 1994.  Appointed State Superintendent of Banks in 1983, Mr. Tese in March 1985 was named Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Urban Development Corporation and, in 1987, Director of Economic Development for New York State, which added to his portfolio the titles of Commissioner of the Department of Economic Development and Chairman of both the Science and Technology Foundation and the Job Development Authority.  He was appointed a Commissioner of the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey in 1991 and elected its vice chairman in 1992.  From 1973 to 1977, he was a partner in Tese & Tese, attorneys, and from 1977 to 1982 a partner in the Sinclair Group, involved in commodities trading and investment management.  In 1976, Mr. Tese co-founded Cross Country Cable TV, which operated CATV systems in New Jersey, Virginia, Illinois, Arizona, California and Puerto Rico.  He recently served as Chairman of Cross Country Wireless, CATV systems in Riverside, San Diego and Los Angeles, California and in several other states.  Cross Country Wireless was sold to Pacific Telesis in July of 1995.  Mr. Tese is also a director of several corporations, including Cablevision Systems Corporation, ICE Clear Credit LLC, Intercontinental Exchange, Inc., Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, Madison Square Garden and New York Racing Association, Inc.  In addition, he is Trustee of New York University School of Law and New York Presbyterian Hospital.  Mr. Tese received a Bachelor’s degree in accounting from Pace University in 1966 and following two years as first lieutenant with the U.S. Army, a Juris Doctor degree from Brooklyn Law School in 1972 and a Master of Laws degree in taxation from New York University School of Law in 1973.  Mr. Tese’s extensive experience in the banking and finance industries provides the Board of Directors with insight into regulatory and related matters and his leadership and visibility as a member of various other boards of directors provide the Company with considerable value as to business and economic perspective and other matters.

Les J. Lieberman.  Les J. Lieberman has served as Executive Vice Chairman of the Company since November 3, 2009, and as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010. Mr. Lieberman has served as the Bank’s Executive Vice Chairman and as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010. Until December 31, 2009, as the executive managing director, Mr. Lieberman actively managed Sterling Partners, LLC, a merchant banking and asset management business that he founded in 1999. Sterling Partners was the investment manager of Suez Equity Investors, L.P., a private equity fund of



115





which Mr. Lieberman was the managing general partner. Prior to founding Sterling Partners, Mr. Lieberman served as Executive Managing Director of Indosuez Capital, the middle market U.S. lending business of Banque Indosuez. In that role, he was responsible for all merchant banking, senior loan and mezzanine debt underwriting, subordinated debt investing, private equity investment and asset management activities of Indosuez Capital, including loan origination, analysis, approval and monitoring. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Lieberman served as a Managing Director in the mergers and acquisitions department of Kidder Peabody & Co., where he also was a member of the investment banking department’s operating committee. From 1985 to 1989, he headed the Financial Services M&A Group at Drexel Burnham Lambert, an investment banking firm (where he was responsible for mergers and acquisitions involving banking institutions). Prior to that, Mr. Lieberman was at the accounting firm of Main Hurdman, where he was a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Lieberman received a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business and Finance and a Bachelor of Arts degree from Franklin and Marshall College, where he was elected to Phi Beta Kappa. Mr. Lieberman possesses valuable experience in a broad array of bank and finance related areas including as the founder and the senior manager of the U.S. division of a global bank that focused on underwriting, lending, private equity investing and asset management; as a senior banker and a senior management member in financial services mergers and acquisitions; and as a former CPA. This experience enables him to bring valuable insight to a variety of areas of the bank including investment activity, risk management, credit review, acquisition analysis and capital markets.

Kent S. Ellert.  Kent S. Ellert has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since March 22, 2013, served as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company from November 3, 2009 to March 22, 2013, and as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010. Mr. Ellert has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since January 26, 2013, as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank from January 22, 2010 to January 25, 2013, and as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010. From October 2009 until our purchase of certain assets of Old Premier on January 22, 2010, Mr. Ellert assisted us with the identification of target depository institutions as a consultant to the Company. Prior to joining our organization, Mr. Ellert was a consultant to Southeast Acquisition Holding Corp., an entity established for the pursuit of bank platform acquisitions in Florida. From August 2007 to October 2008, Mr. Ellert was President and Chief Executive Officer of Fifth Third Bank—South Florida. Prior to joining Fifth Third Bank, Mr. Ellert worked for Wachovia (legacy First Union) for 18 years, where he oversaw the establishment of Wachovia’s first wholesale banking platform in southwest Florida and managed the combination of Wachovia and First Union Bank in Broward County, Florida. Mr. Ellert held various other positions with Wachovia from 1989 until 2007, including Executive Vice President, Group Head Retail Banking, Southeast US Regional President, Business/Commercial Banking Sales Director, Senior Portfolio Manager and Corporate Banking Officer. Prior to joining Wachovia, Mr. Ellert was a Relationship Manager at NCNB (a predecessor to Bank of America). He is currently a member of the board of directors of Florida Gulf Coast University, Lutgert College of Business and prior member of the board of the Economic Development Council, where he also is the Vice Chairman of the Membership and Investment Committee. Mr. Ellert held the position as the Chair of the Museum of Science and Discovery and Deliver the Dream where he supported various civic and social initiatives. Mr. Ellert is a graduate of the University of Texas at Austin, where he received his Bachelor of Business Administration degree in accounting, and the University of Houston, where he received his Master in Business Administration degree with a concentration in finance. Mr. Ellert brings to the Bank valuable experience in the management and operations of a regional bank, and his experience and contacts in the Florida region also serve as a valuable resource for the Board of Directors.

Stuart I. Oran.  Stuart I. Oran has served as Secretary and as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as Secretary and as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of the Company from November 3, 2009 to December 31, 2012, and of the Bank from January 22, 2010 until December 31, 2012. Mr. Oran is the Managing Member of Roxbury Capital Group, a merchant banking firm he founded in 2002, which is focused on private equity, restructuring and financing transactions, and a Partner at Liberty Hall Capital Partners, a private equity firm focused on the acquisition of businesses serving the aerospace and defense sectors. From 1994 to 2002, he was a senior executive at United Airlines/UAL Corporation, an international air carrier traded on the NASDAQ Stock Exchange, with global responsibility for their legal, governmental and regulatory affairs and profit and loss responsibility for United’s International Division, and was CEO of its business aviation line of business. Previously, Mr. Oran was a corporate partner at the New York law firm of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, which he joined in 1974. Mr. Oran is a director of Spirit Airlines, a commercial air carrier listed on NASDAQ, Red Robin Gourmet Burgers, a national casual dining business listed on NASDAQ, and Accurus Aerospace Corporation, a privately held aerospace business, and has been a director of Wendy’s International, Inc., the owner and franchisor of the Wendy’s ® restaurant system, which is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and Deerfield Capital Corp, an institutional asset manager that was listed on NASDAQ. Mr. Oran received a Bachelor of Science degree from Cornell University and a Juris Doctor degree from the University of Chicago Law School. Mr. Oran’s years of experience as a merchant banker, business executive and practicing attorney, and as a director of several public and private companies, enables him to bring important perspectives on issues relating to regulatory and governance matters, corporate finance and leadership.



116





Alan Bernikow.  Alan Bernikow has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010. From 1998 until his retirement in May 2003, Mr. Bernikow served as the Deputy Chief Executive Officer of Deloitte & Touche LLP, or D&T, a global professional services firm. Prior to that, Mr. Bernikow held various senior executive positions at D&T and various of its predecessor companies, which he joined in 1977. Mr. Bernikow currently serves as a director of Revlon, Inc., a worldwide cosmetics and beauty care products company listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as a director and chairman of the audit committee and compensation committee of Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, a real estate investment trust traded on the New York Stock Exchange, and as a director and member of the audit committee of Casual Male Retail Group, Inc., a specialty retailer of men’s apparel that is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market. He also serves as a director or trustee, and chairman of the audit committees, of certain funds for which UBS Global Asset Management (US) Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of UBS AG, or one of its affiliates, serves as investment advisor, sub-advisor or manager. As a result of Mr. Bernikow’s long career in various operating and directorship positions, he provides the Board of Directors with business, leadership and management experience and insights into many aspects of our operations.

Thomas E. Constance.  Thomas E. Constance has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since March 15, 2010. Mr. Constance is Co-Chairman, and since 1994 a partner, of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP, a law firm based in New York City which the Company has retained to provide certain legal services, including representation of the Company in connection with the offering. From 1973 to 1994, Mr. Constance was with the law firm of Shea & Gould. Mr. Constance serves as a Trustee of the M.D. Sass Foundation and St. Vincent’s Services. He has served as a director of SIGA Technologies, Inc. since 2001. Mr. Constance received a Bachelor of Science degree from New York University and a Bachelor of Law degree from St. John’s University School of Law. As a practicing attorney, Mr. Constance brings an extensive history of counseling both public and private companies with respect to governance matters and other legal-related issues that may arise.

Howard R. Curd.  Howard Curd has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since September 1, 2010. A seasoned executive, Mr. Curd has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Uniroyal Engineered Products, LLC since 2003. He is a director of A. Schulman, Inc., an international supplier of plastic compounds and resins and NASDAQ listed company, and serves on its Audit Committee and as Chair of its Strategic Planning Committee. He has also served as a director of KeySpan Corporation and its predecessors, and of Emcore Corporation. Mr. Curd brings a long history of banking and general business experience to the Board of Directors.

Daniel M. Healy.  Daniel M. Healy has served as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010 and as Chief Executive Officer of the Bank from January 22, 2010 to January 25, 2013. He has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010 and as Chief Executive Officer of the Company from January 22, 2010 to March 22, 2013. Prior to our formation, Mr. Healy served as Executive Chairman of the board of directors of Herald National Bank from its inception in November 2008 until his voluntary resignation in May 2009. From January 1992 until its sale to Capital One Financial Corporation in December 2006, Mr. Healy was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of North Fork Bancorporation, Inc., a regional bank holding company formerly listed on the New York Stock Exchange. He was also a director of North Fork from January 2000 until such sale and a member of the boards of directors and chairman of the Audit Committees of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, an investment bank that specializes exclusively in the financial services sector, and Hiscox Ltd, a specialist insurance group listed on the London Stock Exchange until 2013. Prior to joining North Fork, Mr. Healy was managing partner of several offices of KPMG LLP. He is currently a Senior Advisor for Permira Advisors LLP, a private equity firm. Mr. Healy is a graduate of St. Francis College, where he received his Bachelor of Business Administration degree in accounting. Mr. Healy’s experience as an executive officer and director of a public regional bank holding company enables him to bring valuable insight to the Board of Directors, including an understanding of acquisition and expansion strategies and the management of a growing regional banking operation.

Gerald Luterman.  Gerald Luterman has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010. Mr. Luterman served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of KeySpan Corporation, a large gas distribution and integrated energy company, from 1998 to 2007, when KeySpan was acquired by National Grid plc. Before joining KeySpan, Mr. Luterman was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Arrow Electronics. In addition, Mr. Luterman was a principal with Booz-Allen & Hamilton. Mr. Luterman is currently a director of Harbinger Group Inc., a New York Stock Exchange-listed diversified holding company where he serves on the audit, compensation and governance and nomination committees. Mr. Luterman is also currently a trustee and Vice Chair of the Lutheran Medical Center. Mr. Luterman served on the board of directors of NRG Energy from 2008 to 2014 and IKON Office Solutions, Inc. from 2003 to 2008 and U.S. Shipping Partners from 2006 to 2009. He is a member of the Financial Executive Institute and the American Gas Association, where he previously served as Chairman of the Finance Committee. Mr. Luterman brings many years of experience as a chief financial officer, which, among other things, provides the Board of Directors with valuable insight into financial direction, financial statements and general corporate finance matters for the Bank and the Company.



117





William L. Mack.  Bill Mack has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since September 1, 2010. He is the Chairman and founder of the Mack Real Estate Group, a director of the Hudson’s Bay Company, the Chairman of the board of directors and Chairman of the Executive Committee of the board of directors of Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, a real estate investment trust traded on the New York Stock Exchange, and the President and Senior Managing Partner of The Mack Company. Mr. Mack has served as a member of the Mack-Cali board of directors and as Chairman of the Executive Committee of that board since 1997, and as its Chairman since 2000. At The Mack Company, Mr. Mack pioneered the development of large, class A office properties and helped to increase The Mack Company’s real estate portfolio to approximately 20 million square feet. Mr. Mack previously served as the Chairman and Founder of AREA Property Partners (f/k/a Apollo Real Estate Advisors, L.P.) from 1993 to 2013. In addition, Mr. Mack is a founder of NRDC Real Estate Advisors, LLC and NRDC Equity Partners LLC. He previously served as a board member of the Regional Advisory Board of JPMorgan Chase from 1995 to 2013; as a member of the boards of directors of Retail Opportunity Investments Corporation, from 2009 to 2010; City and Suburban Financial Corporation, from 1988 to 2007; Vail Resorts, Inc., from 1993 to 2004; and Wyndham International, Inc., from 1999 to 2005. Mr. Mack is a vice chairman of the North Shore-Long Island Jewish Health System, chairman of the board for the Solomon R. Guggenheim Foundation, and Trustee and Executive Committee member of Lenox Hill Hospital. He also is trustee emeritus of the Board of Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania and Vice Chairman of the Board of Overseers of The Wharton School of Business and Finance at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Mack attended The Wharton School and has a Bachelor of Science degree in business administration and finance and real estate from New York University. Mr. Mack’s extensive business experience, particularly in the area of real estate, provides the Board of Directors with valuable insight with respect to matters related to real estate banking products offered by the Bank.

Paul Anthony Novelly.  Tony Novelly has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since September 23, 2010. He is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Apex Oil Company, Inc., a privately held company based in St. Louis, Missouri engaged in the trading, storage, marketing and transportation of petroleum products, including liquid terminal facilities in the Midwest and Eastern United States, and towboat and barge operations on the inland waterway system. Mr. Novelly is President and a director of AIC Limited, a Bermuda-based oil trading company, Chairman and CEO of World Point Terminuls, LP, which owns and operates petroleum storage facilities in the United States, and Chief Executive Officer of St. Albans Global Management, Limited Partnership, LLLP, which provides corporate management services. He currently serves on the board of directors at Boss Holdings, Inc., a distributor of work gloves, boots and rainwear and other consumer products, and serves as Chairman and CEO of FutureFuel Corp., a publicly held owner and operator of a biofuel and specialty chemical plant in Batesville, Arkansas. Mr. Novelly brings extensive expertise in business, commodities, and consumer products to the Board of Directors.

Frederic Salerno.  Fred Salerno has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since July 28, 2010. Mr. Salerno is a retired Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of Verizon Communications Inc., a position he held from June 2000 to October 2002. Prior to that, Mr. Salerno served as Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of Bell Atlantic Corporation (Verizon’s predecessor) from August 1997. Before the merger of Bell Atlantic and NYNEX Corporation, Mr. Salerno served as Vice Chairman, Finance and Business Development of NYNEX from 1994 to 1997. Mr. Salerno was Vice Chairman of the Board of NYNEX and President of the NYNEX Worldwide Services Group from 1991 to 1994. Mr. Salerno is a director of CBS, Akamai Technologies, Inc., IntercontinentalExchange, Inc., and Viacom Inc. He earned a Master of Business Administration degree from Adelphi University and is a trustee of Manhattan College. Mr. Salerno brings many years of business experience to the Board of Directors, which, among other things, provides the Board of Directors with valuable insight into general corporate and business matters for the Bank and the Company.

Executive Officers

Kent Ellert—See Above.

Paul Burner.   Mr. Burner has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank and of the Company since July 2012. Prior to that, he spent over thirty years in financial management and other banking roles.  As a consulting independent contractor for CIT Group, or CIT, Mr. Burner assisted in the rollout of retail and commercial banking activities, increasing deposit growth to replace wholesale funding, and transitioning to a commercial banking environment. Previous to his consulting role at CIT, Mr. Burner was CFO of People’s United Financial, Inc. and People’s United Bank, collectively People’s United, in Bridgeport, CT. During his tenure with People’s United, a regional commercial bank, Mr. Burner was responsible for deploying capital through mergers and acquisitions activity, investor relations and strategic planning, accounting and financial planning, reporting and analysis, treasury, tax, purchasing and product segment profitability, and maintaining a strong controls environment.  Mr. Burner performed due diligence on many potential acquisitions and executed five acquisitions totaling over $7 billion. Mr. Burner spent most of his career at Citigroup (and related companies). Mr. Burner was CFO of Citibank North America, or Citibank, the retail banking segment, for the last ten of his 29-year tenure at Citigroup. Mr. Burner had extensive management, oversight and operational experience in the finance



118





and accounting management areas at Citigroup.  In addition to his role as CFO at Citibank North America, Mr. Burner served in a number of different banking roles at Citigroup that give him a deep, well-rounded knowledge of the industry, and a clear understanding how actions taken in one area of the bank can impact other areas. These roles included:  Executive Vice President Finance Primerica Financial Services and Primerica Life Insurance Company, Chief Operating Officer Primerica Financial Services of Canada, Director of Cash Management, Director of Funding and Assistant Treasurer of Commercial Credit Company, Regional Director Investment Banking Group and VP of Commercial Credit Securities, and National Director of Secondary Marketing.  After receiving his MBA from the University of Miami, Mr. Burner worked at Coral Gables Federal Savings and Loan for four years before commencing his extensive career at Citigroup.

James E. Baiter.   James E. Baiter has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank since January 22, 2010. From October 2009 until our purchase of certain assets of Old Premier on January 22, 2010, Mr. Baiter, along with Mr. Ellert, assisted us with the identification of target depository institutions as a consultant to the Company. Prior to working for the Bank, Mr. Baiter worked alongside Mr. Ellert as a consultant for Southeast Acquisition Holding Corp. From August 2007 until October 2008, Mr. Baiter was Director of Commercial Real Estate and Special Assets of Fifth Third Bank—South Florida. Prior to joining Fifth Third Bank, Mr. Baiter worked for Wachovia (legacy First Union) for sixteen years, most recently as Commercial Banking Director for Wachovia’s Broward/Palm Beach County markets from 2001 to 2007. In that capacity, he was responsible for marketing and administration of a team specializing in wholesale banking. He also held various other positions with Wachovia from 1991 until 2007, including Senior Risk Manager, Senior Portfolio Manager and Commercial Banking Officer. Prior to joining Wachovia in 1991, Mr. Baiter was a Corporate Banking Officer at Southeast Bank, N.A. Mr. Baiter is a graduate of Washington State University, where he received his Bachelor of Science degree in finance.

Board Composition

The bylaws of the Company provide that the Board of Directors shall consist of not less than seven members nor more than 15 members, as set by the Board of Directors from time to time. The certificate of incorporation of the Company provides that the number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors of the Company is 12. The Board of Directors is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equally as possible. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided, that each director initially appointed to Class I shall serve for an initial term expiring at the Company’s first annual meeting of the stockholders; each director initially appointed to Class II shall serve for an initial term expiring at the second annual meeting of the stockholders; and each director initially appointed to Class III shall serve for an initial term expiring at the third annual meeting of the stockholders; provided, further, that after the first re-election of Class III directors for an additional three-year term, each subsequent election of directors at any subsequent annual meeting of the stockholders shall elect the directors elected at such meeting for a one-year term expiring at the Company’s next annual meeting of the stockholders thereafter. The term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of a successor and be subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

Director Independence

The Board of Directors currently consists of 12 members. In order to determine which of our directors may qualify as independent directors, we have adopted the director independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange. The Board of Directors has reviewed each of the directors’ relationships with the Company in conjunction with such standard and has affirmatively determined that the following members of the Board of Directors are “independent” within the meaning of such rule: Messrs. Bernikow, Luterman, Novelly, Mack, Constance, Curd, and Salerno.

Board Leadership Structure

The Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors presides at all meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Executive Chairman is appointed on an annual basis by the members of the Company’s Board of Directors, to serve at its pleasure. The offices of Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company and Chief Executive Officer of the Company are separated—Mr. Tese has been appointed as Executive Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors and Mr. Ellert is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The Company does not have a fixed policy with respect to the separation of the offices of the Chairman or Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. We believe that the separation of the offices is currently appropriate and that it is in our best interests to make these determinations from time to time.



119





Board Role in Oversight of Risk

Our Board of Directors, together with the board of directors of the Bank and the executive, audit, compensation and nomination and governance committees of the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank, coordinate with each other to provide enterprise-wide oversight of our management and handling of risk. In addition, the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank have established a joint Enterprise Risk Management Committee consisting of independent directors, to assist in the oversight of risk. These committees report regularly to the Bank’s full board of directors on risk-related matters and provide the Bank’s board of directors with integrated insight about the Bank’s management of strategic, credit, interest rate, financial reporting, technology, liquidity, compliance, operational and reputational risks. In addition, the Bank’s board of directors has a Loan and Credit Policy Committee and Asset/Liability Management and Investment Committee, each which provides risk management for the Bank in their respective areas of oversight. The management of the Bank also provides reports to our management and boards of directors regarding risk management.

In addition, the Company’s management also provides additional risk oversight at the holding company level by assisting the Bank with the management of our securities portfolio, loan review, internal audit, compliance and asset liability/liquidity structure. The Bank’s board of directors has also established a management-level Enterprise Risk Management Committee to assist in the oversight of risk.

At meetings of the Bank’s board of directors and its committees, directors receive regular updates from management regarding risk management. The Bank’s chief credit officer, president and chief operating officer and chief financial officer, who are responsible for instituting risk management practices that are consistent with our overall business strategy and risk tolerance, report directly to Mr. Ellert, our Chief Executive Officer, and lead management’s risk discussions at meetings of the Bank’s board of directors and its committees. The contents of such discussions are also conveyed to our Board of Directors in situations where it is appropriate to address such matters at the holding company level. Outside of formal meetings, members of our Board of Directors and the board of directors of the Bank have regular access to senior executives of the Bank, including the chief credit officers, chief operations officer and chief financial officer.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The standing committees of the Board include the Executive Committee, Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nomination and Governance Committee, as well as the joint Enterprise Risk Management Committee of the Company and the Bank.

Executive Committee

The Company’s Executive Committee consists of three directors (Messrs.  Tese, Lieberman and Ellert). Mr. Tese serves as Chairman of the Executive Committee. The Executive Committee’s primary purpose is to act on behalf of the full Board of Directors during the intervals between meetings of the Board, usually when timing is critical. The Executive Committee may also, from time to time, formulate and recommend to the Board of Directors for approval general policies regarding management of the business and affairs of the Company. The Executive Committee of the Company has the power to authorize and approve on behalf of the Company, any acquisition of operations of any failed bank (including through the acquisition of assets and assumption of liabilities) from the FDIC, so long as the incremental capital contributed by the Company to the Bank (or such other qualified subsidiary of the Company, if any, as may effect such acquisition) in order to effect such acquisition does not exceed $125 million. The Executive Committee of the Bank has the power to authorize and approve on behalf of the Bank any acquisition of operations of any failed bank (including through the acquisition of assets and assumption of liabilities) from the FDIC, so long as the asset size of the acquisition target as reported on the acquisition target’s most recent Call Report does not exceed 15% of the Bank’s total assets as reported on its most recent Call Report.

Audit Committee

The Company’s Audit Committee consists of three directors (Messrs. Bernikow, Luterman and Salerno), all of whom have been determined by the Board of Directors to be independent. Mr. Bernikow serves as the chairman and the Board of Directors has determined that he qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in applicable SEC regulations, and that he meets the New York Stock Exchange standard of possessing accounting or related financial management expertise. The Audit Committee’s primary duties include the oversight of (i) the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; (ii) the performance of the Company’s internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm; and (iii) management’s responsibilities to assure that there is in place an effective system of controls reasonably designed to safeguard the assets and income of the Company, assure the integrity of the Company’s financial statements and maintain compliance with the Company’s ethical standards, policies, plans and procedures, and with laws and regulations.



120





The Audit Committee charter also mandates that the Audit Committee pre-approve all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

The Company’s Compensation Committee consists of five directors (Messrs. Salerno, Bernikow, Curd, Novelly and Luterman), all of whom have been determined to be independent by our Board of Directors. Mr. Salerno serves as Chairman of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives, and recommends the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The Compensation Committee also administers the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans.

Nomination and Governance Committee

The Company’s Nomination and Governance Committee consists of four directors (Messrs. Mack, Novelly, Bernikow and Luterman), all of whom have been determined to be independent by our Board of Directors. Mr. Mack serves as Chairman of the Nomination and Governance Committee. The Nomination and Governance Committee will be responsible for making recommendations to our Board regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our Board. In addition, the Nomination and Governance Committee will be responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to our Board concerning governance matters as well as reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding Board compensation.

Enterprise Risk Management Committee

The joint Enterprise Risk Management Committee of the Company and the Bank consists of three directors (Messrs. Curd, Constance and Salerno), all of whom have been determined to be independent by our Board of Directors. Mr. Curd serves as Chairman of the Enterprise Risk Management Committee. The purpose of the Enterprise Risk Management Committee is to assist the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank in fulfilling their responsibilities with respect to ensuring that an effective process is in place for the ongoing identification and assessment of risk, approving risk appetite and related metrics and reviewing risk profile, approving risk management policies, monitoring certain regulator-mandated requirements, and assessing the overall adequacy of the risk management function.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the directors who serve on the Compensation Committee of the Company and the Bank has ever been employed by the Company or the Bank. None of our executive officers serves or has served as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our boards of directors or on our Compensation Committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and principal accounting officer. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.floridacommunitybank.com under the “Investor Relations” tab. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of, or incorporated by reference in, this prospectus.



121





EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning all compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers, collectively referred to as “named executive officers” in this prospectus, for all services rendered in all capacities to us and our subsidiaries for the two most recent fiscal years of the Company.


 

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

Stock
Awards
($) (1)

 

Option
Awards
($) (1)

 

Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)

 

Changes in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

 

All
Other
Compensation
($) (2)

 

Total
($)

Kent S. Ellert

 

2013

 

414,640

 

750,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

5,100

 

1,169,740

President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company and the Bank (3)

 

2012

 

394,148

 

650,000

 

-

 

389,648

 

-

 

-

 

5,000

 

1,438,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul D. Burner

 

2013

 

400,000

 

400,000

 

-

 

56,100

 

-

 

-

 

1,231

 

857,331

Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank (4)

 

2012

 

184,640

 

300,000

 

-

 

271,000

 

-

 

-

 

5,000

 

760,640

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vincent S. Tese

 

2013

 

300,000

 

400,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

700,000

Executive Chairman of the
Company and the Bank (5)

 

2012

 

-

 

350,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

350,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leslie J. Lieberman

 

2013

 

300,000

 

400,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

700,000

Executive Vice Chairman of the
Company and the Bank (6)

 

2012

 

-

 

350,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

350,000


               

 

(1)

The amounts in the “option awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options awarded during the applicable year computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, or FASB ASC Topic 718. The fair value of the stock options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see Notes 15 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The foregoing does not include the 2009 Warrant modification which extended the expiration date of the 2009 Warrants originally issued as a distribution in respect of the Company's existing equity prior to its initial private placement financing, and does not include certain stock-based compensation awards for which completion of the applicable performance condition was not considered probable as of December 31, 2013, including certain 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awards granted at the same time as, and conditioned upon, the cancellation of an aggregate of 2,142,000 2010 Warrants, including certain options which would not become exercisable, if at all, and certain restricted stock units in respect of which shares would not become deliverable, if at all, until completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction.

 

 

(2)

The amounts indicated in the “all other compensation” column for $5,100 and $5,000 includes Company contributions to the Company’s 401(k) Plan.

 

 

(3)

Mr. Ellert became President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank on November 3, 2009 and January 22, 2010, respectively, and became Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank on March 22, 2013 and January 26, 2013, respectively. Mr. Ellert’s “option awards” in the foregoing reflect options under the 2009 Option Plan awarded on March 8, 2012 to purchase 75,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $20.62 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant. The foregoing does not include (i) options under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant (which would have a grant date fair value based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant of $1,791,000), (ii) the cancellation of 2010 Warrants held by Mr. Ellert with an estimated fair value of $89,964 at the time of cancellation (with respect to which cancellation the Company anticipates recording the fair value as a reduction to expense of $89,964 in connection with the 2013 Options held by Mr. Ellert at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (iii) restricted stock units under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 166,666 shares of Class A Common Stock with an estimated fair value of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant, in respect of which shares would not become deliverable, if at all, until completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction (which would have a grant date fair value, based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, of $3,291,654). See Notes 15 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

 

(4)

Mr. Burner became Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank on July 6, 2012.  Mr. Burner’s “option awards” in the foregoing reflect options under the 2009 Option Plan awarded on November 19, 2013 to purchase 10,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant, and options under the 2009 Option Plan awarded on July 6, 2012 to purchase 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.64 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant. The foregoing does not include options under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant (which would have a grant date fair value based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant of $434,000).  See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.




122





(5)

Mr. Tese became Executive Chairman of the Company on November 3, 2009, and Executive Chairman of the Bank on January 22, 2010. The foregoing does not include (i) the 2009 Warrant modification which extended the expiration date of the 2009 Warrants originally issued as a distribution in respect of the Company’s existing equity prior to its initial private placement financing (with respect to which modification the Company anticipates recording an expense of $1,081,230 in connection with the 2009 Warrants held by Mr. Tese at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (ii) options under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant (which would have a grant date fair value based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant of $1,791,000), (iii) the cancellation of 2010 Warrants held by Mr. Tese with an estimated fair value of $449,820 at the time of cancellation (with respect to which cancellation the Company anticipates recording the fair value as a reduction to expense of $449,820 in connection with the 2013 Options held by Mr. Tese at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (iv) restricted stock units under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 166,667 shares of Class A Common Stock with an estimated fair value of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant, in respect of which shares would not become deliverable, if at all, until completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction (which would have a grant date fair value, based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, of $3,291,673). See Notes 15 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

 

(6)

Mr. Lieberman became Executive Vice Chairman of the Company on November 3, 2009, and Executive Vice Chairman of the Bank on January 22, 2010. The foregoing does not include (i) the 2009 Warrant modification which extended the expiration date of the 2009 Warrants originally issued as a distribution in respect of the Company’s existing equity prior to its initial private placement financing (with respect to which modification the Company anticipates recording an expense of $1,081,230 in connection with the 2009 Warrants held by Mr. Lieberman at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (ii) options under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant (which would have a grant date fair value based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant of $1,791,000), (iii) the cancellation of 2010 Warrants held by Mr. Lieberman with an estimated fair value of $449,820 at the time of cancellation (with respect to which cancellation the Company anticipates recording the fair value as a reduction to expense of $449,820 in connection with the 2013 Options held by Mr. Lieberman at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (iv) restricted stock units under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 166,667 shares of Class A Common Stock with an estimated fair value of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant, in respect of which shares would not become deliverable, if at all, until completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction (which would have a grant date fair value, based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, of $3,291,673). See Notes 15 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.


Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2013


As of December 31, 2013, the Bank was party to an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Ellert dated as of January 10, 2011, as amended on each of January 25, 2013 and October 11, 2013, a description of which is included below. As of December 31, 2013, there were no employment agreements with other named executive officers.

Kent S. Ellert—President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank

On January 10, 2011, the Bank entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Ellert. Such amended and restated employment agreement was subsequently amended on January 25, 2013 and on October 11, 2013. Under Mr. Ellert’s employment agreement, as amended and in effect as of December 31, 2013, the term of his employment commenced on February 11, 2010 and ended on December 31, 2016. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Ellert was entitled to an annual base salary of $500,000, and was eligible to receive an annual cash incentive bonus as may be approved by the Compensation Committee of the Bank in its discretion pursuant to the terms of the Bank’s annual incentive plan, as it may be amended from time to time. The agreement also provided that the Bank would reimburse Mr. Ellert for all reasonable and necessary travel and business expenses incurred by him in accordance with, and subject to, the Bank’s standard policies, and provided Mr. Ellert with a car, and covered the costs associated with the operation of the car, including insurance, maintenance and fuel.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Ellert was granted an option to purchase 300,000 shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company. The option is subject to the provisions of the 2009 Option Plan and a stock option agreement with the Company. The option vested with respect to one-third of the underlying shares on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the option grant; provided, that the vested portion of the option was not exercisable prior to January 25, 2013.

Pursuant to Mr. Ellert’s employment agreement, the following termination and change of control-related circumstances would trigger payments or the provision of other benefits:


·

Termination by the Bank without cause or by Mr. Ellert for good reason.

·

Termination within six months before or 12 months following a change of control (i) by the Bank without cause or (ii) by Mr. Ellert for good reason, or in the event that Mr. Ellert terminates his employment for any reason during the seventh, eighth or ninth calendar month following a change of control.

·

Termination by the Bank for cause or by Mr. Ellert without good reason.

·

Termination due to Mr. Ellert’s death or by the Bank based on Mr. Ellert’s disability.


123




The agreement provided that if Mr. Ellert’s employment were terminated under any circumstances, he would be entitled to certain accrued benefits as follows: (i) any accrued but unpaid salary for services rendered through the date of termination; (ii) any vacation accrued to the date of termination; (iii) any accrued but unpaid expenses through the date of termination required to be reimbursed in accordance with his employment agreement; (iv) any benefits to which he might be entitled upon termination pursuant to the benefit, annual bonus and incentive plans and programs referred to in the employment agreement in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs.

If Mr. Ellert’s employment were terminated by the Bank without cause or if Mr. Ellert were to terminate his employment for good reason, his agreement provided that he would be entitled to the following, in addition to his accrued benefits: (i) a severance payment of an amount equal to the sum of (A) his salary and (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual bonuses paid or payable by the Bank to Mr. Ellert for the two annual bonus periods ended immediately prior to the year in which his employment was terminated, payable in equal installments during the 12 months following the date of termination in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices and (ii) up to 18 months of the monthly premiums for COBRA continuation coverage.

If Mr. Ellert’s employment were terminated prior to the expiration of the term within six months before or 12 months following a change of control (A) by the Bank without cause or (B) by Mr. Ellert for good reason, or in the event Mr. Ellert were to terminate his employment with the Bank for any reason during the seventh, eighth or ninth calendar month following a change of control, he would be entitled to the following, in addition to his accrued benefits: (i) a severance payment of an amount equal to the product of three times the sum of (A) his salary and (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual bonuses paid or payable by the Bank to Mr. Ellert for the two annual bonus periods ended immediately prior to the year in which his employment was terminated, payable in equal installments during the 36 months following the date of termination in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices and (ii) up to 18 months of the monthly premiums for COBRA continuation coverage.

If Mr. Ellert’s employment were terminated by the Bank for cause, or if Mr. Ellert were to terminate his employment without good reason, he would be entitled only to his accrued benefits.

If Mr. Ellert’s employment were terminated prior to the expiration of the term by reason of death or disability, he, or his estate or beneficiaries, would be entitled to the following, in addition to his accrued benefits: (i) continued payment of his salary to himself in the case of disability (less any disability benefits provided to Mr. Ellert under any disability insurance paid for or for which premiums paid by Mr. Ellert were reimbursed by the Bank) and to his estate in the case of death, in the case of disability, through the end of the term, and in the case of death, through the thirty-six month period following his death and (ii) in the case of disability, up to 18 months of the monthly premiums for COBRA continuation coverage and in the case of death, in the event Mr. Ellert’s spouse timely elected COBRA continuation coverage, the monthly premiums during the COBRA continuation coverage period paid for the level of coverage Mr. Ellert maintained prior to his death.

Under his employment agreement, Mr. Ellert was subject to certain covenants, including, but not limited to, a covenant not to enter into a competing business or solicit employees or customers of the Bank to terminate their relationship with the Bank for a period of one year after the date of termination of his employment, and a non-disclosure covenant. If, at the time of termination of Mr. Ellert’s employment or any time thereafter, Mr. Ellert were in material breach of any of the covenants in the employment agreement (which breach, if susceptible to cure, continued unremedied following 15 days written notice from the Bank to Mr. Ellert), except as otherwise required by law, he would not be entitled to any of the payments described above (or if payments had commenced, any continued payment).

Other General Terms

Circumstances Triggering Payments

“Cause , “change of control , Good Reason” and “disability” were defined in Mr. Ellert’s employment agreement as follows:

“Cause” generally included:


·

the misappropriation of funds or property of the Bank or its affiliates, or willful destruction of property of the Bank or of its affiliates;

·

the conviction of (1) a felony or (2) any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude or that materially impairs the executive officer’s ability to perform his duties with the Bank or that causes material damage to the Bank or its affiliates;



124




·

the violation of any banking law or regulation or agreement with any banking agency having jurisdiction over the Bank which is reasonably likely to result in damage to the Bank or its affiliates;

·

engaging in willful misconduct which constitutes a breach of fiduciary duty or the duty of loyalty to the Bank or its affiliates and which is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Bank or its affiliates;

·

the willful and material failure to perform his duties with the Bank (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness), subject to a 15-day cure period;

·

the (1) willful violation of the Bank’s material policies or rules or (2) grossly negligent or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties with the Bank, in each case, which is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Bank or its affiliates, subject to a 15-day cure period; or

·

the material breach of any material provisions of the applicable employment agreement, subject to a 15-day cure period.


A “change of control” was generally deemed to occur upon:


·

any “person” is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule l3d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by then outstanding voting securities of the Bank (calculated in accordance with Rule l3d-3 of the Exchange Act); provided, that the term “persons” as defined in Sections l3(d) and l4(d) of the Act shall not include a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Bank;

·

a merger of the Bank, the sale or disposition by the Bank of all or substantially all of its assets, or any other business combination of the Bank with any other corporation, other than any such merger or business combination which would result in the voting securities of the Bank outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Bank or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or business combination; or

·

a majority of the directors who constituted the board of directors of the Bank at the beginning of any 12-month period are replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board of directors before the date of the appointment or election.


“Good Reason” generally included:


·

the executive officer ceasing to be President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, or his removal from the Board of Directors of the Bank;

·

the failure of the Bank to indemnify the executive officer, or to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for the executive officer, as required; or

·

the decrease or material failure of the Bank to pay the executive’s compensation described in the applicable employment agreement, subject to a 30-day cure period; or

·

in the case of Mr. Ellert, the relocation of executive officer’s principal work location more than 50 miles from the greater Miami or Fort Lauderdale, Florida metropolitan area.


A “disability” generally included the executive’s inability to perform the duties and responsibilities contemplated under the employment agreement for a period of either (A) 90 consecutive days or (B) six months in any 12-month period due to a physical or mental incapacity or impairment.


Pursuant to his employment agreement, the Bank agreed to indemnify Mr. Ellert for liabilities incurred because of his employment and to provide him with the full protection of any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained generally for the benefit of its officers.


Subsequent Employment Agreements


The Bank entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Ellert dated July 18, 2014 providing for a term of employment ending April 30, 2017 and for an annual base salary of $650,000 with effect from May 1, 2014, reducing the potential severance payment upon termination in the event of a defined change in control from three times to two times the amount specified in the employment agreement, payable over 24 months, and otherwise on terms substantially similar to those of Mr. Ellert’s prior employment agreement. The Bank also entered into non-exclusive employment agreements dated July 18, 2014 with each of Vincent S. Tese, Executive Chairman of the Company and the Bank, and Les J. Lieberman, Executive Vice Chairman of the Company and the Bank, providing for annual base salaries of $500,000 each with effect from May 1, 2014, and otherwise on terms substantially similar to those of the employment agreement with Mr. Ellert.


125





Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Year-End


The following table provides a summary of equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2013 for the named executive officers.


 

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)

 

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

 

Option
Expiration
Date

 

Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)

 

Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not Vested
($)

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
(#)

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
($)

Kent S. Ellert

 

300,000

(1)

-

(1)

-

 

$20.00

 

9/26/2020

 

166,666

(8)

3,291,654

 

-

 

-

 

 

133,333

(2)

66,667

(2)

-

 

$21.00

 

1/10/2021

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

25,000

(3)

50,000

(3)

-

 

$20.62

 

3/8/2022

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

450,000

(4)

-

 

$19.75

 

12/23/2023

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul D. Burner

 

16,666

(5)

33,334

(5)

-

 

$19.64

 

7/6/2022

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

(6)

10,000

(6)

-

 

$19.75

 

11/19/2023

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

(7)

100,000

(7)

-

 

$19.75

 

12/23/2023

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vincent S. Tese

 

127,510

(9)

-

(9)

-

 

$20.00

 

12/9/2019

 

166,667

(8)

3,291,673

 

-

 

-

 

 

24,023

(10)

-

(10)

-

 

$20.00

 

3/29/2020

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

95,134

(11)

-

(11)

-

 

$21.00

 

1/10/2021

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

450,000

(4)

-

 

$19.75

 

12/23/2023

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leslie J. Lieberman

 

127,510

(9)

-

(9)

-

 

$20.00

 

12/9/2019

 

166,667

(8)

3,291,673

 

-

 

-

 

 

24,023

(10)

-

(10)

-

 

$20.00

 

3/29/2020

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

95,134

(11)

-

(11)

-

 

$21.00

 

1/10/2021

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

450,000

(4)

-

 

$19.75

 

12/23/2023

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-


               

 

(1)

One-third of the shares vested upon the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date of September 26, 2010.

(2)

One-third of the shares vested upon the first and second anniversaries of the grant date of January 10, 2011.

(3)

One-third of the shares vested upon the first anniversary of the grant date of March 8, 2012.

(4)

These options vested immediately upon issuance on December 23, 2013, however, none of such options are exercisable until the earlier occurrence of a change in control transaction, and one-third of such options 6, 18 and 30 months following the offering. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(5)

One-third of the shares vested upon the first anniversary of the grant date of July 6, 2012.

(6)

One-third of the shares vest upon the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date of November 19, 2013.

(7)

One-third of the shares vest upon the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date of December 23, 2013, however, none of such options are exercisable until the earlier occurrence of a change in control transaction, and one-third of such options 6, 18 and 30 months following the offering. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(8)

These restricted stock units vested immediately upon issuance on December 23, 2013, however, none of such Restricted Stock Units are exercisable until the earlier occurrence of a change in control transaction or completion of the offering. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(9)

These options vested immediately upon issuance on December 9, 2009.

(10)

These options vested immediately upon issuance on March 29, 2010.

(11)

These options vested immediately upon issuance on January 10, 2011.


Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2013


As of December 31, 2013, 3,678,500 shares of Class A Common Stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2009 Option Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $20.46 per share. Of these options, 2,993,347 were vested. As of December 31, 2013, 2,173,000 shares of Class A Common Stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, and 500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock were issuable under restricted stock units, in each case granted under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan; such options have a weighted average exercise price of $19.75 per share. Of these options and restricted stock units, 1,500,000 options and 500,000 restricted stock units were vested as of such date, however, none of such options or restricted stock units are exercisable until the earlier to occur of (i) a change in control transaction, and (ii) one-third of such options 6, 18 and 30 months following the Offering (6 months following the Offering in the case of 500,000 restricted stock units). No named executive officer exercised options in 2013.




126





Compensation of Directors for Fiscal Year 2013


During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, directors of the Company received total compensation as shown in the following table.


 

 

Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
($)

 

Stock
Awards
($)

 

Option
Awards
($) (1)

 

Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)

 

Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

 

All
Other
Compensation
($) (2)

 

Total
($)

Alan Bernikow

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

151,700

Thomas E. Constance

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

151,700

Howard R. Curd

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

151,700

Daniel Healy (3)

 

100,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

100,000

Gerald Luterman

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

151,700

William L. Mack

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

151,700

Paul Anthony Novelly

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

151,700

Stuart Oran (4)

 

100,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

217,237

 

317,237

Frederic Salerno

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

151,700


(1)

Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options awarded during 2013, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The fair value of the stock options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included in this prospectus.

(2)

The amount indicated in the “all other compensation” column includes consulting fees of $168,750, gross up payments for taxable income attributable to travel expenses of $48,314 and Company contributions of $173 to the Company’s 401(k) Plan.

(3)

The foregoing does not include the 2009 Warrants modification which extended the expiration date of the 2009 Warrants originally issued as a distribution in respect to the Company’s existing equity prior to its initial private placement financing (with respect to which modification the Company anticipates recording an expense of $1,081,230 in connection with the 2009 Warrants held by Mr. Healy at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (ii) options under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant (which would have a grant date fair value based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant of $199,000), (iii) the cancellation of 2010 Warrants held by Mr. Healy with an estimated fair value of $449,820 at the time of cancellation (with respect to which cancellation the Company anticipates recording the fair value as a reduction to expense of $449,820 in connection with the 2013 Options held by Mr. Healy at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable). See Notes 15 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(4)

The foregoing does not include (i) the 2009 Warrants modification which extended the expiration date of the 2009 Warrants originally issued as a distribution in respect to the Company’s existing equity prior to its initial private placement financing (with respect to which modification the Company anticipates recording an expense of $509,329 in connection with the 2009 Warrants held by Mr. Oran at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (ii) options under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant (which would have a grant date fair value based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant of $398,000), (iii) the cancellation of 2010 Warrants held by Mr. Oran with an estimated fair value of $59,976 at the time of cancellation (with respect to which cancellation the Company anticipates recording the fair value as a reduction to expense of $59,976 in connection with the 2013 Options held by Mr. Oran at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable). See Notes 15 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.


The table below shows the aggregate number of stock options and stock awards held by directors (other than Messrs. Ellert, Tese and Lieberman) as of December 31, 2013.


 

 

Stock
Options
(In Shares)(1)(2)

Alan Bernikow

 

160,000

Thomas E. Constance

 

160,000

Howard R. Curd

 

160,000

Daniel Healy

 

296,667

Gerald Luterman

 

160,000

William L. Mack

 

160,000

Paul Anthony Novelly

 

160,000

Stuart Oran

 

300,000

Frederic Salerno

 

160,000


(1)

All stock options included in this table were awarded with a ten-year term.

(2)

Excludes 2009 Warrants.




127





Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans


The following table sets forth certain compensation plan information with respect to both equity compensation plans approved by security holders and equity compensation plans not approved by security holders as of December 31, 2013.


 

 

Number of Securities
to be Issued
Upon Exercise
of Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(a)

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options, Warrants

and Rights
(b)

 

Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected
in Column (a)
(c)

Plan Category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved
by security holders

 

3,678,500

(1)

$

20.46

 

22,660

Equity compensation plans not approved
by security holders

 

2,173,000

(2)

$

19.75

 

327,000

Equity compensation plans not approved
by security holders

 

500,000

(3)

 

-

 

-

Total

 

6,351,500

 

$

18.61

 

349,660


               

 

(1)

Shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options issued under the Company’s 2009 Option Plan.

(2)

Shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options issued under the Company’s 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

(3)

Restricted stock units issued under the Company’s 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.


Awards under equity compensation plans not approved by security holders may not qualify as “performance-based” compensation exempt from the $1 million per year limitation on the employer’s tax deduction for compensation paid to certain “covered employees” under section 162(m) of the Code, and stock options under such plans may not qualify for tax treatment as Incentive Stock Options, or ISOs.


As of December 31, 2013, there were no outstanding options that had been awarded outside of the Company’s equity compensation plans.



128





CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS


Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Transactions by us with related parties are subject to a formal written policy, as well as regulatory requirements and restrictions. These requirements and restrictions include Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (which govern certain transactions by the Bank with its affiliates) and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation O (which governs certain loans by the Bank to its executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders). See “Supervision and Regulation—Limits on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders.”

We have adopted policies to comply with these regulatory requirements and restrictions. Our policy provides that the Company’s Audit Committee shall, prior to the Company entering into any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, review and approve such transaction and recommend to the Board of Directors that it approve such transaction; however, the Company may only enter into a related party transaction approved by the Audit Committee if the Board of Directors also approves such transaction. The Audit Committee shall report to the Board of Directors any proposed related party transaction that it does not approve. The Audit Committee shall also review and report to the Board of Directors any questions of possible conflict of interest involving members of the Board of Directors, members of senior management or their immediate families.

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

Based on information provided by the directors and the executive officers, the Audit Committee determined that there were no related person transactions to be reported in this prospectus other than:

On June 1, 2010, the Bank, Bond Street Management, LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC and the Company (formerly Bond Street Holdings LLC) entered into an Office Space, Expenses and Tax Allocation Agreement. The parties to the allocation agreement entered into an amendment and restatement to such agreement on August 1, 2011, and further amendments to the agreement on each of September 7, 2011, March 14, 2012 and August 1, 2013. Under the terms of the allocation agreement, as amended, (i) Bond Street Management, LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC and the Company will rent office space from the Bank at a fair market rate, (ii) the Company will prepare and file consolidated federal income tax returns on behalf of Bond Street Management, LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC, the Company and the Bank, (iii) the Bank will pay to the Company an amount equal to the federal income taxes the Bank would have paid if it were not included in such returns, and (iv) the Bank will provide certain administrative and support services and incur other miscellaneous expenses for the benefit of Bond Street Management, LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC and the Company. All payments, reimbursements and other amounts due under the allocation agreement are required to be made by the applicable party on a quarterly basis. In 2013, the Company paid approximately $500,000 per quarter to the Bank in respect of office space, shared cost of salaries for several executives and professional fees applicable to holding company matters and expects to continue to pay such amount going forward following the offering.

Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP serves as the Company’s principal outside legal counsel, and regularly bills the Company for legal services provided to the Company, including serving as legal counsel in connection with the offering. One of our directors, Thomas Constance, is a partner at Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP. See Note 22 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for certain information regarding professional fees for legal services provided by Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In November 2009 and August 2010, we granted registration rights to the investors in our 2009 and 2010 private placement financings. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights” for a description of the registration rights.

All loans to executive officers and directors of the Company and the Bank have been made in compliance with Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and have been made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with the Bank’s other customers, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. All of such loans are approved by the Board of Directors. The following table presents a summary of the two loans in excess of $120,000 extended by the Bank to any of the Company’s directors, executive officers or immediate family members of such individuals.



129






 

 

 

 

Year

 

Highest
Principal
Balance
During the
Year Ended
December 31,

 

Balance at
December 31,

 

Amount Paid During
the Year Ended
December 31, 2013

 

Interest

Name and Position

 

Type

 

Made

 

2013

 

2013

 

Principal

 

Interest

 

Rate

Michael Walker
General Bank Executive

 

Residential Mortgage
(Construction)

 

2013

$

183,544

$

183,544

$

-

$

1,793

 

3.63%

Jan Sjogren
Chief Operating Officer

 

Residential Mortgage

 

2013

$

1,080,000

$

947,628

$

132,372

$

15,722

 

2.63%


On November 12, 2009, prior to the Company’s initial private placement financing, the Company issued, as a distribution without additional consideration in respect of its pre-existing equity (substantially all of which pre-existing equity was beneficially owned by Messrs. Healy, Lieberman, Tese and Oran), warrants to purchase 3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock, at per share exercise prices of $24.24, $26.18 and $28.28 each for one-third of such shares, exercisable in three substantially equal portions on each of the 6-month, 18-month and 30-month anniversaries of the consummation of a Qualified IPO, but in no event prior to January 25, 2013. Such warrants were originally scheduled to expire on November 12, 2016. On November 15, 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Company determined to extend the expiration date of such warrants to November 12, 2019. Such determination was also approved by the Board of the Company. Each of Messrs. Healy, Lieberman and Tese (or related transferees) holds warrants to acquire 886,254 shares, and Mr. Oran (or related transferees) holds warrants to acquire 417,483 shares.

In each case, warrants issued prior to our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation on October 1, 2010 initially represented rights to acquire limited liability company interests, and after October 1, 2010 represent rights to acquire an equivalent number of shares of common stock.

In November 2009, concurrently with the consummation of the Company’s first private placement financing, Bond Street Investors LLC acquired 1,069,519 Class A limited liability company interests (which were subsequently converted into 1,069,519 shares of Class A Common Stock) at the offering price of $20.00 per interest minus the initial purchaser’s discount/placement agent fee of $1.30 per interest, or $18.70 per interest, or an aggregate of approximately $20 million, including $6 million invested by Messrs. Healy, Lieberman and Tese in the aggregate. In August 2010, concurrently with the consummation of the Company’s second private placement financing, Bond Street Investors LLC acquired 702,976 Class A limited liability company interests (which were subsequently converted into 702,976 shares of Class A Common Stock) in the Company at the offering price, or an aggregate of approximately $14.8 million. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”



130





PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS


The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities as of June 30, 2014 of (i) each person known to the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of the Company’s voting securities (the Class A Common Stock), (ii) each director of the Company, (iii) each named executive officer, (iv) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group and (v) each selling stockholder. As of June 30, 2014, a total of 28,133,501 shares of Class A Common Stock were outstanding.  Each share of Class A Common Stock is entitled to one vote on matters on which holders of Class A Common Stock are eligible to vote. The column entitled “Percentage” shows the percentage of total voting Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by each listed party. Percentage ownership “prior to the offering” is based on 28,133,501 shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014. Percentage ownership “following the offering” is based on 33,925,771 shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after the offering assuming that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised (except where indicated). The Company also has Class B Common Stock. As of June 30, 2014, a total of 7,758,653 shares of Class B Common Stock were outstanding. Following the offering, a total of 6,324,871 shares of our Class B Common Stock will be outstanding assuming that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised (or 5,824,871 shares of our Class B Common Stock will be outstanding assuming that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised for up to 500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock purchased from a selling stockholder who currently beneficially owns shares of Class B Common Stock), as a result of the conversion of certain shares of our Class B Common Stock to the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon the sale of such shares in the offering by certain selling stockholders as indicated in the table below. Our Class B Common Stock is convertible into Class A Common Stock upon transfer, subject to certain restrictions, and is not included in the ownership percentages of our voting stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”


The number of shares beneficially owned is determined under rules promulgated by the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated, each person has sole investment and voting power with respect to the shares indicated. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” as of June 30, 2014 of any shares which such person has the right to acquire within 60 days of June 30, 2014, through the exercise or conversion of any stock option, convertible security, warrant or other right. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares held by each person or group of persons named below on June 30, 2014, any security which such person or persons have the right to acquire within 60 days of June 30, 2014 is deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person or persons, but is not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.


Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the tables below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our Class A Common Stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.


The information in the table below with respect to the selling stockholders is based on the information provided to us by the selling stockholders and as of the date the same was provided to us. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, based on the information supplied to us by or on behalf of the selling shareholders, no selling shareholder is a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer and no selling stockholder holds and has held any position or office, or otherwise has or has had a material relationship, with us, or any of our predecessors or affiliates, within the past three years other than as a result of the ownership of common stock. Assuming that the selling stockholders sell all of the shares of Class A Common Stock owned or beneficially owned by them that have been registered by us and do not acquire any additional shares during the offering, the selling stockholders will not own any shares of Class A Common Stock other than those appearing in the column entitled “Shares of Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned Following the Offering.” We cannot advise you as to whether or not the selling stockholders will in fact sell any or all of such shares of Class A Common Stock. In addition, the selling stockholders may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to time, the shares of Class A Common Stock in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, after the date as of which the information is set forth in the table below.






131






 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Being Offered

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(includes shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Class A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares of

 

to be issued

 

 

 

Shares of

 

 

 

 

 

Class B

 

upon conversion

 

 

 

Class B

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

of outstanding

 

 

 

Common

 

 

 

Shares of

 

Stock

 

shares of Class B

 

Shares of Class A

 

Stock

 

 

 

Class A Common

 

Beneficially

 

Common Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Beneficially

 

 

 

Stock Beneficially

 

Owned

 

at the closing

 

Beneficially

 

Owned

 

 

 

Owned Prior to

 

Prior to

 

and not included

 

Owned Following

 

Following

 

 

 

the Offering

 

the

 

in the first

 

the Offering(2)

 

the

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Offering

 

two columns)

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIRECTORS AND NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vincent S. Tese

 

552,479

(3)

1.9%

 

 

 

552,479

 

1.6%

 

 

Les J. Lieberman

 

552,479

(4)

1.9%

 

 

 

552,479

 

1.6%

 

 

Kent S. Ellert

 

576,738

(5)

2.0%

 

 

 

576,738

 

1.7%

 

 

Paul Burner

 

33,333

(6)

*%

 

 

 

33,333

 

*%

 

 

Alan Bernikow

 

170,000

(7)

*%

 

 

 

170,000

 

*%

 

 

Thomas E. Constance

 

170,000

(7)

*%

 

 

 

170,000

 

*%

 

 

Howard R. Curd

 

170,000

(7)

*%

 

 

 

170,000

 

*%

 

 

Daniel M. Healy

 

562,479

(8)

2.0%

 

 

 

562,479

 

1.6%

 

 

Gerald Luterman

 

170,000

(7)

*%

 

 

 

170,000

 

*%

 

 

William L. Mack

 

437,380

(9)

1.5%

 

 

 

437,380

 

1.3%

 

 

Paul Anthony Novelly

 

1,269,918

(10)

4.5%

 

 

 

1,269,918

 

3.7%

 

 

Stuart I. Oran

 

243,419

(11)

*%

 

 

 

243,419

 

*%

 

 

Frederic Salerno

 

170,000

(7)

*%

 

 

 

170,000

 

*%

 

 

All Executive Officers and Directors as a group
(fourteen persons)

 

5,220,611

(12)

16.9%

 

 

 

5,220,611

 

14.2%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER HOLDERS OF 5% OR MORE OF THE
COMPANY’S VOTING STOCK AND
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Franklin Mutual Advisers LLC

 

2,619,592

(13)

9.3%

 

 

 

2,619,592

 

7.7%

 

 

Elliott Management

 

2,380,952

(14)

8.5%

 

 

 

2,380,952

 

7.0%

 

 

Bond Street Investors LLC (15)

 

1,804,581

 

6.4%

 

 

31,738

 

1,772,843

 

5.2%

 

 

American Funds Insurance Series – Growth Fund (16)

 

1,625,000

 

5.8%

 

 

 

1,625,000

 

4.8%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER SELLING STOCKHOLDERS (17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quintessence Fund L.P. (18)

 

64,446

 

*%

 

34,578

 

99,024

 

 

 

 

QVT Fund IV LP (18)

 

65,464

 

*%

 

34,459

 

99,923

 

 

 

 

QVT Fund V LP (18)

 

387,628

 

1.4%

 

201,134

 

589,762

 

 

 

 

JCSD Partners, LP (19)

 

120,000

 

*%

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

Royal Capital Value Fund (QP), LP (20)

 

98,863

 

*%

 

41,187

 

43,750

 

96,300

 

*%

 

 

Paul Simon (21)

 

137,500

 

*%

 

 

137,500

 

 

 

 

Glenn K. Shapiro Declaration of Trust dated 3/11/03 (22)

 

12,500

 

*%

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

 

The Goldblatt Family Trust (23)

 

48,810

 

*%

 

 

40,000

 

8,810

 

*%

 

 

Wilson Family Restated Living Trust U/A/D
April 28, 2004 (24)

 

97,619

 

*%

 

 

47,619

 

50,000

 

*%

 

 

John & Pam Leffler (25)

 

48,810

 

*%

 

 

30,000

 

18,810

 

*%

 

 

LNG Management Co. LLC (26)

 

8,810

 

*%

 

 

1,000

 

7,810

 

*%

 

 

SBG II Investment LLLP (27)

 

23,810

 

*%

 

 

23,810

 

 

 

 

Oppenheimer Capital Income Fund (28)

 

285,000

 

1.0%

 

90,000

 

375,000

 

 

 

 

Oppenheimer Flexible Strategies Fund (28)

 

375,000

 

1.3%

 

120,000

 

495,000

 

 

 

 

Mike and Becky Shores (29)

 

147,619

 

*%

 

 

36,905

 

110,714

 

*%

 

 

Shores Oilfield Equipment Company, Inc. (29)

 

438,004

 

1.6%

 

 

109,500

 

328,504

 

*%

 

 

Associated Private Equity, LLC (30)

 

23,810

 

*%

 

 

23,810

 

 

 

 

Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. (31)

 

1,315,268

 

4.7%

 

1,992,382

 

826,914

 

1,315,268

 

3.9%

 

1,165,468

 

Taconic Master Fund 1.5 L.P. (32)

 

80,080

 

*%

 

119,488

 

32,500

 

80,080

 

*%

(33)

86,988

(34)

Taconic Opportunities Master Fund L.P. (32)

 

1,011,486

 

3.6%

 

1,852,013

 

467,500

 

1,011,486

 

2.9%

(33)

1,384,513

(34)

Pemco Partners L.P. (35)

 

23,810

 

*%

 

 

23,810

 

 

 

 

Peter Gibert (36)

 

25,000

 

*%

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

Zarom Holding Ltd. (37)

 

550,000

 

2.0%

 

200,000

 

375,000

 

375,000

 

1.1%

 

 

General American Investors Company, Inc. (38)

 

795,000

 

2.8%

 

75,000

 

200,000

 

670,000

 

2.0%

 

 

Investment funds affiliated with Manulife Asset
Management (US) LLC (39)

 

902,690

 

3.2%

 

19,510

 

553,947

 

368,253

 

1.1%

 

 

Selz Family 2011 Trust (40)

 

55,000

 

*%

 

15,372

 

35,000

 

20,000

 

*%

 

15,372

 



132




               

 

*

Represents less than 1% of the shares outstanding.

 

 

(1)

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each executive officer and director of the Company is c/o FCB Financial Holdings, Inc., 2500 Weston Road, Suite 300, Weston, Florida 33331.

 

 

(2)

Amount excludes any shares that might be purchased in the directed share program, if any.

 

 

(3)

Includes: (i) 1,995 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr. Tese through Bond Street Management, LLC, (ii) 106,952 shares of Class A Common Stock which he may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of ownership of limited liability company interests in Bond Street Investors LLC, and (iii) 246,667 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options. This does not include: (i) warrants to purchase 664,692 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Tese directly and warrants to purchase 221,562 shares of Class A Common Stock that have been transferred by Mr. Tese to certain family members, (ii) 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options upon the occurrence of certain conditions, and (iii) 166,667 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of restricted stock units upon the occurrence of certain conditions.

 

 

(4)

Includes: (i) 1,995 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr. Lieberman through Bond Street Management, LLC, (ii) 106,952 shares of Class A Common Stock which he may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of ownership of limited liability company interests in Bond Street Investors LLC, (iii) 89,079 shares of Class A Common Stock that have been transferred by Mr. Lieberman to various estate planning vehicles, and (iv) 246,667 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options. This does not include: (i) warrants to purchase 443,130 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Lieberman directly and warrants to purchase 443,124 shares of Class A Common Stock that have been transferred by Mr. Lieberman to various estate planning vehicles, (ii) 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options upon the occurrence of certain conditions, and (iii) 166,667 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of restricted stock units upon the occurrence of certain conditions.

 

 

(5)

Includes (i) 26,738 shares of Class A Common Stock which Mr. Ellert may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of limited liability company interests in Bond Street Investors LLC beneficially owned by Mr. Ellert or related parties, and (ii) 550,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options. This does not include:  (i) 25,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options and 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options upon the occurrence of certain conditions, and (ii) 166,666 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of restricted stock units upon the occurrence of certain conditions.

 

 

(6)

Includes 33,333 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

 

 

(7)

Includes 170,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

 

 

(8)

Includes (i) 1,995 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr. Healy through Bond Street Management, LLC, (ii) 106,952 shares of Class A Common Stock which he may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of ownership of limited liability company interests in Bond Street Investors LLC, (iii) 98,430 shares of Class A Common Stock that have been transferred by Mr. Healy to various estate planning vehicles, and (iv) 256,667 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options. This does not include: (i) warrants to purchase 443,132 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Healy directly and warrants to purchase 443,122 shares of Class A Common Stock that have been transferred by Mr. Healy to various estate planning vehicles, or (ii) 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options upon the occurrence of certain conditions.

 

 

(9)

Includes (i) 267,380 shares of Class A Common Stock which Mr. Mack may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of limited liability company interests in Bond Street Investors LLC beneficially owned by him or related parties, and (ii) 170,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

 

 

(10)

Includes (i) 302,667 shares of Class A Common Stock which Mr. Novelly may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of limited liability company interests in Bond Street Investors LLC beneficially owned by him or related parties, (ii) 812,444 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by St. Albans Global Management Limited Partnership, LLLP, or SAGM, which Mr. Novelly may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of his position as chief executive officer of, and his minor pecuniary interest in, SAGM, and (iii) 170,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options.  Mr. Novelly disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held by SAGM except to the extent of his minor pecuniary interest.

 

 

(11)

Includes (i) 315 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr. Oran through Bond Street Management, LLC, and (ii) 210,000 shares of Class A Common stock issuable upon the exercise of options. This does not include: (i) warrants to purchase 354,483 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Oran directly and warrants to purchase 63,000 shares of Class A Common Stock that have been transferred by Mr. Oran to various estate planning vehicles, or (ii) 100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options upon the occurrence of certain conditions.

 

 

(12)

Includes 183,333 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options held by James Baiter.

 

 

(13)

Includes shares of Class A Common Stock held by Franklin Mutual Advisers LLC, or FMA, and certain affiliated entities. According to public filings made by FMA with the SEC, pursuant to investment advisory agreements, FMA has sole voting and investment power over all the securities owned by the funds it manages, including the shares of Class A Common Stock. Peter Langerman, President of FMA, exercises dispositive and voting authority over the securities owned by the funds FMA manages. The address of FMA is 101 John F. Kennedy Pkwy, Short Hills, New Jersey 07078.

 

 

(14)

Includes 904,762 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Elliott Associates LP and 1,476,190 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Elliott Opus Holdings LLC. Paul E. Singer, Elliott Capital Advisors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership which is controlled by Mr. Singer, and Elliott Special GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company which is controlled by Mr. Singer, are the general partners of Elliott Associates, L.P. Elliott International, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, is the managing member of Elliott Opus Holdings LLC. Hambledon, Inc., a Cayman Islands corporation controlled by Paul E. Singer, is the sole general partner of Elliott International, L.P. In addition, Elliott International Capital Advisors Inc., the investment manager of Elliott International, L.P., which is controlled by Mr. Singer, has shared power with Elliott International, L.P. to vote and dispose of the shares owned by Elliott International, L.P. The address of Elliott Management is 40 West 57 th Street, New York, New York 10019.

 

 

(15)

Bond Street Investors LLC is a Delaware limited liability company in which certain of our directors and officers, among others, have an interest. Bond Street Investors LLC invested in each of the November 2009 and August 2010 private placement financings. Bond Street Management, LLC is the managing member of Bond Street Investors LLC, and as such has the power to vote, or to direct the voting, of the shares of the Company held by Bond Street Investors LLC. Daniel Healy, Vincent Tese and Les Lieberman are the managers of Bond Street Management, LLC, and as such may be deemed to directly or indirectly control the vote and disposition of shares of Class A Common Stock held by Bond Street Investors LLC. The address of Bond Street Investors LLC is 2500 Weston Road, Suite 300, Weston, Florida 33331.

 

 

(16)

American Funds Insurance Series – Growth Fund, or American Funds, is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Capital Research and Management Company, or CRMC, an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, is the investment adviser to American Funds. CRMC provides investment advisory services to this stockholder through its division Capital World Investors, or CWI. In that capacity, CWI may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of Class A Common Stock held by American Funds. CWI, however, disclaims such beneficial ownership. American Funds has advised that Donnalisa Parks Barnum, Gregory D. Johnson, Michael T. Kerr, Ronald B. Morrow and Alan J. Wilson, as portfolio counselors for American Funds, are primarily responsible for the portfolio management of American Funds, and, as such, have dispositive authority over the shares. The address of American Funds is 333 S. Hope Street, Los Angeles, California 90071.

 

 

(17)

We do not know when or in what amounts the selling stockholders may offer shares for sale. The selling stockholders may not sell any or all of the shares offered by this prospectus. Because the selling stockholders may offer all or some of the shares pursuant to this prospectus, and because we have been informed by the selling stockholders that there are currently no agreements, arrangements or understandings with respect to the sale of any of the shares, we cannot estimate the number of shares that will be sold or that will be held by the selling stockholders after completion of the offering. However, for purposes of this table, we have assumed that, after completion of the offering, none of the shares covered by this prospectus will be held by the selling stockholders.


133



 

(18)

Management of Quintessence Fund L.P. (“Quintessence”), QVT Fund IV LP (“Fund IV”) and QVT Fund V LP (“Fund V”, and together with Quintessence and Fund IV, the “QVT Funds”) is vested in their general partner, QVT Associates GP LLC (“QVT GP”), which may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by Quintessence, Fund IV and Fund V. QVT Financial LP is the investment manager of Quintessence, Fund IV and Fund V and shares voting and investment control over the securities held by Quintessence, Fund IV and Fund V. QVT Financial GP LLC is the general partner of QVT Financial LP and as such has complete discretion in the management and control of the business affairs of QVT Financial LP. The managing members of QVT Financial GP LLC are Daniel Gold, Nicholas Brumm, Arthur Chu and Tracy Fu. Each of QVT Financial LP, QVT Financial GP LLC and the managing members of QVT Financial GP LLC disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by Quintessence, Fund IV and Fund V. The shares being offered by the QVT Funds include 271,171 shares of Class B Common Stock that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale. The address for Quintessence and Fund V is 190 Elgin Avenue, Grand Cayman KY1-9005, Cayman Islands and the address for Fund IV is 615 South DuPont Highway, Dover, Delaware 19901.

 

 

(19)

JCSD Capital, LLC is the General Partner of JCSD Partners, LP. Steven J. Didion is the natural person with voting and dispositive power over the shares listed in the table as held by JCSD Partners, LP. The address for this selling stockholder is 1676 N. California Boulevard, Suite 630, Walnut Creek, California 94596.

 

 

(20)

Yale M. Fergang and Robert W. Medway have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Royal Capital Value Fund (QP), LP. The shares being offered by Royal Capital Value Fund (QP), LP include 41,187 shares of Class B Common Stock that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale. The address for this selling stockholder is c/o Royal Capital Management, LLC, 623 Fifth Avenue, 24 th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

 

 

(21)

The address for this selling stockholder is 1619 Broadway, Suite 500, New York, New York 10019.

 

 

(22)

Sole voting and dispositive power over the securities held by the Glenn K. Shapiro Declaration of Trust dated 3/11/03 is exercised by Glenn K. Shapiro. The address for this selling stockholder is 115 Central Park West, Apartment 7A, New York, New York 10023.

 

 

(23)

Howard S. Goldblatt has voting and investment power over the shares this selling stockholder beneficially owns. The address for this selling stockholder is 2268 Camino Ramon, San Ramon, California 94583.

 

 

(24)

Patricia W. Wilson has voting and dispositive power over the securities held by the selling shareholder. The address of this selling stockholder is 4 Embarcadero Center, Suite 3330, San Francisco, California 94111.

 

 

(25)

The address of these selling stockholders is 7303 N. Hwy 81, Duncan, Oklahoma 73533.

 

 

(26)

Voting and investment control over the securities held by LNG Management Co. LLC is exercised by Lawrence Ng and Kenny Li. The address of this selling stockholder is 633 W. 5 th Street #2800, Los Angeles, California 90071.

 

 

(27)

Voting and investment control over the securities held by SBG II Investment LLLP is exercised by Mark Graham. The address of this selling stockholder is 3333 Piedmont Road, NE Suite 2000, Atlanta, Georgia 30305.

 

 

(28)

Includes 90,000 shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by Oppenheimer Capital Income Fund and 120,000 shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by Oppenheimer Flexible Strategies Fund, in each case, that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale.  Shares are held of record by certain investment funds managed by OppenheimerFunds, Inc. (“OppenheimerFunds”). OppenheimerFunds may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares and be beneficial owners of the shares. OppenheimerFunds disclaims any beneficial ownership. Michelle Borre has voting and dispositive control over the shares held by the OppenheimerFunds. The address of these selling stockholders is 225 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10281.

 

 

( 29 )

Michael Shores has voting and dispositive control over the securities held by these selling stockholders. The address of these selling stockholders is PO Box 351, Ratliff City, Oklahoma 73481. Michael Shores has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Shores Oilfield Equipment.

 

 

( 30 )

Sole voting and dispositive power over the securities held by Associated Private Equity, LLC is exercised by Neil Braverman. The address of this selling stockholder is 4454 Wayside Drive, Naples, Florida 34119.

 

 

( 31 )

Includes (i) 34,764 shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by Future Fund Board of Guardians that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale, (ii) 4,478 shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by Lerner Enterprises, LLC that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale, (iii) 88,148 shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by Oak Hill Credit Alpha Master Fund, L.P. that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale, (iv) 50,275 shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by Oak Hill Credit Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd. that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale, (v) 119,215 shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by OHA Strategic Credit Master Fund II, L.P. that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale, (vi) 413,780 shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by OHA Strategic Credit Master Fund, L.P that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale, (vii) 59,526 shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by OHA Structured Products Master Fund B, L.P. that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale, (viii) 29,307 shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by OHA Structured Products Master Fund, L.P. that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale and (ix) 27,421 shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by 1114 Bond Street Investors, LLC that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale. Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. (“OHA”) is the investment manager for Future Fund Board of Guardians, Lerner Enterprises, LLC, Oak Hill Credit Alpha Master Fund, L.P., Oak Hill Credit Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd., OHA Strategic Credit Master Fund II, L.P., OHA Strategic Credit Master Fund, L.P., OHA Structured Products Master Fund, L.P., OHA Structured Products Master Fund B, L.P. and 1114 Bond Street Investors, LLC (the “Oak Hill Funds”). Glenn R. August has dispositive power and investment control over the shares beneficially owned by each of the Oak Hill Funds. Following the offering, (i) Oak Hill Credit Alpha Master Fund, L.P. will hold 132,723 shares of Class B Common Stock, (ii) Oak Hill Credit Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd. will hold 75,698 shares of Class B Common Stock, (iii) Lerner Enterprises, LLC will hold 6,741 shares of Class B Common Stock, (iv) Future Fund Board of Guardians will hold 52,342 shares of Class B Common Stock, (v) OHA Structured Products Master Fund, LP will hold 44,128 shares of Class B Common Stock, (vi) OHA Strategic Credit Master Fund, L.P. will hold 623,014 shares of Class B Common Stock, (vii) OHA Strategic Credit Master Fund II, L.P. will hold 58,931 shares of Class B Common Stock, (viii) 1114 Bond Street Investors, LLC will hold 82,262 shares of Class B Common Stock and (ix) OHA Structured Products Master Fund B, L.P. will hold 89,626 shares of Class B Common Stock. The address of each of these stockholders is c/o Oak Hill Advisors, L.P., 1114 Avenue of the Americas, 27 th Floor, New York, New York 10036.

 

 

( 32 )

The securities being offered by each of Taconic Master Fund 1.5 L.P. and Taconic Opportunity Master Fund L.P. include shares of Class B Common Stock that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale. Voting and investment control over the securities held by each of Taconic Master Fund 1.5 L.P. and Taconic Opportunity Master Fund L.P. is exercised by Frank P. Brosens. The address of each of the selling stockholders is 450 Park Avenue, 9 th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

 

 

(33)

Percentage ownership “following the offering” is based on 34,425,771 shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after the offering assuming that the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option for up to 500,000 shares purchased from these selling stockholders.

 

 

(34)

The shares of Class B Common Stock beneficially owned following the offering assumes that the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option for up to 500,000 shares purchased from these selling stockholders.




134




(35)

Voting and investment control over the securities held by Pemco Partners L.P. is exercised by Paul Petracca. The address of this selling stockholder is 8 Lyman Street, Suite 204, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581.

 

 

(36)

The address of this selling stockholder is 1176 Castle Cates Drive, Napa, California 94558.

 

 

(37)

Rony Zarom has voting and dispositive power of the securities. The shares being offered by Zarom Holding Ltd. include 200,000 shares of Class B Common Stock that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale. The address of this selling stockholder is 24 West 40 th Street, 14 th Floor, New York, New York 10018.

 

 

(38)

The shares being offered include 75,000 shares of Class B Common Stock that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale. General American Investors Company, Inc. is an internally managed closed-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. General American Investors Company, Inc. is the sole beneficial owner (without qualification or exception) of the shares and has full authority to vote and directly dispose of such securities. Jeffrey W. Priest is the president and chief executive officer of General American Investors Company, Inc. The address of this selling stockholder is 100 Park Avenue, 35 th Floor, New York, New York 10017.

 

 

(39)

Includes (i) 97,200 shares of Class A Common Stock held directly by JH Financial Industries Fund, (ii) 127,122 shares of Class A Common Stock and 6,901 shares of Class B Common Stock that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale, in each case, held directly by JH Financial Opportunities Fund and (iii) 310,115 shares of Class A Common Stock and 12,609 shares of Class B Common Stock that will be converted into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon sale, in each case,  held directly by JH Regional Bank Fund (the “Funds”). Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC is the investment sub-adviser and agent for each of the Funds. The address for these selling stockholders is c/o Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC, 197 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

 

(40)

Each of Lisa P. Selz, Anita M. Pagliaro, Ann Diamond and Bernard Selz has voting power and dispositive power over the shares held by Selz Family 2011 Trust. The address for this selling stockholder is 1370 Avenue of the Americas, 24th Floor, New York, New York 10019.


135





SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE


Prior to our initial public offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of our Class A Common Stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse as described below, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decrease or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions. We have applied to have our Class A Common Stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “FCB.” As of June 30, 2014, there were 35,892,154 shares of common stock outstanding, including 28,133,501 shares of Class A Common Stock and 7,758,653 shares of Class B Common Stock, held by approximately 94 holders of record.


Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of the offering, we will have 33,925,771 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding and 6,324,871 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding. The shares of Class A Common Stock being sold in the offering will be freely tradable, other than by any of our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, without restriction or registration under the Securities Act. All remaining shares, and all shares subject to outstanding options, were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rule 144. These remaining shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.


As a result of the selling restriction agreements, and the provisions of Rule 144, the restricted securities will first become available for sale in the public market as follows excluding the effect of purchases, if any, of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the offering:


Days After the Date

of this Prospectus

 

Additional Shares

of Class A Common

Stock Eligible for

Public Sale

 

Additional Shares of

Class B Common

Stock Eligible for

Public Sale

 

Comments

90 days

 

21,968,940

 

6,324,871

 

Shares available for sale after expiration of lock-up period in the registration rights agreements and certain lock-up agreements described below.

180 days

 

3,200,093

 

0

 

Shares available for sale after expiration of certain lock-up agreements described below.


Lock-Up Arrangements

We have agreed that, for a period commencing on the date of the underwriting agreement that we are entering into in connection with the offering until 180 days after the initial closing of the offering, and subject to compliance with registration rights granted to our stockholders prior to the date hereof and described herein, we will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives:


·

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer, directly or indirectly, any of our equity securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing; or

·

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of our equity securities,


whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of the shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The prior sentence will not apply to grants of options to acquire shares of common stock under our 2009 Option Plan or to issuances in connection with the initial public offering.


Bond Street Management, LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC, our officers and the Company’s directors have each agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period beginning on the date of the underwriting agreement that we are entering into in connection with the offering and ending on (and including) the date that is 180 days after the date of the initial closing of the offering, they will not, without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.:



136






·

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer, directly or indirectly, any of our equity securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities; or

·

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of our equity securities,


whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the prior sentence, subject to applicable securities laws, the FDIC Policy and the restrictions contained in our certificate of incorporation, these persons may transfer our securities (including, without limitation, the shares of common stock): (a) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees agree to be bound in writing by the same restrictions described above; or (b) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or the immediate family of the holder, provided that the trustee agrees in writing to be bound by the same restrictions described above.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreements entered into in connection with our 2009 and 2010 private placement financings, each holder agreed that it would not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell, grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities for a period of up to 90 days (or 180 days with respect to equity securities purchased by Bond Street Investors LLC concurrently with the consummation of the 2009 private placement financing) following the effective date of the registration statement for the initial public offering or up to 90 days (or 180 days with respect to equity securities purchased by Bond Street Investors LLC concurrently with the consummation of the 2009 private placement financing) following the date of an underwritten offering pursuant to a shelf registration statement.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to any other requirements of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of the applicable class of common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, most of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement are eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period or certain other restrictions contained in Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Within 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we have agreed to use our best efforts to file a registration statement with the SEC providing for the resale pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time, by the holders thereof, of (a) 22,069,519 shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2009, by and between us and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as initial purchaser/placement agent for the benefit of the investors in the 2009 private placement financing and (b) 14,279,993 shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2010, by and between us and the investors in the 2010 private placement financing.



137





2009 Option Plan and 2013 Stock Incentive Plan

As described above in “Management—Description of Equity Incentive Plan,” at the time of the 2009 private placement financing we adopted the 2009 Option Plan, which is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. As described above in “Management—Description of Equity Incentive Plan,” the 2009 Option Plan provides for the grant of options to acquire Class A Common Stock up to an aggregate of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock at the time of the award, subject to a maximum of 4,375,000 shares of common stock that may be issued during the five-year term of the 2009 Option Plan.

As of June 30, 2014, 3,686,000 shares of Class A Common Stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2009 Option Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $20.41 per share, of which 3,036,354 options were vested. In addition, as of June 30, 2014, there were an aggregate of 15,160 shares reserved for future issuance under the 2009 Option Plan.

In November 2013, the Compensation Committee and the Board of the Company approved and adopted the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, which provides for grants in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares of restricted stock or restricted stock units (limited to 500,000 shares of restricted stock), up to an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of common stock. Under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, no award is exercisable except following the closing of a public offering (6 months after such event in the case of restricted shares/units, and in the case of options, 1/3 of the grant at each of 6, 18 and 30 months following such an event), or as a result of a change in control. All grants are subject to a one-year non-compete, non-solicit agreement.

As of June 30, 2014, 2,170,500 shares of Class A Common Stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $19.75 per share, of which 1,500,000 options were vested; and 500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of outstanding restricted stock units under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. Pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, none of those options or restricted stock units were currently exercisable. In addition, as of June 30, 2014, there were an aggregate of 329,500 shares reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

Such options and shares under restricted stock units issued under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan become exercisable upon the earlier to occur of (a) a Change in Control of the Company or the Bank and (b) (i) with respect to one-third of such securities, one half year (183 days) following the consummation of a Qualified IPO and (ii) the second one-third become exercisable one and one half years (548 days) following the consummation of a Qualified IPO and (iii) the final one-third become exercisable two year and one half years (913 days) following the consummation of a Qualified IPO. We expect the offering to constitute a Qualified IPO.

As soon as practicable after the completion of the offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock issuable under the 2009 Option Plan and the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. Accordingly, shares of common stock underlying these options will be freely tradable and eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting provisions, terms of the lock-up agreements, terms of any applicable holding period restrictions related to the FDIC Policy and, in the case of affiliates only, the restrictions of Rule 144 other than the holding period requirement.

Warrants

On November 12, 2009, prior to the Company’s initial private placement financing, the Company issued, as a distribution without additional consideration in respect of its pre-existing equity, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock, at per share exercise prices of $24.24, $26.18 and $28.28 each for one-third of such shares, exercisable in three substantially equal portions on each of the 6-month, 18-month and 30-month anniversaries of the consummation of a Qualified IPO. Such warrants were originally scheduled to expire on November 12, 2016. On November 15, 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Company determined to extend the expiration date of such 2009 Warrants to November 12, 2019. On November 19, 2013, such determination was also approved by the Board of the Company. We expect the offering to constitute a Qualified IPO.

On August 13, 2010 and November 12, 2010, the Company issued the 2010 Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,142,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, at a per share exercise price of between $26.45 and $35.99 (depending on the date of exercise). All of the 2010 Warrants were cancelled in December 2013.  

In each case, warrants issued prior to our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation on October 1, 2010 initially represented rights to acquire limited liability company interests, and after October 1, 2010 represent rights to acquire an equivalent number of shares of common stock.



138





DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description sets forth the general terms and provisions of our capital stock. The statements below describing our securities do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable provisions in the bylaws, certificate of incorporation and the registration rights agreements, copies of which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.


General

Our certificate of incorporation provides that we may issue up to 100,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of Class B Common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of June 30, 2014, there were 28,133,501 shares of Class A Common Stock and 7,758,653 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding and 77 and 17 stockholders of record, respectively. After the offering, there will be an aggregate of 40,250,642 shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding or 41,057,892 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. In addition, as of June 30, 2014, there were options, restricted stock units and warrants to purchase 9,659,428 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding.

Common Stock

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.  Other than with respect to voting rights and transfer and conversion provisions, each as described below, the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are treated equally and identically.

Voting Rights.  The holders of our Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Holders of our Class B Common Stock do not have voting power except as required by applicable law. Holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose.

Conversion.  Each share of Class B Common Stock will be convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock, subject to the following restrictions. Class B Common Stock may not be converted into Class A Common Stock in the hands of the initial investor or any of its affiliates and may only be transferred by the initial investor if (A) such transfer is otherwise permitted by the Company’s certificate of incorporation and (B) such transfer is (i) to an affiliate of the initial investor or to the Company; (ii) in a widespread public distribution; (iii) in transfers in which no transferee (or group of associated transferees) would receive 2% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company; or (iv) to a transferee that would control more than 50% of the voting securities of the Company without any transfer from the investor. Class A Common Stock may not be converted into Class B Common Stock.

Dividends.  Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of legally available funds. See “Dividend Policy” and “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions.”

Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up.  Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding.

Preemptive Rights.  Holders of common stock have no preemptive rights or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock.

Assessment.  All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the common stock to be outstanding upon completion of the offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Ownership Limitations.  If any applicable regulatory authority determines that the identity or structure of a holder of common stock precludes the Company from participating in any acquisition of a financial institution or otherwise precludes the granting of any approval, consent or similar actions, then the Company may require the holder of common stock to transfer such common stock or, at the discretion of the Company and subject to applicable regulatory approval, the Company may repurchase the common stock from such holder.



139





The Company is a bank holding company. A holder of common stock (or group of holders acting in concert) that (i) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 5% of the total voting power of the Company, (ii) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote 10% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company if applicable presumptions are not rebutted, (iii) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company, or (iv) is otherwise deemed to “control” the Company under applicable regulatory standards may be subject to important restrictions, such as prior regulatory notice or approval requirements and applicable provisions of the FDIC Policy.

Preferred Stock

No shares of preferred stock are issued and outstanding, and we have no current intent to issue preferred stock in the immediate future. The Board of Directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time the undesignated preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the number of shares, designations, preferences, powers, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications or restrictions thereof. The preferences, powers, rights and restrictions of different series of preferred stock may differ with respect to dividend rates, amounts payable on liquidation, voting rights, conversion rights, redemption provisions, sinking fund provisions, and purchase funds and other matters. The issuance of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock or adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of common stock, and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.

Warrants

On November 12, 2009, prior to the Company’s initial private placement financing, the Company issued, as a distribution without additional consideration in respect of its pre-existing equity, warrants, or the 2009 Warrants, to purchase an aggregate of 3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock, at per share exercise prices of $24.24, $26.18 and $28.28 each for one-third of such shares exercisable in three substantially equal portions on each of the 6-month, 18-month and 30-month anniversaries of the consummation of a Qualified IPO, but in no event prior to January 25, 2013. The 2009 Warrants were originally scheduled to expire on November 12, 2016. On November 15, 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Company determined to extend the expiration date of such 2009 Warrants to November 12, 2019. On November 19, 2013, such determination was also approved by the Board of the Company. We expect the offering to constitute a Qualified IPO.

On August 13, 2010 and November 12, 2010, the Company issued warrants, or the 2010 Warrants, to purchase an aggregate of 2,142,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, at a per share exercise price of between $26.45 and $35.99 (depending on the date of exercise). The 2010 Warrants were cancelled in December 2013.

In each case, warrants issued prior to our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation on October 1, 2010 initially represented rights to acquire limited liability company interests, and after October 1, 2010 represent rights to acquire an equivalent number of shares of common stock.

Registration Rights

Within 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we have agreed to use our best efforts to file a registration statement with the SEC providing for the resale pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time, by the holders thereof, of (a) 22,069,519 shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2009, by and between us and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as initial purchaser/placement agent for the benefit of the investors in the 2009 private placement financing and (b) 14,279,993 shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2010, by and between us and the investors in the 2010 private placement financing.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Authorized Representatives

Delaware General Corporation Law

The DGCL at Section 102(b)(7) enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions), or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.



140





The DGCL, at Section 145, provides, in pertinent part, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the request of the corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Lack of good faith, or lack of a reasonable belief that one’s actions are in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, lack of reasonable cause to believe one’s conduct was unlawful is not presumed from the termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or nolo contendere plea or its equivalent. In addition, the indemnification of expenses (including attorneys’ fees) is allowed in derivative actions, except no indemnification is allowed in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which any such person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought decides that indemnification is proper. To the extent that any such person succeeds on the merits or otherwise in defense of any of the above described actions or proceedings, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees). The determination that the person to be indemnified met the applicable standard of conduct, if not made by a court, is made by the board of directors of the corporation by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors not party to such an action, suit or proceeding or, if a quorum is not obtainable or a disinterested quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or by the stockholders. Expenses may be paid in advance upon the receipt of undertakings to repay. A corporation may purchase indemnity insurance.

Certificate of Incorporation

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Section 145 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented, shall indemnify each person who is or was an officer or director of the Company and each person who serves or served as an officer or director of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the Company and may indemnify any and all other persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section, each an authorized representative from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section. Our certificate of incorporation further provides that a director, officer or other authorized representative of the Company shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, officer or other authorized representative, except to the extent that exculpation from liability is not permitted under the DGCL as in effect at the time such liability is determined.

Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any person indemnified under our certificate of incorporation in defending a third party proceeding or corporate proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such third party proceeding or corporate proceeding and within 30 days of receipt by the secretary of the Company, if required by law, of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized in the certificate of incorporation. Any person receiving indemnification payments shall reimburse the Company for such indemnification payments to the extent that such person also receives payments under an insurance policy in respect of such matter.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase and maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (or its equivalent) for the Company and its subsidiaries with financially responsible insurers in such amounts and against such losses and risks as are customary for the business conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries. We maintain insurance policies under which our directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of the policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of actions, suits or proceedings, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of such actions, suits or proceedings, to which they are parties by reason of being or having been such directors or officers which could include liabilities under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Indemnification Agreements

Prior to completion of the offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our certificate of incorporation against any and all expenses and liabilities, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest and amounts paid in settlement of any claim with our approval and counsel fees and disbursements. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our certificate of incorporation.



141





Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Board Composition

The bylaws of the Company provide that the Board of Directors shall consist of not less than seven members or more than 15 members, as set by the Board of Directors from time to time. The certificate of incorporation of the Company provides that the number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors of the Company is 12. The Board of Directors is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equally as possible. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided, that each director initially appointed to Class I shall serve for an initial term expiring at the first annual meeting of the stockholders; each director initially appointed to Class II shall serve for an initial term expiring at the second annual meeting of the stockholders; and each director initially appointed to Class III shall serve for an initial term expiring at the third annual meeting of the stockholders; provided, further, that after the first re-election of Class III directors for an additional three-year term, each subsequent election of directors at any subsequent annual meeting of the stockholders shall elect the directors elected at such meeting for a one year term expiring at the Company’s next annual meeting of the stockholders thereafter. The term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of a successor and be subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

Anti-Takeover Considerations and Special Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law

The following sets forth certain provisions of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. Banking laws also impose notice approval and ongoing regulatory requirements on any stockholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. For additional information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Notice and Approval Requirements.”

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.  Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the director of our Board of Directors or a committee of our Board of Directors.

Stockholder Meetings.  Our bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called for any purpose or purposes pursuant to a resolution approved by the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors, or by the Executive Chairman, the Executive Vice-Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary upon written request signed by the holders of more than 50% of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote at such meeting.

No Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting.  Our certificate of incorporation provides that stockholders are not entitled to act by written consent.

Amendments to our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.  Under the DGCL, our bylaws may be modified by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws.

The DGCL also provides that any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must be made by a resolution of the Board of Directors setting forth the amendment, declaring its advisability, and either calling a special meeting of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon or directing that the amendment proposed be considered at the next annual meeting of the stockholders. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon is required to approve any amendment to our certificate of incorporation; provided, that the prior approval of holders of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote thereon whose aggregate Class A Common Stock holdings at such time exceed 80% of all Class A Common Stock at such time is required to (i) amend or alter the provision of the certificate of incorporation regarding amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and (ii) to amend or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with the section of the certificate of incorporation regarding the composition and term of office of our Board of Directors.

No Cumulative Voting.  The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.



142





Director Removal.  Our bylaws provide that holders of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote thereon whose aggregate Class A Common Stock holdings at such time exceed 80% of all Class A Common Stock at such time may remove an officer or director without cause by written notice to the Company and such officer or director.

Section 203 of the DGCL.  We will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:


·

before such date, our Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested holder;

·

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

·

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by our Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.


In general, Section 203 defines “business combination” to include the following:


·

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

·

any sale, transfer, pledge, or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

·

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

·

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

·

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.


In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 with an expressed provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an expressed provision in its certificate of incorporation or by-laws resulting from amendments approved by holders of at least a majority of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares. We intend not to elect to “opt out” of Section 203.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Computershare, 480 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, New Jersey 07310, telephone: (800) 851-9677 (United States and Canada) or (201) 680-6578 (International) is our transfer agent and registrar.

Listing

We have applied to have our Class A Common Stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “FCB.”



143





UNDERWRITING


Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, for whom Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the following respective number of shares of Class A Common Stock at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:


Underwriters

 

 

Number of

Shares of Class A

Common Stock

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

 

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

 

 

UBS Securities LLC

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

 

 

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

 

 

Hovde Group, LLC

 

 

          Total

 

 


The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to purchase the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus if any of these shares are purchased.

We and the selling stockholders have been advised by the representatives of the underwriters that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A Common Stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $      per share under the public offering price. The underwriters may allow, and these dealers may re-allow, a concession of not more than $      per share to other dealers. After the initial public offering, representatives of the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms. Sales of shares of Class A Common Stock outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,307,250 additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, of which up to 807,250 shares may be purchased from us and up to 500,000 shares may be purchased from a selling stockholder. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of these additional shares of Class A Common Stock as the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be purchased by it in the above table bears to the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell these additional shares of Class A Common Stock to the underwriters to the extent the option is exercised. If any additional shares of Class A Common Stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the 4,358,488 shares are being offered.

The underwriting discounts and commissions per share are equal to the public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling stockholders per share of Class A Common Stock. The underwriting discounts and commissions are        % of the initial public offering price. We have agreed to pay the underwriters the following discounts and commissions, assuming either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of the underwriters’ over-allotment option:


 

 

 

 

Total Fees

 

 

Fee per

Share

 

Without

Exercise

of Option

 

With Full

Exercise

of Option

Discounts and commissions paid by us

$

 

$

 

$

 


We estimate that the total expenses, including the expenses of the selling stockholders, of the offering payable by us, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to the clearance of the offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in an amount of up to $50,000.



144





We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some specified types of liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of any of these liabilities.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed that we and the selling stockholders will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or for the sale of, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer, directly or indirectly, any of our equity securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing (except as required pursuant to our existing registration rights agreements), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of our equity securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, in each case without the prior written consent of the Representatives for a period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 180 days after the initial closing of the offering, other than the shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold hereunder, any shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon the exercise of warrants, options or shares reserved for issuance under our 2009 Option Plan and 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and shares of our common stock issued in exchange for all or substantially all of the equity or assets of a company in connection with a merger or acquisition.

Bond Street Management, LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC, certain stockholders, our officers and directors, the Bank’s officers and directors and the selling stockholders have each entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters prior to the commencement of the offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, subject to certain exceptions, for a period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 180 days after the initial closing of the offering, may not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer, directly or indirectly, any of our equity securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities (including, without limitation, shares of Class A Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a share option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of our equity securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of Class A Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our shares of Class A Common Stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a description of the registration rights.

Consent for the restricted transactions described above may be given by the Representatives at any time without public notice, except in the case of consents given to our officers and directors, in which case we will be required to announce such a consent in a press release at least two business days prior to the effective date of the consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will not be required to announce a consent given to an officer or director if (1) the consent has been given solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (2) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of the lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer. Transfers or dispositions can also be made during the lock-up period in the case of gifts or for estate planning purposes where the donee or trustee, as applicable, agree in writing to be bound to the same restrictions described above. There are no agreements between the representatives and any of our stockholders or affiliates releasing them from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreements entered into in connection with our 2009 and 2010 private placement financings, each holder agreed that it would not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell, grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities for a period of up to 90 days (or 180 days with respect to equity securities purchased by Bond Street Investors LLC concurrently with the consummation of the 2009 private placement financing) following the effective date of the registration statement for the initial public offering or up to 90 days (or 180 days with respect to equity securities purchased by Bond Street Investors LLC concurrently with the consummation of the 2009 private placement financing) following the date of an underwritten offering pursuant to a shelf registration statement.

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.



145





Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

In connection with our 2009 and 2010 private placement financings, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. received cash compensation for acting as placement agent, a portion of which was paid at the time of the respective closing of each such private placement financing, and approximately $10 million of which, in the aggregate, was taken out of the proceeds of the private placement financings and held aside to be paid at the time of a qualified initial public offering. We expect the offering to constitute a qualified initial public offering and to pay the funds held aside to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. upon completion of the offering. None of the proceeds from the offering will be used to pay any portion of the withheld placement fee.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our Class A Common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions.

Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are any sales in excess of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the other underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives of the underwriters have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our Class A Common Stock. Additionally, these purchases, along with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock. As a result, the price of our Class A Common Stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is acting as stabilization agent in connection with the offering.

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “FCB.”

A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on Internet web sites maintained by one or more of the lead underwriters of the offering and may be made available on web sites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part.



146





Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the Class A Common Stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our clients, centers of influence and other individuals associated with us and members of their families. The sales will be made by UBS Financial Services Inc., a selected dealer affiliated with UBS Securities LLC, an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A Common Stock. Participants in the directed share program who purchase more than $1,000,000 of shares shall be subject to a 25-day lock-up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. This lock-up will have similar restrictions and an identical extension provision to the lock-up agreements described below. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors, executive officers or selling stockholders shall be subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price of our Class A Common Stock will be determined by negotiation among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the primary factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price, we, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:


·

prevailing market conditions;

·

our results of operations in recent periods;

·

the present stage of our development;

·

the market capitalizations and stages of development of other companies that we and the representatives of the underwriters believe to be comparable to our business; and

·

estimates of our business potential.


See “Risk Factors—There has been no prior public market for our common stock and an active trading market in our stock may not develop or be sustained.”



147





CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A Common Stock. The following summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations and judicial and administrative authority, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. U.S. federal estate and gift tax consequences and state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences are not summarized, nor, except as provided herein, are tax consequences to special classes of investors including, but not limited to, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, banks or other financial institutions, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dealers in securities, expatriates, persons liable for the alternative minimum tax, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, persons who have acquired our Class A Common Stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or persons that will hold our Class A Common Stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction. Tax consequences may vary depending upon the particular status of an investor. The summary is limited to non-U.S. Holders who will hold our Class A Common Stock as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment).

You are a non-U.S. Holder if you are a beneficial owner of our Class A Common Stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is neither an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership nor (i) a citizen or individual resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation (or other entity that is taxable as a corporation) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any State (or the District of Columbia); (iii) an estate if the income of such estate falls within the federal income tax jurisdiction of the United States regardless of the source of such income; or (iv) a trust (a) if a United States court is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of the trust, or (b) that has in effect a valid election under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A Common Stock, the tax consequences to a partner relating to an investment in our Class A Common Stock will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are treated as a partner in such an entity holding our Class A Common Stock, you are urged to consult your own tax advisor as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS).

Distributions

Distributions with respect to our Class A Common Stock will be treated as dividends when paid to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Generally, distributions treated as dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder with respect to our Class A Common Stock will be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Distributions that are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such holder) are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and are exempt from the 30% withholding tax (assuming compliance with certain certification requirements). Any such effectively connected distributions received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be applicable under an income tax treaty.

For purposes of obtaining a reduced rate of withholding under an income tax treaty, a non-U.S. holder will generally be required to provide a U.S. taxpayer identification number as well as certain information concerning the holder’s country of residence and entitlement to tax treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder can generally meet the certification requirement by providing a properly executed Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Form W-8BEN (if the holder is claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty) or Form W-8ECI (if the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States) or suitable substitute form. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the manner of claiming the benefits of such treaty.



148





Sale or Other Disposition

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition (other than a redemption, which may be subject to withholding tax or certification requirements under certain circumstances) of our Class A Common Stock unless: (i) the non-US holder is an individual that is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or disposition, and certain other requirements are met; (ii) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States (and, if a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S. holder); or (iii) our Class A Common Stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition, or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A Common Stock.

We believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, no assurance can be given that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, so long as our Class A Common Stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such Class A Common Stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests in the hands of a non-U.S. holder only if the non-U.S. holder actually or constructively holds more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock.

If an individual non-U.S. holder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of disposition, the non-U.S. holder may pay U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain from the sale or other disposition of our Class A Common Stock (other than gain that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business), which may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses.

Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct by non-U.S. holders of a trade or business within the United States (and, if a treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent established maintained by the non-U.S. holder) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally as if such holder were a resident of the United States. Further, non-U.S. holders that are foreign corporations may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payment of dividends, and the tax withheld with respect thereto, is subject to information reporting requirements. These information reporting requirements apply regardless of whether no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. Under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement, copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides. U.S. backup withholding will generally apply on payment of dividends to non-U.S. holders unless such non-U.S. holders furnish to the payor a Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form), or otherwise establish an exemption and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a U.S. person, as defined under the Code, that is not an exempt recipient.

Payment of the proceeds of a sale of our Class A Common Stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries is subject to information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding, unless the non-U.S. holder, or beneficial owner thereof, as applicable, certifies that it is a non-U.S. holder on Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form), or otherwise establishes an exemption and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person, as defined under the Code, that is not an exempt recipient.

Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder is allowable as a credit against such non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax, which may entitle the non-U.S. holder to a refund, provided that the non-U.S. holder timely provides the required information to the IRS. Moreover, certain penalties may be imposed by the IRS on a non-U.S. holder who is required to furnish information but does not do so in the proper manner. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax own advisors regarding the application of backup withholding in their particular circumstances and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding under current Treasury regulations.



149





Recent Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

Legislation enacted in 2010 and existing guidance issued thereunder will require, after June 30, 2014, withholding at a rate of 30% on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2016 gross proceeds from the sale of our Class A Common Stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to accounts or interests in the institution held by certain United States persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly- or partially-owned by United States persons and to withhold on certain payments. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations or other guidance may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which our Class A Common Stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, our Class A Common Stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies to us that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which we will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. We will not pay any additional amounts to stockholders in respect of any amounts withheld. Prospective investors are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our Class A Common Stock.



150





LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for the Company by Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP, New York, New York. Sullivan & Cromwell LLP also has advised the Company with respect to certain matters. Certain legal matters with respect to the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The audited consolidated financial statements of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (formerly Bond Street Holdings, Inc.) and subsidiaries included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the reports of Grant Thornton, LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The audited consolidated financial statements of Great Florida Bank and subsidiaries included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Morrison, Brown, Argiz & Farra, LLC, independent auditor, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC through its Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System, or EDGAR, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules thereto in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and reference is hereby made to such omitted information. Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement, or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are summaries of the terms of such contracts, agreements, or documents. Reference is made to each such exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved. The registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto filed with the SEC may be inspected, without charge, and copies may be obtained at prescribed rates at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain additional information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The registration statement and other information filed by us with the SEC via EDGAR are also available at the web site maintained by the SEC on the World Wide Web at www.sec.gov .

The internet address of our corporate website is www.floridacommunitybank.com . We intend to make our periodic SEC reports (on Forms 10-K and 10-Q) and current reports (on Form 8-K), as well as the beneficial ownership reports filed by our directors, officers and 10% stockholders (on Forms 3, 4 and 5) available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed electronically with the SEC. We may from time to time provide important disclosures to investors by posting them in the investor relations section of our website, as allowed by SEC rules.

The information on our website is not a part of this prospectus and will not be part of any of our periodic or current reports to the SEC.




151





INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

 

Page

 

 

 

FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF MARCH 31, 2014 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets – March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

 

F-2

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

 

F-3

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

 

F-4

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2014
and 2013

 

F-5

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

 

F-6

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

 

 

 

FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.

(FORMERLY BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

 

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-47

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

F-48

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

F-49

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

F-50

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

F-51

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

F-52

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-53

 

 

 

GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

 

 

 

Independent Auditor’s Report

 

F-105

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-106

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-107

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

F-108

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

F-109

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-110

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-111



F-1



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF MARCH 31, 2014 AND DECEMBER 31, 2013

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(unaudited)


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

$

87,697

$

239,217

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity securities (fair value of $369 and $364)

 

369

 

365

Available for sale securities, at fair value

 

1,612,386

 

1,145,771

Federal Home Loan Bank and other bank stock, at cost

 

43,354

 

36,187

Total investment securities

 

1,656,109

 

1,182,323

Loans:

 

 

 

 

Acquired loans (including Covered Loans of $337,124 and $359,255)

 

1,006,166

 

488,073

New loans

 

1,932,196

 

1,770,711

Allowance for loan losses

 

(15,494)

 

(14,733)

Loans, net

 

2,922,868

 

2,244,051

FDIC loss share indemnification asset

 

80,605

 

87,229

Due from Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC")

 

1,938

 

3,659

Premises and equipment, net

 

43,533

 

40,941

Other real estate owned (including Covered Assets of $32,185 and $27,299)

 

86,244

 

34,682

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

90,317

 

39,369

Deferred tax assets, net (including valuation allowance of $9,151 and $0)

 

39,183

 

5,828

Bank owned life insurance

 

116,075

 

75,257

Other assets

 

42,931

 

20,814

Total assets

$

5,167,500

$

3,973,370

Liabilities and Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

Transaction accounts:

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

$

417,529

$

291,658

Interest bearing

 

1,797,976

 

1,336,679

Total transaction accounts

 

2,215,505

 

1,628,337

Time deposits

 

1,514,164

 

1,165,196

Total deposits

 

3,729,669

 

2,793,533

Total borrowings (including FHLB advances of $578,870 and $431,013)

 

665,829

 

435,866

Other liabilities

 

48,133

 

27,857

Total liabilities

 

4,443,631

 

3,257,256

Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100 million shares authorized; 29,060,813 issued and 28,133,501 outstanding at March 31, 2014; 28,992,314 issued and 28,065,002 outstanding at December 31, 2013  

 

29

 

29

Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 50 million shares authorized; 7,950,785 issued and 7,758,653 outstanding at March 31, 2014; 8,019,284 issued and 7,827,152 outstanding at December 31, 2013  

 

8

 

8

Additional paid-in capital

 

724,067

 

723,631

Retained earnings

 

16,300

 

12,772

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

2,216

 

(1,575)

Treasury stock, at cost; 927,312 Class A and 192,132 Class B common shares

 

(18,751)

 

(18,751)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

723,869

 

716,114

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

5,167,500

$

3,973,370




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-2



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

$

34,852

$

25,518

Interest and dividends on investment securities

 

10,066

 

8,939

Total interest income

 

44,918

 

34,457

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

5,309

 

4,312

Interest on borrowings

 

1,264

 

1,058

Total interest expense

 

6,573

 

5,370

Net interest income

 

38,345

 

29,087

Provision for loan losses

 

1,090

 

1,096

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

37,255

 

27,991

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

Service charges and fees

 

738

 

517

FDIC loss share indemnification loss

 

(4,992)

 

(3,789)

Income from resolution of acquired assets

 

1,037

 

1,799

Gain on sales of other real estate owned

 

432

 

1,439

Gain on sales of investment securities

 

2,495

 

1,386

Other non-interest income

 

2,838

 

1,332

Total non-interest income

 

2,548

 

2,684

Non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

16,420

 

11,300

Occupancy and equipment expenses

 

3,433

 

2,441

Other real estate and acquired assets resolution related expenses

 

3,761

 

5,691

Professional services

 

1,832

 

2,006

Data processing and network

 

3,210

 

1,632

Regulatory assessments and insurance

 

1,774

 

1,288

Other operating expenses

 

4,036

 

2,169

Total non-interest expenses

 

34,466

 

26,527

Income before income tax provision expense

 

5,337

 

4,148

Income tax provision expense

 

1,809

 

1,650

Net income

$

3,528

$

2,498

Earnings per common share: Basic

$

0.10

$

0.07

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: Basic

 

35,892,154

 

37,011,598

Earnings per common share: Diluted

$

0.10

$

0.07

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: Diluted

 

35,896,445

 

37,013,630




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-3



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013

(dollars in thousands)

(unaudited)


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Net income

$

3,528

$

2,498

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net holding gains on investment securities available for sale, net of taxes of $2,505 and $1,707, respectively

 

3,989

 

2,718

Reclassification adjustment for gains on investment securities available for sale included in net income, net of taxes of $(125) and $(524), respectively  

 

(198)

 

(835)

Total comprehensive income

$

7,319

$

4,381




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-4



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(unaudited)


 

 

Common Stock
Shares Outstanding

 

Common Stock
Issued

 

Additional
Paid in

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Treasury

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

Total
Stockholders'

 

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Capital

 

(Deficit)

 

Stock

 

Income (Loss)

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of
December 31, 2012

 

28,992,314

 

8,019,284 

$

29

$

8

$

720,996

$

(4,399)

$

$

11,540 

$

728,174

Stock-based
compensation

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

951

 

 

 

 

951

Net income

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2,498 

 

 

 

2,498

Other comprehensive income

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

1,883 

 

1,883

Balance as of
March 31, 2013

 

28,992,314

 

8,019,284 

$

29

$

8

$

721,947

$

(1,901)

$

$

13,423 

$

733,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of
December 31, 2013

 

28,065,002

 

7,827,152 

$

29

$

8

$

723,631

$

12,772 

$

(18,751)

$

(1,575)

$

716,114

Stock-based
compensation

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

436

 

 

 

 

436

Exchange of B shares
to A shares

 

68,499

 

(68,499)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

Net income

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,528 

 

 

 

3,528

Other comprehensive income

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

3,791 

 

3,791

Balance as of
March 31, 2014

 

28,133,501

 

7,758,653 

$

29

$

8

$

724,067

$

16,300 

$

(18,751)

$

2,216 

$

723,869




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-5



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013

(dollars in thousands)

(unaudited)


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

3,528

$

2,498

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
(net of the impact from Great Florida Bank acquisition):

 

 

 

 

Accretion of discount on loans

 

(1,006)

 

(716)

Amortization (accretion) of premium (discount) on investment securities, net

 

344

 

450

Net amortization related to time deposits and FHLB advances

 

(385)

 

247

Provision for loan losses

 

1,090

 

1,096

Loss share indemnification loss

 

4,992

 

3,789

Collection from FDIC on loss share indemnification asset

 

1,938

 

8,741

Gain on sale of investment securities

 

(2,495)

 

(1,386)

Gain on sale of other real estate

 

(432)

 

(1,439)

Loss on sale of premises and equipment

 

-

 

21

Stock-based compensation expense

 

436

 

951

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment and intangible assets

 

1,373

 

1,100

Impairment of other real estate owned

 

445

 

945

Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

 

(818)

 

-

Other:

 

 

 

 

Increase in other assets

 

(22,782)

 

(32,079)

Decrease in other liabilities

 

14,910

 

6,710

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

1,137

 

(9,073)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

(513,119)

 

(337,341)

Sales, paydown and maturities of investment securities available for sale

 

330,347

 

330,853

Purchases of FHLB and other bank stock

 

(18,549)

 

(35)

Sales of FHLB and other bank stock

 

11,382

 

458

Cash paid for acquisition net of cash received

 

(14,073)

 

-

Change in loans, net

 

(130,781)

 

(129,690)

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

 

(40,000)

 

-

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

 

13,040

 

17,380

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(323)

 

(162)

Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment

 

-

 

107

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(362,075)

 

(118,430)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

Change in deposits, net

 

72,160

 

80,105

Change in short-term FHLB advances, net

 

137,658

 

15,236

Net increase in repurchase agreements

 

(368)

 

2,083

Other financing costs

 

(32)

 

(6)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

209,418

 

97,418

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

(151,520)

 

(30,085)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

 

239,217

 

96,220

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

$

87,697

$

66,135

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

Interest payments

$

6,012

$

5,486

Income taxes paid

 

3,500

 

-

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned

$

10,340

$

6,822

Fair value of assets acquired

 

956,816

 

-

Goodwill recorded

 

47,763

 

-

Fair value of liabilities assumed

 

962,094

 

-





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-6



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 1.          PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “Company"), formerly known as Bond Street Holdings, Inc., and its subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for interim financial information and in accordance with instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, the statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Consolidated Financial Statements, primarily consisting of normal recurring adjustments, have been included. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or for any other interim period.


On January 31, 2014, Florida Community Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) acquired all the outstanding common stock in Great Florida Bank (“GFB” or “Great Florida”).  GFB had total assets of $957 million and total liabilities of $962 million at fair value as of January 31, 2014. Holders of GFB common stock received $3.24 per share in cash for each common share owned resulting in total cash purchase price of $42.5 million. As of January 31, 2014, GFB had 25 banking locations within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area. The Company contributed capital of $125 million in the Bank at the time of the GFB transaction. The Bank is in the process of determining the allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities acquired from the GFB acquisition.  See Note 3 “Great Florida Bank Acquisition” for further information regarding the nature and fair value of the assets and liabilities resulting from the acquisition.


On June 13, 2014, Bond Street Holdings, Inc. changed its legal name to FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.


For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.


NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


Business combinations


The Company accounts for transactions that meet the definition of a purchase business combination by recording the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value upon acquisition. The operations of the Acquisitions are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Intangible assets, indemnification contracts and contingent consideration are identified and recognized individually. If the fair value of the assets acquired exceeds the purchase price plus the fair value of the liabilities assumed, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Conversely, if the purchase price plus the fair value of the liabilities assumed exceeds the fair value of the assets acquired, goodwill is recognized. The Company’s assumptions utilized to determine the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed conform to market conditions at the date of acquisition. The provisional amounts recorded are updated if better information is obtained about the initial assumptions used to determine fair value or if new information is obtained regarding the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition. The provisional amounts may be adjusted through the completion of the measurement period, which does not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.


Fair Value Measurement


The Company uses estimates of fair value in applying various accounting standards for its consolidated financial statements on either a recurring or non-recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing and able market participants. The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three hierarchy levels, based on the observability and transparency of the inputs. These levels are as follows:


Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;


Level 2—Observable inputs other than level 1 inputs, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in less active markets and other inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data;


Level 3—Unobservable inputs supported by limited or no market activity or data and inputs requiring significant management judgment or estimation; valuation techniques utilizing level 3 inputs include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.



F-7



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Fair Value Measurement (continued)


It is the Company’s policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in estimating fair value. Unobservable inputs are utilized in determining fair value estimates only to the extent that observable inputs are not available. The need to use unobservable inputs generally results from a lack of market liquidity and trading volume. Transfers between levels of fair value hierarchy are recorded at the end of the reporting period.


Investment Securities


The Company determines the classification of investment securities at the time of purchase. If the Company has the intent and the ability at the time of purchase to hold debt securities until maturity, they are classified as held-to-maturity. Investment securities held-to-maturity are stated at amortized cost. Debt securities the Company does not intend to hold to maturity are classified as available for sale and carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes. Available for sale securities are a part of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk or other market factors.


Interest income and dividends on securities are recognized in interest income on an accrual basis. Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the period to maturity of the related security using the effective interest method. Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method.


The Company reviews investment securities for impairment on a quarterly basis or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. In order to determine if a decline in fair value below amortized cost represents other than temporary impairment (OTTI), management considers several factors, including but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer (considering factors such as adverse conditions specific to the issuer and the security and ratings agency actions) and the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment in order to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value.


Loans


The Company’s accounting methods for loans differ depending on whether the loans are new (“New” loans) or acquired (“Acquired” loans), and for acquired loans, whether the loans were acquired at a discount as a result of credit deterioration since the date of origination.


New Loans


The Company accounts for originated loans and purchased loans not acquired through business as new loans.  New loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any allowance for loan losses, unamortized deferred fees and costs and unamortized premiums or discounts.  The net amount of nonrefundable loan origination fees and certain direct costs associated with the lending process are deferred and amortized to interest income over the contractual lives of the new loans using methods which approximate the level yield method. Discounts and premiums are amortized or accreted to interest income over the estimated term of the new loans using methods that approximate the level yield method. Interest income on new loans is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance outstanding.


Acquired Loans


Acquired loans are accounted for under ASC 310-30 unless the loan type is excluded from the scope of ASC 310-30 (i.e. loans where borrowers have revolving privileges at acquisition date, or “Non-ASC 310-30” loans). The Company has elected to account for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality since origination under ASC 310-30 (“ASC 310-30” loans or pools) due to the following:



F-8



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Acquired Loans (continued)


·

There is evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination resulting in a “Day 1” discount attributable, at least in part, to credit quality;

·

The loans were acquired in a business combination or asset purchase; and

·

The loans are not to be subsequently accounted for at fair value.


The Company has elected this policy for loans acquired through business combinations exhibiting credit deterioration since origination, except those loan types which have been scoped out of ASC 310-30. Substantially all loans acquired through the FDIC assisted acquisitions in 2010, 2011 and a portion of the loans acquired in Great Florida Bank acquisition had a fair value discount at acquisition date due at least in part to deterioration in credit quality since origination. However, there was a separate grouping of loans individually identified with substantial credit impairment that would be explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30 from those that were classified by analogy.  The Company determined that a loan would be explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30 if there was evidence of credit deterioration at Day 1 and that it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual cash flows receivable.  The loans that were classified by analogy were determined to have evidence of credit deterioration at Day 1 and that it was possible, not probable, that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual cash flows receivable.  


For each acquisition, ASC 310-30 loans are aggregated into pools based on common risk characteristics, which includes similar credit risk of the loans based on whether loans were analogized or were explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30, internal risk ratings for commercial real estate, land and development and commercial loans; and performing status for consumer and single family residential loans. Pools of loans are further aggregated by collateral type (e.g. commercial real estate, single family residential, etc.).  The Company did not elect to aggregate loans into pools that were acquired from separate 2010 and 2011 acquisitions completed in the same fiscal quarter.


Acquired loans are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Fair value for acquired loans is based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considers factors including the type of loan and related collateral type, delinquency and credit classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, whether or not the loan was amortizing, and current discount rates. Additional assumptions used include default rates, loss severity, loss curves and prepayment speeds. Discounts due to credit quality are included in the determination of fair value; therefore an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. The discount rates used for the cash flow methodology are based on market rates for new originations of comparable loans at the time of acquisition and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The fair value is determined from the discounted cash flows for each individual loan, and for ASC 310-30 loans are then aggregated at the unit of account, or pool level.


For acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality, those accounted for under ASC 310-30, the Company makes an estimate of the total cash flows it expects to collect from the loans in each pool, which includes undiscounted expected principal and interest as well as cash received through other forms of satisfaction (e.g. foreclosure). The excess of contractual amounts over the total cash flows expected to be collected from the loans is referred to as non-accretable difference, which is not accreted into income. The excess of the expected undiscounted cash flows over the carrying value of the loans is referred to as accretable discount. Accretable discount is recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the expected term of the loans in each pool. Assumptions for prepayment and the probability of collection are applied to both contractually required payments and cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition.


The Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected over the expected term of the ASC 310-30 loans on a quarterly basis. Subsequent increases in total cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as an adjustment to the accretable discount with the amount of periodic accretion adjusted over the remaining expected term of the loans. Subsequent decreases in cash flows expected to be collected over the expected term of the loans are recognized as impairment in the current period through a provision for loan losses.




F-9



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Acquired Loans (continued)


Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. Resolutions of loans may include sales to third parties, receipt of payments in settlement with the borrower, or foreclosure of the collateral. Upon these resolutions, the Company’s policy is to remove an individual ASC 310-30 loan from a pool based on comparing the amount received from its resolution with its contractual amount. Any difference between these amounts is absorbed by the nonaccretable difference. This removal method assumes that the amount received from these resolutions approximates the pool performance expectations of cash flows. The accretable yield percentage is unaffected by the resolution. Any changes in the effective yield for the remaining loans in the pool are addressed by the quarterly cash flow evaluation process for each pool. For loans that are resolved by payment in full, there is no release of the nonaccretable difference for the pool because there is no difference between the amount received at resolution and the contractual amount of the loan.


Payments received in excess of expected cash flows may result in an ASC 310-30 pool becoming fully amortized and its carrying value reduced to zero even though outstanding contractual balances remain related to loans in the pool. Once the carrying value of an ASC 310-30 pool is reduced to zero, any future proceeds from the remaining loans are recognized as interest income upon receipt.  There were four ASC 310-30 pools whose carrying value has been reduced to zero as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.  These pools had an aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance (“UPB” or “UPBs”) of $0.3 million and $0.4 million as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.


Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recorded at their estimated fair value as of the acquisition date and subsequently accounted for under ASC Topic 310-20, Receivables — Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (“ASC 310-20”). The fair value discount is accreted using methods which approximate the level-yield method over the remaining term of the loans and is recognized as a component of interest income.


Nonaccrual Loans


For new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans, the Company classifies loans as past due when the payment of principal or interest is greater than 30 days delinquent based on the contractual next payment due date. The Company’s policies related to when loans are placed on nonaccrual status conform to guidelines prescribed by regulatory authorities. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that principal or interest is not fully collectible, or generally when principal or interest becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first. Loans secured by one to four family residential properties may remain in accruing status until they are 180 days past due if management determines that it does not have concern over the collectability of principal and interest because the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. When loans are placed on nonaccrual status, interest receivable is reversed against interest income in the current period and amortization of any discount ceases. Interest payments received thereafter are applied as a reduction to the remaining principal balance unless management believes that the ultimate collection of the principal is likely, in which case payments are recognized in earnings on a cash basis. Loans are removed from nonaccrual status when they become current as to both principal and interest and the collectability of principal and interest is no longer doubtful.


Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual for a period of six months to demonstrate the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.


Contractually delinquent ASC 310-30 loans are not classified as nonaccrual as long as discount continues to be accreted on the corresponding ASC 310-30 pool.




F-10



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Troubled Debt Restructurings


In certain situations due to economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company may grant a concession to the borrower for other than an insignificant period of time that it would not otherwise consider. At that time, except for ASC 310-30 loans, which are accounted for as pools, the related loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) and considered impaired. Modified ASC 310-30 loans accounted for in pools are not accounted for as TDRs, are not separated from the pools and are not classified as impaired loans. The concessions granted may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, payment forbearance, extensions of maturity at rates of interest below those commensurate with the risk profile of the borrower, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss. A troubled debt restructured loan is generally placed on non-accrual status at the time of the modification unless the borrower has no history of missed payments for six months prior to the restructuring. If the borrower performs pursuant to the modified loan terms for at least six months and the remaining loan balance is considered collectible, the loan is returned to accrual status.


Impaired Loans


An ASC 310-30 pool is considered to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all the cash flows expected at acquisition, plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. All ASC 310-30 pools are evaluated individually for impairment based their expected total cash flows. The discount continues to be accreted on ASC 310-30 pools as long as there are expected future cash flows in excess of the current carrying amount of the pool.


Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreements.


All Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as TDR are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis.


Allowance for Loan Losses


The Company’s allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) is established for both performing and nonperforming loans. The Company’s ALL is the amount considered adequate to absorb probable losses within the portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. Such evaluation considers numerous factors including, but not limited to, internal risk ratings, loss forecasts, collateral values, geographic location, borrower FICO scores, delinquency rates, nonperforming and restructured loans, origination channels, product mix, underwriting practices, industry conditions, economic trends and net charge-off trends. The ALL relates to new loans, estimated additional losses arising on Non-ASC 310-30 loans subsequent to the Acquisitions and additional impairment recognized as a result of decreases in expected cash flows on ASC 310-30 pools due to further credit deterioration or other factors since the Acquisitions. The ALL consists of both specific and general components.


For ASC 310-30 pools, a specific valuation allowance is established when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all of the cash flows expected at acquisition, plus the additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. Expected cash flows are estimated on an individual loan basis and then aggregated at the ASC 310-30 pool level. The analysis of expected pool cash flows incorporates updated pool level expected prepayment rate, default rate, delinquency level and loss severity given default assumptions. These analyses incorporate information about loan performance, collateral values, the financial condition of the borrower, internal risk ratings, the Company’s own and industry historical delinquency and default severity data.




F-11



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


The carrying value for ASC 310-30 pools is reduced by the amount of the calculated impairment, which is also the basis in which future accretion income is calculated. A charge-off is taken for an individual ASC 310-30 loan when it is deemed probable that the loan will be resolved for an amount less than its carrying value.   The charge-off is taken to the specific allowance or mark as applicable. Alternatively, an improvement in the expected cash flows related to ASC 310-30 pools results in a reduction or recoupment of any previously established specific allowance with a corresponding credit to the provision for loan losses. Any recoupment recorded is limited to the amount of the remaining specific allowance for that pool, with any excess of expected cash flow resulting in a reclassification from non-accretable to accretable yield and an increase in the prospective yield of the pool.


The new and Non-ASC 310-30 loan portfolios have limited delinquency and credit loss history and have not yet exhibited an observable loss trend. The credit quality of loans in these loan portfolios are impacted by delinquency status and debt service coverage generated by the borrowers’ businesses and fluctuations in the value of real estate collateral. Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for Non ASC 310-30 and new commercial, construction and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the ALL. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis. Relationships with balances in excess of $250,000 are re-evaluated at least annually and more frequently if circumstances indicate that a change in risk rating may be warranted.


New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as TDR are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis. The specific allowance established for these loans is based on a thorough analysis of the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s estimated market value or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less costs of disposition. General allowances are established for new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that are not classified as impaired, which are evaluated by loan category based on common risk characteristics. In this process, general loan loss factors are established based on the following: historical loss factors derived from the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s quarterly Unified Performance Branch Report for Group 1 banks (assets greater than $3 billion) using an annualized weighted average eight quarter rolling basis; trends in delinquencies and nonaccruals by loan portfolio segment and asset categories within those segments; portfolio segment and asset category production trends, including average risk ratings and loan-to value (“LTV”) ratios; current industry conditions, including real estate market trends; general economic conditions; credit concentrations by portfolio and asset categories; and portfolio quality, which encompasses an assessment of the quality and relevance of borrowers’ financial information and collateral valuations and average risk rating and migration trends within portfolios and asset categories.


Other adjustments for qualitative factors may be made to the allowance after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality and loss severity that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data. For these measurements, the Company uses assumptions and methodologies that are relevant to estimating the level of impairment and probable losses in the loan portfolio. To the extent that the data supporting such assumptions has limitations, management’s judgment and experience play a key role in recording the allowance estimates. Qualitative adjustments are considered for: portfolio credit quality trends, including levels of delinquency, charge-offs, nonaccrual, restructuring and other factors; policy and credit standards, including quality and experience of lending and credit management; and general economic factors, including national, regional and local conditions and trends.


Additions to the ALL are made by provisions charged to earnings. The allowance is decreased by charge-offs of balances no longer deemed collectible. Charge-offs on new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recognized as follows: commercial loans are written-off when management determines them to be uncollectible; for unsecured consumer loans at 90 days past due; and for residential real estate loans and secured consumer loans when they become 120 to 180 days past due, depending on the collateral type. The Company reports recoveries on a cash basis at the time received. Recoveries on ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off prior to the Acquisitions are recognized in earnings as income from resolution of acquired assets and do not affect the allowance for loan losses. All other recoveries are credited to the ALL.



F-12



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loss Share Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability


Assets subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC are labeled “Covered Assets” in the consolidated financial statements and include acquired loans (“Covered Loans”) and other real estate owned.


The loss share indemnification asset is measured separately from the Covered Assets acquired as it is not contractually embedded in any of the Covered Assets. The initial fair value of the loss share indemnification asset represents the present value of the estimated cash payments expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on Covered Assets, based on the credit adjustment estimated for each Covered Asset and the loss sharing percentages. The estimated cash flows are discounted using a risk-free yield curve plus a premium reflecting the uncertainty related to the timing and receipt of such cash flows. The amount ultimately collected for this asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying Covered Assets, the passage of time and claims submitted to the FDIC.


The amounts covered by the loss sharing agreements are the pre-acquisition book value of the underlying assets, the contractual balance of unfunded commitments that were acquired, and certain future net direct costs applicable to the Covered Assets. As required by the respective loss sharing agreements, the Company submits a loss share certificate to the FDIC on a quarterly basis requesting reimbursement for losses on Covered Assets and covered expenses. Covered expenses are recorded in non-interest expense when incurred with an offsetting increase to the loss share indemnification asset and non-interest income for the amount expected to be reimbursed by the FDIC. Certain covered expenses are claimed upon resolution of the Covered Asset, resulting in the expense and the related reimbursements from the FDIC occurring in different periods.


The Company reviews and updates the cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Assets and the FDIC loss share indemnification asset on a quarterly basis as loss and recovery estimates related to Covered Assets change. Decreases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in a provision for loan losses, an increase in the ALL, and a proportional increase to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset and income for the estimated amount to be reimbursed. Increases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for loan losses and related ALL and a decrease to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, or prospective adjustment to the accretable discount if no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded. If no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded, improvements in the expected cash flows from the Covered Loans, which is reflected as an adjustment to yield and accreted into income over the remaining expected term of the loans, decreases the expected cash flows to be collected from the loss sharing agreement, with such decrease reducing the yield to be accreted on a prospective basis if the total expected cash flows from the loss sharing agreement exceeds its carrying amount; and, if the carrying amount of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset exceeds the total expected cash flows, the excess is amortized as a reduction of income over the shorter of (1) the remaining expected term of the respective loans or (2) the remaining term of the loss sharing agreement.


As a result, the value of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset will continue to fluctuate over time based upon the continued performance of the Covered Assets and as the Company receives payments from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements.


The loss sharing agreements between the Company and the FDIC for certain of the Acquisitions include clawback provisions that obligate the Company to pay the FDIC a certain amount in the event that losses incurred by the Company do not reach a specified threshold upon termination of the loss sharing agreement. The fair value of the clawback liability is initially estimated using the same discounted cash flow model used to determine the loss share indemnification asset, using a discount rate that takes into account the Company’s credit risk. The clawback liability is re-measured quarterly based on the terms of the applicable loss sharing agreement, changes in projected losses on Covered Assets and the cumulative servicing amount, if applicable.


The clawback liability is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the amortization and loss on re-measurement is included in loss share indemnification income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.



F-13



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets


Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred in business combinations over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth fiscal quarter. The Company has a single reporting unit. The impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, no impairment is indicated. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, impairment of goodwill is measured as the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its implied fair value. Management uses a third party financial institution valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. This firm employs a market value approach based upon observable market values and price ratios of similar or comparable publicly owned bank holding companies and an investment value approach based upon the projected future value of the Company derived from its financial projections and discounted at an estimated market required cost of capital to estimate the fair value of the Company. Management evaluates and includes a change of control premium in the estimated fair value of the Company for purposes of evaluating goodwill for impairment. Unobservable inputs into the valuation models include the Company’s financial projections and observable inputs include the market values and price ratios of publicly owned bank holding companies and a discount rate based on the capital assets pricing model. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit at the last impairment testing date exceeded its carrying amount; therefore, no impairment of goodwill was indicated.


Core deposit intangible (“CDI”) is a measure of the value of checking and savings deposit relationships acquired in a business combination. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding relative to an alternative source of funding. CDI is amortized over the estimated useful lives of the existing deposit relationships acquired, but does not exceed 10 years. The Company evaluates such identifiable intangibles for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. If an impairment loss is determined to exist, the loss is reflected as an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of operations for the period in which such impairment is identified. No impairment charges were required to be recorded for three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.


Income Taxes


Income tax expense (benefit) is determined using the asset and liability method and consists of income taxes that are currently payable and deferred income taxes. Deferred income tax expense is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets when management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence that may impact the realization of deferred tax assets. These considerations include the amount of taxable income generated in statutory carryback periods, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies.


The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return including the results of its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. The Company estimates income taxes payable based on the amount it expects to owe the various tax authorities (i.e., federal and state). Income taxes represent the net estimated amount due to, or to be received from, such tax authorities. In estimating income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Although the Company uses the best available information to record income taxes, underlying estimates and assumptions can change over time as a result of unanticipated events or circumstances such as changes in tax laws and judicial guidance influencing its overall tax position.




F-14



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Income Taxes (continued)


An uncertain tax position is recognized only if it is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation process, based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of tax benefit recognized in the financial statements is the largest amount of benefit that is more than fifty percent likely to be sustained upon ultimate settlement of the uncertain tax position. If the initial assessment fails to result in recognition of a tax benefit, the Company subsequently recognizes a tax benefit if there are changes in tax law or case law that raise the likelihood of prevailing on the technical merits of the position to more-likely-than-not, the statute of limitations expires, or there is a completion of an examination resulting in a settlement of that tax year or position with the appropriate agency. The Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense (benefit) and penalties, if any, in other operating expenses.


Stock-based Compensation


In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company established the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Incentive Plan”) covering its executive management, directors, individual consultants and employees to receive stock awards for the Company’s common stock.  The 2013 Incentive Plan provides that the awards are not exercisable until certain performance conditions are met, which include the completion of an IPO raising at least $100 million (a “Qualified IPO”) or a “Special Transaction”, generally defined as the consummation of a transaction representing a change of control of the Company.  The Company will recognize the grant date fair value of the 2013 Incentive Plan awards as compensation expense when either of the performance conditions becomes probable.


Earnings per Share


Basic earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflect the effect of common stock equivalents, including stock options and unvested shares, calculated using the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share in periods in which the effect is anti-dilutive.


Reclassifications


Certain amounts presented for the prior period have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.


NOTE 3.          GREAT FLORIDA BANK ACQUISITION


On January 31, 2014, the Bank acquired all the outstanding common stock in Great Florida Bank (“GFB” or “Great Florida”).  GFB had total assets of $957 million and total liabilities of $962 million at fair value as of January 31, 2014.  Holders of GFB common stock received $3.24 per share in cash for each common share owned resulting in total cash purchase price of $42.5 million.  At the time of acquisition, GFB had 25 banking locations within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area.  The Company contributed capital of $125 million to the Bank at the time of the GFB acquisition.


The Company determined that the acquisition of Great Florida Bank constitutes a business combination as defined by the FASB ASC topic 805, "Business Combinations". Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair values on the date of acquisition. Fair values were determined in accordance with the guidance provided in FASB ASC Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurements". In many cases the determination of the fair values required management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and subject to change. The Company utilized the assistance of third-party advisors in the determination of fair values for loans, other real estate owned and deferred tax assets acquired.




F-15



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 3.          GREAT FLORIDA BANK ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)


The following table presents a summary of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Great Florida Bank acquisition recorded at fair value (in thousands).


Consideration paid:

 

 

Cash

$

42,485 

Fair value of assets acquired:

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

28,412 

Investment securities

 

277,639 

Loans

 

548,129 

Other real estate owned

 

54,275 

Core deposit intangible

 

3,601 

Fixed assets

 

2,572 

Deferred tax asset

 

35,736 

Other assets

 

6,452 

Total identifiable assets acquired

 

956,816 

Fair value of liabilities assumed:

 

 

Deposits

 

863,976 

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

92,669 

Other liabilities

 

5,449 

Total liabilities assumed

 

962,094 

Fair value of net assets acquired

 

(5,278)

Goodwill resulting from acquisition

$

47,763 


The following is a description of the methods used to determine the fair values of significant assets and liabilities presented above.


Cash and Cash Equivalents:


These assets are carried at amounts that approximate fair value due to their short-term nature and generally negligible credit risk.


Investment Securities:


Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices for similar securities in active or inactive markets (Level 2). FHLB and other bank stock are carried at par, which has historically represented the redemption price and is therefore considered to approximate fair value.


Loans:


Acquired loans are recorded at their fair value at the date of acquisition. Fair value for acquired loans is based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considers factors including the type of loan and related collateral type, delinquency and credit classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, whether or not the loan was amortizing, and current discount rates. Additional assumptions used include default rates, loss severity, loss curves and prepayment speeds. Discounts due to credit quality are included in the determination of fair value; therefore an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. The discount rates used for the cash flow methodology are based on market rates for new originations of comparable loans at the time of acquisition and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The fair value is determined from the discounted cash flows for each individual loan, and for ASC 310-30 loans are then aggregated at the unit of account, or pool level.




F-16



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 3.          GREAT FLORIDA BANK ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)


The following is a summary of the acquired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 as well as those excluded from ASC 310-30, or Non-ASC 310-30 acquired loans, in connection with the acquisition of Great Florida Bank (in thousands):


Acquired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30:

 

 

Contractual cash flows

$

426,116

Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (non-accretable difference)

 

102,581

Expected cash flows

 

323,535

Excess of the expected undiscounted cash flows over the carrying value (accretable discount)

 

40,444

Fair value at acquisition

$

283,091

Acquired loans not accounted for under ASC 310-30 (Non-ASC 310-30 loans):

 

 

Unpaid principal balance

$

275,772

Fair value discount

 

 (10,734)

Fair value at acquisition

 

265,038

Total fair value at acquisition

$

548,129


The Company acquired loans with a fair value of $265.0 million that are classified as Non-ASC 310-30 loans as these specific loans did not exhibit deteriorated credit quality since origination or were loans to borrowers that had revolving privileges at acquisition date.  The acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans with revolving privileges had a total unpaid principal balance of $71.5 million and a fair value of $60.6 million at acquisition.  The acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans without revolving privileges had a total unpaid principal balance of $204.3 million and a fair value of $204.4 million at acquisition.


Other Real Estate Owned:


The fair value of acquired OREO is based on the fair value, less estimated cost to sell. Fair values of other real estate owned is typically based on third party real estate appraisals which utilize market and income valuation techniques.


Deferred Tax Asset:


Deferred tax assets represent acquired loss and credit carryforwards and the net tax-affected differences between the book basis and tax basis of certain assets and liabilities, including investment securities, loans, OREO, fixed assets, core deposit intangible assets, time deposits, FHLB advances and other borrowings.  The deferred tax assets are evaluated for certain carryover limitations at the acquisition date, such as Section 382 limitations, and whether it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain net operating loss carryforwards can be realized.


As part of the acquisition of Great Florida Bank, the Bank recorded $35.7 million in deferred tax assets, net of $9.2 million in valuation allowance, at acquisition. Upon acquisition, Great Florida Bank incurred a Section 382 ownership change.  See Note 19 “Income Taxes” for further information regarding the deferred tax assets resulting from the acquisition.  


Deposits:


The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the acquisition date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis and using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.


Advances from the FHLB and Other Borrowings:


The fair value of advances from the FHLB and other borrowings are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rate at which similar borrowings with similar remaining maturities could be obtained.



F-17



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)


NOTE 3.          GREAT FLORIDA BANK ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)


The Great Florida Bank acquisition resulted in goodwill of $47.8 million as the estimated fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid exceeded the estimated fair value of assets acquired. The goodwill is included within “Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the consolidated balance sheets. None of the goodwill resulting from the Great Florida Bank acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.


The acquisition of Great Florida Bank will benefit the Company through revenue and expense synergies in addition to the further expansion into the Miami metropolitan area. The Great Florida Acquisition creates opportunities through commercial lending and access to core deposits through a larger branch network.


The core deposit intangible is being amortized on straight line basis over the estimated life, currently expected to be 10 years.


For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company incurred $4.8 million of bank acquisition, legal fees, accounting advisory, data conversion, retention payments and severance expenses related to the acquisition of Great Florida Bank which is recorded in non-interest expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.


The provisional amounts recorded for the Great Florida Bank acquisition may be updated if better information is obtained about the initial assumptions used to determine fair value amounts or if new information is obtained regarding the facts and circumstances that existed at the date of acquisition.  The provisional amounts may be adjusted through the completion of the measurement period, which does not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.  Fair values are preliminary estimates due to pending broker opinions for assumed leases and for deferred tax assets.


NOTE 4.          INVESTMENT SECURITIES


Investment securities at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign bonds

$

 369

$

 -

$

  -

$

 369

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

  128,818

$

  50

$

 668

$

  128,200

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

552,256

 

 1,210

 

3,408

 

550,058

State and municipal obligations

 

2,039

 

158

 

-

 

2,197

Asset-backed securities

 

359,857

 

 4,059

 

 538

 

363,378

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

478,456

 

 6,007

 

 303

 

484,160

Preferred Stock

 

87,354

 

504

 

3,465

 

84,393

Total available for sale

$

 1,608,780

$

 11,988

$

  8,382

$

 1,612,386


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign bonds

$

 365

$

 -

$

 1

$

 364

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

  51,553

$

  58

$

 456

$

  51,155

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

243,062

 

 1,071

 

2,495

 

241,638

State and municipal obligations

 

2,039

 

85

 

-

 

2,124

Asset-backed securities

 

385,979

 

 3,267

 

1,281

 

387,965

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

375,373

 

 4,453

 

 601

 

379,225

Preferred Stock

 

90,330

 

205

 

6,871

 

83,664

Total available for sale

$

 1,148,336

$

 9,139

$

  11,704

$

 1,145,771

 


F-18



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 4.          INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


The following is a summary of investment securities at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, by contractual maturity (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

$

 369

$

369

$

 365

$

364

Total held to maturity

$

 369

$

369

$

 365

$

364

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

$

10,061

$

 10,144

$

10,085

$

 10,212

Due after one year through five years

 

355,883

 

 359,931

 

305,317

 

 309,064

Due after five years through ten years

 

31,992

 

 32,200

 

10,735

 

 10,665

Due after ten years

 

80,520

 

 81,886

 

51,913

 

 52,044

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities

 

 1,042,970

 

1,043,832

 

679,956

 

 680,122

Preferred Stock with perpetual maturity

 

87,354

 

 84,393

 

90,330

 

 83,664

Total available for sale

$

 1,608,780

$

1,612,386

$

 1,148,336

$

1,145,771


For purposes of the maturity table, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities, the principal of which are repaid periodically, are presented as a single amount. The expected lives of these securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay the underlying loans with or without prepayment penalties.


The following tables present the estimated fair values and the gross unrealized loss on investment securities in an unrealized loss position less than 12 months and 12 months or more as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises
obligations

$

121,080

$

668

$

-

$

-

$

121,080

$

668

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

354,355

 

2,330

 

13,923

 

1,078

 

368,278

 

3,408

Asset-backed securities

 

66,823

 

538

 

-

 

-

 

66,823

 

538

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

48,523

 

303

 

-

 

-

 

48,523

 

303

Preferred stock

 

63,472

 

3,465

 

-

 

-

 

63,472

 

3,465

Total available for sale

$

654,253

$

7,304

$

13,923

$

1,078

$

668,176

$

8,382




F-19



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 4.          INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises
obligations

$

41,276

$

456

$

-

$

-

$

41,276

$

456

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

141,304

 

2,494

 

636

 

1

 

141,940

 

2,495

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Asset-backed securities

 

161,879

 

1,233

 

11,949

 

48

 

173,828

 

1,281

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

58,596

 

601

 

-

 

-

 

58,596

 

601

Preferred stock

 

65,061

 

6,871

 

-

 

-

 

65,061

 

6,871

Total available for sale

$

468,116

$

11,655

$

12,585

$

49

$

480,701

$

11,704


All securities available for sale at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are investment grade based on ratings from recognized rating agencies.


The Company monitors its investment securities for OTTI. Impairment is evaluated on an individual security basis considering numerous factors, and its relative significance varies depending on the situation. The Company has evaluated the nature of unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio to determine if OTTI exists. The unrealized losses relate to changes in market interest rates and specific market conditions that do not represent credit-related impairments. Furthermore, it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be able to retain the securities for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value to the amortized cost basis. Management has completed an assessment of each security in an unrealized loss position for credit impairment, including securities with existing characteristics that are prohibited under the Volcker Rule, and has determined that no individual security was other than temporarily impaired at March 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013. The following describes the basis under which the Company has evaluated OTTI:


U.S. Government Agencies and Sponsored Enterprises Obligations and Mortgage-Backed Securities (“MBS”):


The unrealized losses associated with U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations and MBS are primarily driven by changes in interest rates. These securities have either an explicit or implicit U.S. government guarantee.


Corporate Bonds and Asset Backed Securities:


Securities were generally underwritten in accordance with the Company’s own investment standards prior to the decision to purchase, without relying on a bond issuer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. These investments are investment grade and will continue to be monitored as part of the Company’s ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform in accordance with their terms.


Preferred Stock:


The unrealized losses associated with preferred stock investments in large U.S. financial institutions are primarily driven by changes in interest rates.  These securities were generally underwritten in accordance with the Company’s own investment standards prior to the decision to purchase.  These investments are investment grade and will continue to be monitored as part of the Company’s ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform in accordance with their terms.


Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale during three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 totaled $309.6 million and $304.1 million, respectively, resulting in gross realized gains of $2.7 million and $1.4 million and gross realized losses of $189,000 and $45,000, respectively, which are included in gain on sales of investment securities in the consolidated statements of operations.



F-20



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 4.          INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


As part of the Company’s liquidity management strategy, the Company pledges loans and securities to secure borrowings from the FHLB. The Company also pledges securities to collateralize public deposits. The amortized cost and fair value of all pledged securities totaled $928 million and $929 million, respectively, at March 31, 2014. The amortized cost and fair value of all pledged securities totaled $438 million and $437 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013.


NOTE 5.          LOANS, NET


The Company’s loan portfolio consists of new and acquired loans.  The acquired loan portfolio is segmented into “Covered Loans”, loans subject to loss sharing with the FDIC, and “Non-Covered Loans”, acquired loans without loss share reimbursement.  Additionally, the new loan portfolio is classified as “Non-Covered Loans”. A portion of the acquired loan portfolio, both Covered and Non-Covered Loans, exhibited evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination, and are accounted for under ASC 310-30. The remaining portfolio of acquired loans consists of loans that were not considered ASC 310-30 loans at acquisition and are classified as Non-ASC 310-30 loans.   Approximately 11.5% and 15.9% of the total loan portfolio is covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.


The following tables summarize the Company’s loans by portfolio segment at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Covered Loans

 

Non-Covered Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

New
Loans

 

Total

 

Percent of Total

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

188,854

$

9,782

$

238,086

$

87,658

$

735,432

$

1,259,812 

$

42.8%

1-4 single family residential

 

43,897

 

8,013

 

54,046

 

92,437

 

384,076

 

582,469 

 

19.9%

Land and development

 

25,113

 

-

 

57,720

 

8,061

 

79,215

 

170,109 

 

5.8%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

-

 

10,656

 

5,833

 

54,684

 

22,559

 

93,732 

 

3.3%

Total real estate loans

 

257,864

 

28,451

 

355,685

 

242,840

 

1,221,282

 

2,106,122 

 

71.8%

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

44,812

 

5,071

 

40,548

 

25,760

 

709,506

 

825,697 

 

28.1%

Consumer

 

882

 

44

 

2,792

 

1,417

 

1,408

 

6,543 

 

0.1%

Total other loans

 

45,694

 

5,115

 

43,340

 

27,177

 

710,914

 

832,240 

 

28.2%

Total loans held in portfolio

 

303,558

 

33,566

 

399,025

 

270,017

 

1,932,196

 

2,938,362 

 

100.0%

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,494)

 

 

Loans held in portfolio, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,922,868 

 

 


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Covered Loans

 

Non-Covered Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

New
Loans

 

Total

 

Percent of Total

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

195,672

$

10,175

$

78,475

$

2,530

$

669,711

$

956,563 

$

42.3%

1-4 single family residential

 

46,461

 

8,029

 

10,284

 

2,145

 

359,818

 

426,737 

 

18.9%

Land and development

 

36,727

 

-

 

19,209

 

-

 

75,666

 

131,602 

 

5.8%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

-

 

10,773

 

-

 

1,225

 

19,303

 

31,301 

 

1.5%

Total real estate loans

 

278,860

 

28,977

 

107,968

 

5,900

 

1,124,498

 

1,546,203 

 

68.5%

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

46,184

 

4,286

 

10,863

 

754

 

645,037

 

707,124 

 

31.3%

Consumer

 

902

 

46

 

3,090

 

243

 

1,176

 

5,457 

 

0.2%

Total other loans

 

47,086

 

4,332

 

13,953

 

997

 

646,213

 

712,581 

 

31.5%

Total loans held in portfolio

 

325,946

 

33,309

 

121,921

 

6,897

 

1,770,711

 

2,258,784 

 

100.0%

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,733)

 

 

Loans held in portfolio, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,244,051 

 

 




F-21



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 5.          LOANS, NET (CONTINUED)


At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the UPB of ASC 310-30 loans were $898.3 million and $628.5 million, respectively.  At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had pledged loans as collateral for FHLB advances with a carrying amount of $862.6 million and $741.9 million, respectively.


The accretable discount on ASC 310-30 loans represents the amount by which the undiscounted expected cash flows on such loans exceed their carrying value. The increase in expected cash flow for certain ASC 310-30 loan pools resulted in the reclassification of $6.4 million and $2.0 million in non-accretable difference to accretable discount during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Changes in accretable discount for ASC 310-30 loans for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended
March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Balance at beginning of period

$

(148,501)

$

(175,873)

Additions to accretable discount from acquisitions

 

(40,444)

 

Accretion

 

15,858 

 

16,728 

Reclassifications from non-accretable difference

 

(6,377)

 

(2,012)

Balance at end of period

$

(179,464)

$

(161,157)


The Company held $453.1 million and $481.0 million of syndicated national loans as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.


NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”)


The ALL reflects management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The computation of the ALL includes elements of judgment and high levels of subjectivity. Substantially all of the Company’s loans that were acquired in failed bank acquisitions, were acquired at a substantial discount to their original book value and are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.


The Company’s accounting method for loans and the corresponding ALL differs depending on whether the loans are new or acquired  The Company therefore assesses and monitors credit risk and portfolio performance using distinct methodologies for acquired loans, both ASC 310-30 Loans and Non-ASC 310-30 Loans, and new loans. Within each class the Company further disaggregates the portfolios into the following segments: commercial real estate, 1-4 single family residential, land and development, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial and industrial and consumer.


When a provision for loan losses is required for Covered Loans subsequent to acquisition, the Company also records an increase in the loss share indemnification asset and an increase to non-interest income in the consolidated statement of operations based on the applicable loss sharing ratio.  Increases in the loss share indemnification asset of $4,000 and $806,000 were included in non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, related to the provision for loan losses on Covered Loans, including both ASC 310-30 and Non-ASC 310-30 loans.




F-22



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


Changes in the ALL by loan class and portfolio segment for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows (in thousands):


 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

Balance at December 31, 2013

$

4,834 

$

1,443 

$

1,819 

$

132 

$

6,331 

$

174 

$

14,733 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

(60)

 

164 

 

 

(332)

 

266 

 

38 

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

40 

 

(125)

 

 

(84)

Provision for New loans

 

762 

 

204 

 

(58)

 

20 

 

205 

 

 

1,136 

Total provision

 

763 

 

144 

 

106 

 

60 

 

(252)

 

269 

 

1,090 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(74)

 

 

(25)

 

 

(78)

 

(87)

 

(264)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

(41)

 

(24)

 

 

(65)

Charge-offs for New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Charge-offs

 

(74)

 

 

(25)

 

(41)

 

(102)

 

(87)

 

(329)

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,601 

 

25 

 

1,124 

 

 

1,929 

 

336 

 

6,015 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

11 

 

52 

 

 

 

(10)

 

 

58 

New loans

 

2,911 

 

1,510 

 

776 

 

146 

 

4,058 

 

20 

 

9,421 

Balance at March 31, 2014

$

5,523 

$

1,587 

$

1,900 

$

151 

$

5,977 

$

356 

$

15,494 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

2,601 

$

25 

$

1,124 

$

$

1,929 

$

336 

$

6,015 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

2,922 

$

1,562 

$

776 

$

151 

$

4,048 

$

20 

$

9,479 

Loans Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

426,940 

$

97,943 

$

82,833 

$

5,833 

$

85,360 

$

3,674 

$

702,583 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

$

5,134 

$

$

$

373 

$

$

$

5,507 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

$

827,738 

$

484,526 

$

87,276 

$

87,526 

$

740,337 

$

2,869 

$

2,230,272 




F-23



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

4,107 

$

3,049 

$

5,239 

$

67 

$

6,054 

$

433 

$

18,949 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,062 

 

(444)

 

535 

 

 

(1,227)

 

87 

 

1,013 

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

(3)

 

(10)

 

 

(17)

 

80 

 

 

50 

Provision for New loans

 

(149)

 

(118)

 

238 

 

33 

 

71 

 

(42)

 

33 

Total provision

 

1,910 

 

(572)

 

773 

 

16 

 

(1,076)

 

45 

 

1,096 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(986)

 

(63)

 

(2,134)

 

 

(5)

 

(124)

 

(3,312)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(95)

 

 

(96)

Charge-offs for New loans

 

 

 

(23)

 

 

 

 

(23)

Total Charge-offs

 

(986)

 

(63)

 

(2,157)

 

(1)

 

(100)

 

(124)

 

(3,431)

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

3,565 

 

1,878 

 

2,469 

 

 

2,810 

 

334 

 

11,056 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

17 

 

32 

 

 

45 

 

262 

 

 

363 

New loans

 

1,449 

 

504 

 

1,383 

 

37 

 

1,806 

 

16 

 

5,195 

Balance at March 31, 2013

$

5,031 

$

2,414 

$

3,855 

$

82 

$

4,878 

$

354 

$

16,614 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

3,565 

$

1,878 

$

2,469 

$

$

2,810 

$

334 

$

11,056 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

$

$

$

271 

$

$

271 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

1,466 

$

536 

$

1,386 

$

82 

$

1,797 

$

20 

$

5,287 

Loans Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

317,922 

$

66,636 

$

90,333 

$

$

68,053 

$

5,651 

$

548,595 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

$

5,269 

$

427 

$

$

$

$

$

5,696 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

$

371,632 

$

92,662 

$

65,942 

$

34,076 

$

358,045 

$

4,820 

$

927,177 


Credit Quality Indicators


Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and consumer loans. Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for Non-ASC 310-30 and new commercial, land and development and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the ALL. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis. Loans exhibiting potential credit weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention and that if left uncorrected may result in deterioration of the repayment capacity of the borrower are categorized as special mention. Loans with well-defined credit weaknesses including payment defaults, declining collateral values, frequent overdrafts, operating losses, increasing balance sheet leverage, inadequate cash flow, project cost overruns, unreasonable construction delays, past due real estate taxes or exhausted interest reserves are assigned an internal risk rating of substandard. A loan with a weakness so severe that collection in full is highly questionable or improbable will be assigned an internal risk rating of doubtful.




F-24



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


Certain ASC 310-30 loan pools have been classified as impaired based on a decrease in actual and/or expected cash flows since acquisition and are classified as accruing loans due to discount accretion. The following table shows the Company’s investment in impaired ASC 310-30 loan pools by portfolio segment and impaired Non-ASC 310-30 loans (all in non-accrual status) as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


March 31, 2014

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

 Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

61,869

$

47,365

$

-

$

5,134

$

2,601

$

52,523

$

1,370

1-4 single family residential

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

25

 

-

 

-

Land and development

 

33,923

 

26,177

 

-

 

-

 

1,124

 

30,199

 

666

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

500

 

-

 

-

 

373

 

-

 

373

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

96,292

 

73,542

 

-

 

5,507

 

3,750

 

83,095

 

2,036

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

23,694

 

16,859

 

-

 

-

 

1,929

 

17,162

 

181

Consumer

 

2,953

 

2,773

 

-

 

-

 

336

 

3,083

 

55

Total other loans

 

26,647

 

19,632

 

-

 

-

 

2,265

 

20,245

 

236

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

122,939

$

93,174

$

-

$

5,507

$

6,015

$

103,340

$

2,272


December 31, 2013

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

 Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

62,527

$

47,413

$

-

$

5,134

$

2,700

$

57,731

$

5,801

1-4 single family residential

 

17,446

 

10,734

 

189

 

-

 

104

 

12,060

 

1,192

Land and development

 

43,182

 

28,603

 

-

 

-

 

985

 

41,605

 

1,772

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

386

 

-

 

105

 

386

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

123,155

 

86,750

 

575

 

5,134

 

3,894

 

111,782

 

8,765

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

40,086

 

30,222

 

-

 

-

 

2,341

 

35,091

 

2,012

Consumer

 

2,198

 

2,052

 

-

 

-

 

157

 

2,651

 

219

Total other loans

 

42,284

 

32,274

 

-

 

-

 

2,498

 

37,742

 

2,231

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

165,439

$

119,024

$

575

$

5,134

$

6,392

$

149,524

$

10,996




F-25



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


In evaluating credit risk the Company looks at multiple factors including delinquencies. The following tables summarize the carrying value of loans that are delinquent in excess of 30 days and still accruing and loans on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 for the new loans, Acquired ASC 310-30 and Acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans (in thousands).


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

 Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

 Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

 Loans Past Due 90 Days and Over and Still Accruing

 

 Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

 Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

10,528

 

217

 

-

 

-

 

10,745

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

10,528

 

217

 

-

 

-

 

10,745

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Consumer

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1

Total new loans

$

10,529

$

217

$

-

$

-

$

10,746

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

6,818

$

2,561

$

29,785

$

-

$

39,164

1-4 single family residential

 

5,257

 

2,473

 

19,920

 

-

 

27,650

Land and development

 

764

 

586

 

15,024

 

1,819

 

18,193

Home equity lines of credit

 

65

 

-

 

854

 

-

 

919

Total real estate loans

 

12,904

 

5,620

 

65,583

 

1,819

 

85,926

Commercial and industrial

 

980

 

34

 

12,043

 

9,762

 

22,819

Consumer

 

126

 

20

 

136

 

611

 

893

Total acquired ASC
310-30 loans

$

14,010

$

5,674

$

77,762

$

12,192

$

109,638

Acquired non-ASC
310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

1,439

$

-

$

-

$

5,525

$

6,964

1-4 single family residential

 

1,514

 

-

 

-

 

852

 

2,366

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,725

 

1,725

Home equity lines of credit

 

1,646

 

686

 

-

 

4,256

 

6,588

Total real estate loans

 

4,599

 

686

 

-

 

12,358

 

17,643

Commercial and industrial

 

9

 

60

 

-

 

1,780

 

1,849

Consumer

 

26

 

-

 

-

 

29

 

55

Total acquired non-ASC
310-30 loans

$

4,634

$

746

$

-

$

14,167

$

19,547

Total

$

29,173

$

6,637

$

77,762

$

26,359

$

139,931




F-26



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

 Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

 Loans Past Due 90 Days and Over and Still Accruing

 

 Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

 Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

4,688

 

2,164

 

-

 

1,052

 

7,904

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

198

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

198

Total real estate loans

 

4,886

 

2,164

 

-

 

1,052

 

8,102

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

24

 

24

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total new loans

$

4,886

$

2,164

$

-

$

1,076

$

8,126

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

5,866

$

2,157

$

20,521

$

-

$

28,544

1-4 single family residential

 

3,014

 

303

 

5,065

 

-

 

8,382

Land and development

 

939

 

-

 

1,786

 

16,753

 

19,478

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

9,819

 

2,460

 

27,372

 

16,753

 

56,404

Commercial and industrial

 

706

 

179

 

3,085

 

7,306

 

11,276

Consumer

 

15

 

22

 

266

 

615

 

918

Total acquired ASC
310-30 loans

$

10,540

$

2,661

$

30,723

$

24,674

$

68,598

Acquired non-ASC
310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

145

$

-

$

-

$

5,962

$

6,107

1-4 single family residential

 

923

 

-

 

-

 

144

 

1,067

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

96

 

218

 

-

 

1,996

 

2,310

Total real estate loans

 

1,164

 

218

 

-

 

8,102

 

9,484

Commercial and industrial

 

39

 

-

 

-

 

275

 

314

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

29

 

29

Total acquired non-ASC
310-30 loans

$

1,203

$

218

$

-

$

8,406

$

9,827

Total

$

16,629

$

5,043

$

30,723

$

34,156

$

86,551




F-27



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


The following table summarizes the Company’s Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans by key indicators of credit quality as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

Land and
Development

 

Commercial and Industrial

 

Total

Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

819,641

$

85,560

$

731,633

$

1,636,834

Special Mention

 

2,550

 

-

 

2,378

 

4,928

Substandard

 

899

 

1,716

 

1,255

 

3,870

Total Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans

$

823,090

$

87,276

$

735,266

$

1,645,632

Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

4,189

$

-

$

3,341

$

7,530

Special Mention

 

459

 

-

 

1,379

 

1,838

Substandard

 

5,134

 

-

 

351

 

5,485

Total Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

9,782

$

-

$

5,071

$

14,853


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

Land and
Development

 

Commercial and Industrial

 

Total

Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

670,488

$

75,666

$

645,767

$

1,391,921

Special Mention

 

449

 

-

 

-

 

449

Substandard

 

1,304

 

-

 

24

 

1,328

Total Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans

$

672,241

$

75,666

$

645,791

$

1,393,698

Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

4,581

$

-

$

2,365

$

6,946

Special Mention

 

460

 

-

 

19

 

479

Substandard

 

5,134

 

-

 

1,902

 

7,036

Total Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

10,175

$

-

$

4,286

$

14,461


NOTE 7.          COVERED ASSETS AND LOSS SHARING AGREEMENTS


In each of the 2010 and 2011 Acquisitions (except SSCB and FPB), the Bank and the FDIC entered into loss sharing agreements.


The following table summarizes the carrying value of assets covered by the loss sharing agreements at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

March31, 2014

 

December31, 2013

Loans, excluding allowance for loan losses

$

337,124

$

359,255

OREO

 

32,185

 

27,299

Total Covered Assets

$

369,309

$

386,554


Changes in the loss share indemnification asset for three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Balance at beginning of period

$

87,229

$

125,949

Reimbursable expenses

 

1,726

 

3,456

Amortization

 

(5,999)

 

(6,830)

Income resulting from impairment and charge-off of covered assets, net

 

750

 

3,286

Expense resulting from recoupment and disposition of covered assets, net

 

(1,163)

 

(3,628)

FDIC claims submissions

 

(1,938)

 

(8,741)

Balance at end of period

$

80,605

$

113,492




F-28



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 7.          COVERED ASSETS AND LOSS SHARING AGREEMENTS (CONTINUED)


As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the carrying value of loss share indemnification assets exceeded the total cash flow expected to be collected by $29.9 million and $29.8 million, respectively, and is being amortized using the effective interest method over the shorter of (1) the remaining expected term of the respective loans or (2) the remaining term of the loss sharing agreement.


The following table summarizes the changes in the clawback liability, included in Other Liabilities, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Balance at beginning of period

$

11,753

$

11,966

Amortization impact

 

176

 

181

Remeasurement impact

 

131

 

(109)

Balance at end of period

$

12,060

$

12,038


The following tables summarizes the transactional gains, losses, expenses and recoveries from Covered Assets as reflected in the consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2014

 

 

Transaction
Income
(Loss)

 

Loss-share
Indemnification
Income(Loss)

 

Net Impact
to Pre-tax
Earnings

Transactional Related Income (Loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses on covered loans

$

331 

$

$

335 

OREO impairment

 

(234)

 

356 

 

122 

Reimbursable expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

(1,060)

 

991 

 

(69)

OREO

 

(919)

 

735 

 

(184)

Income from resolution of covered assets

 

982 

 

(773)

 

209 

Total transactional related income (loss)

$

(900)

$

1,313 

$

413 


 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

 

Transaction
Income
(Loss)

 

Loss-share
Indemnification
Income(Loss)

 

Net Impact
to Pre-tax
Earnings

Transactional Related Income (Loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses on covered loans

$

(1,053)

$

806

$

(247)

OREO impairment

 

(217)

 

653

 

436

Reimbursable expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

(2,617)

 

2,580

 

(37)

OREO

 

(1,093)

 

876

 

(217)

Income from resolution of covered assets

 

2,540

 

(1,802)

 

738

Total transactional related income (loss)

$

(2,440)

$

3,113

$

673




F-29



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 8.          PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT


The major components of premises and equipment at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Bank premises

$

28,203

$

28,191

Bank land

 

9,212

 

9,212

Equipment and software

 

7,034

 

6,634

Other

 

7,623

 

4,696

Total

 

52,072

 

48,733

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

(8,539)

 

(7,792)

Total premises and equipment, net

$

43,533

$

40,941


Total depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, amounted to $956,000 and $687,000, respectively.


NOTE 9.          OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED (“OREO”)


An analysis of OREO for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 follows (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Balance at beginning of period

$

34,682

$

57,767

Additions from acquisitions

 

54,275

 

-

Transfers from loan portfolio

 

10,340

 

6,822

Impairments

 

(445)

 

(945)

Sales

 

(12,608)

 

(15,941)

Balance at end of period

$

86,244

$

47,703


An analysis of OREO composition by property type as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 follows (in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Composition of ending balance

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

26,656

$

16,410

Land and development

 

50,555

 

13,385

1-4 single family residential

 

9,033

 

4,887

Total

$

86,244

$

34,682


NOTE 10.          BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE (“BOLI”)


Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) policies are held in order to insure the key officers and employees of the Bank.  Per ASC 325-30, “Investments in Insurance Contracts,” this policy is recorded at the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement, if applicable. As of March 31, 2014, the BOLI cash surrender value was $116.1 million resulting in other income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 of $818,000 and an annualized pre-tax yield of 3.53%. The total death benefit of the BOLI policies at March 31, 2014 totaled $376.5 million. The Bank did not hold BOLI policies during the three months ended March 31, 2013.




F-30



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 10.          BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE (“BOLI”) (CONTINUED)


The following table summarizes the changes in the cash surrender value of BOLI for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (in thousands):


 

 

Three
months ended
March 31, 2014

Balance at beginning of period

$

75,257

Additions from premium payments

 

40,000

Net gain in cash surrender value

 

818

Balance at end of period

$

116,075


NOTE 11.          DERIVATIVES


The Company is a party to interest rate derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivatives relate to interest rate swaps that the Company enters into with customers to allow customers to convert variable rate loans to a fixed rate. The Company pays interest to the customer at a floating rate on the notional amount and receives interest from the customer at a fixed rate for the same notional amount. At the same time the interest rate swap is entered into with the customer, an offsetting interest rate swap is entered into with another financial institution. The Company pays the other financial institution interest at the same fixed rate on the same notional amount as the swap entered into with the customer, and receives interest from the financial institution for the same floating rate on the same notional amount. The changes in the fair value of the swaps offset each other, except for any credit risk of the counterparties, which is determined by taking into consideration the risk rating, probability of default and loss of given default for all counterparties.  Any fees received were recognized in earnings at the time of the transaction.  The Company recorded $371,000 and $372,000 of customer swap fees in non-interest income in the accompanying statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.


All derivate positions held by the Company for the three months ended and as of March 31, 2014 were not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-10.  As of March 31, 2014, the Company has not recorded any credit adjustments related to the credit risk of the counterparties.  There was no change in the fair value of derivative assets and derivative liabilities attributable to credit risk included in “Other Income” on the statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014.  


The following tables summarize the Company’s derivatives outstanding included in “Other Assets” and “Other Liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Derivative Assets

 

Derivative Liabilities

 

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

Derivative not designated as hedging
instruments under ASC 815-10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts - pay floating, receive fixed

$

158,394

$

4,566

$

43,426

$

945

Interest rate contracts - pay fixed, receive floating

 

-

 

-

 

201,820

 

3,621

Total derivatives

$

158,394

$

4,566

$

245,246

$

4,566


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Derivative Assets

 

Derivative Liabilities

 

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

Derivative not designated as hedging
instruments under ASC 815-10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts - pay floating, receive fixed

$

126,011

$

2,660

$

43,539

$

1,488

Interest rate contracts - pay fixed, receive floating

 

-

 

-

 

169,551

 

1,172

Total derivatives

$

126,011

$

2,660

$

213,090

$

2,660




F-31



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 11.          DERIVATIVES (CONTINUED)


The Company has entered into transactions subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement with a financial institution.  The following table summarizes the gross and net fair values of the Company’s derivatives outstanding with this counterparty included in “Other Liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Gross amounts
of recognized
liabilities

 

Gross amounts
offset in the
consolidated
balance sheets

 

Net amounts
in the
consolidated
balance sheets

Offsetting derivative liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterparty A - Interest rate contracts

$

4,566

$

(945)

$

3,621

Total

$

4,566

$

(945)

$

3,621


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Gross amounts
of recognized
liabilities

 

Gross amounts
offset in the
consolidated
balance sheets

 

Net amounts
in the
consolidated
balance sheets

Offsetting derivative liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterparty A - Interest rate contracts

$

2,660

$

(1,488)

$

1,172

Total

$

2,660

$

(1,488)

$

1,172


As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, substantially all of the floating rate terms within the interest rate contracts held by the Company were indexed to 1-month LIBOR.


The fair value of the derivative assets and liabilities are included in a table in Note 22 “Fair Value Measurements,” in the line items “Derivative assets” and “Derivative liabilities.”


NOTE 12.          GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS


Goodwill and other intangible assets, which include core deposit and customer relationship intangibles as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Goodwill

$

81,512

$

33,749

Core Deposit Intangible

 

14,370

 

10,768

Other

 

435

 

435

Total

 

96,317

 

44,952

Less: Accumulated amortization

 

(6,000)

 

(5,583)

Total, net

$

90,317

$

39,369


The amount of amortization expense for core deposit intangible assets to be recognized over the next five fiscal years at March 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):


Type of intangibles

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

Total

Core Deposit Intangible

$

1,294

$

1,630

$

1,189

$

1,023

$

1,023

$

6,159

Total

$

1,294

$

1,630

$

1,189

$

1,023

$

1,023

$

6,159




F-32



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 12.          GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)


During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $417,000 and $412,000, respectively, of amortization expense related to intangible assets.


NOTE 13.          DEPOSITS


The following table sets forth the Company’s deposit categories as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

$

417,529

$

291,658

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

103,063

 

84,837

Savings and money market accounts

 

1,694,913

 

1,251,842

Time deposits

 

1,514,164

 

1,165,196

Total deposits

$

3,729,669

$

2,793,533


The following table sets forth average amounts and weighted average rates paid on each of the Company’s deposit categories for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Rates

 

Average
Balance

 

Rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

$

353,023

 

 

$

226,757

 

 

Interest bearing

 

99,470

 

0.15%

 

67,149

 

0.09%

Total demand deposits

 

452,493

 

 

 

293,906

 

 

Money market accounts

 

1,449,861

 

0.51%

 

712,644

 

0.46%

Savings accounts

 

102,206

 

0.27%

 

90,998

 

0.30%

Total transaction accounts

 

2,004,560

 

 

 

1,097,548

 

 

Time deposits

 

1,411,109

 

0.97%

 

1,053,008

 

1.32%

Total average deposits

$

3,415,669

 

 

$

2,150,556

 

 


Time deposit accounts with balances of $100,000 or more totaled approximately $948.6 million and $674.2 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. These balances include deposits of $250,000 or greater in the amount of $273.0 million and $216.3 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The following table sets forth maturities of all time deposits as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Three months or less

$

256,923

$

122,878

Over three months and through six months

 

253,210

 

212,255

Over six months and through one year

 

553,380

 

435,357

Over one year and through two years

 

135,933

 

79,849

Over two years through three years

 

178,543

 

172,351

Over three years through four years

 

77,850

 

55,721

Over four years and through five years

 

56,137

 

86,696

Over five years

 

386

 

26

Fair value adjustment

 

1,802

 

63

Total time deposits

$

1,514,164

$

1,165,196




F-33



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 13.          DEPOSITS (CONTINUED)


Included in deposits are $507.3 million and $458.0 million of Public Funds deposits, which are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and corporate bonds with a fair value of $194.0 million and $147.7 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.


Interest expense on deposits includes a reduction for amortization of the fair value adjustment for time deposits amounting to $430,000 and $93,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The following table summarizes interest expense on deposits for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Transaction accounts

$

36

$

16

Savings and money market accounts

 

1,883

 

880

Time deposits

 

3,390

 

3,416

Total

$

5,309

$

4,312


The Bank holds deposits for the Company in the amount of approximately $18.3 million and $138.3 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Bank paid interest on these deposits totaling less than $1,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The deposit amounts and interest earned are eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.


NOTE 14.          ADVANCES FROM THE FHLB AND OTHER BORROWINGS


Advances from the FHLB and other borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, incur interest and have contractual repayments as follows (dollars in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

Range of
Contractual
Interest Rates

 

December 31,
2013

 

Range of
Contractual
Interest Rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayable during the years ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

$

579,400

 

0.18%-5.02%

$

432,015

 

0.20%-3.77%

2017

 

72,500

 

4.05%-4.35%

 

-

 

 

Total contractual outstanding

 

651,900

 

 

 

432,015

 

 

Deferred prepayment penalty

 

(787)

 

 

 

(1,187)

 

 

Fair value adjustment

 

8,305

 

 

 

185

 

 

Total FHLB advances and securities
sold under repurchase agreements

 

659,418

 

 

 

431,013

 

 

Retail repurchase agreements

 

6,411

 

 

 

4,853

 

 

Total borrowings

$

665,829

 

 

$

435,866

 

 


For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company maintained advances with the FHLB and securities sold under repurchase agreements averaging $548.3 million and $283.6 million, respectively, with an average cost of approximately 0.92% and 1.49%, respectively. Substantially all FHLB advances and other borrowings outstanding at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 have fixed interest rates. Interest expense on borrowings for three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 includes a reduction for amortization of the fair value adjustment on FHLB advances and other borrowings amounting to $542,000 and $75,000, respectively. The fair value adjustment is being amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the remaining term of the advances using the effective yield method.




F-34



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 14.          ADVANCES FROM THE FHLB AND OTHER BORROWINGS (CONTINUED)


During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company restructured $250 million in principal amount of FHLB advances which qualified to be accounted for as a debt modification. The original advances had a weighted average interest rate and maturity of 1.77% and 4.7 years at the date of restructuring, respectively, and the restructured advances have a weighted average interest rate and maturity of 1.43% and 0.5 years, respectively, at March 31, 2014. The Company paid a prepayment penalty amounting to $4.7 million related to the restructuring which has been deferred and is being accreted to interest expense using the effective interest method over the remaining life of the restructured advances. Interest expense on borrowings for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 includes amortization of $399,000 and $397,000, respectively, of deferred prepayment penalty.


The Company pledges loans and securities as collateral for FHLB advances. See Notes 4 and 5 to these consolidated financial statements for further information. At March 31, 2014, the Company had additional capacity to borrow from the FHLB of $443.6 million. Also at March 31, 2014, the Company has unused credit lines with financial institutions of $30.0 million.


NOTE 15.          REGULATORY CAPITAL


The Bank’s and Company’s regulatory capital levels at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows (dollars in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Actual

 

Required to be
Considered Well Capitalized

 

Required to be
Considered Adequately
Capitalized

Bank Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

4,532,591

 

11.2%

$

509,521

 

10.0%

$

453,259

 

10.0%

$

453,259

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

3,423,343

 

14.9%

 

509,521

 

11.0%

 

376,568

 

11.0%

 

376,568

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

3,423,343

 

15.4%

 

525,861

 

12.0%

 

410,801

 

12.0%

 

410,801

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

4,628,022

 

13.4%

$

620,840

 

5.0%

$

231,401

 

4.0%

$

185,121

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

3,520,720

 

17.6%

 

620,840

 

6.0%

 

211,243

 

4.0%

 

140,829

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

3,520,720

 

18.1%

 

637,179

 

10.0%

 

352,072

 

8.0%

 

281,658


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Actual

 

Required to be
Considered Well Capitalized

 

Required to be
Considered Adequately
Capitalized

Bank Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

3,642,143

 

12.0%

$

437,952

 

10.0%

$

364,214

 

10.0%

$

364,214

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

2,622,537

 

16.7%

 

437,952

 

11.0%

 

288,479

 

11.0%

 

288,479

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

2,622,537

 

17.3%

 

453,279

 

12.0%

 

314,704

 

12.0%

 

314,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

3,739,387

 

18.0%

$

674,225

 

5.0%

$

186,969

 

4.0%

$

149,575

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

2,720,124

 

24.8%

 

674,225

 

6.0%

 

163,207

 

4.0%

 

108,805

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

2,720,124

 

25.3%

 

689,551

 

10.0%

 

272,012

 

8.0%

 

217,610




F-35



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 16.          STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


Exchange of Class A and Class B Common Stock


In February 2014, the Company converted 68,499 Class B common shares to Class A common shares in a voluntary exchange with certain shareholders.  This exchange was made on 1:1 ratio and no consideration was paid or received by the Company.  Total Class A common shares issued and outstanding increased by 68,499 while Class B common shares issued and outstanding decreased by 68,499 for the three months ended March 31, 2014.  This is recorded as “Exchange of B shares to A shares” in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income


Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) for the periods indicated are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2014

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax Effect

 

Net of Tax

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holdings gain arising during the period

$

6,494

$

(2,505)

$

3,989

Amounts reclassified to gain on investment securities

 

(323)

 

124

 

(199)

Other comprehensive income

$

6,171

$

(2,381)

$

3,791


 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax Effect

 

Net of Tax

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holdings gain arising during the period

$

4,425

$

(1,707)

$

2,718

Amounts reclassified to gain on investment securities

 

(1,359)

 

524

 

(835)

Other comprehensive income

$

3,066

$

(1,183)

$

1,883


NOTE 17.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS


2009 Equity Incentive Plan


During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company granted 70,000 stock options from the 2009 Option Plan to directors without vesting requirements and 123,500 stock options to employees with a Three Year Vesting Period.  The options have a weighted average exercise price of $19.34, based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and an aggregate fair value of $1.0 million.  The options granted to directors and employees expire 10 years from grant date.


On February 5, 2014, the Company granted 90,000 stock options from the 2009 Option Plan to directors that vest at a rate of 25% per calendar quarter in 2014.  The options have an exercise price of $19.75, the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and an aggregate fair value of $479,000.  The options granted to directors expire 10 years from grant date.


During the three months March 31, 2014, none of the option grants had been exercised while 225,000 had expired and 14,166 had been forfeited.  At March 31, 2014, based on the number of stock options outstanding, there were 171,826 shares available for award from the 2009 Option Plan and total vested and exercisable shares of 3,017,187.


The total unrecognized compensation cost of $2.1 million for share awards outstanding at March 31, 2014 will be recognized over a weighted average remaining period of 2.1 years.




F-36



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 17.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2013 Stock Incentive Plan


For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, no awards were granted by the Company from the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.


NOTE 18.          BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE (“EPS”)


Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflect the effect of common stock equivalents, including stock options and unvested shares, calculated using the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per common share in periods in which the effect is anti-dilutive.  There were an average of 5,744,404 and 3,375,180 stock options and 3,310,428 and 5,452,428 warrants that were anti-dilutive during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  There was an average of 500,000 2013 RSUs that were not dilutive during the three months ended March 31, 2014.


The table below presents the computations of basic and diluted EPS for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013:


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

3,528

$

2,498

Net income available for common shareholders

$

3,528

$

2,498

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

Denominator for basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares

 

35,892,154

 

37,011,598

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

Employee stock based compensation awards

 

4,291

 

2,032

Denominator for diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted average shares

 

35,896,445

 

37,013,630

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

$

0.10

$

0.07

Diluted earnings per share

$

0.10

$

0.07


NOTE 19.          INCOME TAXES


The effective income tax rate decreased to 33.9% for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from 39.8% for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.  This decrease primarily reflects the impact of increases in tax-exempt dividend income from preferred stocks and the net gain in cash surrender value of BOLI policies held during the three months ended March 31, 2014.


On January 31, 2014, the Company acquired Great Florida Bank and recorded $35.7 million in deferred tax assets, net of $9.2 million in valuation allowance, at acquisition. Upon acquisition, Great Florida Bank incurred a Section 382 ownership change. As such, the Company's ability to benefit from the use of Great Florida Bank's pre-ownership change net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards, as well as the potential deductibility of certain of its built-in losses, will be limited to approximately $1.5 million per year, putting at risk the utilization of associated deferred tax assets before they expire. We believe that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized.  In recognition of this risk, a valuation allowance of $9.2 million was established against the deferred tax assets associated with Great Florida Bank's pre-change net operating loss carryforwards.


Income tax returns for the tax years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 remain subject to examination by the U.S. Federal and various state tax jurisdictions.  The Company had no uncertain tax positions at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.




F-37



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 20.          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES


The Company issues off-balance sheet financial instruments in connection with its lending activities and to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to fund loans, lines of credit and commercial and standby letters of credit. These commitments expose the Company to varying degrees of credit and market risk which are essentially the same as those involved in extending loans to customers and are subject to the Company’s credit policies. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for instruments recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Collateral is obtained based on management’s assessment of the customer’s credit risk. The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. Fees collected on off-balance sheet financial instruments represent the fair value of those commitments and are deferred and amortized over their term, which is typically one year or less. Amounts funded under non-cancelable commitments in effect at the date of acquisition are Covered Assets under the loss-sharing agreements, if applicable, if certain conditions are met.


Financial Instruments Commitments


Total commitments at March 31, 2014, were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Covered

 

Uncovered

 

Total

Commitments to fund loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

5,284

$

15,277

$

20,561

Commercial and commercial real estate

 

-

 

26,286

 

26,286

Land and development

 

9

 

115,951

 

115,960

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

9,907

 

203,220

 

213,127

Total commitments to fund loans

 

15,200

 

360,734

 

375,934

Commercial and standby letters of credit

 

-

 

8,355

 

8,355

Total

$

15,200

$

369,089

$

384,289


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Covered

 

Uncovered

 

Total

Commitments to fund loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

5,230

$

5,659

$

10,889

Commercial and commercial real estate

 

-

 

14,746

 

14,746

Land and development

 

9

 

70,715

 

70,724

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

11,026

 

157,382

 

168,408

Total commitments to fund loans

 

16,265

 

248,502

 

264,767

Commercial and standby letters of credit

 

-

 

4,838

 

4,838

Total

$

16,265

$

253,340

$

269,605


Commitments to fund loans:


Commitments to fund loans are agreements to lend funds to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. To accommodate the financial needs of customers, the Company makes commitments under various terms to lend funds to consumers and businesses. At March 31, 2014 unfunded commitments under lines of credit to commercial and commercial real estate customers represent 82.9% and 7.0%, respectively, of the total amount available under such lines of credit. Commitments to fund loans generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded and, therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.


The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral required in connection with an extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.




F-38



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 20.          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)


Commercial and standby letters of credit:


Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support trade transactions or guarantee arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company generally holds collateral supporting those commitments if deemed necessary.


Other Commitments and Contingencies


Legal Proceedings


The Company, from time to time, is involved as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. While the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management, based upon advice of legal counsel, that no proceedings exist, either individually or in the aggregate, which, if determined adversely to the Company, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, results of operations or cash flows.


Leases


The Company and its subsidiaries lease premises and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable leases, some of which contain renewal options under various terms. All lease agreements contain regular increases in minimum lease payments based either on a consumer price index or scheduled escalation clauses. The leased properties are used primarily for branch operations and administrative office space. Total rental expense on operating leases for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 amounted to $1.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively.


As of March 31, 2014, the Company had entered into non-cancelable operating leases with approximate minimum future rentals as follows (in thousands):


Years ending December 31,

 

Amount

2014

$

3,737

2015

 

3,959

2016

 

3,086

2017

 

2,637

2018

 

2,271

Thereafter

 

11,020

Total

$

26,710


As of March 31, 2014, the Company had entered into sublease rental agreements of certain operating leases with approximate minimum future revenue as follows (in thousands):


Years ending December 31,

 

Amount

2014

$

568

2015

 

676

2016

 

216

2017

 

107

2018

 

70

Thereafter

 

21

Total

$

1,658




F-39



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 20.          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)


2009 and 2010 Contingent Placement Fees


In 2009 and 2010, the Company paid Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. (the “Placement Agent”) a placement fee of $16.8 million and $12.0 million, respectively, as part of the Company’s 2009 and 2010 private placement offerings (the “Offerings”). In addition, the Company is obligated to pay an additional placement fee to the Placement Agent of $10 million, related to the Offerings in the event of a completed initial public offering raising at least $100 million of proceeds at a minimum offering price of $20.00 per share (a “Qualified IPO”). As this fee is contingent on a Qualified IPO the additional placement fee has not been recorded. The Company filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission during 2014, which remains open.


NOTE 21.          PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following summarizes the major categories of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.’s (holding company only) balance sheets at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash in bank

$

18,326

$

138,258

Investment securities

 

84,393

 

83,664

Investment in bank

 

611,407

 

479,841

Other assets

 

10,668

 

14,751

Total assets

$

724,794

$

716,514

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

$

925

$

400

Stockholders' equity

 

723,869

 

716,114

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

724,794

$

716,514


The following summarizes the major categories of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.’s (holding company only) statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Income:

 

 

 

 

Income from investment securities

$

1,099

$

326

Equity in income of subsidiary

 

4,733

 

3,266

Gain on investment sales

 

23

 

9

Total income

 

5,855

 

3,601

Non-interest expense:

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

118

 

90

Professional services

 

385

 

627

Directors fees

 

1,382

 

350

Insurance expense

 

296

 

331

Other expense

 

762

 

211

Total non-interest expense

 

2,943

 

1,609

Income before income taxes

 

2,912

 

1,992

Income tax benefit

 

(616)

 

(506)

Net income

$

3,528

$

2,498




F-40



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 21.          PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


The following summarizes the major categories of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.’s (holding company only) statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

2014

 

2013

Net income

$

3,528

$

2,498

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in
operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed loss of subsidiary

 

(2,457)

 

(3,266)

Gain (loss) on sales of investment securities

 

23

 

(8)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

118

 

362

Decrease (increase) in other assets

 

354

 

(2,284)

Increase in other liabilities

 

525

 

308

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

2,091

 

(2,390)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities

 

(7,000)

 

(97,959)

Sales, paydown and maturities of investment securities

 

9,977

 

4,033

Capital contribution to subsidiary

 

(125,000)

 

-

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(122,023)

 

(93,926)

Net decrease in cash

 

(119,932)

 

(96,316)

Cash, beginning of period

 

138,258

 

270,929

Cash, end of period

$

18,326

$

174,613


NOTE 22.          FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS


When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities and the related fair value hierarchy, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability (observable inputs). When possible, the Company looks to active and observable markets to price identical assets or liabilities and when identical assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, the Company looks to market observable data for similar assets and liabilities. It is the Company’s policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs are only used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available. The need to use unobservable inputs generally results from the lack of market liquidity, resulting in diminished observability of both actual trades and assumptions that would otherwise be available to value these instruments, or the value of the underlying collateral is not market observable. Although third party price indications may be available for a security, limited trading activity would make it difficult to support the observability of these quotations.


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis


The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the general classification of each instrument under the valuation hierarchy.


Investment securities available for sale are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. When available, fair value is based on quoted prices for the identical security in an active market and as such, would be classified as Level 1. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated using quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, discounted cash flows or matrix pricing models. Investment securities available for sale for which Level 1 valuations are not available are classified as Level 2, and include U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities, state and municipal obligations, asset-backed securities and corporate debt and other securities. Pricing of these securities is generally spread driven. Observable inputs that may impact the valuation of these securities include benchmark yield curves, credit spreads, reported trades, dealer quotes, bids, issuer spreads, current rating, historical constant prepayment rates, historical voluntary prepayment rates, structural and waterfall features of individual securities, published collateral data, and for certain securities, historical constant default rates and default severities.




F-41



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 22.          FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (continued)


Interest rate derivatives are reported at estimated fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs and are included in Other assets and Other liabilities and consist of interest rate swaps where there is no significant deterioration in the counterparties (loan customers) credit risk since origination of the interest rate swap. The Company values its interest rate swap positions using market prices provided by a third party. Interest rate derivatives are further described in Note 11 “Derivatives.”


For purposes of potential valuation adjustments to our derivative positions, the Company evaluates the credit risk of its counterparties as well as our own credit risk. Accordingly, the Company has considered factors such as the likelihood of default, expected loss given default, net exposures and remaining contractual life, among other things, in determining if any estimated fair value adjustments related to credit risk are required. The Company reviews counterparty exposure quarterly, and when necessary, appropriate adjustments are made to reflect the exposure.


For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has not realized any losses due to a counterparties inability to pay any net uncollateralized position.  As of March 31, 2014, there were no interest rate derivatives classified as Level 3.


Contingent consideration issued to the FDIC— In conjunction with the 2010 and 2011 acquisitions, the Bank issued contingent consideration to the FDIC in the form of value appreciation instruments (“VAI”) and equity appreciation agreements (“EAA”). For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 the estimated fair value of VAIs and EAAs are derived from an estimation of the future fair value of the Company’s stock and a range of potential payment liabilities is determined in accordance with the terms of each agreement. Management assigns a probability to each potential payment liability based on its judgment about the likelihood of the event occurring. This expected value is the basis for estimating the fair value of the contingent consideration. Since the Company’s common stock is not publicly traded on an exchange, significant inputs to the model, including financial projections, and assumptions regarding future market value ratios, are not observable, resulting in Level 3 classification. Changes in the fair value of the VAIs and EAAs during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, which are included in other non-interest expense in the accompanying statements of operations, amounted to $248,000 and $306,000, respectively.  As of March 31, 2014, the Company had no remaining VAIs as the contracts reached final settlement with the FDIC within the year ended December 31, 2013.


Clawback liability—The fair value of the clawback liability is estimated using a discounted cash flow technique based on projected cash flows related to the resolution of Covered Assets and a discount rate using a risk free rate, plus a premium that takes into account the Company’s credit risk, resulting in Level 3 classification. Changes in the fair value of the clawback liability during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, resulted in remeasurement losses which are included in other noninterest expense in the accompanying statements of operations amounting to $306,000 and $72,000, respectively.




F-42



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 22.          FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (continued)


The following table presents the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, utilizing the hierarchy discussed above (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

-

$

128,200

$

-

$

128,200

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

-

 

550,058

 

-

 

550,058

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

2,197

 

-

 

2,197

Asset-backed securities

 

-

 

363,378

 

-

 

363,378

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

-

 

484,160

 

-

 

484,160

Preferred stocks

 

38,765

 

45,628

 

-

 

84,393

Derivative assets - Interest rate contracts

 

-

 

4,566

 

-

 

4,566

Total

$

38,765

$

1,578,187

$

-

$

1,616,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities - Interest rate contracts

$

-

$

4,566

$

-

$

4,566

Clawback liability

 

-

 

-

 

12,060

 

12,060

EAAs

 

-

 

-

 

1,362

 

1,362

Total

$

-

$

4,566

$

13,422

$

17,988


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

-

$

51,155

$

-

$

51,155

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

-

 

241,638

 

-

 

241,638

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

2,124

 

-

 

2,124

Asset-backed securities

 

-

 

387,965

 

-

 

387,965

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

-

 

379,225

 

-

 

379,225

Preferred stocks

 

47,113

 

36,551

 

-

 

83,664

Derivative assets - Interest rate contracts

 

-

 

2,660

 

-

 

2,660

Total

$

47,113

$

1,101,318

$

-

$

1,148,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities - Interest rate contracts

$

-

$

2,660

$

-

$

2,660

Clawback liability

 

-

 

-

 

11,753

 

11,753

EAAs

 

-

 

-

 

1,114

 

1,114

Total

$

-

$

2,660

$

12,867

$

15,527




F-43



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 22.          FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (continued)


The following summarizes the changes in fair value of liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

Clawback
Liability

 

EAAs

 

Clawback
Liability

 

VAIs and
EAAs

Balance at beginning of period

$

11,753

$

1,114

$

11,966

$

1,235

Losses (gains) included in other non-interest expenses

 

307

 

248

 

72

 

306

Final VAI settlement on SSCB

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(52)

Balance at end of period

$

12,060

$

1,362

$

12,038

$

1,489


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis


Following is a description of the methodologies used to estimate the fair values of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which those measurements are typically classified.


Impaired loans and OREO:


The carrying amount of collateral dependent impaired loans is typically based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, which may be real estate or other business assets, less estimated costs to sell. The carrying value of OREO is initially measured based on the fair value, less estimated cost to sell, of the real estate acquired in foreclosure and subsequently adjusted to the lower of cost or estimated fair value, less estimated cost to sell. Fair values of real estate collateral are typically based on real estate appraisals which utilize market and income valuation techniques incorporating both observable and unobservable inputs. When current appraisals are not available, the Company may use brokers’ price opinions, home price indices, or other available information about changes in real estate market conditions to adjust the latest appraised value available. These adjustments to appraised values may be subjective and involve significant management judgment. The fair value of collateral consisting of other business assets is generally based on appraisals that use market approaches to valuation, incorporating primarily unobservable inputs. Fair value measurements related to collateral dependent impaired loans and OREO are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.


As of March 31, 2014, the Company had zero collateral dependent loans. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had collateral dependent loans with unpaid principal balances amounting to $0.3 million.  The Company recognized non-recurring changes in fair value of underlying collateral that resulted in impairment charges of $0.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013.  The impairment charges are included in the provision for loan losses in the accompanying statement of operations. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had $86.2 million and $34.7 million of OREO, respectively.  The Company recognized non-recurring changes in fair value of OREO that resulted in impairment charges of $0.4 million and $0.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which are included in other real estate and acquired assets resolution related expenses in the accompanying statement of operations.




F-44



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 22.          FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis (continued)


The following table presents the carrying value and fair value of financial instruments as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

 

 Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

87,697

$

87,697

$

239,217

$

239,217

Investments securities

 

1,656,109

 

1,656,109

 

1,182,323

 

1,182,322

Loans, net

 

2,922,868

 

2,975,805

 

2,244,051

 

2,290,564

Loss share indemnification asset

 

80,605

 

47,825

 

87,229

 

53,157

Due from FDIC

 

1,938

 

1,938

 

3,659

 

3,659

Derivative assets - Interest rate contracts

 

4,566

 

4,566

 

2,660

 

2,660

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

$

3,729,669

$

3,733,692

$

2,793,533

$

2,797,081

Advances from the FHLB and other borrowings

 

665,828

 

666,332

 

431,013

 

433,640

Derivative liabilities - Interest rate contracts

 

4,566

 

4,566

 

2,660

 

2,660

Clawback liability

 

12,060

 

12,060

 

11,753

 

11,753

EAAs

 

1,362

 

1,362

 

1,114

 

1,114


The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments.


Certain financial instruments are carried at amounts that approximate fair value due to their short-term nature and generally negligible credit risk. Financial instruments for which fair value approximates the carrying amount at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, include cash and cash equivalents and due from FDIC.


Investment Securities:


Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices for similar securities in active or inactive markets (Level 2). FHLB and other bank stock are carried at par, which has historically represented the redemption price and is therefore considered to approximate fair value.


Loans:


Fair values for loans are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered various factors, including the type of loan and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan and whether or not the loan was amortizing and current discount rates. Loans were grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. The discount rates used for loans are based on current market rates for new originations of comparable credit risk and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The ALL is considered a reasonable estimate of the required adjustment to fair value to reflect the impact of credit risk. This estimate may not represent an exit value as defined in ASC 820.


Loss Share Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability:


The fair values of the loss share indemnification asset and clawback liability are estimated using a discounted cash flow technique based on projected cash flows related to the resolution of Covered Assets and a discount rate using a risk free rate, plus a premium to take into account the Company’s credit risk, that incorporates the uncertainty related to the amounts and timing of the cash flows and other liquidity concerns as well as the counterparties credit risk.




F-45



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 22.          FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis (continued)


Deposits:


The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis and using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.


Advances from the FHLB and Other Borrowings:


The fair value of advances from the FHLB and other borrowings are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rate at which similar borrowings with similar remaining maturities could be obtained.


VAIs and EAAs:


As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of EAAs are derived from an estimation of the future fair value of the Company’s stock and a range of potential payment liability is determined in accordance with the terms of each agreement.  As of March 31, 2014, the Company had no remaining VAIs as the agreements settled with the FDIC during the year ended December 31, 2013.


See Note 3 “Great Florida Bank Acquisition” for a description of the valuation methodologies used to estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the Great Florida Bank acquisition.  


NOTE 23.          SUBSEQUENT EVENTS


Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date that the unaudited consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, June 20, 2014.  Except for the following, the Company has not identified any events that would have a material impact on the financial position, result of operations or cash flows of the Company as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2014.


On April 29, 2014, the Company granted 150,000 stock options with a Three Year Vesting Period from the 2009 Option Plan to employees with a weighted average exercise price of $19.75. The options granted to employees expire 10 years from grant date.





F-46





REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


Board of Directors and Stockholders

Bond Street Holdings, Inc.


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bond Street Holdings, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bond Street Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Fort Lauderdale, Florida
April 29, 2014





F-47





BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(dollars in thousands, except share data)


 

 

December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

Assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

239,217 

$

96,220 

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities

 

365 

 

549 

Available for sale securities

 

1,145,771 

 

1,474,414 

Federal Home Loan Bank and other bank stock

 

36,187 

 

30,149 

Total investment securities

 

1,182,323 

 

1,505,112 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

Acquired loans (including Covered Loans of $359,255 and $478,176)

 

488,073 

 

631,641 

New loans

 

1,770,711 

 

729,673 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(14,733)

 

(18,949)

Loans, net

 

2,244,051 

 

1,342,365 

Loss-share indemnification asset

 

87,229 

 

125,949 

Due from Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”)

 

3,659 

 

14,657 

Premises and equipment, net

 

40,941 

 

40,238 

Other real estate owned (including Covered Assets of $27,299 and $50,555)

 

34,682 

 

57,767 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

39,369 

 

40,895 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

5,828 

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

75,257 

 

Other assets

 

20,814 

 

21,858 

Total assets

$

3,973,370 

$

3,245,061 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

Transaction accounts:

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

$

291,658 

$

240,955 

Interest bearing

 

1,336,679 

 

842,764 

Total transaction accounts

 

1,628,337 

 

1,083,719 

Time deposits

 

1,165,196 

 

1,106,621 

Total deposits

 

2,793,533 

 

2,190,340 

Total borrowings (including FHLB Advances of $431,013 and $271,642)

 

435,866 

 

271,642 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

1,382 

Investment securities purchased not yet settled

 

 

29,463 

Other liabilities

 

27,857 

 

24,060 

Total liabilities

 

3,257,256 

 

2,516,887 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, par value $ 0.001 per share; 100 million shares authorized; 28,992,314 issued and 28,065,002 outstanding at December 31, 2013, 28,992,314 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012  

 

29 

 

29 

Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 50 million shares authorized; 8,019,284 issued and 7,827,152 outstanding at December 31, 2013, 8,019,284 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012   

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

723,631 

 

720,996 

Retained earnings (deficit)

 

12,772 

 

(4,399)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(1,575)

 

11,540 

Treasury stock, at cost; 927,312 Class A common shares and 192,132 Class B common shares at December 31, 2013

 

(18,751)

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

716,114 

 

728,174 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

3,973,370 

$

3,245,061 




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-48





BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)


 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

Interest Income:

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

$

108,521

$

112,716

Interest on investment securities

 

36,740

 

36,114

Interest on federal funds sold and other

 

2

 

4

Total interest income

 

145,263

 

148,834

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

18,537

 

22,700

Interest on borrowings

 

4,403

 

4,806

Total interest expense

 

22,940

 

27,506

Net interest income

 

122,323

 

121,328

Provision for loan losses

 

2,914

 

26,101

Net interest income after provision

 

119,409

 

95,227

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

Service charges and fees

 

2,374

 

2,082

Loss share indemnification income (loss)

 

(18,533)

 

(3,470)

Income from resolution of acquired assets

 

8,475

 

9,593

Gain on sales of other real estate owned

 

1,237

 

4,890

Gain on sales of investment securities

 

8,682

 

2,321

Other non-interest income

 

8,707

 

3,879

Total non-interest income

 

10,942

 

19,295

Non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

46,914

 

48,243

Occupancy and equipment expenses

 

9,872

 

9,772

Other real estate and acquired assets resolution related expenses

 

19,158

 

31,993

Professional services

 

6,403

 

10,466

Other operating expenses

 

21,961

 

21,275

Total non-interest expenses

 

104,308

 

121,749

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

 

26,043

 

(7,227)

Income tax provision expense (benefit)

 

8,872

 

(2,399)

Net income (loss)

$

17,171

$

(4,828)

Earnings (loss) per common share: Basic

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: Basic

 

36,947,192

 

37,011,598

Earnings (loss) per common share: Diluted

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: Diluted

 

36,949,129

 

37,011,598




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-49





BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(dollars in thousands)


 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

Net income (loss)

$

17,171

$

(4,828)

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net holding gains (losses) on investment securities available for sale, net of taxes of $(5,003) and $11,759, respectively  

 

(7,967)

 

18,724

Reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) on investment securities available for sale included in net income (loss), net of taxes of ($3,234) and $2,223, respectively  

 

(5,148)

 

3,556

Total comprehensive income

$

4,056

$

17,452




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-50





BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(dollars in thousands, except share data)


 

Common Stock
Shares Outstanding

 

Common Stock
Issued

 

Additional
Paid in

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Treasury

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

Total
Stockholders’

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Capital

 

(Deficit)

 

Stock

 

Income (Loss)

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of
December 31, 2011

32,548,906 

 

4,462,692 

$

33 

$

4

$

716,676

$

429 

$

$

(10,740)

$

706,402 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based
compensation

 

 

 

-

 

4,320

 

 

 

 

4,320 

Exchange of A shares
to B shares

(3,556,592)

 

3,556,592 

 

(4)

 

4

 

-

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

(4,828)

 

 

 

(4,828)

Other comprehensive
income (loss)

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

22,280 

 

22,280 

Balance as of
December 31, 2012

28,992,314 

 

8,019,284 

$

29 

$

8

$

720,996

$

(4,399)

$

$

11,540 

$

728,174 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based
compensation

 

 

 

-

 

2,635

 

 

 

 

2,635 

Treasury stock
purchases

(927,312)

 

(192,132)

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

(18,751)

 

 

(18,751)

Net income

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

17,171 

 

 

 

17,171 

Other comprehensive
income (loss)

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

(13,115)

 

(13,115)

Balance as of
December 31, 2013

28,065,002 

 

7,827,152 

$

29 

$

8

$

723,631

$

12,772 

$

(18,751)

$

(1,575)

$

716,114 

 



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-51





BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(dollars in thousands)


 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$

17,171 

$

(4,828)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Accretion of discount on loans

 

(2,345)

 

(3,001)

Amortization (accretion) of premium (discount) on investment securities, net

 

2,160 

 

2,309 

Net amortization related to time deposits and FHLB advances

 

1,106 

 

(101)

Provision for loan losses

 

2,914 

 

26,101 

Loss share indemnification (income) loss

 

18,533 

 

3,470 

Collection from FDIC on loss share indemnification asset

 

19,974 

 

81,922 

Gain on sale of investment securities

 

(8,682)

 

(2,321)

Gain on sale of loans

 

(621)

 

Gain on sale of other real estate

 

(1,237)

 

(4,890)

(Gain) loss on sale of premises and equipment

 

21 

 

32 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

2,635 

 

4,320 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment and intangible assets

 

4,619 

 

4,482 

Impairment of other real estate owned

 

3,580 

 

10,609 

Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

 

(257)

 

Deferred taxes

 

(1,027)

 

(4,323)

Other:

 

 

 

 

Decrease in other assets, net

 

4,510 

 

12,555 

Decrease in other liabilities, net

 

(26,835)

 

(3,952)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

36,219 

 

122,384 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

(1,019,381)

 

(1,034,679)

Sales, paydown and maturities of investment securities available for sale

 

1,341,614 

 

1,313,390 

Purchases of FHLB and other bank stock

 

(24,347)

 

(2,190)

Sales of FHLB and other bank stock

 

18,309 

 

12,340 

Purchases of loans

 

(184,261)

 

Change in loans, net

 

(793,505)

 

(261,415)

Proceeds from sale of loans, net

 

48,597 

 

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

 

(75,000)

 

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

 

48,277 

 

50,131 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(1,077)

 

(3,298)

Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment

 

93 

 

80 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

(640,681)

 

74,359 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

Change in deposits, net

 

603,443 

 

(46,294)

Repayment of FHLB advances greater than 90 days

 

(4,000)

 

(117,316)

Change in short-term FHLB advances, net

 

162,015 

 

Net increase in repurchase agreements

 

4,853 

 

Repurchase of stock

 

(18,751)

 

Other financing costs

 

(101)

 

(464)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

747,459 

 

(164,074)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

142,997 

 

32,669 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

 

96,220 

 

63,551 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

$

239,217 

$

96,220 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

Interest payments

$

23,098 

$

28,411 

Income taxes paid

 

5,661 

 

788 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned

$

27,535 

$

47,977 

 




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-52



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 1.          PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Bond Street Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), formerly Bond Street Holdings LLC, was formed on April 1, 2009 and is a registered bank holding company incorporated in Delaware.  In October 2010, the Company converted from a limited liability company to a corporation at which time the Class A and Class B interests were converted to Class A and Class B common stock on a 1:1 ratio. The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Florida Community Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), is a federally-chartered, federally-insured commercial bank whose primary regulator is the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”). Following receipt of final approval to become a new national bank from the OCC on January 22, 2010, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities, including substantially all deposits, of Premier American Bank (“PAB”), Miami, Florida, and during 2010, also acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of two additional failed depository institutions: Florida Community Bank (“FCB”), Immokalee, Florida; and Peninsula Bank (“PB”), Englewood, Florida (all three such acquisitions are referred to as the “2010 Acquisitions”). During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities, including substantially all deposits, of five additional failed depository institutions: Sunshine State Community Bank (“SSCB”), Port Orange, Florida; First National Bank of Central Florida (“FNBCF”), Winter Park, Florida; Cortez Community Bank (“CCB”), Brooksville, Florida; Coastal Bank (“CB”), Cocoa Beach, Florida; and First Peoples Bank (“FPB”), Port St. Lucie, Florida (all five such acquisitions are referred to as the “2011 Acquisitions”; collectively the 2010 Acquisitions and the 2011 Acquisitions are referred to herein as the “Acquisitions”).


With respect to each of the Acquisitions, except for SSCB and FPB, the Bank entered into loss sharing agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) providing for the FDIC to assume responsibility for certain losses on the acquired loan portfolios of, and other real estate owned (“OREO”) by, the acquired depository institutions.


The Company may undertake to acquire control of more depository institutions through auctions by the FDIC of failed depository institutions (an “Assisted Transaction”) or seek to acquire control of additional depository banking institutions in the United States outside of such process.  See Note 23 “Subsequent Events”.


As of December 31, 2013, the Bank operated 41 branches in Florida, with operations extending from Naples to Sarasota and further to Brooksville, on the West Coast of Florida, from Miami to Daytona Beach on the East Coast of Florida, and Orlando in Central Florida.


The Company and the Bank are subject to regulations primarily of certain federal agencies and can be periodically examined by those agencies. As a consequence, the Company’s and the Bank’s business is susceptible to the impacts of federal legislation and regulations including but not limited to the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”), OCC and FDIC.


NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


Business combinations


The Company accounts for transactions that meet the definition of a purchase business combination by recording the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value upon acquisition. The operations of the Acquisitions are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Intangible assets, indemnification contracts and contingent consideration are identified and recognized individually. If the fair value of the assets acquired exceeds the purchase price plus the fair value of the liabilities assumed, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Conversely, if the purchase price plus the fair value of the liabilities assumed exceeds the fair value of the assets acquired, goodwill is recognized. The Company’s assumptions utilized to determine the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed conform to market conditions at the date of acquisition. The provisional amounts recorded are updated if better information is obtained about the initial assumptions used to determine fair value or if new information is obtained regarding the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition. The provisional amounts may be adjusted through the completion of the measurement period, which does not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.




F-53



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Consolidation


The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, and the Bank’s subsidiaries, which consist of a group of real estate holding companies. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


Use of Estimates


The Company’s financial reporting and accounting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include the carrying value of loans, the allowance for loan losses, the carrying value of the loss share indemnification asset, the carrying value of other real estate owned, the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, contingent consideration liability, the determination of fair value for financial instruments, acquisition-related fair value computations, stock-based compensation and deferred taxes.


Fair Value Measurement


The Company uses estimates of fair value in applying various accounting standards for its consolidated financial statements on either a recurring or non-recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing and able market participants. The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three hierarchy levels, based on the observability and transparency of the inputs. These levels are as follows:


Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;


Level 2—Observable inputs other than level 1 inputs, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in less active markets and other inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data;


Level 3—Unobservable inputs supported by limited or no market activity or data and inputs requiring significant management judgment or estimation; valuation techniques utilizing level 3 inputs include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.


It is the Company’s policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in estimating fair value. Unobservable inputs are utilized in determining fair value estimates only to the extent that observable inputs are not available. The need to use unobservable inputs generally results from a lack of market liquidity and trading volume. Transfers between levels of fair value hierarchy are recorded at the end of the reporting period.


Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 825, Financial Instruments, allows the Company an irrevocable option for measurement of eligible financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value on an instrument by instrument basis (the fair value option). Subsequent to the initial adoption of ASC Topic 825, the Company may elect to account for eligible financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. Such an election may be made at the time an eligible financial asset, financial liability or firm commitment is recognized or when certain specified reconsideration events occur. The Company has not elected the fair value option for any eligible financial instrument as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.




F-54



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Transfers of Financial Assets


Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. A gain or loss is recognized in earnings upon completion of the sale based on the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying value of the assets. Control over the transferred assets is deemed to have been surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.


Concentration of Credit Risk


Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in Florida. Therefore, the Company’s exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy and the real estate market in Florida. The Company also has significant credit exposure to U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises with respect to cash and cash equivalents, investment securities available for sale, loss share indemnification asset and other receivables.


Cash and Cash Equivalents


Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks, Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements or similar arrangements. Cash and cash equivalents have original maturities of three months or less. Accordingly, the carrying amount of such instruments is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value. The Company’s balances maintained may at times exceed federal depository insurance limits. The Bank is required to maintain reserve balances with the FRB. Such reserve requirements are based on a percentage of deposit liabilities and may be satisfied by cash on hand. There were no reserves required to be held at the FRB as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.


Investment Securities


The Company determines the classification of investment securities at the time of purchase. If the Company has the intent and the ability at the time of purchase to hold debt securities until maturity, they are classified as held-to-maturity. Investment securities held-to-maturity are stated at amortized cost. Debt securities the Company does not intend to hold to maturity are classified as available for sale and carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes. Available for sale securities are a part of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk or other market factors.


Interest income and dividends on securities are recognized in interest income on an accrual basis. Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the period to maturity of the related security using the effective interest method. Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method.


The Company reviews investment securities for impairment on a quarterly basis or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. In order to determine if a decline in fair value below amortized cost represents other than temporary impairment (OTTI), management considers several factors, including but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer (considering factors such as adverse conditions specific to the issuer and the security and ratings agency actions) and the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment in order to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value.




F-55



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Investment Securities (continued)


The Company recognizes OTTI of a debt security for which there has been a decline in fair value below amortized cost if (i) management intends to sell the security, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or (iii) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The amount by which amortized cost exceeds the fair value of a debt security that is considered to have OTTI is separated into a component representing the credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and a component related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The measurement of the credit loss component is equal to the difference between the debt security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield. If the Company intends to sell the security, or if it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery, an OTTI write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the amortized cost basis and fair value of the security.


The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) is required to maintain an investment in the stock of the FHLB. No market exists for this stock, and the Bank’s investment can be liquidated only through redemption by the FHLB, at the discretion of and subject to conditions imposed by the FHLB. Historically, FHLB stock redemptions have been at cost (par value), which equals the Company’s carrying value. The Company monitors its investment in FHLB stock for impairment through review of recent financial results of the FHLB including capital adequacy and liquidity position, dividend payment history, redemption history and information from credit agencies. The Company has not identified any indicators of impairment of FHLB stock.


Loans


The Company’s accounting methods for loans differ depending on whether the loans are new (“New” loans) or acquired (“Acquired” loans), and for acquired loans, whether the loans were acquired at a discount as a result of credit deterioration since the date of origination.


New Loans


The Company accounts for originated loans and purchased loans not acquired through business as new loans.  New loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any allowance for loan losses, unamortized deferred fees and costs and unamortized premiums or discounts.  The net amount of nonrefundable loan origination fees and certain direct costs associated with the lending process are deferred and amortized to interest income over the contractual lives of the new loans using methods which approximate the level yield method. Discounts and premiums are amortized or accreted to interest income over the estimated term of the new loans using methods that approximate the level yield method. Interest income on new loans is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance outstanding.


Acquired Loans


Acquired loans are accounted for under ASC 310-30 unless the loan type is excluded from the scope of ASC 310-30 (i.e. loans where borrowers have revolving privileges at acquisition date, or “Non-ASC 310-30” loans). The Company has elected to account for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality since origination under ASC 310-30 (“ASC 310-30” loans or pools) due to the following:


·

There is evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination resulting in a “Day 1” discount attributable, at least in part, to credit quality;

·

The loans were acquired in a business combination or asset purchase; and

·

The loans are not to be subsequently accounted for at fair value.




F-56



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Acquired Loans (continued)


The Company has elected this policy for loans acquired through business combinations exhibiting credit deterioration since origination, except those loan types which have been scoped out of ASC 310-30. Substantially all loans acquired through the FDIC assisted acquisitions had a fair value discount at acquisition date due at least in part to deterioration in credit quality since origination. However, there was a separate grouping of loans individually identified with substantial credit impairment that would be explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30 from those that were classified by analogy.  The Company determined that a loan would be explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30 if there was evidence of credit deterioration at Day 1 and that it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual cash flows receivable.  The loans that were classified by analogy were determined to have evidence of credit deterioration at Day 1 and that it was possible, not probable, that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual cash flows receivable.  


For each acquisition, ASC 310-30 loans are aggregated into pools based on common risk characteristics, which includes similar credit risk of the loans based on whether loans were analogized or were explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30, internal risk ratings for commercial real estate, land and development and commercial loans; and performing status for consumer and single family residential loans. Pools of loans are further aggregated by collateral type (e.g. commercial real estate, single family residential, etc.).  The Company did not elect to aggregate loans into pools that were acquired from separate Acquisitions completed in the same fiscal quarter.


Acquired loans are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Fair value for acquired loans is based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considers factors including the type of loan and related collateral type, delinquency and credit classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, whether or not the loan was amortizing, and current discount rates. Additional assumptions used include default rates, loss severity, loss curves and prepayment speeds. Discounts due to credit quality are included in the determination of fair value; therefore an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. The discount rates used for the cash flow methodology are based on market rates for new originations of comparable loans at the time of acquisition and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The fair value is determined from the discounted cash flows for each individual loan, and for ASC 310-30 loans are then aggregated at the unit of account, or pool level.


For acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality, the Company makes an estimate of the total cash flows it expects to collect from the loans in each pool, which includes undiscounted expected principal and interest as well as cash received through other forms of satisfaction (e.g. foreclosure). The excess of contractual amounts over the total cash flows expected to be collected from the loans is referred to as non-accretable difference, which is not accreted into income. The excess of the expected undiscounted cash flows over the carrying value of the loans is referred to as accretable discount. Accretable discount is recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the expected term of the loans in each pool. Assumptions for prepayment and the probability of collection are applied to both contractually required payments and cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition.


The Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected over the expected term of the ASC 310-30 loans on a quarterly basis. Subsequent increases in total cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as an adjustment to the accretable discount with the amount of periodic accretion adjusted over the remaining expected term of the loans. Subsequent decreases in cash flows expected to be collected over the expected term of the loans are recognized as impairment in the current period through a provision for loan losses.


Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. Resolutions of loans may include sales to third parties, receipt of payments in settlement with the borrower, or foreclosure of the collateral. Upon these resolutions, the Company’s policy is to remove an individual ASC 310-30 loan from a pool based on comparing the amount received from its resolution with its contractual amount. Any difference between these amounts is absorbed by the nonaccretable difference. This removal method assumes that the amount received from these resolutions approximates the pool performance expectations of cash flows. The accretable yield percentage is unaffected by the resolution. Any changes in the effective yield for the remaining loans in the pool are addressed by the quarterly cash flow evaluation process for each pool. For loans that are resolved by payment in full, there is no release of the nonaccretable difference for the pool because there is no difference between the amount received at resolution and the contractual amount of the loan.



F-57



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Acquired Loans (continued)


Payments received in excess of expected cash flows may result in an ASC 310-30 pool becoming fully amortized and its carrying value reduced to zero even though outstanding contractual balances remain related to loans in the pool. Once the carrying value of an ASC 310-30 pool is reduced to zero, any future proceeds from the remaining loans are recognized as interest income upon receipt.  There were four ASC 310-30 pools whose carrying value has been reduced to zero as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.  These pools had an aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance (“UPB” or “UPBs”) of $0.4 million and $1.6 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recorded at their estimated fair value as of the acquisition date and subsequently accounted for under ASC Topic 310-20, Receivables — Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (“ASC 310-20”). The fair value discount is accreted using methods which approximate the level-yield method over the remaining term of the loans and is recognized as a component of interest income.


Nonaccrual Loans


For new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans, the Company classifies loans as past due when the payment of principal or interest is greater than 30 days delinquent based on the contractual next payment due date. The Company’s policies related to when loans are placed on nonaccrual status conform to guidelines prescribed by regulatory authorities. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that principal or interest is not fully collectible, or generally when principal or interest becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first. Loans secured by one to four family residential properties may remain in accruing status until they are 180 days past due if management determines that it does not have concern over the collectability of principal and interest because the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. When loans are placed on nonaccrual status, interest receivable is reversed against interest income in the current period and amortization of any discount ceases. Interest payments received thereafter are applied as a reduction to the remaining principal balance unless management believes that the ultimate collection of the principal is likely, in which case payments are recognized in earnings on a cash basis. Loans are removed from nonaccrual status when they become current as to both principal and interest and the collectability of principal and interest is no longer doubtful.


Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual for a period of six months to demonstrate the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.


Contractually delinquent ASC 310-30 loans are not classified as nonaccrual as long as discount continues to be accreted on the corresponding ASC 310-30 pool.


Troubled Debt Restructurings


In certain situations due to economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company may grant a concession to the borrower for other than an insignificant period of time that it would not otherwise consider. At that time, except for ASC 310-30 loans, which are accounted for as pools, the related loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) and considered impaired. Modified ASC 310-30 loans accounted for in pools are not accounted for as TDRs, are not separated from the pools and are not classified as impaired loans. The concessions granted may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, payment forbearance, extensions of maturity at rates of interest below those commensurate with the risk profile of the borrower, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss. A troubled debt restructured loan is generally placed on non-accrual status at the time of the modification unless the borrower has no history of missed payments for six months prior to the restructuring. If the borrower performs pursuant to the modified loan terms for at least six months and the remaining loan balance is considered collectible, the loan is returned to accrual status.




F-58



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Impaired Loans


An ASC 310-30 pool is considered to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all the cash flows expected at acquisition, plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. All ASC 310-30 pools are evaluated individually for impairment based their expected total cash flows. The discount continues to be accreted on ASC 310-30 pools as long as there are expected future cash flows in excess of the current carrying amount of the pool.


Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreements.


All Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as TDR are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis.


Allowance for Loan Losses


The Company’s allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) is established for both performing and nonperforming loans. The Company’s ALL is the amount considered adequate to absorb probable losses within the portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. Such evaluation considers numerous factors including, but not limited to, internal risk ratings, loss forecasts, collateral values, geographic location, borrower FICO scores, delinquency rates, nonperforming and restructured loans, origination channels, product mix, underwriting practices, industry conditions, economic trends and net charge-off trends. The ALL relates to new loans, estimated additional losses arising on Non-ASC 310-30 loans subsequent to the Acquisitions and additional impairment recognized as a result of decreases in expected cash flows on ASC 310-30 pools due to further credit deterioration or other factors since the Acquisitions. The ALL consists of both specific and general components.


For ASC 310-30 pools, a specific valuation allowance is established when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all of the cash flows expected at acquisition, plus the additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. Expected cash flows are estimated on an individual loan basis and then aggregated at the ASC 310-30 pool level. The analysis of expected pool cash flows incorporates updated pool level expected prepayment rate, default rate, delinquency level and loss severity given default assumptions. These analyses incorporate information about loan performance, collateral values, the financial condition of the borrower, internal risk ratings, the Company’s own and industry historical delinquency and default severity data.


The carrying value for ASC 310-30 pools is reduced by the amount of the calculated impairment, which is also the basis in which future accretion income is calculated. A charge-off is taken for an individual ASC 310-30 loan when it is deemed probable that the loan will be resolved for an amount less than its carrying value.   The charge-off is taken to the specific allowance or mark as applicable. Alternatively, an improvement in the expected cash flows related to ASC 310-30 pools results in a reduction or recoupment of any previously established specific allowance with a corresponding credit to the provision for loan losses. Any recoupment recorded is limited to the amount of the remaining specific allowance for that pool, with any excess of expected cash flow resulting in a reclassification from non-accretable to accretable yield and an increase in the prospective yield of the pool.


The new and Non-ASC 310-30 loan portfolios have limited delinquency and credit loss history and have not yet exhibited an observable loss trend. The credit quality of loans in these loan portfolios are impacted by delinquency status and debt service coverage generated by the borrowers’ businesses and fluctuations in the value of real estate collateral. Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for Non ASC 310-30 and new commercial, construction and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the ALL. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis. Relationships with balances in excess of $250,000 are re-evaluated at least annually and more frequently if circumstances indicate that a change in risk rating may be warranted.



F-59



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as TDR are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis. The specific allowance established for these loans is based on a thorough analysis of the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s estimated market value or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less costs of disposition. General allowances are established for new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that are not classified as impaired, which are evaluated by loan category based on common risk characteristics. In this process, general loan loss factors are established based on the following: historical loss factors derived from the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s quarterly Unified Performance Branch Report for Group 1 banks (assets greater than $3 billion) using an annualized weighted average eight quarter rolling basis; trends in delinquencies and nonaccruals by loan portfolio segment and asset categories within those segments; portfolio segment and asset category production trends, including average risk ratings and loan-to value (“LTV”) ratios; current industry conditions, including real estate market trends; general economic conditions; credit concentrations by portfolio and asset categories; and portfolio quality, which encompasses an assessment of the quality and relevance of borrowers’ financial information and collateral valuations and average risk rating and migration trends within portfolios and asset categories.


Other adjustments for qualitative factors may be made to the allowance after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality and loss severity that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data. For these measurements, the Company uses assumptions and methodologies that are relevant to estimating the level of impairment and probable losses in the loan portfolio. To the extent that the data supporting such assumptions has limitations, management’s judgment and experience play a key role in recording the allowance estimates. Qualitative adjustments are considered for: portfolio credit quality trends, including levels of delinquency, charge-offs, nonaccrual, restructuring and other factors; policy and credit standards, including quality and experience of lending and credit management; and general economic factors, including national, regional and local conditions and trends.


Additions to the ALL are made by provisions charged to earnings. The allowance is decreased by charge-offs of balances no longer deemed collectible. Charge-offs on new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recognized as follows: commercial loans are written-off when management determines them to be uncollectible; for unsecured consumer loans at 90 days past due; and for residential real estate loans and secured consumer loans when they become 120 to 180 days past due, depending on the collateral type. The Company reports recoveries on a cash basis at the time received. Recoveries on ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off prior to the Acquisitions are recognized in earnings as income from resolution of acquired assets and do not affect the allowance for loan losses. All other recoveries are credited to the ALL.


Loss Share Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability


Assets subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC are labeled “Covered Assets” in the consolidated financial statements and include acquired loans (“Covered Loans”) and other real estate owned.


The loss share indemnification asset is measured separately from the Covered Assets acquired as it is not contractually embedded in any of the Covered Assets. The initial fair value of the loss share indemnification asset represents the present value of the estimated cash payments expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on Covered Assets, based on the credit adjustment estimated for each Covered Asset and the loss sharing percentages. The estimated cash flows are discounted using a risk-free yield curve plus a premium reflecting the uncertainty related to the timing and receipt of such cash flows. The amount ultimately collected for this asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying Covered Assets, the passage of time and claims submitted to the FDIC.




F-60



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loss Share Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability (continued)


The amounts covered by the loss sharing agreements are the pre-acquisition book value of the underlying assets, the contractual balance of unfunded commitments that were acquired, and certain future net direct costs applicable to the Covered Assets. As required by the respective loss sharing agreements, the Company submits a loss share certificate to the FDIC on a quarterly basis requesting reimbursement for losses on Covered Assets and covered expenses. Covered expenses are recorded in non-interest expense when incurred with an offsetting increase to the loss share indemnification asset and non-interest income for the amount expected to be reimbursed by the FDIC. Certain covered expenses are claimed upon resolution of the Covered Asset, resulting in the expense and the related reimbursements from the FDIC occurring in different periods.


The Company reviews and updates the cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Assets and the FDIC loss share indemnification asset on a quarterly basis as loss and recovery estimates related to Covered Assets change. Decreases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in a provision for loan losses, an increase in the ALL, and a proportional increase to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset and income for the estimated amount to be reimbursed. Increases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for loan losses and related ALL and a decrease to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, or prospective adjustment to the accretable discount if no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded. If no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded, improvements in the expected cash flows from the Covered Loans, which is reflected as an adjustment to yield and accreted into income over the remaining expected term of the loans, decreases the expected cash flows to be collected from the loss sharing agreement, with such decrease reducing the yield to be accreted on a prospective basis if the total expected cash flows from the loss sharing agreement exceeds its carrying amount; and, if the carrying amount of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset exceeds the total expected cash flows, the excess is amortized as a reduction of income over the shorter of (1) the remaining expected term of the respective loans or (2) the remaining term of the loss sharing agreement.


As a result, the value of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset will continue to fluctuate over time based upon the continued performance of the Covered Assets and as the Company receives payments from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements.


The loss sharing agreements between the Company and the FDIC for certain of the Acquisitions include clawback provisions that obligate the Company to pay the FDIC a certain amount in the event that losses incurred by the Company do not reach a specified threshold upon termination of the loss sharing agreement. The fair value of the clawback liability is initially estimated using the same discounted cash flow model used to determine the loss share indemnification asset, using a discount rate that takes into account the Company’s credit risk. The clawback liability is re-measured quarterly based on the terms of the applicable loss sharing agreement, changes in projected losses on Covered Assets and the cumulative servicing amount, if applicable.


The clawback liability is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the amortization and loss on re-measurement is included in loss share indemnification income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.


Premises and Equipment


Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, except for land which is stated at cost. The useful lives of premises and equipment are: 39 years for bank premises; 3 to 5 years for computer equipment and software; and 5 years for furniture and equipment.


Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease terms, including certain renewals that were deemed probable at lease inception, or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Purchased software and external direct costs of computer software developed for internal use are capitalized provided certain criteria are met and amortized over the useful lives of the software. Rent expense and rental income on operating leases are recorded using the straight-line method over the appropriate lease terms.



F-61



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)


Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure or in connection with the Acquisitions, are held for sale and are initially recorded at their fair value less disposition costs. When such assets are acquired, any shortfall between the loan carrying value and the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less disposition costs is recorded as an adjustment to the allowance for loan losses while any excess is recognized in income. The Company periodically performs a valuation of the property held; any excess of carrying value over fair value less disposition costs is charged to earnings as impairment. Routine maintenance and real estate taxes are expensed as incurred.


Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”)


The Bank owns life insurance policies on certain directors and current and former employees. These policies are recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement, if applicable.  Increases in the cash surrender value of these policies are included in non-interest income in the consolidated statements of operations.  The Company’s BOLI policies are invested in general account and hybrid account products that have been underwritten by highly-rated third party insurance carriers.


Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets


Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred in business combinations over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth fiscal quarter. The Company has a single reporting unit. The impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, no impairment is indicated. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, impairment of goodwill is measured as the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its implied fair value. Management uses a third party financial institution valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. This firm employs a market value approach based upon observable market values and price ratios of similar or comparable publicly owned bank holding companies and an investment value approach based upon the projected future value of the Company derived from its financial projections and discounted at an estimated market required cost of capital to estimate the fair value of the Company. Management evaluates and includes a change of control premium in the estimated fair value of the Company for purposes of evaluating goodwill for impairment. Unobservable inputs into the valuation models include the Company’s financial projections and observable inputs include the market values and price ratios of publicly owned bank holding companies and a discount rate based on the capital assets pricing model. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit at the last impairment testing date exceeded its carrying amount; therefore, no impairment of goodwill was indicated.


Core deposit intangible (“CDI”) is a measure of the value of checking and savings deposit relationships acquired in a business combination. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding relative to an alternative source of funding. CDI is amortized over the estimated useful lives of the existing deposit relationships acquired, but does not exceed 10 years. The Company evaluates such identifiable intangibles for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. If an impairment loss is determined to exist, the loss is reflected as an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of operations for the period in which such impairment is identified. No impairment charges were required to be recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.




F-62



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Income Taxes


Income tax expense (benefit) is determined using the asset and liability method and consists of income taxes that are currently payable and deferred income taxes. Deferred income tax expense is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets when management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In making such determinations, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence that may impact the realization of deferred tax assets. These considerations include the amount of taxable income generated in statutory carryback periods, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies.


The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return including the results of its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. The Company estimates income taxes payable based on the amount it expects to owe the various tax authorities (i.e., federal and state). Income taxes represent the net estimated amount due to, or to be received from, such tax authorities. In estimating income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Although the Company uses the best available information to record income taxes, underlying estimates and assumptions can change over time as a result of unanticipated events or circumstances such as changes in tax laws and judicial guidance influencing its overall tax position.


An uncertain tax position is recognized only if it is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation process, based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of tax benefit recognized in the financial statements is the largest amount of benefit that is more than fifty percent likely to be sustained upon ultimate settlement of the uncertain tax position. If the initial assessment fails to result in recognition of a tax benefit, the Company subsequently recognizes a tax benefit if there are changes in tax law or case law that raise the likelihood of prevailing on the technical merits of the position to more-likely-than-not, the statute of limitations expires, or there is a completion of an examination resulting in a settlement of that tax year or position with the appropriate agency. The Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense (benefit) and penalties, if any, in other operating expenses.


Derivatives


The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” All derivatives are evaluated at inception as to whether or not they are hedging or non-hedging activities, and appropriate documentation is maintained to support the final determination. The Company recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and measures those instruments at fair value.  


Certain derivative transactions with a particular counterparty, another financial institution, are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement.  The gross liabilities and gross assets to this counterparty are reported on net basis.


Management periodically reviews contracts from various functional areas of the Company to identify potential derivatives embedded within selected contracts. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had interest derivative positions that are not designated as hedging instruments. See Note 10 “Derivatives” for a description of these instruments.




F-63



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Contingent Consideration Issued to the FDIC


In conjunction with certain Acquisitions, the Bank issued contingent consideration to the FDIC in the form of value appreciation instruments (“VAI”) and equity appreciation agreements (“EAA”). Based on their settlement provisions, these instruments are classified as other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and are adjusted to estimated fair value at each financial statement date, with changes in value reflected in other non-interest expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.


The fair value of the contingent consideration is based upon projections of the Company’s future estimate value by a third party financial institution valuation specialist. The valuation is based upon the Company’s financial projections and the valuation specialist’s assumptions about the future market valuation of the financial projections derived from historical market price ratios including price to tangible book value and price to earnings. These future projected prices are discounted at a market required equity return derived from the capital asset pricing model. In accordance with the terms of each of the agreements, a range of potential consideration is estimated and a probability is assigned based on management’s judgment to each estimated payment liability to determine a probability weighted expected value.


Stock-based Compensation


The Company sponsors an incentive stock option plan established in 2009 (the “2009 Option Plan”) under which options may be granted periodically to key employees and directors of the Company or its affiliates at a specific exercise price to acquire shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. Compensation cost is measured based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date and is recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  This model requires assumptions as to expected stock volatility, dividends, terms and risk-free rates. Since the Company’s common stock is not currently traded on an exchange, expected volatility is measured based on the volatility of the common stock of similar publicly owned companies. The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding from the grant date. The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the appropriate life of each option. The expected dividend yield was determined by management based on the expected dividends to be declared over the expected term of the options.


In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company established the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Incentive Plan”) covering its executive management, directors, individual consultants and employees to receive stock awards for the Company’s common stock.  The 2013 Incentive Plan provides that the awards are not exercisable until certain performance conditions are met, which include the completion of an IPO raising at least $100 million (an “Qualified IPO”) or a “Special Transaction”, generally defined as the consummation of a transaction representing a change of control of the Company.  The Company will recognize the grant date fair value of the 2013 Incentive Plan awards as compensation expense when either of the performance condition becomes probable.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company considered that the completion of the performance condition, the Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction, was not probable.  See Note 16 “Stock-based Compensation and Other Benefit Plans” for further information regarding the 2009 Option Plan and the 2013 Incentive Plan.  


Earnings per Share


Basic earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflect the effect of common stock equivalents, including stock options and unvested shares, calculated using the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share in periods in which the effect is anti-dilutive.




F-64



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Segment Reporting


The Company operates in one reportable segment of business, Community Banking, which includes the Bank, the Company’s sole banking subsidiary. Through the Bank, the Company provides a broad range of retail and commercial banking services. Management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of these banking operations, which constitute the Company’s only operating segment.


Reclassifications


Certain amounts presented for the prior period have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.


Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Adoption


In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-06, “Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution.” The amendments in this update clarify the applicable guidance for subsequently measuring an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The update provides that changes in cash flows expected to be collected on the indemnification asset arising subsequent to initial recognition as a result of changes in cash flows expected to be collected on the related indemnified assets should be accounted for on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. Any amortization of changes in value should be limited to the contractual term of the indemnification agreement. The Company is required to adopt this update prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The requirements of the update are consistent with the Company’s existing accounting policy; therefore, adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, “Balance Sheet: Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” These changes require an entity to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The enhanced disclosures will enable users of an entity’s financial statements to understand and evaluate the effect or potential effect of master netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position, including the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with certain financial instruments and derivative instruments. The Company adopted these changes in 2013. Other than the additional disclosure requirements presented in Note 10, the adoption of these changes did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, "Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income." This update requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, entities are required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. The Company adopted this update in 2013. The additional disclosures required are incorporated in Note 15 of these consolidated financial statements. The adoption of these changes did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, “Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans Upon Foreclosure.” This update defines “in substance repossession or foreclosure” because the diversity in practice regarding when entities were reclassifying loans receivable to other real estate owned. A creditor is considered to have received physical possession (resulting from an in substance repossession or foreclosure) of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan only upon the occurrence of either of the following:


a)

The creditor obtains legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure. A creditor may obtain legal title to the residential real estate property even if the borrower has redemption rights that provide the borrower with a legal right for a period of time after a foreclosure to reclaim the real estate property by paying certain amounts specified by law.



F-65



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Adoption (continued)


b)

The borrower conveys all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. The deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar legal agreement is completed when agreed-upon terms and conditions have been satisfied by both the borrower and the creditor.


The Company is required to adopt this update for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim and annual periods thereafter.  The update may result in revised disclosures in the Company’s financial statements but will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


NOTE 3.           INVESTMENT SECURITIES


Investment securities at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign bonds

$

365

$

-

$

1

$

364

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

51,553

$

58

$

456

$

51,155

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

243,062

 

1,071

 

2,495

 

241,638

State and municipal obligations

 

2,039

 

85

 

-

 

2,124

Asset-backed securities

 

385,979

 

3,267

 

1,281

 

387,965

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

375,373

 

4,453

 

601

 

379,225

Preferred Stock

 

90,330

 

205

 

6,871

 

83,664

Total available for sale

$

1,148,336

$

9,139

$

11,704

$

1,145,771


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign bonds

$

549

$

-

$

3

$

546

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

145,795

$

913

$

16

$

146,692

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

289,745

 

5,124

 

84

 

294,785

State and municipal obligations

 

2,539

 

251

 

-

 

2,790

Asset-backed securities

 

616,254

 

4,746

 

1,588

 

619,412

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

401,293

 

9,448

 

6

 

410,735

Total available for sale

$

1,455,626

$

20,482

$

1,694

$

1,474,414




F-66



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 3.           INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


The following is a summary of investment securities at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, by contractual maturity (in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

$

365

$

364

$

200

$

200

Due after one year through five years

 

-

 

-

 

349

 

346

Total held to maturity

$

365

$

364

$

549

$

546

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

$

10,085

$

10,212

$

51,712

$

52,349

Due after one year through five years

 

305,317

 

309,064

 

314,966

 

322,604

Due after five years through ten years

 

10,735

 

10,665

 

87,652

 

87,838

Due after ten years

 

51,913

 

52,044

 

29,161

 

30,429

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities

 

679,956

 

680,122

 

972,135

 

981,194

Preferred Stock with perpetual maturity

 

90,330

 

83,664

 

-

 

-

Total available for sale

$

1,148,336

$

1,145,771

$

1,455,626

$

1,474,414


For purposes of the maturity table, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities, the principal of which are repaid periodically, are presented as a single amount. The expected lives of these securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay the underlying loans with or without prepayment penalties.


The following table presents the estimated fair values and the gross unrealized loss on investment securities in an unrealized loss position greater than and less than 12 months as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Less than 12 months

 

More than 12 months

 

Total

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

41,276

$

456

$

-

$

-

$

41,276

$

456

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

141,304

 

2,494

 

636

 

1

 

141,940

 

2,495

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Asset-backed securities

 

161,879

 

1,233

 

11,949

 

48

 

173,828

 

1,281

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

58,596

 

601

 

-

 

-

 

58,596

 

601

Preferred stock

 

65,061

 

6,871

 

-

 

-

 

65,061

 

6,871

Total available for sale

$

468,116

$

11,655

$

12,585

$

49

$

480,701

$

11,704




F-67



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 3.           INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


The following table presents the estimated fair values and the gross unrealized loss on investment securities in an unrealized loss position greater than and less than 12 months as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

Less than 12 months

 

More than 12 months

 

Total

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

969

$

16

$

-

$

-

$

969

$

16

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

21,860

 

84

 

-

 

-

 

21,860

 

84

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Asset-backed securities

 

60,972

 

60

 

107,737

 

1,528

 

168,709

 

1,588

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

2,993

 

6

 

-

 

-

 

2,993

 

6

Preferred stock

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total available for sale

$

86,794

$

166

$

107,737

$

1,528

$

194,531

$

1,694


All securities available for sale at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are investment grade based on ratings from recognized rating agencies.


The Company monitors its investment securities for OTTI. Impairment is evaluated on an individual security basis considering numerous factors, and its relative significance varies depending on the situation. The Company has evaluated the nature of unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio to determine if OTTI exists. The unrealized losses relate to changes in market interest rates and specific market conditions that do not represent credit-related impairments. Furthermore, it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be able to retain the securities for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value to the amortized cost basis. Management has completed an assessment of each security in an unrealized loss position for credit impairment and has determined that no individual security was other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The following describes the basis under which the Company has evaluated OTTI:


U.S. Government Agencies and Sponsored Enterprises Obligations and Mortgage-Backed Securities (“MBS”):


The unrealized losses associated with U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations and MBS are primarily driven by changes in interest rates. These securities have either an explicit or implicit U.S. government guarantee.


Corporate Bonds and Asset Backed Securities:


Securities were generally underwritten in accordance with the Company’s own investment standards prior to the decision to purchase, without relying on a bond issuer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. These investments are investment grade and will continue to be monitored as part of the Company’s ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform in accordance with their terms.


Preferred Stock:


The unrealized losses associated with preferred stock investments in large U.S. financial institutions are primarily driven by changes in interest rates.  These securities were generally underwritten in accordance with the Company’s own investment standards prior to the decision to purchase.  These investments are investment grade and will continue to be monitored as part of the Company’s ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform in accordance with their terms.




F-68



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 3.           INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


Preferred Stock: (continued)


Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, resulting in gross realized gains of $9.7 million and $2.7 million gross realized losses of $1.0 million and $444,000, respectively, which are included in gain on sales of investment securities available for sale in the consolidated statements of operations.


As part of the Company’s liquidity management strategy, the Company pledges loans and securities to secure borrowings from the FHLB. The Company also pledges securities to collateralize public deposits. The amortized cost and fair value of all pledged securities totaled $438 million and $437 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013. The amortized cost and fair value of all pledged securities totaled $567 million and $576 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012.


NOTE 4.           LOANS, NET


The Company’s loan portfolio consists of new and acquired loans.  The acquired loan portfolio is segmented into “Covered Loans”, loans subject to loss sharing with the FDIC, and “Non-Covered Loans”, acquired loans without loss share reimbursement. Additionally, the organic loan portfolio is classified as “Non-Covered Loans”. A substantial portion of the acquired loan portfolio, both Covered and Non-Covered Loans, exhibited evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination, and are accounted for under ASC 310-30. The remaining portfolio of acquired loans consists of loans that were not considered ASC 310-30 loans at acquisition and are classified as Non-ASC 310-30 loans.   Approximately 15.9% and 35.3% of the total loan portfolio is covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s loans by portfolio segment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Covered Loans

 

Non-Covered Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

New
Loans

 

Total

 

Percent of Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

195,672

$

10,175 

$

78,475

$

2,530 

$

671,090 

$

957,942 

 

42.2%

1-4 single family residential

 

46,461

 

8,199 

 

10,284

 

2,397 

 

361,344 

 

428,685 

 

18.9%

Land and development

 

36,727

 

 

19,209

 

 

75,815 

 

131,751 

 

5.8%

Home equity loans and
lines of credit

 

-

 

15,100 

 

-

 

1,547 

 

19,277 

 

35,924 

 

1.6%

Total real estate loans

 

278,860

 

33,474 

 

107,968

 

6,474 

 

1,127,526 

 

1,554,302 

 

68.5%

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

46,184

 

4,286 

 

10,863

 

754 

 

648,421 

 

710,508 

 

31.3%

Consumer

 

902

 

46 

 

3,090

 

243 

 

1,173 

 

5,454 

 

0.2%

Total other loans

 

47,086

 

4,332 

 

13,953

 

997 

 

649,594 

 

715,962 

 

31.5%

Total loans held
in portfolio

 

325,946

 

37,806 

 

121,921

 

7,471 

 

1,777,120 

 

2,270,264 

 

100.0%

Unearned discount, premium and deferred fees and costs, net

 

-

 

(4,497)

 

-

 

(574)

 

(6,409)

 

(11,480)

 

 

Total loans held in portfolio, net of discount, premium and deferred fees and costs

$

325,946

$

33,309 

$

121,921

$

6,897 

$

1,770,711 

$

2,258,784 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,733)

 

 

Loans held in portfolio, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,244,051 

 

 




F-69



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 4.           LOANS, NET (CONTINUED)


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Covered Loans

 

Non-Covered Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

New
Loans

 

Total

 

Percent of Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

237,349

$

13,567 

$

93,868

$

4,052 

$

306,053 

$

654,889 

 

47.8%

1-4 single family residential

 

57,225

 

9,829 

 

11,333

 

775 

 

70,882 

 

150,044 

 

10.9%

Land and development

 

80,563

 

280 

 

18,971

 

51 

 

55,832 

 

155,697 

 

11.4%

Home equity loans and
lines of credit

 

-

 

17,380 

 

-

 

3,912 

 

397 

 

21,689 

 

1.6%

Total real estate loans

 

375,137

 

41,056 

 

124,172

 

8,790 

 

433,164 

 

982,319 

 

71.7%

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

57,634

 

6,967 

 

15,261

 

1,293 

 

296,483 

 

377,638 

 

27.5%

Consumer

 

3,396

 

80 

 

5,010

 

247 

 

2,481 

 

11,214 

 

0.8%

Total other loans

 

61,030

 

7,047 

 

20,271

 

1,540 

 

298,964 

 

388,852 

 

28.3%

Total loans held
in portfolio

 

436,167

 

48,103 

 

144,443

 

10,330 

 

732,128 

 

1,371,171 

 

100.0%

Unearned discount, premium and deferred fees and costs, net

 

-

 

(6,094)

 

-

 

(1,308)

 

(2,455)

 

(9,857)

 

 

Total loans held in portfolio, net of discount, premium and deferred fees and costs

$

436,167

$

42,009 

$

144,443

$

9,022 

$

729,673 

$

1,361,314 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,949)

 

 

Loans held in portfolio, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,342,365 

 

 


At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the UPB of ASC 310-30 loans were $628.5 million and $851.1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the majority of outstanding loans were to customers domiciled in Florida (85.2% and 99.6%, respectively).   At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had pledged loans as collateral for FHLB advances with a carrying amount of $741.9 million and $154.1 million, respectively.


The accretable discount on ASC 310-30 loans represents the amount by which the undiscounted expected cash flows on such loans exceed their carrying value. The increase in expected cash flow for certain ASC 310-30 loan pools resulted in the reclassification of $34.8 million and $24.8 million in non-accretable difference to accretable discount during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Changes in accretable discount for ASC 310-30 loans for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of year

$

(175,873)

$

(235,321)

Accretion

 

62,162 

 

84,222 

Reclassifications from non-accretable difference

 

(34,790)

 

(24,774)

   Balance at end of year

$

(148,501)

$

(175,873)


The Company held $481.0 million and $260.5 million of syndicated national loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”)


The ALL reflects management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The computation of the ALL includes elements of judgment and high levels of subjectivity. A portion of the Company’s loans were acquired in failed bank acquisitions, were acquired at a substantial discount to their original book value and are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.




F-70



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


The Company’s accounting method for loans and the corresponding ALL differs depending on whether the loans are new or acquired  The Company therefore assesses and monitors credit risk and portfolio performance using distinct methodologies for acquired loans, both ASC 310-30 Loans and Non-ASC 310-30 Loans, and new loans. Within each class the Company further disaggregates the portfolios into the following segments: commercial real estate, 1-4 single family residential, land and development, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial and industrial and consumer.


When a provision for loan losses is required for Covered Loans subsequent to acquisition, the Company also records an increase in the loss share indemnification asset and an increase to non-interest income in the consolidated statement of operations based on the applicable loss sharing ratio.  Decreases in the loss share indemnification asset of $(0.3) million and increases of $15.2 million were included in non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to the provision for loan losses on Covered Loans, including both ASC 310-30 and Non-ASC 310-30 loans.


Changes in the ALL by loan class and portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are as follows (in thousands):


 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single

Family

Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

4,107 

$

3,049 

$

5,239 

$

67 

$

6,054 

$

433 

$

18,949 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

1,263 

 

(1,538)

 

601 

 

 

(1,513)

 

510 

 

(677)

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

(10)

 

10 

 

(3)

 

282 

 

23 

 

(4)

 

298 

Provision for new loans

 

551 

 

684 

 

(141)

 

122 

 

2,120 

 

(43)

 

3,293 

Total provision

 

1,804 

 

(844)

 

457 

 

404 

 

630 

 

463 

 

2,914 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(1,077)

 

(762)

 

(3,684)

 

 

(190)

 

(722)

 

(6,435)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

(339)

 

(163)

 

 

(502)

Charge-offs for new loans

 

 

 

(193)

 

 

 

 

(193)

Total Charge-offs

 

(1,077)

 

(762)

 

(3,877)

 

(339)

 

(353)

 

(722)

 

(7,130)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,675 

 

85 

 

985 

 

 

2,339 

 

157 

 

6,241 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

10 

 

52 

 

 

 

139 

 

 

207 

New loans

 

2,149 

 

1,306 

 

834 

 

126 

 

3,853 

 

17 

 

8,285 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$

4,834 

$

1,443 

$

1,819 

$

132 

$

6,331 

$

174 

$

14,733 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

2,675 

$

85 

$

985 

$

$

2,339 

$

157 

$

6,241 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

44 

$

$

105 

$

$

$

149 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

2,159 

$

1,314 

$

834 

$

27 

$

3,992 

$

17 

$

8,343 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

274,147 

$

56,745 

$

55,936  

$

$

57,047 

$

3,992 

$

447,867 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

5,218 

$

277 

$

$

500 

$

5,995 

$

$

11,990 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

677,198  

$

369,715  

$

75,666  

$

30,801  

$

644,082  

$

1,465  

$

1,798,927  




F-71



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


 

 

Commercial

Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and

Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

$

1,717 

$

5,464 

$

1,844 

$

84 

$

8,628 

$

105 

$

17,842 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

10,255 

 

(1,667)

 

11,065 

 

 

3,473 

 

594 

 

23,720 

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

57 

 

(2)

 

(35)

 

 

738 

 

49 

 

816 

Provision for new loans

 

639 

 

466 

 

609 

 

 

(200)

 

47 

 

1,565 

Total provision

 

10,951 

 

(1,203)

 

11,639 

 

13 

 

4,011 

 

690 

 

26,101 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(8,457)

 

(1,232)

 

(8,130)

 

 

(4,574)

 

(310)

 

(22,703)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

(104)

 

 

(23)

 

(30)

 

(1,991)

 

(52)

 

(2,200)

Charge-offs for new loans

 

 

 

(91)

 

 

 

 

(91)

Total Charge-offs

 

(8,561)

 

(1,232)

 

(8,244)

 

(30)

 

(6,565)

 

(362)

 

(24,994)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,489 

 

2,405 

 

4,068 

 

 

4,022 

 

369 

 

13,353 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

20 

 

22 

 

 

63 

 

299 

 

 

411 

New loans

 

1,598 

 

622 

 

1,168 

 

 

1,733 

 

60 

 

5,185 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

4,107 

$

3,049 

$

5,239 

$

67 

$

6,054 

$

433 

$

18,949 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

2,489 

$

2,405 

$

4,068 

$

$

4,022 

$

369 

$

13,353 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

$

$

$

283 

$

$

283 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

1,618 

$

644 

$

1,171 

$

67 

$

1,749  

$

64 

$

5,313 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

331,217  

$

68,558 

$

99,534 

$

$

72,895 

$

8,406  

$

580,610  

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

5,354 

$

427 

$

$

$

283 

$

$

6,064 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

315,263 

$

79,716 

$

55,740 

$

18,988 

$

302,166 

$

2,767 

$

774,640 


Credit Quality Indicators


Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and consumer loans. Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for Non-ASC 310-30 and new commercial, land and development and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the ALL. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis. Loans exhibiting potential credit weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention and that if left uncorrected may result in deterioration of the repayment capacity of the borrower are categorized as special mention. Loans with well-defined credit weaknesses including payment defaults, declining collateral values, frequent overdrafts, operating losses, increasing balance sheet leverage, inadequate cash flow, project cost overruns, unreasonable construction delays, past due real estate taxes or exhausted interest reserves are assigned an internal risk rating of substandard.  A loan with a weakness so severe that collection in full is highly questionable or improbable will be assigned an internal risk rating of doubtful.




F-72



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


Credit Quality Indicators (continued)


Certain ASC 310-30 loan pools have been classified as impaired based on a decrease in actual and/or expected cash flows since acquisition and are classified as accruing loans due to discount accretion. The following table shows the Company’s investment in impaired ASC 310-30 loan pools by portfolio segment and impaired Non-ASC 310-30 loans (all in non-accrual status) as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


December 31, 2013

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

Impaired Non-ASC

310-30

Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

62,527

$

47,413

$

-

$

5,134

$

2,700

$

57,731

$

5,801

1-4 single family residential

 

17,446

 

10,734

 

189

 

-

 

104

 

12,060

 

1,192

Land and development

 

43,182

 

28,603

 

-

 

-

 

985

 

41,605

 

1,772

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

386

 

-

 

105

 

386

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

123,155

 

86,750

 

575

 

5,134

 

3,894

 

111,782

 

8,765

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

40,086

 

30,222

 

-

 

-

 

2,341

 

35,091

 

2,012

Consumer

 

2,198

 

2,052

 

-

 

-

 

157

 

2,651

 

219

Total other loans

 

42,284

 

32,274

 

-

 

-

 

2,498

 

37,742

 

2,231

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

165,439

$

119,024

$

575

$

5,134

$

6,392

$

149,524

$

10,996


December 31, 2012

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

Impaired Non-ASC

310-30

Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

142,290

$

100,666

$

-

$

5,353

$

2,490

$

103,648

$

7,841

1-4 single family residential

 

78,711

 

50,751

 

-

 

427

 

2,385

 

56,874

 

4,374

Land and development

 

100,212

 

63,540

 

-

 

-

 

4,068

 

73,348

 

3,961

Total real estate loans

 

321,213

 

214,957

 

-

 

5,780

 

8,943

 

233,870

 

16,176

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

48,897

 

33,291

 

283

 

-

 

4,041

 

38,427

 

4,268

Consumer

 

3,133

 

2,871

 

-

 

-

 

369

 

3,426

 

203

Total other loans

 

52,030

 

36,162

 

283

 

-

 

4,410

 

41,853

 

4,471

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

373,243

$

251,119

$

283

$

5,780

$

13,353

$

275,723

$

20,647




F-73



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


Credit Quality Indicators (continued)


In evaluating credit risk the Company looks at multiple factors including delinquencies. The following tables summarize the carrying value of loans that are delinquent in excess of 30 days and still accruing and loans in non-accrual as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 for the new loans, Acquired ASC 310-30 and Acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans (in thousands).


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

Loans Past

Due 90 Days

and Over

and Still

Accruing

 

Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

4,688

 

2,164

 

-

 

1,052

 

7,904

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

198

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

198

Total real estate loans

 

4,886

 

2,164

 

-

 

1,052

 

8,102

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

24

 

24

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total new loans

$

4,886

$

2,164

$

-

$

1,076

$

8,126

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

5,866

$

2,157

$

20,521

$

-

$

28,544

1-4 single family residential

 

3,014

 

303

 

5,065

 

-

 

8,382

Land and development

 

939

 

-

 

1,786

 

16,753

 

19,478

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

9,819

 

2,460

 

27,372

 

16,753

 

56,404

Commercial and industrial

 

706

 

179

 

3,085

 

7,306

 

11,276

Consumer

 

15

 

22

 

266

 

615

 

918

Total acquired ASC 310-30 loans

$

10,540

$

2,661

$

30,723

$

24,674

$

68,598

Acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

145

$

-

$

-

$

5,962

$

6,107

1-4 single family residential

 

923

 

-

 

-

 

144

 

1,067

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

96

 

218

 

-

 

1,996

 

2,310

Total real estate loans

 

1,164

 

218

 

-

 

8,102

 

9,484

Commercial and industrial

 

39

 

-

 

-

 

275

 

314

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

29

 

29

Total acquired non-ASC 310-30
loans

$

1,203

$

218

$

-

$

8,406

$

9,827

Total

$

16,629

$

5,043

$

30,723

$

34,156

$

86,551




F-74



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


Credit Quality Indicators (continued)


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

Loans Past

Due 90 Days

and Over

and Still

Accruing

 

Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

427

 

427

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

427

 

427

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

88

 

88

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total new loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

515

$

515

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

6,034

$

3,956

$

41,577

$

-

$

51,567

1-4 single family residential

 

342

 

362

 

6,945

 

-

 

7,649

Land and development

 

15,874

 

1,738

 

25,038

 

-

 

42,650

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

22,250

 

6,056

 

73,560

 

-

 

101,866

Commercial and industrial

 

1,745

 

445

 

17,994

 

-

 

20,184

Consumer

 

411

 

245

 

838

 

-

 

1,494

Total acquired ASC 310-30 loans

$

24,406

$

6,746

$

92,392

$

-

$

123,544

Acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

658

$

-

$

-

$

6,349

$

7,007

1-4 single family residential

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

187

 

187

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

534

 

-

 

-

 

2,433

 

2,967

Total real estate loans

 

1,192

 

-

 

-

 

8,969

 

10,161

Commercial and industrial

 

26

 

35

 

-

 

476

 

537

Consumer

 

19

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

19

Total acquired non-ASC 310-30
loans

$

1,237

$

35

$

-

$

9,445

$

10,717

Total

$

25,643

$

6,781

$

92,392

$

9,960

$

134,776




F-75



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


Credit Quality Indicators (continued)


The following table summarizes the Company’s non-Covered Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans by key indicators of credit quality as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Commercial

Real Estate

 

Land

and

Development

 

Commercial

and

Industrial

 

Total

Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

670,488

$

75,666

$

645,767

$

1,391,921

Special Mention

 

449

 

-

 

-

 

449

Substandard

 

1,304

 

-

 

24

 

1,328

Total Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30
and New loans

$

672,241

$

75,666

$

645,791

$

1,393,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

4,581

$

-

$

2,365

$

6,946

Special Mention

 

460

 

-

 

19

 

479

Substandard

 

5,134

 

-

 

1,902

 

7,036

Total Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

10,175

$

-

$

4,286

$

14,461


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Commercial

Real Estate

 

Land

and

Development

 

Commercial

and

Industrial

 

Total

Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

306,853

$

55,495

$

296,170

$

658,518

Special Mention

 

545

 

-

 

26

 

571

Substandard

 

1,371

 

-

 

169

 

1,540

Total Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30
and New loans

$

308,769

$

55,495

$

296,365

$

660,629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

4,328

$

245

$

3,352

$

7,925

Special Mention

 

323

 

-

 

72

 

395

Substandard

 

7,197

 

-

 

2,614

 

9,811

Doubtful

 

-

 

-

 

46

 

46

Total Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

11,848

$

245

$

6,084

$

18,177




F-76



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 6.           COVERED ASSETS AND LOSS SHARING AGREEMENTS


In each of the Acquisitions (except SSCB and FPB), the Bank and the FDIC entered into loss sharing agreements.


The following table summarizes the carrying value of assets covered by the loss sharing agreements at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Loans, excluding allowance for loan losses

$

359,255

$

478,176

OREO

$

27,299

$

50,555

Total Covered Assets

$

386,554

$

528,731


Changes in the loss share indemnification asset for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of year

$

125,949

$

210,813

Reimbursable expenses

 

9,372

 

14,653

Amortization

 

(25,126)

 

(33,897)

Income resulting from impairment and charge-off of covered assets, net

 

2,209

 

22,791

Expense resulting from recoupment and disposition of covered assets, net

 

(5,201)

 

(6,488)

FDIC claims submissions

 

(19,974)

 

(81,922)

Balance at end of year

$

87,229

$

125,949


As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the carrying value of loss share indemnification assets exceeded the total cash flow expected to be collected by $29.8 million and $39.9 million, respectively, and is being amortized using the effective interest method over the shorter of (1) the remaining expected term of the respective loans or (2) the remaining term of the loss sharing agreement.


The following table summarizes the changes in the clawback liability, included in Other Liabilities, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of year

$

11,966

$

11,438

Amortization impact

 

744

 

702

Remeasurement impact

 

(957)

 

(174)

Balance at end of year

$

11,753

$

11,966




F-77



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 6.           COVERED ASSETS AND LOSS SHARING AGREEMENTS (CONTINUED)


The following tables summarizes the transactional gains, losses, expenses and recoveries from Covered Assets as reflected in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

Transaction
Income
(Loss)

 

Loss-share
Indemnification
Income (Loss)

 

Net Impact
to Pre-tax
Earnings

Transactional Related Income (Loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses on covered loans

$

1,316

$

(321)

$

995

OREO impairment

 

(2,671)

 

2,563

 

(108)

Reimbursable expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

(7,417)

 

6,171

 

(1,246)

OREO

 

(3,978)

 

3,201

 

(777)

Income from resolution of covered assets

 

7,426

 

(5,233)

 

2,193

Total transactional related income (loss)

$

(5,324)

$

6,381

$

1,057


 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

Transaction
Income
(Loss)

 

Loss-share
Indemnification
Income (Loss)

 

Net Impact
to Pre-tax
Earnings

Transactional Related Income (Loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses on covered loans

$

(20,684)

$

15,178

$

(5,506)

OREO impairment

 

(9,374)

 

7,613

 

(1,761)

Reimbursable expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

(11,783)

 

9,470

 

(2,313)

OREO

 

(6,696)

 

5,183

 

(1,513)

Income from resolution of covered assets

 

12,645

 

(6,488)

 

6,157

Total transactional related income (loss)

$

(35,892)

$

30,956

$

(4,936)


NOTE 7.           PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT


The major components of premises and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Bank premises

$

28,191

$

26,827

Bank land

 

9,212

 

8,775

Equipment and software

 

6,634

 

5,078

Other

 

4,696

 

4,400

Total

 

48,733

 

45,080

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

(7,792)

 

(4,842)

Total premises and equipment, net

$

40,941

$

40,238


Total depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, amounted to $3.1 million and $2.7 million, respectively.




F-78



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 8.           OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED (“OREO”)


An analysis of OREO for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of year

$

57,767

$

65,640

Transfers from loan portfolio

 

27,535

 

47,977

Impairments

 

(3,580)

 

(10,320)

Sales

 

(47,040)

 

(45,530)

Balance at end of year

$

34,682

$

57,767

 

 

 

 

 

Composition of ending balance

 

2013

 

2012

Commercial real estate

$

16,410

$

29,582

Land and development

 

13,385

 

23,292

1-4 single family residential

 

4,887

 

4,893

Total

$

34,682

$

57,767


NOTE 9.           BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE (“BOLI”)


In the fourth quarter of 2013, bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) policies totaling $75 million were acquired in order to insure the key officers and employees of the Bank.  Per ASC 325-30, “Investments in Insurance Contracts,” this policy is recorded at the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement, if applicable.  As of December 31, 2013, the BOLI cash surrender value was $75.3 million resulting in other income for 2013 of $257,000 and an annualized pre-tax yield of 3.60%.  The total death benefit of the BOLI policies at December 31, 2013 totaled $251.2 million.


The following table summarizes the changes in the cash surrender value of BOLI for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

Balance at beginning of year

$

-

Additions from premiums payments

 

75,000

Net gain in cash surrender value

 

257

Balance at end of year

$

75,257


NOTE 10.           DERIVATIVES


The Company is a party to interest rate derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivatives relate to interest rate swaps that the Company enters into with customers to allow customers to convert variable rate loans to a fixed rate. The Company pays interest to the customer at a floating rate on the notional amount and receives interest from the customer at a fixed rate for the same notional amount. At the same time the interest rate swap is entered into with the customer, an offsetting interest rate swap is entered into with another financial institution. The Company pays the other financial institution interest at the same fixed rate on the same notional amount as the swap entered into with the customer, and receives interest from the financial institution for the same floating rate on the same notional amount. The changes in the fair value of the swaps offset each other, except for any credit risk of the counterparties, which is determined by taking into consideration the risk rating, probability of default and loss of given default for all counterparties.  Any fees received were recognized in earnings at the time of the transaction.  The Company recorded $3.3 million of customer swap fees in non-interest income in the accompanying statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.



F-79



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 10.           DERIVATIVES (CONTINUED)


All derivate positions held by the Company for the year-ended and as of December 31, 2013 were not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-10.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company has not recorded any credit adjustments related to the credit risk of the counterparties.  There was no change in the fair value of derivative assets and derivative liabilities attributable to credit risk included in “Other income” on the statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.  


The following tables summarize the Company’s derivatives outstanding included in “Other Assets” and “Other Liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013:


 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

Derivative Assets

 

Derivative Liabilities

 

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

Derivative not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts - pay floating, receive fixed

$

126,011

$

2,660

$

43,539

$

1,488

Interest rate contracts - pay fixed, receive floating

 

-

 

-

 

169,551

 

1,172

Total derivatives

$

126,011

$

2,660

$

213,090

$

2,660


The Company has entered into transactions subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement with a financial institution.  The following table summarizes the gross and net far values of the Company’s derivatives outstanding with this counterparty included in “Other Liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013:


 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

Gross amounts
of recognized
liabilities

 

Gross amounts
offset in the
consolidated
balance sheets

 

Net amounts
in the
consolidated
balance sheets

Offsetting derivative liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterparty A - Interest rate contracts

$

2,660

$

(1,488)

$

1,172

Total

$

2,660

$

(1,488)

$

1,172




F-80



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 10.           DERIVATIVES (CONTINUED)


The following table summarizes notional values, maturity date, and contractual fixed rates of the Company’s derivatives outstanding included in “Other Assets” and “Other Liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013:


 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

Derivative Assets

 

Derivative Liabilities

 

 

Notional

 

Range of
Fixed
Interest

Rates

 

Notional

 

Range of
Fixed
Interest

Rates

Derivative not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-10 with maturity during the years ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts - pay floating, receive fixed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

$

942

 

3.90%

$

-

 

-

2018

 

41,228

 

3.95-5.84%

 

-

 

-

2020

 

10,516

 

4.71-6.66%

 

-

 

-

2021

 

913

 

4.46%

 

-

 

-

2023

 

67,555

 

3.16-6.69%

 

43,539

 

4.60-4.91%

2026

 

4,857

 

4.45%

 

-

 

-

Total - pay floating, receive fixed

 

126,011

 

3.16-6.69%

 

43,539

 

4.60-4.91%

Interest rate contracts - pay fixed, receive floating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

-

 

-

 

942

 

3.90%

2018

 

-

 

-

 

41,228

 

3.95-5.84%

2020

 

-

 

-

 

10,516

 

4.71-6.66%

2021

 

-

 

-

 

913

 

4.46%

2023

 

-

 

-

 

111,095

 

3.16-6.69%

2026

 

-

 

-

 

4,857

 

4.45%

Total - pay fixed, receive floating

 

-

 

-

 

169,551

 

3.16-6.69%

Total derivatives

$

126,011

 

3.16-6.69%

$

213,090

 

3.16-6.69%


As of December 31, 2013, substantially all of the floating rate terms within the interest rate contracts held by the Company were indexed to 1-month LIBOR.  There were no interest rate derivatives outstanding and corresponding derivative assets or liabilities at December 31, 2012.


The fair value of our derivatives is included in a table in Note 21 “Fair Value Measurements,” in the line items “Derivative assets” and “Derivative liabilities.”


NOTE 11.           GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS


Goodwill and other intangible assets, which include core deposit and customer relationship intangibles as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Goodwill

$

33,749

$

33,749

Core Deposit Intangible

 

10,768

 

10,768

Other

 

435

 

435

Total

 

44,952

 

44,952

Less: Accumulated amortization

 

(5,583)

 

(4,057)

Total, net

$

39,369

$

40,895




F-81



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 11.           GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)


Other intangible assets had fully amortized during the year ended December 31, 2013.  


The weighted-average amortization period for core deposit intangibles and the amount of amortization expense to be recognized over the next five years at December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):


Type of intangibles

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

Total

 

Weighted-
average
amortization
period (years)

Core Deposit Intangible

$

1,380

$

1,270

$

829

$

663

$

663

$

4,805

 

4.5

Total

$

1,380

$

1,270

$

829

$

663

$

663

$

4,805

 

 


During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of amortization expense related to intangible assets.


NOTE 12.           DEPOSITS


The following table sets forth the Company’s deposit categories as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

December 31,
2013

 

December 31,
2012

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

$

291,658

$

240,955

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

84,837

 

68,193

Savings and money market accounts

 

1,251,842

 

774,571

Time deposits

 

1,165,196

 

1,106,621

Total deposits

$

2,793,533

$

2,190,340


The following table sets forth average amounts and weighted average rates paid on each of the Company’s deposit categories for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Rates

 

Average
Balance

 

Rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

$

261,000

 

 

$

218,766

 

 

Interest bearing

 

70,454

 

0.11%

 

65,407

 

0.10%

Total demand deposits

 

331,454

 

 

 

284,173

 

 

Money market accounts

 

872,696

 

0.48%

 

617,602

 

0.68%

Savings accounts

 

89,290

 

0.28%

 

112,989

 

0.56%

Total transaction accounts

 

1,293,440

 

 

 

1,014,764

 

 

Time deposits

 

1,121,094

 

1.25%

 

1,277,567

 

1.39%

Total average deposits

$

2,414,534

 

 

$

2,292,331

 

 




F-82



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 12.           DEPOSITS (CONTINUED)


Time deposit accounts with balances of $100,000 or more totaled approximately $674.2 million and $560.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These balances include deposits of $250,000 or greater in the amount of $216.3 million and $129.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The following table sets forth maturities of all time deposits as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Three months or less

$

122,878

$

230,946

Over three months and through six months

 

212,255

 

167,168

Over six months and through one year

 

435,357

 

357,180

Over one year and through two years

 

79,849

 

224,506

Over two years through three years

 

172,351

 

46,499

Over three years through four years

 

55,721

 

24,588

Over four years and through five years

 

86,696

 

54,820

Over five years

 

26

 

600

Fair value adjustment

 

63

 

314

Total time deposits

$

1,165,196

$

1,106,621


Included in deposits are $458.0 million and $117.7 million of Public Funds deposits, which are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and corporate bonds with a fair value of $147.7 million and $147.2 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


Interest expense on deposits includes a reduction for amortization of the fair value adjustment for time deposits amounting to $250,000 and $1.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The following table summarizes interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Transaction accounts

$

76

$

67

Savings and money market accounts

 

4,425

 

4,857

Time deposits

 

14,036

 

17,776

Total

$

18,537

$

22,700


The Bank holds deposits for the Company in the amount of approximately $138.3 million and $270.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Bank paid interest on these deposits totaling less than $1,000 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The deposit amounts and interest earned are eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.


NOTE 13.           ADVANCES FROM THE FHLB


Advances from the FHLB outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, incur interest and have contractual repayments as follows (dollars in thousands):


 

 

2013
Balance

 

Range of
Contractual
Interest

Rates

 

2012
Balance

 

Range of
Contractual
Interest

Rates

Repayable during the years ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

$

-

 

-

$

4,000

 

3.85%

2014

 

432,015

 

0.20%-3.77%

 

270,000

 

0.80%-3.77%

Total contractual outstanding

 

432,015

 

 

 

274,000

 

 

Deferred prepayment penalty

 

(1,187)

 

 

 

(2,770)

 

 

Fair value adjustment

 

185

 

 

 

412

 

 

Balance as of December 31,

$

431,013

 

 

$

271,642

 

 




F-83



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 13.           ADVANCES FROM THE FHLB (CONTINUED)


For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company maintained advances with the FHLB averaging $313.0 million and $337.4 million, respectively, with an average cost of approximately 1.33% and 1.41%, respectively. Substantially all FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012 have fixed interest rates. Interest expense on borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 includes a reduction for amortization of the fair value adjustment on FHLB advances amounting to $227,000 and $436,000, respectively. The fair value adjustment is being amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the remaining term of the advances using the effective yield method.


During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company restructured $250 million in principal amount of FHLB advances which qualified to be accounted for as a debt modification. The original advances had a weighted average interest rate and maturity of 1.77% and 4.7 years at the date of restructuring, respectively, and the restructured advances have a weighted average interest rate and maturity of 1.44% and 0.7 years, respectively, at December 31, 2013. The Company paid a prepayment penalty amounting to $4.7 million related to the restructuring which has been deferred and is being accreted to interest expense using the effective interest method over the remaining life of the restructured advances. Interest expense on borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 includes amortization of $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively, of deferred prepayment penalty.


The Company pledges loans and securities as collateral for FHLB advances. See Notes 3 and 4 to these consolidated financial statements for further information. At December 31, 2013, the Company had additional capacity to borrow from the FHLB of $280.0 million. Also, at December 31, 2013, the Company has unused credit lines with financial institutions of $30.0 million.


NOTE 14.           REGULATORY CAPITAL


The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements promulgated by federal regulatory agencies. The Federal Reserve Bank establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards, for the Company, and the OCC has similar requirements for the Bank. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.


Banking regulations identify five capital categories for insured depository institutions: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, all capital ratios of the Company and the Bank exceeded the “well capitalized” levels under the applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines.


The ability of the Company and the Bank to pay dividends is subject to statutory and regulatory restrictions on the payment of cash dividends, including the requirement under the Florida banking laws that cash dividends be paid only out of undivided profits and only if the Company or the Bank have surplus of a specified level. In addition, the Company’s agreement with the OCC (the “OCC Agreement”), which was entered into by the Company and the OCC on January 25, 2010 in connection with the acquisition of PAB, imposes other restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company, including requiring prior approval from the OCC, before any dividends are paid.


Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following tables) of total and Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, that the Company and Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.




F-84



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 14.           REGULATORY CAPITAL (CONTINUED)


In connection with the OCC Agreement, the Bank agreed to maintain minimum capital ratios in excess of current regulatory requirements as follows: Tier 1 leverage ratio of 10%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 11% and total risk-based capital ratio of 12%. These ratios are in lieu of the current capital regulatory requirements to be considered well and adequately capitalized of 5% and 4% of Tier 1 leveraged ratio, 6% and 4% of Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% and 8% of total risk-based capital, respectively. The Bank’s and Company’s regulatory capital levels at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are as follows (dollars in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Actual

 

Required to be
Considered Well Capitalized

 

Required to be
Considered Adequately
Capitalized

Bank Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

3,642,143

 

12.0%

$

437,952

 

10.0%

$

364,214

 

10.0%

$

364,214

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

2,622,537

 

16.7%

 

437,952

 

11.0%

 

288,479

 

11.0%

 

288,479

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

2,622,537

 

17.3%

 

453,279

 

12.0%

 

314,704

 

12.0%

 

314,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

3,739,387

 

18.0%

$

674,225

 

5.0%

$

186,969

 

4.0%

$

149,575

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

2,720,124

 

24.8%

 

674,225

 

6.0%

 

163,207

 

4.0%

 

108,805

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

2,720,124

 

25.3%

 

689,551

 

10.0%

 

272,012

 

8.0%

 

217,610


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Actual

 

Required to be
Considered Well Capitalized

 

Required to be
Considered Adequately
Capitalized

Bank Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

3,275,274

 

12.1%

$

396,022

 

10.0%

$

327,527

 

10.0%

$

327,527

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

1,868,535

 

21.2%

 

396,022

 

11.0%

 

205,539

 

11.0%

 

205,539

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

1,868,535

 

22.2%

 

414,971

 

12.0%

 

224,224

 

12.0%

 

224,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

3,283,665

 

20.6%

$

675,739

 

5.0%

$

164,183

 

4.0%

$

131,347

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

1,873,078

 

36.1%

 

675,739

 

6.0%

 

112,385

 

4.0%

 

74,923

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

1,873,078

 

37.1%

 

694,688

 

10.0%

 

187,308

 

8.0%

 

149,846


The Bank is subject to regulations of certain federal and state agencies and can be periodically examined by those authorities. As a consequence, the Bank’s business is susceptible to the impacts of federal legislation and regulations issued by, but not limited to, the Federal Reserve Bank, OCC and FDIC.


NOTE 15.           STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income


Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) for the periods indicated are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax Effect

 

Net of Tax

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holdings gain (loss) arising during the period

$

(12,970)

$

5,003

$

(7,967)

Amounts reclassified to gain (loss) on investment securities

 

(8,382)

 

3,234

 

(5,148)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

$

(21,352)

$

8,237

$

(13,115)




F-85



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 15.           STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (continued)


 

 

2012

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax Effect

 

Net of Tax

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holdings gain (loss) arising during the period

$

30,483

$

(11,759)

$

18,724

Amounts reclassified to gain (loss) on investment securities

 

5,789

 

(2,233)

 

3,556

Other comprehensive income (loss)

$

36,272

$

(13,992)

$

22,280


Class A and Class B Common Stock


The shares of common stock of the Company are divided into two classes: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The Class A common stock possesses all of the voting power for all matters requiring action by holders of the Company’s common stock, with certain limited exceptions. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible into one share of Class A common stock, subject to certain restrictions. The Class A common stock is not convertible. Other than with respect to voting rights and the restrictions on transfer and conversion relating to the Class B common stock, the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock are treated equally and identically, including with respect to distributions.


In March 2012, the Company converted 3,556,592 Class A common shares to Class B common shares in a voluntary exchange with certain shareholders.  This exchange was made on 1:1 ratio and no consideration was paid or received by the Company.  Total Class B common shares issued and outstanding increased by 3,556,592 while Class A common shares issued and outstanding decreased by 3,556,592 for the year ended December 31, 2012.  This is recorded as “Exchange of A shares to B shares” in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.


Preferred Stock


There are 10 million preferred shares authorized and none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013.  Preferred stock has a par value of $.001.


Treasury Stock


In December 2013, the Company completed a cash tender purchase of outstanding Class A and Class B common stock from shareholders.  The Company purchased 927,312 and 192,132 Class A and Class B common shares, respectively, at a price of $16.75 per share and an aggregate amount of $18.8 million.  The Company accounted for the transaction under the cost method and holds 1,119,444 common shares with a cost of $18.8 million in Treasury Stock as of December 31, 2013.  This transaction is recorded as “Treasury stock purchases” in the accompanying consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.


Warrants


During 2009, the Company issued, as a distribution in respect of its existing equity, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,310,428 shares of Class A common stock (the “2009 Warrants”).  The 2009 Warrants provide the recipient a right to purchase one share of Class A common stock for an exercise price ranging between $24 and $28 per warrant. The recipients can only exercise the warrants on the sixth, eighteenth, and thirtieth month anniversaries of the occurrence of a Qualified IPO.


On November 19, 2013, the Company amended the 2009 Warrants (the “Amended 2009 Warrants”) whereby the exercise period and expiration date was extended to November 12, 2019.  The Amended 2009 Warrants also provide clarification for certain matters relating to the definition of a “Special Transaction”. All amounts of the Amended 2009 Warrants, if any, that are not yet exercisable, shall immediately become exercisable upon the consummation of a “Special Transaction”, generally defined as the consummation of a transaction representing a change of control of the Company.  As of December 31, 2013, there were 3,310,428 outstanding 2009 Warrants with an expiration date of November 12, 2019.


The Company has not recorded any expense in the accompanying consolidated financial statements associated with the Original 2009 Warrants as it was a distribution in respect of its then existing equity.



F-86



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 15.           STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)


Warrants (continued)


The amount related to the change in fair value resulting from the modification at grant date was $4.0 million and will be recorded in the consolidated financial statements once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.  The total fair value of the Amended 2009 Warrants outstanding at December 31, 2013 amounted to $8.3 million.


The incremental change in fair value of the Amended 2009 Warrants was determined utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model methodology as of November 19, 2013, the date of amendment, compared to the fair value of the Original 2009 Warrants immediately prior to the modification.  The assumptions used to calculate the fair values of the Original 2009 Warrants and Amended 2009 Warrants are summarized below:


 

 

Original
2009 Warrants
Immediately Prior
to Modification

 

Amended
2009 Warrants
Immediately After
Modification

Expected volatility

 

30.0%

 

30.0%

Expected dividend yield

 

2.5%

 

2.5%

Expected term (years)

 

3.0

 

6.0

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.58%

 

1.70%

Weighted average fair value (per warrant)

$

1.28

$

2.49

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value (in thousands)

$

4,226

$

8,254


Since the Company’s common stock does not trade on any exchange, the expected volatility is based on the volatility of comparable peer banks.  The expected term represents the period of time that the 2009 warrants are expected to be outstanding from the amendment date. The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yields for the expected term of the instrument.


During 2010, the Company issued warrants to directors and employees to purchase an aggregate of 2,142,000 shares of Class A common stock (the “2010 Warrants”).  The 2010 Warrants provided the recipient a right to purchase one share of Class A common stock for an exercise price at December 31, 2012 ranging between $26 and $32 per warrant.  All 2010 Warrants were relinquished by the recipients and cancelled (the “Cancellation”) by the Company in 2013.  The Company has not recorded any expense in the accompanying consolidated financial statements associated with the 2010 Warrants or the Cancellation of the 2010 Warrants as the Qualified IPO did not occur on or prior to the Cancellation.  The holders of the 2010 Warrants received replacement awards in the form of stock options and restricted stock units (the “2013 RSUs”) from the 2013 Incentive Plan.  The Company has accounted for this as a modification.  Refer to Note 16 “Stock-based Compensation and Other Benefit Plans” for more information and calculation of the fair value modification.


The Company will record $4.0 million of expense related to the outstanding Amended 2009 Warrants in the consolidated financial statements once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.


NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS


2009 Equity Incentive Plan


In 2009, the Company approved the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Option Plan”) covering its directors, employees and affiliates. The 2009 Option Plan provides for the grant of options to acquire shares of common stock up to an aggregate of the lesser of 10% of issued common stock or 4.375 million shares of common stock.




F-87



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2009 Equity Incentive Plan (continued)


On January 10, 2011, the Company granted 785,402 options to Company directors with immediate vesting and 560,500 options to Company employees that vest at a rate of 33 % on the first, second and third year anniversaries of the grant date ( Three Year Vesting Period ). All the options granted in 2011 have an exercise price of $21, the estimated fair value of the Company s stock on the date of grant, expire on January 10, 2021.


On two different dates in 2012, the Company granted 275,000 options to employees with a Three Year Vesting Period and a weighted average exercise price of $20.44. The options granted to employees can be exercised within 10 years from grant date starting March 8, 2013. Also in 2012, the Company granted 400,000 stock options to directors without vesting requirements and a weighted average exercise price of $20.62. The options granted to Directors can be exercised within 10 years from grant date.


On four different dates in 2013, the Company granted 370,499 options to employees with a Three Year Vesting Period and a weighted average exercise price of $19.63. The options granted to employees can be exercised within 10 years from grant date starting January 17, 2014. Also in 2013, the Company granted 70,000 stock options to directors without vesting requirements and a weighted average exercise price of $19.25. The options granted to Directors can be exercised within 10 years from grant date.


As of December 31, 2013, none of the option grants had been exercised while 2,002 had expired. During 2013, there were forfeitures of 2,998 options. At December 31, 2013, based on the number of shares of common stock and stock options outstanding, there were 22,660 shares available for award from the 2009 Option Plan. A summary of options outstanding and related vesting is presented below:


 

 

2009 Option Plan

 

 

Number
of
Options

 

Options
Issued with
Immediate
Vesting

 

Options
Issued with
Three Year
Vesting

 

Non-vested
Options at
December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

 

2,573,001

 

1,590,001

 

983,000

 

774,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option granted in 2012

 

675,000

 

400,000

 

275,000

 

275,000

Options vested in 2012

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(301,007)

Options forfeited in 2012

 

(3,333)

 

-

 

(3,333)

 

(3,333)

Options expired in 2012

 

(1,667)

 

-

 

(1,667)

 

(1,667)

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

 

3,243,001

 

1,990,001

 

1,253,000

 

743,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option granted in 2013

 

440,499

 

70,000

 

370,499

 

370,499

Options vested in 2013

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(424,005)

Options forfeited in 2013

 

(2,998)

 

-

 

(2,998)

 

(2,998)

Options expired in 2013

 

(2,002)

 

-

 

(2,002)

 

(2,002)

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

3,678,500

 

2,060,001

 

1,618,499

 

685,153


The total fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $2.9 million and $4.0 million, respectively.




F-88



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2009 Equity Incentive Plan (continued)


The fair values of the stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were determined utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model methodology which resulted in a total fair value of $2.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively, on the dates of grant. A summary of assumptions used to calculate the fair values of the 2009 Option Plan awards is presented below:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Expected volatility

 

33.6 - 36.4%

 

35.9%

Expected dividend yield

 

2.5%

 

2.5%

Expected term (years)

 

 5.0 - 6.5

 

6.0

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.89 - 2.69%

 

0.89 - 1.41%

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average grant date fair value

$

5.44

$

5.22


Since the Company’s common stock does not trade on any exchange, the expected volatility is based on the volatility of comparable peer banks.  The expected term represents the period of time that the 2009 Option Plan awards are expected to be outstanding from the date of grant. The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yields for the expected term of the instrument.


When the options are exercised, the shares issued upon such exercise will be newly issued shares. A summary of the Company’s 2009 Option Plan awards that vested at issuance and those subject to vesting as of December 31, 2013, are presented below:


 

 

2009 Option Plan

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Number
of Options

 

Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

 

Fair
Value

 

Exercise Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

2,573,001

 

8.11

$

4.97

$

20.59

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Awarded

 

675,000

 

9.21

$

5.22

$

20.55

Forfeited

 

(3,333)

 

 

 

6.05

 

21.00

Expired

 

(1,667)

 

 

 

6.05

 

21.00

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

3,243,001

 

7.54

$

5.02

$

20.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Awarded

 

440,499

 

9.50

$

5.44

$

19.57

Forfeited

 

(2,998)

 

 

 

5.29

 

20.66

Expired

 

(2,002)

 

 

 

5.48

 

20.75

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

3,678,500

 

6.90

$

5.07

$

20.46


The Company recorded a total of $2.6 million and $4.3 million of stock-based compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2013, there remains $2.3 million of stock compensation to be recognized over the remaining vesting term.  All outstanding options at December 31, 2013 and 2012 had a weighted average remaining vesting term of 0.32 and 0.34 years, respectively.  The weighted average remaining vesting period for unvested options at December 31, 2013 is 1.73 years.  No options have been exercised and the Company has recognized related tax benefits of $5.6 million and $4.7 million as of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.




F-89



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2013 Stock Incentive Plan


In 2013, the Company approved the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Incentive Plan”) covering its executive management, directors, individual consultants and employees. The 2013 Incentive Plan provides that awards may be granted under the plan with respect to an aggregate 3,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company.  Awards may be made under the 2013 Incentive Plan in the form of (a) incentive stock options, (b) options that do not qualify as incentive stock options, (c) stock appreciation rights, (d) restricted stock, (e) restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and (f) unrestricted stock; provided, that the number of shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, and shares of unrestricted stock awarded under the Plan shall not exceed 500,000, in the aggregate.


2013 Incentive Plan – Stock Options


On December 23, 2013, the Company granted 1,500,000 options with immediate vesting and 673,000 options that vest in equal installments over a period of three years. The 2013 Incentive Plan options (the “2013 Plan Options”) granted in 2013 have an exercise price of $19.75, the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant, and expire on December 23, 2023.


The 2013 Plan Options granted with immediate vesting are eligible for exercise by the participant upon the earlier of (1) the effective date of a change of control of the Company, or (2) each “Applicable IPO Exercise Date” following the Qualified IPO Closing Date (“QICD”).  The Applicable IPO Exercise Date is the date 6 months following the QICD with respect to one-third of the Shares subject to the 2013 Plan Option, the date 18 months following the QICD with respect to one-third of such Shares, and the date 30 months following the QICD with respect to one-third of such Shares.


The 2013 Plan Options granted with a Three Year Vesting Period are eligible for exercise by the participant upon the earlier of (1) the effective date of a change of control of the Company, or (2) each Applicable IPO Exercise Date following the QICD.  The Applicable IPO Exercise Date is the date 6 months following the QICD with respect to one-third of the Shares subject to the 2013 Plan Option, the date 18 months following the QICD with respect to one-third of such Shares, and the date 30 months following the QICD with respect to one-third of such Shares.  The vesting of the 2013 Plan Options shall be accelerated and fully vested upon the earlier of (1) effective date of a Change in Control or at (2) each of the Applicable IPO Exercise Dates.


As of December 31, 2013, none of the 2013 Plan Options had been exercised, none had expired and none were exercisable. At December 31, 2013, based on the amount of 2013 Incentive Plan stock options outstanding, there were 327,000 shares remaining available for option awards from the 2013 Incentive Plan.  A summary of awards outstanding and related vesting is presented below:


 

 

2013 Plan Options

 

 

Number
of
Options

 

Exercisable
Options at
December 31, 2013

 

Options
Issued with
Immediate
Vesting

 

Options
Issued with
Three Year
Vesting

 

Non-vested
Options at
December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option granted in 2013

 

2,173,000

 

-

 

1,500,000

 

673,000

 

673,000

Options vested in 2013

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Options forfeited in 2013

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Options expired in 2013

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

2,173,000

 

-

 

1,500,000

 

673,000

 

673,000




F-90



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2013 Stock Incentive Plan (continued)


The fair value of the 2013 Plan Options granted for the year ended December 31, 2013 were determined utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model methodology which resulted in a total fair value of $8.9 million on the dates of grant. A summary of assumptions used to calculate the fair values of the 2013 Plan Options is presented below:


 

 

2013

Expected volatility

 

30.0%

Expected dividend yield

 

2.50%

Expected term (years)

 

 6.0 - 6.5

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.03 - 2.20%

Weighted average fair value

$

4.09


Since the Company’s common stock does not trade on any exchange, the expected volatility is based on the volatility of comparable peer banks.  The Company has no exercise history related to stock option awards, therefore, the Company uses the binomial tree method to calculate the expected stock option term.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yields for the expected term of the instrument.


When the options are exercised, the shares issued upon such exercise will be newly issued shares. A summary of the Company’s 2013 Plan Option awards that vested at issuance and those subject to vesting as of December 31, 2013, are presented below:


 

 

2013 Plan Options

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Number
of Options

 

Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

 

Fair
Value

 

Exercise Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Awarded

 

2,173,000

 

9.98

$

4.09

$

19.75

Exercised

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Forfeited

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Expired

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

2,173,000

 

9.98

$

4.09

$

19.75


The Company has not recorded stock-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2013 for the 2013 Plan Options. At December 31, 2013, there remains $8.9 million of stock compensation that will be recorded in the consolidated financial statements over the remaining vesting term once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.  All outstanding 2013 Plan Options awards at December 31, 2013 had a weighted average remaining vesting term of 0.61 years.  The weighted average remaining vesting period for unvested options at December 31, 2013 is 1.98 years.  No options have been exercised and the Company has not recognized any related tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.


2013 Incentive Plan – Restricted Stock Units


On December 23, 2013, the Company granted 500,000 RSUs (the “2013 RSUs”) to certain executives of the Company with immediate vesting under the 2013 Incentive Plan.  The 2013 RSUs constitute the right to receive from the Company an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company (the “RSU Shares”) or, in the sole discretion of the 2013 Incentive Plan administrator, a cash payment equal to the value of the RSU Shares on the date that the RSUs are exercised or settled. The 2013 RSUs provide that participants have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with the respect to the RSU Shares until exercise or settlement.  The 2013 RSUs expire on December 23, 2028.  




F-91



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2013 Stock Incentive Plan (continued)


The 2013 RSUs do not become exercisable until the automatic exercise or settlement upon the earlier of (1) the effective date of a change of control of the Company, or (2) the closing of an initial public offering by the Company raising at least $100 million of proceeds (a “Qualified IPO”), provided that any 2013 RSUs Shares delivered pursuant to (2) may not be transferred for a period of six months after the closing of an initial public offering.  


The fair value of the 2013 RSUs was $9.9 million on the date of grant.  The fair values of the 2013 RSUs were determined utilizing the fair value of the Company’s common stock of $19.75 per share as of the date of grant.


As of December 31, 2013, there are no remaining shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, and shares of unrestricted stock awards available for issuance under the 2013 Incentive Plan.


The Company will recognize the entire fair value of the RSUs as compensation expense when the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company considered that the completion of the performance condition of the 2013 RSUs (a Qualified IPO or Special Transaction), was not probable.  The total fair value of the 2013 RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2013 amounted to $9.9 million and will be recorded in the consolidated financial statements once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.


During 2013, all 2010 Warrants were relinquished by the recipients and cancelled by the Company.  The holders of the 2010 Warrants received replacement awards in the form of 2013 Plan Options and 2013 RSUs.  The Company has accounted for this as a modification and will recognize the fair value of the cancelled 2010 Warrants in the 2013 Incentive Plan fair value.  The amount related to the change in fair value resulting from the 2010 Warrants at the cancellation date was $1.5 million and will be recorded in the consolidated financial statements once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.  Refer to Note 15 “Stockholders’ Equity - Warrants” for more information.  A summary of assumptions used to calculate the fair values of the cancelled 2010 Warrants is presented below:


 

 

Original
2010 Warrants
Immediately Prior
to Cancellation

 

Original
2010 Warrants
Immediately After
to Cancellation

Expected volatility

 

30.0%

 

30.0%

Expected dividend yield

 

2.5%

 

2.5%

Expected term (years)

 

3.6

 

-

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.06%

 

1.06%

Weighted average fair value (per warrant)

$

0.70

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value (in thousands)

$

1,499

$

-




F-92



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2013 Stock Incentive Plan (continued)


As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of 2013 Incentive Plan awards was $17.3 million.  The Company will record a total of $14.3 million of expense related to the outstanding 2013 Incentive Plan awards that were issued with immediate vesting and 2010 Warrants cancellation in the consolidated financial statements once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.  An additional $2.9 million of expense will be recorded over the remaining vesting term of the awards issued with three year vesting once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.  A summary of the fair values of the cancelled 2010 Warrants and 2013 Incentive Plan awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented below (dollars in thousands):


 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

Awards
Issued with
Immediate
Vesting

 

Awards
Issued with
Three Year
Vesting

 

Total

2013 Plan Options

$

5,970

$

2,921

$

8,891

2013 RSUs

 

9,875

 

-

 

9,875

Total fair value of 2013 Incentive Plan awards

 

15,845

 

2,921

 

18,766

2010 Warrants modification fair value

 

(1,499)

 

-

 

(1,499)

Total fair value of 2013 Incentive Plan awards

$

14,346

$

2,921

$

17,267


Florida Community Bank, N.A. 401(k) Plan


The Company sponsors the Florida Community Bank, N.A. 401(k) Plan, a tax-qualified, deferred compensation plan (the “401(k) Plan”). Under the terms of the 401(k) Plan eligible employees may contribute a portion of compensation not exceeding the limits set by law. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan after the first month following 90 days of service. Effective January 1, 2012, the 401(k) Plan allowed a matching employer contribution equal to 100% of elective deferrals that do not exceed 2% of compensation. Matching contributions are fully vested after three years of service.  Total 401(k) matching employer contribution expense amounted to $329,000 and $419,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


NOTE 17.           BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE (“EPS”)


Basic earnings (loss) per common share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflect the effect of common stock equivalents, including stock options and unvested shares, calculated using the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share in periods in which the effect is anti-dilutive.  There were an average of 3,365,056 and 3,105,515 stock options and 5,200,083 and 5,452,428 warrants that were anti-dilutive during the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  There was an average of 12,329 2013 RSUs that were anti-dilutive during the year ending December 31, 2013.




F-93



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 17.           BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE (“EPS”) (CONTINUED)


The table below presents the computations of basic and diluted EPS:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$

17,171

$

(4,828)

Net income (loss) available for common shareholders

$

17,171

$

(4,828)

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

Denominator for basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares

 

36,947,192

 

37,011,598

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

Employee stock based compensation awards

 

1,937

 

-

Denominator for diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted average shares

 

36,949,129

 

37,011,598

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

$

0.46

$

(0.13)


NOTE 18.           INCOME TAXES


The components of the expense and benefit for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Current income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

Federal

$

6,452

$

1,770

State

 

1,394

 

154

Total current income tax expense

 

7,846

 

1,924

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

1,119

 

(3,813)

State

 

(93)

 

(510)

Total deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

1,026

 

(4,323)

Total income tax expense (benefit)

$

8,872

$

(2,399)


A reconciliation of the expected income tax expense or benefit at the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to the Company’s actual income tax expense or benefit and effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (dollars in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

Tax expense (benefit) at federal income tax rate

$

9,115

 

35.00%

$

(2,529)

 

-35.00%

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends received deduction

 

(1,023)

 

-3.93%

 

-

 

-

State tax, net of federal benefit

 

845

 

3.25%

 

(231)

 

-3.20%

Other

 

(65)

 

-0.25%

 

361

 

5.01%

Total

$

8,872

 

34.07%

$

(2,399)

 

-33.19%




F-94



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 18.           INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)


The significant components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

Excess tax basis over carrying value of assets:

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

$

11,156

$

11,450

Total

 

11,156

 

11,450

 

 

 

 

 

Excess carrying value over tax basis of liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

25

 

121

FHLB advances

 

71

 

910

Clawback liability

 

4,533

 

4,616

Total

 

4,629

 

5,647

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

27,858

 

30,770

Unrealized losses on securities available for sale

 

989

 

-

Allowance for loan losses

 

28,991

 

27,946

Non-qualified stock options

 

5,557

 

4,733

Other

 

1,717

 

1,226

Gross deferred tax assets

 

80,897

 

81,772

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

(32,693)

 

(16,648)

Restricted securities

 

(2,280)

 

(2,280)

Loss-share indemnification

 

(34,600)

 

(48,734)

Deferred tax gain

 

(5,496)

 

(8,245)

Unrealized gains on securities available for sale

 

-

 

(7,247)

Gross deferred tax liabilities

 

(75,069)

 

(83,154)

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net

$

5,828

$

(1,382)


Income tax returns for the tax years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 remain subject to examination by the U.S. Federal and various state tax jurisdictions. The Company had no uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2013 and 2012.


NOTE 19.           COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES


The Company issues off-balance sheet financial instruments in connection with its lending activities and to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to fund loans, lines of credit and commercial and standby letters of credit. These commitments expose the Company to varying degrees of credit and market risk which are essentially the same as those involved in extending loans to customers and are subject to the Company’s credit policies. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for instruments recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Collateral is obtained based on management’s assessment of the customer’s credit risk. The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. Fees collected on off-balance sheet financial instruments represent the fair value of those commitments and are deferred and amortized over their term, which is typically one year or less.


Amounts funded under non-cancelable commitments in effect at the date of acquisition are Covered Assets under the loss-sharing agreements, if applicable, if certain conditions are met.




F-95



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 19.           COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Commitments


Total commitments at December 31, 2013, were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Covered

 

Uncovered

 

Total

Commitments to fund loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

5,230

$

5,659

$

10,889

Commercial and commercial real estate

 

-

 

14,746

 

14,746

Land and development

 

9

 

70,715

 

70,724

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

11,026

 

157,382

 

168,408

Total commitments to fund loans

 

16,265

 

248,502

 

264,767

Commercial and standby letters of credit

 

-

 

4,838

 

4,838

Total

$

16,265

$

253,340

$

269,605


Commitments to fund loans:


Commitments to fund loans are agreements to lend funds to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. To accommodate the financial needs of customers, the Company makes commitments under various terms to lend funds to consumers and businesses. At December 31, 2013 unfunded commitments under lines of credit to commercial and commercial real estate customers represent 81.4% and 7.7%, respectively, of the total amount available under such lines of credit. Commitments to fund loans generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded and, therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.


The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral required in connection with an extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.


Commercial and standby letters of credit:


Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support trade transactions or guarantee arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company generally holds collateral supporting those commitments if deemed necessary.


Other Commitments and Contingencies


Legal Proceedings


The Company, from time to time, is involved as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. While the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management, based upon advice of legal counsel, that no proceedings exist, either individually or in the aggregate, which, if determined adversely to the Company, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, results of operations or cash flows.


Leases


The Company and its subsidiaries lease premises and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable leases, some of which contain renewal options under various terms. All lease agreements contain regular increases in minimum lease payments based either on a consumer price index or scheduled escalation clauses. The leased properties are used primarily for branch operations and administrative office space. Total rental expense on operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $2.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively.



F-96



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 19.           COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)


Leases (continued)


As of December 31, 2013, the Company had entered into non-cancelable operating leases with approximate minimum future rentals as follows (in thousands):


Years ending December 31,

 

Amount

2014

$

2,366

2015

 

2,337

2016

 

1,775

2017

 

1,742

2018

 

1,713

Thereafter

 

9,230

Total

$

19,163


2009 and 2010 Contingent Placement Fees


In 2009 and 2010, the Company paid Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. (the “Placement Agent”) a placement fee of $16.8 million and $12.0 million, respectively, as part of the Company’s 2009 and 2010 private placement offerings (the “Offerings”). In addition, the Company is obligated to pay an additional placement fee to the Placement Agent of $14.2 million, related to the Offerings in the event of a completed initial public offering raising at least $100 million of proceeds at a minimum offering price of $20.00 per share (a “Qualified IPO”). As this fee is contingent on a Qualified IPO the additional placement fee has not been recorded. The Company filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission during 2011, which remains open.


NOTE 20.           PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following summarizes the major categories of Bond Street Holdings, Inc.’s (holding company only) balance sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash in Bank

$

138,258

$

270,929

Investment Securities

 

83,664

 

-

Investment in Bank

 

479,841

 

448,457

Other assets

 

14,751

 

8,975

Total assets

$

716,514

$

728,361

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

$

400

$

187

Stockholders’ equity

 

716,114

 

728,174

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

716,514

$

728,361




F-97



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 20.           PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


The following summarizes the major categories of Bond Street Holdings, Inc.’s (holding company only) statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Income (loss):

 

 

 

 

Income from investment securities

$

4,499

$

-

Equity in income (loss) of subsidiary

 

18,131

 

(1,822)

Gain on investment sales

 

11

 

-

Other income

 

-

 

1

Total income (loss)

 

22,641

 

(1,821)

Non-interest expense:

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

362

 

2,081

Professional services

 

2,211

 

838

Directors Fees

 

2,300

 

-

Insurance Expense

 

1,252

 

1,381

Other expense

 

1,980

 

472

Total non-interest expense

 

8,105

 

4,772

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

14,536

 

(6,593)

Income tax benefit

 

2,635

 

1,765

Net income (loss)

$

17,171

$

(4,828)


The following summarizes the major categories of Bond Street Holdings, Inc.’s (holding company only) statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


Cash flows from operating activities:

 

2013

 

2012

Net income (loss)

$

17,171

$

(4,828)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiary

 

(18,131)

 

1,822

Gain on sales of investment securities

 

(11)

 

-

Stock-based compensation expense

 

362

 

2,081

Deferred tax benefit

 

102

 

(725)

Decrease (increase) in other assets

 

(3,195)

 

(1,263)

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

 

213

 

(308)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(3,489)

 

(3,221)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities

 

(189,729)

 

-

Sales, paydown and maturities of investment securities

 

99,399

 

-

Capital contribution in subsidiary

 

(20,000)

 

-

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(110,330)

 

-

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

Payment to repurchase common stock

 

(18,751)

 

-

Deferred costs from capital raise

 

(101)

 

(464)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(18,852)

 

(464)

Net decrease in cash

 

(132,671)

 

(3,685)

Cash, beginning of year

 

270,929

 

274,614

Cash, end of year

$

138,258

$

270,929




F-98



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 21.           FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS


When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities and the related fair value hierarchy, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability (observable inputs). When possible, the Company looks to active and observable markets to price identical assets or liabilities and when identical assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, the Company looks to market observable data for similar assets and liabilities. It is the Company’s policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs are only used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available. The need to use unobservable inputs generally results from the lack of market liquidity, resulting in diminished observability of both actual trades and assumptions that would otherwise be available to value these instruments, or the value of the underlying collateral is not market observable. Although third party price indications may be available for a security, limited trading activity would make it difficult to support the observability of these quotations.


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis


The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the general classification of each instrument under the valuation hierarchy.


Investment securities available for sale are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. When available, fair value is based on quoted prices for the identical security in an active market and as such, would be classified as Level 1. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated using quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, discounted cash flows or matrix pricing models. Investment securities available for sale for which Level 1 valuations are not available are classified as Level 2, and include U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities, state and municipal obligations, asset-backed securities and corporate debt and other securities. Pricing of these securities is generally spread driven. Observable inputs that may impact the valuation of these securities include benchmark yield curves, credit spreads, reported trades, dealer quotes, bids, issuer spreads, current rating, historical constant prepayment rates, historical voluntary prepayment rates, structural and waterfall features of individual securities, published collateral data, and for certain securities, historical constant default rates and default severities.


Interest rate derivatives are reported at estimated fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs and are included in Other assets and Other liabilities and consist of interest rate swaps where there is no significant deterioration in the counterparties (loan customers) credit risk since origination of the interest rate swap. The Company values its interest rate swap positions using market prices provided by a third party. Interest rate derivatives are further described in Note 10 “Derivatives.”


For purposes of potential valuation adjustments to our derivative positions, the Company evaluates the credit risk of its counterparties as well as our own credit risk. Accordingly, the Company has considered factors such as the likelihood of default, expected loss given default, net exposures and remaining contractual life, among other things, in determining if any estimated fair value adjustments related to credit risk are required. The Company reviews counterparty exposure quarterly, and when necessary, appropriate adjustments are made to reflect the exposure.


For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company has not realized any losses due to a counterparties inability to pay any net uncollateralized position.  As of December 31, 2013, there were no interest rate derivatives classified as Level 3.


Contingent consideration issued to the FDIC— For the year ended December 31, 2013 the estimated fair value of VAIs and EAAs are derived from an estimation of the future fair value of the Company’s stock and a range of potential payment liability is determined in accordance with the terms of each agreement. Management assigns a probability to each potential payment liability based on its judgment about the likelihood of the event occurring. This expected value is the basis for estimating the fair value of the contingent consideration. Since the Company’s common stock is not publicly traded on an exchange, significant inputs to the model, including financial projections, and assumptions regarding future market value ratios, are not observable, resulting in Level 3 classification. Changes in the fair value of the VAIs and EAAs during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, which are included in other non-interest expense in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), amounted to $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no remaining VAIs as the contracts reached final settlement with the FDIC within the period.



F-99



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 21.           FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (continued)


Clawback liability—The fair value of the clawback liability is estimated using a discounted cash flow technique based on projected cash flows related to the resolution of Covered Assets and a discount rate using a risk free rate, plus a premium that takes into account the Company’s credit risk, resulting in Level 3 classification. Changes in the fair value of the clawback liability during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, resulted in remeasurement (gains) losses which are included in other noninterest expense in the accompanying statements of operations amounting to $(1.0) million and $(0.2) million, respectively.


The following table presents the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, utilizing the hierarchy discussed above (in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

-

$

51,155

$

-

$

51,155

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

-

 

241,638

 

-

 

241,638

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

2,124

 

-

 

2,124

Asset-backed securities

 

-

 

387,965

 

-

 

387,965

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

-

 

379,225

 

-

 

379,225

Preferred stocks

 

47,113

 

36,551

 

-

 

83,664

Derivative assets - Interest rate contracts

 

-

 

2,660

 

-

 

2,660

Total

$

47,113

$

1,101,318

$

-

$

1,148,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities - Interest rate contracts

 

-

 

2,660

 

-

 

2,660

Clawback liability

 

-

 

-

 

11,753

 

11,753

EAAs

 

-

 

-

 

1,114

 

1,114

Total

$

-

$

2,660

$

12,867

$

15,527


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

-

$

146,692

$

-

$

146,692

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

-

 

294,785

 

-

 

294,785

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

2,790

 

-

 

2,790

Asset-backed securities

 

-

 

619,412

 

-

 

619,412

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

-

 

410,735

 

-

 

410,735

Total

$

-

$

1,474,414

$

-

$

1,474,414

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clawback liability

 

-

 

-

 

11,966

 

11,966

VAIs and EAAs

 

-

 

-

 

1,235

 

1,235

Total

$

-

$

-

$

13,201

$

13,201




F-100



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 21.           FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (continued)


The following summarizes the changes in fair value of liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Clawback
Liability

 

VAIs and
EAAs

 

Clawback
Liability

 

VAIs and
EAAs

Balance, beginning of year

$

11,966

$

1,235

$

11,439

$

1,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses (gains) included in other non-interest expenses

 

(213)

 

482

 

527

 

321

Final VAI settlement on Peninsula Bank

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(140)

Final VAI settlement on SSCB

 

-

 

(52)

 

-

 

-

Final VAI settlement on FNBCF

 

-

 

(281)

 

-

 

-

Final VAI settlement on FPB

 

-

 

(270)

 

-

 

-

Balance, end of year

$

11,753

$

1,114

$

11,966

$

1,235


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis


Following is a description of the methodologies used to estimate the fair values of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which those measurements are typically classified.


Impaired loans and OREO:


The carrying amount of collateral dependent impaired loans is typically based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, which may be real estate or other business assets, less estimated costs to sell. The carrying value of OREO is initially measured based on the fair value, less estimated cost to sell, of the real estate acquired in foreclosure and subsequently adjusted to the lower of cost or estimated fair value, less estimated cost to sell. Fair values of real estate collateral are typically based on real estate appraisals which utilize market and income valuation techniques incorporating both observable and unobservable inputs. When current appraisals are not available, the Company may use brokers’ price opinions, home price indices, or other available information about changes in real estate market conditions to adjust the latest appraised value available. These adjustments to appraised values may be subjective and involve significant management judgment. The fair value of collateral consisting of other business assets is generally based on appraisals that use market approaches to valuation, incorporating primarily unobservable inputs. Fair value measurements related to collateral dependent impaired loans and OREO are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.


As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had collateral dependent loans with unpaid principal balances amounting to $0.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for which non-recurring changes in fair value of the underlying collateral resulted in impairment charges of $0.1 million and $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The impairment charges are included in the provision for loan losses in the accompanying statement of operations. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had $34.7 million and $57.8 million of OREO, respectively, for which non-recurring changes in fair value of the underlying collateral resulted in impairment charges of $3.6 million and $10.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which are included in other real estate and acquired assets resolution related expenses in the accompanying statement of operations.




F-101



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 21.           FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis (continued)


Intangible assets:


Intangible assets are initially recorded at estimated fair value and measured for impairment on a non-recurring basis. These assets are reviewed for impairment at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company uses the services of a third party valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit when performing its annual goodwill impairment test utilizing a comparable market value approach and using discounted cash flow valuation techniques, resulting in Level 3 classification. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit at the most recent impairment testing date of October 1, 2013 exceeded its carrying amount; therefore, no impairment of goodwill was indicated.


The following table presents the carrying value and fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

 

 Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

239,217

$

239,217

$

96,220

$

96,220

Investments securities

 

1,182,323

 

1,182,322

 

1,505,112

 

1,505,109

Loans, net

 

2,244,051

 

2,290,564

 

1,342,365

 

1,427,265

Loss share indemnification asset

 

87,229

 

53,157

 

125,949

 

81,272

Due from FDIC

 

3,659

 

3,659

 

14,657

 

14,657

Derivative assets - Interest rate contracts

 

2,660

 

2,660

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

$

2,793,533

$

2,797,081

$

2,190,340

$

2,195,489

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

 

431,013

 

433,640

 

271,642

 

277,308

Derivative liabilities - Interest rate contracts

 

2,660

 

2,660

 

-

 

-

Clawback liability

 

11,753

 

11,753

 

11,966

 

11,966

EAAs

 

1,114

 

1,114

 

1,006

 

1,006

VAIs

 

-

 

-

 

229

 

229


The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments.


Certain financial instruments are carried at amounts that approximate fair value due to their short-term nature and generally negligible credit risk. Financial instruments for which fair value approximates the carrying amount at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, include cash and cash equivalents and due from FDIC.


Investment Securities:


Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices for similar securities in active or inactive markets (Level 2). FHLB and other bank stock are carried at par, which has historically represented the redemption price and is therefore considered to approximate fair value.




F-102



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 21.           FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis (continued)


Loans:


Fair values for loans are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered various factors, including the type of loan and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan and whether or not the loan was amortizing and current discount rates. Loans were grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. The discount rates used for loans are based on current market rates for new originations of comparable credit risk and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The ALL is considered a reasonable estimate of the required adjustment to fair value to reflect the impact of credit risk. This estimate may not represent an exit value as defined in ASC 820.


Loss Share Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability:


The fair values of the loss share indemnification asset and clawback liability are estimated using a discounted cash flow technique based on projected cash flows related to the resolution of Covered Assets and a discount rate using a risk free rate, plus a premium to take into account the Company’s credit risk, that incorporates the uncertainty related to the amounts and timing of the cash flows and other liquidity concerns as well as the counterparties credit risk.


Deposits:


The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis and using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.


Advances from the FHLB:


The fair value of borrowings from the FHLB is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rate at which similar borrowings with similar remaining maturities could be obtained.


VAIs and EAAs:


For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the estimated fair value of EAAs are derived from an estimation of the future fair value of the Company’s stock and a range of potential payment liability is determined in accordance with the terms of each agreement.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of VAIs were derived from an estimation of the future fair value of the Company’s stock and a range of potential payment liability is determined in accordance with the terms of each agreement.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no remaining VAIs as the agreements settled with the FDIC during the year ended December 31, 2013.


NOTE 22.          TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES


Except for the following, the Company has not identified any transactions with related parties that would have a material impact on the financial position, result of operations or cash flows of the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.


Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP serves as the Company’s principal outside legal counsel, and regularly bills the Company for legal services provided to the Company, including serving as legal counsel in connection with the offering. One of the directors is a partner at Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP. The Company recognized professional fees of $610,000 and $769,000 for legal services provided by Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These amounts are recorded in “Professional Services” in the consolidated statements of operations.


Loans to executive officers and directors of the Company and Bank totaled $1.13 million as of December 31, 2013. There were no loans to executive officers and directors of the Company and Bank as of December 31, 2012.



F-103



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 23.          SUBSEQUENT EVENTS


Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date that consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, April 29, 2014. Except for the following, the Company has not identified any events that would have a material impact on the financial position, result of operations or cash flows of the Company as of and for the period ended December 31, 2013.


On January 31, 2014, the Bank acquired all the outstanding common stock in Great Florida Bank (“GFB” or “Great Florida”). GFB had total assets of $993 million and shareholders’ equity of $15.3 million as of December 31, 2013. Holders of GFB common stock received $3.24 per share in cash for each common share owned resulting in total cash purchase price of $42.5 million. As of December 31, 2013, GFB had 25 banking locations within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area. The Company invested $125 million in the Bank at the time of the GFB transaction. The Bank is in the process of determining the allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities acquired from the GFB acquisition.


On February 5, 2014, the Company granted 90,000 stock options that vest at a rate of 25% per calendar quarter in 2014 from the 2009 Option Plan to directors with a weighted average exercise price of $19.75. The options granted to Directors can be exercised within 10 years from grant date. On April 29, 2014, the Company granted 150,000 stock options with a Three Year Vesting Period from the 2009 Option Plan to employees with a weighted average exercise price of $19.75. The options granted to employees expire 10 years from grant date.


NOTE 24.          SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)


On June 13, 2014, the Company changed its name to FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.




F-104





INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT



To the Audit Committee of

  Great Florida Bank and Subsidiaries


We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Great Florida Bank (a Florida corporation) and wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Bank”), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.


Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements


The Bank’s management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.


Auditor’s Responsibility


Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement.


An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Bank’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.


We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.


Opinion


In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Bank as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


Emphasis-of-matter


As further discussed in Notes 1 and 20 to the consolidated financial statements, on January 31, 2014, the Bank was merged into another entity and ceased to exist. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.


/s/ Morrison, Brown, Argiz and Farra


Miami, Florida

April 30, 2014





F-105





GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31,

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)


ASSETS

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

$

3,153

$

4,219

Interest bearing deposits in other banks

 

41,341

 

38,002

TOTAL CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

44,494

 

42,221

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

273,790

 

288,117

Loans, net of allowance of $8,495 in 2013 and $15,070 in 2012

 

595,520

 

740,556

Property and equipment, net

 

3,041

 

30,443

Property held for sale

 

13,455

 

 -   

Other real estate owned, net

 

51,251

 

33,574

Restricted deposit - Federal Reserve Bank

 

3,000

 

3,000

Restricted securities - Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

 

1,826

 

2,169

Accrued interest receivable

 

2,592

 

3,359

Advances to borrowers for taxes and insurance, net

 

347

 

1,252

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

3,666

 

1,917

TOTAL ASSETS

$

992,982

$

1,146,608

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

$

83,881

$

80,815

Interest bearing demand deposits

 

26,204

 

20,361

Money market and savings accounts

 

329,138

 

344,016

Time deposits of less than $100,000

 

109,722

 

160,860

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

 

339,019

 

397,719

TOTAL DEPOSITS

 

887,964

 

1,003,771

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

73,498

 

73,560

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

10,000

 

10,000

Official checks

 

1,133

 

280

Accrued interest payable

 

626

 

696

Deferred tax liability

 

-

 

949

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

4,497

 

4,634

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

977,718

 

1,093,890

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTES 14 AND 17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock - $1 par value in 2013 and $5 par value in 2012;authorized shares 330,000,000 in 2013 and 2012; issued and outstanding shares 10,466,138 in 2013 and 10,448,804 in 2012  

 

10,466

 

52,244

Class B common stock - $1 par value in 2013 and $5 par value in 2012;authorized shares 80,000,000 in 2013 and 2012; issued and outstanding shares 2,646,362 in 2013 and 2,663,696 in 2012  

 

2,647

 

13,319

Additional paid-in capital

 

166,745

 

113,565

Accumulated deficit

 

(149,669)

 

(127,982)

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax effect

 

(14,925)

 

1,572

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

15,264

 

52,718

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

$

992,982

$

1,146,608




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-106





GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)


 

 

2013

 

2012

INTEREST INCOME:

 

 

 

 

Loans, including fees

$

28,469

$

35,700

Investment securities available for sale

 

5,723

 

4,469

Other earning assets

 

152

 

413

TOTAL INTEREST INCOME

 

34,344

 

40,582

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE:

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

7,225

 

 9,920

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 3,118

 

3,127

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

508

 

510

TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE

 

10,851

 

13,557

 

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

23,493

 

 27,025

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

2,949

 

8,422

 

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

20,544

 

18,603

 

 

 

 

 

NONINTEREST INCOME:

 

 

 

 

Service fees on loans and deposits

 

1,633

 

1,394

Net gain on sales of investment securities available for sale

 

 865

 

4,235

Rental income

 

2,243

 

 1,540

Other income

 

291

 

 432

TOTAL NONINTEREST INCOME

 

5,032

 

7,601

 

 

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

13,844

 

12,920

Occupancy

 

6,513

 

6,451

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,197

 

2,436

Fair value adjustment - property held for sale

 

14,146

 

-

Professional fees

 

3,284

 

2,675

Travel and entertainment

 

260

 

234

Data processing

 

1,002

 

865

Telecommunications

 

597

 

612

Advertising and promotion

 

14

 

76

Sponsorships

 

22

 

30

FDIC assessment

 

2,483

 

2,807

Insurance

 

1,093

 

1,075

Loan workouts

 

956

 

(685)

Other real estate owned

 

(541)

 

2,599

Other operating

 

1,393

 

1,392

TOTAL NONINTEREST EXPENSES

 

47,263

 

33,487

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS

$

(21,687)

$

(7,283)

 

 

 

 

 

LOSS PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

(1.65)

$

(0.56)

Diluted

$

(1.65)

$

(0.56)





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-107





GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)


2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS

 

 

$

(21,687)

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS, NET OF TAX:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses on investment securities available for sale during the period, net of income tax effect of ($624)

$

(15,957)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: reversal of unrealized gains realized on sales of investment securities available for sale during the period, net of income tax effect of ($325)  

 

(540)

 

(16,497)

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

 

$

(38,184)

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS

 

 

$

(7,283)

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on investment securities available for sale during the period, net of income tax effect of $1,913

$

3,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: reversal of unrealized gains realized on sales of investment securities available for sale during the period, net of income tax effect of ($1,594)  

 

(2,641)

 

530

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

 

$

(6,753)





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-108





GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Amounts)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Additional

 

 

 

Income (Loss),

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Accumulated

 

Net of

 

 

 

Shares

 

Par Value

 

Shares

 

Par Value

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

Tax Effect

 

Total

BALANCES, January 1, 2012

10,446,804

 

$

52,234 

 

2,665,696 

 

$

13,329 

 

$

112,731

 

$

(120,699)

 

$

1,042 

 

$

58,637 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of shares

2,000

 

 

10 

 

(2,000)

 

 

(10)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

834

 

 

 

 

 

 

834 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

(7,283)

 

 

 

 

(7,283)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

530 

 

 

530 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCES, December 31, 2012

10,448,804

 

 

52,244 

 

2,663,696 

 

 

13,319 

 

 

113,565

 

 

(127,982)

 

 

1,572 

 

 

52,718 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of shares

17,334

 

 

17 

 

(17,334)

 

 

(17)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reduction of par value from $5 to $1

-

 

 

(41,795)

 

 

 

(10,655)

 

 

52,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

730

 

 

 

 

 

 

730 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

(21,687)

 

 

 

 

(21,687)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(16,497)

 

 

(16,497)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCES, December 31, 2013

10,466,138

 

$

10,466 

 

2,646,362 

 

$

2,647 

 

$

166,745

 

$

(149,669)

 

$

(14,925)

 

$

15,264 





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-109





GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands)


 

 

2013

 

2012

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

Net loss

$

(21,687)

$

(7,283)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided
by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,949

 

8,422

(Reversal of) provision for other real estate owned losses

 

(2,611)

 

1,952

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,197

 

2,436

Net amortization of deferred loan fees

 

(278)

 

(376)

Net amortization of investment securities

 

1,486

 

1,682

Stock based compensation

 

730

 

834

Net gain on sales of investment securities - available for sale

 

(865)

 

(4,235)

Net gain on sale of loans

 

-

 

-

Net loss on disposal or sales of property and equipment

 

-

 

16

Net gain on sales of other real estate owned

 

(1,732)

 

(869)

Fair value adjustment of property held for sale

 

14,146

 

-

Deferred rent

 

(108)

 

(159)

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Decrease in accrued interest receivable

 

767

 

214

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

 

(1,749)

 

379

Increase in official checks

 

853

 

127

Decrease in accrued interest payable

 

(70)

 

(60)

Decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

(29)

 

(911)

 

 

 

 

 

NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

(6,001)

 

2,169

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

(123,367)

 

(346,255)

Maturities and principal repayments on investment securities available for sale

 

35,606

 

26,864

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

 

84,021

 

150,057

Net decrease in loans - held in portfolio

 

114,716

 

110,100

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned

 

14,315

 

9,821

Purchase of property and equipment

 

(2,396)

 

(411)

Net decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

343

 

5,606

 

 

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

123,238

 

(44,218)

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

Net increase in restricted deposit - Federal Reserve Bank

 

-

 

(3,000)

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

 

(115,807)

 

9,390

Net decrease in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

(62)

 

(1,890)

Net decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

-

 

-

Net change in advances to borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

905

 

(1,258)

 

 

 

 

 

NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

(114,964)

 

3,242

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

2,273

 

(38,807)

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year

 

42,221

 

81,028

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year

$

44,494

$

42,221

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

$

10,921

$

13,617

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned

$

27,649

$

11,480

Transfer of property to property held-for-sale

$

27,601

$

-

 




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-110



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 1.          GENERAL


Great Florida Bank (the “Bank”), a state-chartered bank, commenced operations on June 29, 2004 and currently operates in Southeast Florida. The Bank’s deposits are insured, up to the legal limit, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).


The Bank offers a variety of banking services to individual and corporate customers through its twenty four banking offices (“solution centers”) located in Miami-Dade, Broward and Palm Beach counties.


As further disclosed in NOTE 20, “Subsequent Event”, on January 31, 2014, the Bank was merged with and into another bank with the other bank as survivor. The Bank surrendered its charter on January 31, 2014 and ceased to exist at that point.


The Bank has evaluated subsequent events through April 30, 2014 which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.


Dollars presented in these consolidated financial statements are in thousands, unless noted otherwise.


NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


Accounting Policies


The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The accounting policies and reporting practices of the Bank conform to the predominant practices in the banking industry and are based on accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies followed by the Bank.


Principles of Consolidation


BFG Real Estate Holding, Inc., GFB Courthouse Holdings, Inc., BFG Land Holdings, Inc., and Serenity Bay, Inc., are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Bank, which were incorporated to maintain, manage and dispose of real estate property acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. The subsidiaries’ activities and financial results are consolidated within the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


Use of Estimates


The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include: investment securities, allowance for loan losses, useful lives of property and equipment, valuation of other real estate owned, valuation of the deferred tax asset, stock-based compensation, and other contingencies. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in those estimates and assumptions.


Cash and Cash Equivalents


The Bank considers investments with a maturity of three months or less from their original purchase date to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in other banks.


The Bank is required by regulation to maintain cash reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). The required reserves maintained were $2.5 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.



F-111



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Investment Securities


Investment securities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consist of U.S. government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, and mutual fund shares. The Bank classifies its debt securities in one of three categories: trading, available for sale, or held to maturity and its equity securities into trading or available for sale. Trading securities are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Held to maturity debt securities are those securities in which the Bank has the ability and intent not to sell the security until maturity. All securities not included in trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale.


Trading and available for sale securities are recorded at fair value. Held to maturity debt securities are recorded at amortized cost, adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. Unrealized holding gains and losses on trading securities are included in earnings. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on available for sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of other accumulated comprehensive income until realized. Realized gains and losses from the sale of available for sale securities are recorded on trade date and recognized using the specific-identification basis.


The Bank recognizes other-than-temporary impairments for debt securities classified as available for sale in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). Accordingly, the Bank assesses whether it intends to sell or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell a security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit losses.  For debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that the Bank does not intend to sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis, the Bank separates the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors.  The credit loss component is recognized in operations and is the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield.  The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is due to factors that are not credit related and, therefore, is not required to be recognized as losses in the consolidated statement of operations, but is recognized in other comprehensive loss.


For debt and equity securities, when the Bank has decided to sell an impaired available for sale security and the entity does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover before the expected time of sale, the security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the decision to sell is made. The Bank recognizes an impairment loss when the impairment is deemed other-than-temporary even if a decision to sell has not been made.


Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related held to maturity or available for sale security as an adjustment to yield using the effective-interest method. Dividend and interest income is recognized when earned.


Restricted Deposit – Federal Reserve Bank


At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank maintained a restricted deposit account, totaling $3.0 million, with the FRB as collateral for available borrowings of $2.7 million that the Bank may make directly from the FRB. There were no borrowings made from the FRB during 2013 and 2012.   


Federal Home Loan Bank Stock


Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is a restricted asset, carried at cost, and evaluated for impairment periodically. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, FHLB stock amounted to $1.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of which 100% is restricted. The Bank is required to maintain a minimum position in FHLB stock, which totaled $1.8 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.   


Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses


Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balance net of charge-offs, net deferred loan fees, unearned income and the allowance for loan losses. Interest income is generally recognized when income is earned using the interest method. Loan origination and commitment fees and the costs associated with the origination of loans are deferred and amortized, using the interest method or the straight-line method, over the life of the related loan.



F-112



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


The grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligation of the loan agreement as scheduled or at all. The Bank’s internal credit risk grading system is based on experiences with similarly graded loans. Credit risk grades are refreshed each quarter as they become available, at which time management analyzes the resulting scores, as well as other external statistics and factors, to track loan performance.


The Bank’s internally assigned grades are as follows:


·

Pass – Loans indicate different levels of satisfactory financial condition and performance.

·

Special Mention – Loans are exhibiting potential weaknesses deserving management’s close attention.

·

Substandard – Loans are exhibiting well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize repayment of the debt.

·

Doubtful – Loans where the possibility of loss is extremely high.

·

Loss – Loans are considered uncollectible.


The Bank generally places loans on nonaccrual status when the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain, part of the principal balance has been charged off, the loan has been restructured but is not meeting the terms of the restructure, or the loan reaches a predetermined number of days past due.


All pools of loans: land, land development and real estate construction, residential real estate, commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and other loans are placed in nonaccrual status when they are over 90 days past due.  


When management places a loan on nonaccrual status, the accrued unpaid interest receivable is reversed against interest income and the loan is accounted on the cash or cost recovery method, until it qualifies for return to accrual status. Generally, management returns a loan to accrual status when (a) all delinquent interest and principal become current under the terms of the loan agreement or (b) the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection and collectability is no longer doubtful.


The Bank has determined that the entire balance of a loan is contractually delinquent for all classes if the minimum payment is not received by the specified due date on the borrower’s statement. Interest and fees continue to accrue on past due loans until the date the loan goes into nonaccrual status.


The Bank provides for loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged to operations. When management believes that a loan balance is uncollectible, the loan balance is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses.


The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s judgment of probable loan losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date. Management uses a disciplined process and methodology to establish the allowance for losses each quarter. To determine the total allowance for loan losses, the Bank estimates the reserves needed for each segment of the portfolio, including loans analyzed individually and loans analyzed on a pooled basis. The allowance for loan losses consists of the amount applicable to:


·

Land, land development, and real estate construction

·

Residential real estate

·

Commercial real estate

·

Commercial and industrial

·

Other loans


The Bank also disaggregates these segments by classes of loans based on the associated risks within those segments as follows:


·

Land, land development, and real estate construction

·

Land



F-113



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


·

Real estate construction

·

Commercial acquisition and development


·

Residential real estate

·

1-4 family first lien

·

1-4 family second lien

·

Multifamily


·

Commercial real estate

·

Commercial real estate term

·

Owner occupied commercial real estate

·

Other commercial real estate


·

Commercial and industrial

·

Commercial secured term

·

Commercial secured line

·

Commercial unsecured term

·

Commercial unsecured line


·

Other loans

·

Auto and boat

·

Secured

·

Unsecured


In determining the balance of the allowance account, loans are pooled by portfolio segment and management evaluates the allowance for loan losses on each segment and as a whole on a regular basis to maintain the allowance at an adequate level based on factors which, in management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating loan losses. Such factors include changes in prevailing economic conditions, historical experience, changes in the character and size of the loan portfolio and the overall credit worthiness of the borrowers.  


The allowance consists of general and allocated components. The following is how management determines the balance of the general component for the allowance for loan losses account for each segment of the loans.


Land, Land Development and Real Estate Construction; Commercial Real Estate; and Commercial and Industrial Loans


All loans are grouped by collateral type with similar risk characteristics and a historical charge-off rate for the last six semesters is used. More weight is assigned to the more recent semesters and a weighted average loss factor is calculated and applied to the loan balance for each group.


Qualitative factors are applied to historical loss rate based on management’s experience. Due to the static nature of the portfolio, the three factors used are:


·

Past due trends

·

Industry trends

·

Portfolio concentration


The final loss rate is weighted by the Bank’s internally assigned risk rating classification with more weight assigned to the adversely classified segments. The loss rates are applied to the outstanding balances of each loan grouping.



F-114



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


Residential Real Estate and Other Loans


Residential loans are grouped and tracked by year of origination or vintage. Historical default and severity rates are developed for each vintage which are used in projecting potential future losses.


The default and severity historical rates for each vintage are adjusted by qualitative factors:


·

Historical default rate is adjusted by delinquency trends based on actual past due trends

·

Historical severity rate is adjusted by projected future property value trends


The resulting projected loss rate is applied to current loan balances for each vintage.


Changes in these factors could result in material adjustments to the allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses. The losses the Bank may ultimately incur could differ materially from the amounts assumed in arriving at the allowance for loan losses.


The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired.  Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.  Accordingly, the Bank does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement due to financial difficulties of the borrower.


For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical charge-off experience and expected loss given default derived from the Bank’s internal risk rating process. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for pools of loans after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data.   


A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. If management determines that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (outstanding principal balance plus accrued interest, net of previous charge-offs, and net of deferred loan fees or cost), impairment is recognized through an allowance estimate or a charge-off to the allowance.


In situations where, due to a borrower’s financial difficulties, management grants a concession for other than an insignificant period of time to the borrower that would not otherwise be granted, the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). Management attempts to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify terms before their loan reaches nonaccrual status.  However, due to the complexity of modifying terms, many loans are modified after nonaccrual status has been established. The modified terms may include rate reductions, payment forbearance, principal forbearance, principal forgiveness and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss to the Bank and avoid foreclosure of the collateral.




F-115



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


The modification categories offered can generally be described in the following categories:


·

Rate Modification – a modification in which the interest rate is changed

·

Term Modification – a modification in which the maturity date, timing of payments or frequency of payments is changed

·

Interest Only Modification – a modification in which the loan is converted to interest only payments for a period of time

·

Payment Modification – a modification in which the dollar amount of the payment is changed, other than an interest only modification described above

·

Combination Modification – any other type of modification, including the use of multiple categories above


In cases where the borrowers are granted new terms that provide for a reduction of either interest or principal, management measures the impairment on the restructuring as detailed above for impaired loans.  


Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six months.


When the Bank modifies a loan, management evaluates any possible impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. If management determines that the value of the modified loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, impairment is recognized by segment, through an allowance estimate or a charge-off to the allowance.


In addition to the allowance for the pooled portfolios, management has developed a separate allowance for loans that are identified as impaired through a TDR.  These loans are excluded from pooled loss forecast and a separate reserve is provided under the accounting guidance for loan impairment.  Residential loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR are also individually analyzed for estimated impairment.

 

Also, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.


The Bank’s charge-off policies are as follows:


·

Land, land development and real estate construction – Generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 90 days past due.

·

Residential real estate – Generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 180 days past due.

·

Commercial real estate – Generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 90 days past due.

·

Commercial and industrial – Generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 90 days past due.

·

Other loans – Generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 120 days past due.


Reflected in the portions of the allowance previously described is an amount for imprecision or uncertainty that incorporates the range of probable outcomes inherent in estimates used for the allowance, which may change from period to period. This amount is the result of the Bank’s judgment of risks inherent in the portfolios, economic uncertainties, historical loss experience and other subjective factors, including industry trends, calculated to better reflect the Bank’s view of risk in each loan segment. No single statistic or measurement determines the adequacy of the allowance for loan loss. Changes in the allowance for loan loss and the related provision expense can materially affect net loss.




F-116



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


The establishment of the allowance for loan losses relies on a consistent process that requires multiple layers of management review and judgment and responds to changes in economic conditions, member behavior, and collateral value, among other influences. From time to time, events or economic factors may affect the loan portfolio, causing management to provide additional amounts to or release balances from the allowance for loan losses. The Bank’s allowance for loan losses is sensitive to risk ratings assigned to individually evaluated loans and economic assumptions and delinquency trends driving statistically modeled reserves.  


The total allowance reflects management’s estimate of loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.  The Bank considers the allowance for loan losses of $8.5 million and $15.1 million, adequate to cover the loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


In addition to the allowance for loan losses, the Bank also estimates probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, and records these estimates in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.  Unfunded lending commitments are subject to review on an aggregate basis. Past loss experience and any other pertinent information is reviewed, resulting in the estimation of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.  Provision for credit losses related to the unfunded lending commitments is reported in the consolidated statement of operations.


Other Real Estate Owned


Other real estate owned is held for sale and is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling cost, at the date of foreclosure. The excess of the outstanding loan balance over the fair value less selling cost is charged to the allowance for loan losses at time of foreclosure. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and any declines in fair value are charged to expense. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in valuation allowance are included in noninterest expenses from other real estate owned.


Property and Equipment


Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the remaining term of the applicable leases or their useful lives, whichever is shorter. Estimated useful lives of these assets are as follows:


Building and improvements

30 years or less

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

3 to 7 years

Computer hardware and software

3 to 5 years

Leasehold improvements

Shorter of life or term of lease


Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; improvements and betterments are capitalized. When items are retired or are otherwise disposed of, the related costs and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are credited or charged to operations.


Property Held for Sale


Property held for sale is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling cost, at the date of determination that property will no longer be used for banking purposes. The excess of the carrying value over the fair value less selling cost is charged to expense and depreciation is ceased.




F-117



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase


Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are classified as secured borrowings and are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. The Bank may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities (NOTES 3 and 8).


Interest Income


Interest income is recognized as earned, based upon the principal amount outstanding, on an accrual basis.


Income Taxes


The Bank uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years to differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the time periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.  Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period and the change during the period in the deferred asset and liability.


The Bank recognizes and measures tax positions taken or expected to be taken in its tax return based on their technical merit and assesses the likelihood that the positions will be sustained upon examination based on the facts, circumstances and information available at the end of each period.  


Interest and penalties on tax liabilities, if any, would be recorded in interest expense and other noninterest expenses, respectively.


Impairment of Long-Lived Assets


The Bank’s long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the consolidated balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the consolidated balance sheet. The Bank did not recognize an impairment charge during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.


Transfer of Financial Assets


Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Bank – put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Bank does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.  


Concentrations of Credit Risk


Credit risk represents the maximum accounting loss that would be recognized at the reporting date if counterparties failed completely to perform as contracted and any collateral or security proved to be of no value. Concentrations of credit risk (whether on or off-balance sheet) arising from financial instruments exist in relation to certain groups of customers. A group concentration arises when a number of counterparties have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions.



F-118



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Concentrations of Credit Risk (continued)


Most of the Bank’s business activity is with customers located within its primary market area, which includes Miami-Dade, Broward and Palm Beach counties in Florida. The Bank’s loan portfolio is concentrated largely in real estate and commercial loans in South Florida. Many of the Bank’s loan customers are engaged in real estate development. The Bank had a lending concentration in loans for land, land development and real estate construction of $53.1 million and $91.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As well as, a lending concentration in real estate backed loans of $489.2 million and $567.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Circumstances, which negatively impact the South Florida real estate industry or the South Florida economy, in general, could adversely impact the Bank’s loan portfolio. The Bank does not have a significant exposure to any individual customer or counterparty.


At various times during the year, the Bank has maintained deposits with other financial institutions in excess of amounts received. The exposure to the Bank from these transactions is solely dependent upon the remaining uninsured daily balances and the financial strength of the respective institutions.


Interest Rate Risk


The Bank’s performance is dependent to a large extent on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. The Bank, like most financial institutions, is affected by changes in general interest rate levels and by other economic factors beyond its control. Interest rate risk arises from mismatches between the dollar amount of repricing or maturing assets and liabilities (the interest rate sensitivity gap). More liabilities repricing or maturing than assets over a given time frame is considered liability-sensitive, or a negative gap. An asset-sensitive position will generally enhance earnings in a rising interest rate environment and will negatively impact earnings in a falling interest rate environment, while a liability-sensitive position will generally enhance earnings in a falling interest rate environment and negatively impact earnings in a rising interest rate environment. Fluctuations in interest rates are not predictable or controllable. The Bank has attempted to implement asset and liability management strategies to mitigate the impact to net interest income resulting from changes in market interest rates.


Advertising Costs


Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.


Contingencies


The Bank recognizes contingent losses that are both probable and measurable. We define probability as circumstances under which events are more likely than not to occur. Legal costs are recorded as incurred.


Stock Based Compensation Plans


Stock compensation accounting guidance requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions (stock options) be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. That cost is measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity or liability instrument issued.


The stock compensation accounting guidance requires that compensation cost for all stock awards be calculated and recognized over the employees’ service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded-vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. A Black-Scholes model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options.




F-119



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loss Per Share


Basic loss per share represents net loss available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share reflects additional potential common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustments to operations that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Bank relate solely to outstanding stock options and are determined using the treasury stock method.


Comprehensive Loss


Comprehensive loss consists of net loss and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains on securities available for sale, and unrealized losses related to factors other than credit on debt securities.


Fair Value of Financial Instruments


Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in NOTE 19. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimate.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements


Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income


In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standard update which modifies disclosure requirements relating to amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The update is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013 with early application permitted. The Bank is currently evaluating the effect the update will have on its consolidated financial statements.


Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists


In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which provides guidance to reduce diversity in practice on the presentation in financial statements of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. The update is to be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. An entity is permitted to apply the update retrospectively. In addition, early adoption is permitted. The Bank is currently evaluating the effect the update will have on its consolidated financial statements.


Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors - Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure


In January 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which intends to clarify when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the related real estate recognized. The update also requires additional disclosures and is to be applied either prospectively or with a modified retrospective method. The update is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Bank is currently evaluating the effect the update will have on its consolidated financial statements.


Financial Statement Reclassification


Certain amounts in the 2012 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2013 presentation.




F-120



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 3.          INVESTMENT SECURITIES


The amortized cost, gross unrealized holding gains, gross unrealized holding losses and fair value of securities available for sale are as follows:


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

Gross

Unrealized

Holding

Gains

 

Gross

Unrealized

Holding

Losses

 

Fair

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agency

$

77,159

$

-

$

(5,224)

$

71,935

Mortgage-backed

 

209,507

 

143

 

(9,725)

 

199,925

Mutual fund shares

 

2,049

 

-

 

(119)

 

1,930

 

$

288,715

$

143

$

(15,068)

$

273,790


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

Gross

Unrealized

Holding

Gains

 

Gross

Unrealized

Holding

Losses

 

Fair

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agency

$

32,672

$

391

$

-

$

33,063

Mortgage-backed

 

250,920

 

2,426

 

(294)

 

253,052

Mutual fund shares

 

2,004

 

-

 

(2)

 

2,002

 

$

285,596

$

2,817

$

(296)

$

288,117


At December 31, 2013, proceeds from the sales of investment securities available for sale totaled $84.0 million. Gross realized gains from these sales totaled $865 thousand. Proceeds from the sales of investment securities available for sale totaled $150.1 million at December 31, 2012. Gross realized gains from these sales totaled $4.2 million at December 31, 2012.


Securities pledged to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances had a fair market value of approximately $97.8 million and $98.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


The expected maturities of investment securities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.


The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale, by contractual maturity, are as follows:


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

U.S. government

agency securities

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

Mutual fund shares

 

Total

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

Without Maturity

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

2,049

$

1,930

$

2,049

$

1,930

After 5 years through 10 years

 

6,025

 

5,803

 

46,900

 

45,234

 

-

 

-

 

52,925

 

51,037

Over 10 years

 

71,134

 

66,132

 

162,607

 

154,691

 

-

 

-

 

233,741

 

220,823

Total

$

77,159

$

71,935

$

209,507

$

199,925

$

2,049

$

1,930

$

288,715

$

273,790




F-121



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 3.          INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


The following tables show the gross unrealized holding losses and fair values of the Bank’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013 and 2012.


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or greater

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

U.S. government agency

$

71,935

$

(5,224)

$

-

$

-

$

71,935

$

(5,224)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

167,571

 

(7,557)

 

30,149

 

(2,168)

 

197,720

 

(9,725)

Mutual fund shares

 

-

 

-

 

1,930

 

(119)

 

1,930

 

(119)

 

$

239,506

$

(12,781)

$

32,079

$

(2,287)

$

271,585

$

(15,068)


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or greater

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

Mortgage-backed securities

$

66,262

$

(294)

$

-

$

-

$

66,262

$

(294)

Mutual fund shares

 

2,002

 

(2)

 

-

 

-

 

2,002

 

(2)

 

$

68,264

$

(296)

$

-

$

-

$

68,264

$

(296)


The impairment of investment securities available for sale is based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, the financial condition of the issuer of the security, and the Bank’s intent and ability to hold the security to recovery.


At December 31, 2013, the Bank had 43 investment securities totaling $271.6 million with $15.1 million in unrealized losses.


The unrealized losses totaling $5.2 million on all 13 U.S. government agency securities were caused by market interest rate increases.  The contractual cash flows of those investments are guaranteed by an agency of the U.S. government. Accordingly, it is expected that the investment securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost basis of the Bank’s investment securities. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in market interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Bank does not intend to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the Bank does not consider those investment securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.


The unrealized losses totaling $9.7 million on 29 mortgage-backed securities were caused by market interest rate increases.  The contractual cash flows of those investments are guaranteed by an agency of the U.S. government.  Accordingly, it is expected that the investment securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost basis of the Bank’s investment securities. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in market interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Bank does not intend to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the Bank does not consider those investment securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.


The unrealized losses totaling $119 thousand on shares of one type of mutual fund is attributed to normal market changes and not to impairment on this one type of mutual fund. It is expected that the investment security would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost basis of the Bank’s investment. Because the decline in market value is attributable to normal market changes and not credit quality, and because the Bank does not intend to sell the investment before recovery of their amortized cost basis, the Bank does not consider this investment security to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.




F-122



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES


The following is a summary of loans outstanding, by portfolio segment, as of December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

Land, land development, and real estate construction

$

53,063

$

91,670

Residential real estate

 

317,114

 

366,434

Commercial real estate

 

172,066

 

200,940

Commercial and industrial

 

57,813

 

92,734

Other loans

 

3,497

 

3,498

 

 

603,553

 

755,276

Less:

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(8,495)

 

(15,070)

Deferred loan cost, net

 

462

 

350

Loans, net

$

595,520

$

740,556


The Bank has no loans pledged as collateral for borrowings at December 31, 2013 or 2012.


At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were overdrafts of approximately $717 thousand and $915 thousand, respectively.


Unused lines of credit amounted to approximately $21.6 million and $23.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


Changes in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans are as follows:


For the Year Ended December 31, 2013


 

 

Land, Land Development

and

Real Estate

Construction

 

Residential

Real Estate

 

Commercial

Real Estate

 

Commercial

and

Industrial

 

Other

Loans

 

Unallocated

 

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

$

2,739 

$

7,426 

$

2,839 

$

153 

$

15 

$

1,898 

$

15,070 

Provision for loan losses

 

(414)

 

34 

 

62 

 

5,153 

 

12 

 

(1,898)

 

2,949 

Recoveries

 

483 

 

577 

 

 

99 

 

 

 

1,165 

Chargeoffs

 

(722)

 

(4,171)

 

(838)

 

(4,941)

 

(17)

 

 

(10,689)

Ending Balance

$

2,086 

$

3,866 

$

2,069 

$

464 

$

10 

$

$

8,495 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

1,830 

$

2,416 

$

1,643 

$

425 

$

$

$

6,314 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

256 

$

1,450 

$

426 

$

39 

$

10 

$

$

2,181 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

$

53,081 

$

318,693 

$

172,452 

$

57,993 

$

3,505 

$

$

605,724 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

23,503 

$

74,314 

$

29,983 

$

9,010 

$

$

$

136,810 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

29,578 

$

244,379 

$

142,469 

$

48,983 

$

3,505 

$

$

468,914 




F-123



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


For the Year Ended December 31, 2012


 

 

Land, Land Development

and

Real Estate

Construction

 

Residential

Real Estate

 

Commercial

Real Estate

 

Commercial

and

Industrial

 

Other

Loans

 

Unallocated

 

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

$

4,081

$

8,899

$

3,033

$

673

$

25

$

736

$

17,447

Provision for loan losses

 

(2,000)

 

5,254

 

383

 

3,622

 

1

 

1,162

 

8,422

Recoveries

 

1,782

 

196

 

6

 

23

 

-

 

-

 

2,007

Chargeoffs

 

(1,124)

 

(6,923)

 

(583)

 

(4,165)

 

(11)

 

-

 

(12,806)

Ending Balance

$

2,739

$

7,426

$

2,839

$

153

$

15

$

1,898

$

15,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

2,526

$

2,234

$

1,959

$

76

$

-

$

-

$

6,795

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

213

$

5,192

$

880

$

77

$

15

$

1,898

$

8,275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

$

91,776

$

368,474

$

201,740

$

92,748

$

3,505

$

-

$

758,243

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

52,968

$

77,893

$

37,224

$

23,551

$

-

$

-

$

191,636

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

38,808

$

290,581

$

164,516

$

69,197

$

3,505

$

-

$

566,607




F-124



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Recorded investment in loan credit exposures by internally assigned grades and loan classes are as follows:


As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Risk Profiled by

Internally Assigned Grade by Loan Class

 

Pass

 

Special Mentioned

 

Substandard

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

11,508

$

341

$

36,912

$

48,761

Real estate construction

 

1,013

 

-

 

3,307

 

4,320

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

12,521

$

341

$

40,219

$

53,081

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

141,021

$

2,118

$

44,173

$

187,312

1-4 family second lien

 

49,266

 

-

 

4,166

 

53,432

Multifamily

 

21,710

 

47,277

 

8,962

 

77,949

Total residential real estate

$

211,997

$

49,395

$

57,301

$

318,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

95,699

$

23,946

$

25,698

$

145,343

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

17,411

 

4,111

 

4,992

 

26,514

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

595

 

595

Total commercial real estate

$

113,110

$

28,057

$

31,285

$

172,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

21,974

$

494

$

19,114

$

41,582

Commercial secured line

 

9,507

 

3,361

 

1,173

 

14,041

Commercial unsecured term

 

808

 

-

 

-

 

808

Commercial unsecured line

 

1,197

 

-

 

365

 

1,562

Total commercial and industrial

$

33,486

$

3,855

$

20,652

$

57,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

88

$

-

$

-

$

88

Secured

 

607

 

-

 

-

 

607

Unsecured

 

2,795

 

-

 

15

 

2,810

Total other loans

$

3,490

$

-

$

15

$

3,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

374,604

$

81,648

$

149,472

$

605,724




F-125



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Risk Profiled by

Internally Assigned Grade by Loan Class

 

Pass

 

Special Mentioned

 

Substandard

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

22,297

$

11,761

$

49,926

$

83,984

Real estate construction

 

943

 

-

 

6,201

 

7,144

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

648

 

648

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

23,240

$

11,761

$

56,775

$

91,776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

178,243

$

2,147

$

43,877

$

224,267

1-4 family second lien

 

57,915

 

-

 

2,819

 

60,734

Multifamily

 

23,438

 

24,640

 

35,395

 

83,473

Total residential real estate

$

259,596

$

26,787

$

82,091

$

368,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

114,222

$

20,803

$

33,204

$

168,229

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

20,265

 

2,158

 

7,292

 

29,715

Other commercial real estate

 

3,186

 

-

 

610

 

3,796

Total commercial real estate

$

137,673

$

22,961

$

41,106

$

201,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

29,170

$

5,597

$

31,728

$

66,495

Commercial secured line

 

22,700

 

1,606

 

70

 

24,376

Commercial unsecured term

 

689

 

-

 

-

 

689

Commercial unsecured line

 

824

 

-

 

364

 

1,188

Total commercial and industrial

$

53,383

$

7,203

$

32,162

$

92,748

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

147

$

-

$

-

$

147

Secured

 

556

 

-

 

-

 

556

Unsecured

 

2,802

 

-

 

-

 

2,802

Total other loans

$

3,505

$

-

$

-

$

3,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

477,397

$

68,712

$

212,134

$

758,243




F-126



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Recorded investment in performing and nonperforming loans based on payment activity by loan classes are as follows:


As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Risk Profile by Payment Activity

 

Performing

 

Nonperforming

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

36,305

$

12,456

$

48,761

Real estate construction

 

1,013

 

3,307

 

4,320

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

37,318

$

15,763

$

53,081

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

165,565

$

21,747

$

187,312

1-4 family second lien

 

50,551

 

2,881

 

53,432

Multifamily

 

74,533

 

3,416

 

77,949

Total residential real estate

$

290,649

$

28,044

$

318,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

135,075

$

10,268

$

145,343

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

24,967

 

1,547

 

26,514

Other commercial real estate

 

595

 

-

 

595

Total commercial real estate

$

160,637

$

11,815

$

172,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

40,691

$

891

$

41,582

Commercial secured line

 

14,041

 

-

 

14,041

Commercial unsecured term

 

808

 

-

 

808

Commercial unsecured line

 

1,562

 

-

 

1,562

Total commercial and industrial

$

57,102

$

891

$

57,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

88

$

-

$

88

Secured

 

607

 

-

 

607

Unsecured

 

2,795

 

15

 

2,810

Total other loans

$

3,490

$

15

$

3,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

549,196

$

56,528

$

605,724




F-127



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Risk Profile by Payment Activity

 

Performing

 

Nonperforming

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

39,859

$

44,125

$

83,984

Real estate construction

 

943

 

6,201

 

7,144

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

648

 

648

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

40,802

$

50,974

$

91,776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

198,865

$

25,402

$

224,267

1-4 family second lien

 

57,915

 

2,819

 

60,734

Multifamily

 

78,704

 

4,769

 

83,473

Total residential real estate

$

335,484

$

32,990

$

368,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

159,116

$

9,113

$

168,229

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

29,715

 

-

 

29,715

Other commercial real estate

 

3,796

 

-

 

3,796

Total commercial real estate

$

192,627

$

9,113

$

201,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

50,447

$

16,048

$

66,495

Commercial secured line

 

24,376

 

-

 

24,376

Commercial unsecured term

 

689

 

-

 

689

Commercial unsecured line

 

1,188

 

-

 

1,188

Total commercial and industrial

$

76,700

$

16,048

$

92,748

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

147

$

-

$

147

Secured

 

556

 

-

 

556

Unsecured

 

2,802

 

-

 

2,802

Total other loans

$

3,505

$

-

$

3,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

649,118

$

109,125

$

758,243


Nonperforming loans also include certain loans that have stopped paying under modified terms where economic concessions have been granted to borrowers who have experienced financial difficulties.


Payment activity is reviewed by management on a monthly basis to determine how loans are performing. Loans are considered to be nonperforming when the loan is greater than 90 days delinquent or when management determines that all amounts due under the terms of the loan note will not be collected, whichever occurs first.


Nonperforming loans represented 9.33% and 14.4% of total loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.




F-128



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Recorded investment in nonaccrual loans by loan classes are as follows:


 

 

As of December 31,

Nonaccrual Loans by Loan Class

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

12,456

$

44,125

Real estate construction

 

3,307

 

6,201

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

648

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

15,763

$

50,974

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

21,747

$

25,402

1-4 family second lien

 

2,881

 

2,819

Multifamily

 

3,416

 

4,769

Total residential real estate

$

28,044

$

32,990

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

10,268

$

9,113

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

1,547

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

11,815

$

9,113

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

891

$

16,048

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

891

$

16,048

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

15

 

-

Total other loans

$

15

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

56,528

$

109,125




F-129



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


The following table includes an aging analysis of the recorded investment of past due loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Also, included are loans that are 90 days or more past due as to interest and principal and still accruing:


As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Age Analysis of Past Due

Loans by Loan Class

 

30-90 Days Past Due

 

Over 90 Days

 

Total Past Due

 

Current

 

Total Loans

 

Loans>90 Days and Accruing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

12,456

$

12,456

$

36,305

$

48,761

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

3,307

 

3,307

 

1,013

 

4,320

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

15,763

$

15,763

$

37,318

$

53,081

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

3,390

$

20,533

$

23,923

$

163,389

$

187,312

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

442

 

2,690

 

3,132

 

50,300

 

53,432

 

-

Multifamily

 

334

 

3,191

 

3,525

 

74,424

 

77,949

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

4,166

$

26,414

$

30,580

$

288,113

$

318,693

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

1,040

$

10,268

$

11,308

$

134,035

$

145,343

$

-

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

-

 

1,547

 

1,547

 

24,967

 

26,514

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

117

 

-

 

117

 

478

 

595

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

1,157

$

11,815

$

12,972

$

159,480

$

172,452

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

8,953

$

891

$

9,844

$

31,738

$

41,582

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

14,041

 

14,041

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

808

 

808

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,562

 

1,562

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

8,953

$

891

$

9,844

$

48,149

$

57,993

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

88

$

88

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

607

 

607

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

15

 

15

 

2,795

 

2,810

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

15

$

15

$

3,490

$

3,505

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

14,276

$

54,898

$

69,174

$

536,550

$

605,724

$

-




F-130



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Age Analysis of Past Due

Loans by Loan Class

 

30-90 Days Past Due

 

Over 90 Days

 

Total Past Due

 

Current

 

Total Loans

 

Loans>90 Days and Accruing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

36,379

$

36,379

$

47,605

$

83,984

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

3,908

 

3,908

 

3,236

 

7,144

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

648

 

648

 

-

 

648

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

40,935

$

40,935

$

50,841

$

91,776

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

6,687

$

22,797

$

29,484

$

194,783

$

224,267

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

1,953

 

2,803

 

4,756

 

55,978

 

60,734

 

-

Multifamily

 

4,106

 

1,545

 

5,651

 

77,822

 

83,473

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

12,746

$

27,145

$

39,891

$

328,583

$

368,474

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

5,669

$

5,932

$

11,601

$

156,628

$

168,229

$

-

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

6,941

 

-

 

6,941

 

22,774

 

29,715

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,796

 

3,796

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

12,610

$

5,932

$

18,542

$

183,198

$

201,740

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

13,572

$

-

$

13,572

$

52,923

$

66,495

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

24,376

 

24,376

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

689

 

689

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,188

 

1,188

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

13,572

$

-

$

13,572

$

79,176

$

92,748

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

147

$

147

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

556

 

556

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2,802

 

2,802

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

3,505

$

3,505

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

38,928

$

74,012

$

112,940

$

645,303

$

758,243

$

-




F-131



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


The following table includes the recorded investment and unpaid principal balances for impaired loans with the associated allowance amount, if applicable. Management determined the specific valuation allowance based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except when the remaining source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the collateral. In those cases, the current fair value of the collateral (less selling costs, if liquidation) was used to determine the specific valuation allowance recorded.


Also presented are the average recorded investments in the impaired loans and the related amount of interest recognized during the time within the period that the impaired loans were impaired. The average balances are calculated based on the month-end balances of the financing receivables of the period reported.


As of and for the Year December 31, 2013


Impaired Loans by Class

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Valuation

Allowance

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

on a Cash

Basis

With No Specific Allowance Recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

10,061

$

10,147

$

-

$

24,697

$

341

$

-

Real estate construction

 

3,307

 

3,307

 

-

 

3,488

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

13,368

$

13,454

$

-

$

28,185

$

341

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

22,322

$

22,279

$

-

$

22,598

$

135

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

2,634

 

2,614

 

-

 

2,611

 

43

 

-

Multifamily

 

28,824

 

28,758

 

-

 

31,150

 

1,077

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

53,780

$

53,651

$

-

$

56,359

$

1,255

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

16,621

$

16,601

$

-

$

18,586

$

565

$

-

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

1,547

 

1,548

 

-

 

1,639

 

64

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

478

 

477

 

-

 

482

 

16

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

18,646

$

18,626

$

-

$

20,707

$

645

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

6,890

$

6,870

$

-

$

17,738

$

227

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

6,890

$

6,870

$

-

$

17,738

$

227

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

92,684

$

92,601

$

-

$

122,989

$

2,468

$

-




F-132



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of and for the Year December 31, 2013


Impaired Loans by Class

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Valuation

Allowance

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

on a Cash

Basis

With Specific Allowance Recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

10,135

$

10,134

$

1,830

$

10,258

$

13

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

10,135

$

10,134

$

1,830

$

10,258

$

13

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

8,760

$

8,733

$

1,095

$

8,480

$

305

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

78

 

78

 

73

 

79

 

4

 

-

Multifamily

 

11,696

 

11,696

 

1,248

 

11,816

 

530

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

20,534

$

20,507

$

2,416

$

20,375

$

839

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

8,938

$

8,934

$

1,341

$

9,466

$

230

$

-

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

2,399

 

2,394

 

302

 

2,415

 

79

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

11,337

$

11,328

$

1,643

$

11,881

$

309

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

1,755

$

1,746

$

62

$

1,761

$

109

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

365

 

363

 

363

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

2,120

$

2,109

$

425

$

1,761

$

109

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

44,126

$

44,078

$

6,314

$

44,275

$

1,270

$

-




F-133



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of and for the Year December 31, 2013


Impaired Loans by Class

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Valuation

Allowance

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

on a Cash

Basis

Total Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

20,196

$

20,281

$

1,830

$

34,955

$

354

$

-

Real estate construction

 

3,307

 

3,307

 

-

 

3,488

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

23,503

$

23,588

$

1,830

$

38,443

$

354

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

31,082

$

31,012

$

1,095

$

31,078

$

440

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

2,712

 

2,692

 

73

 

2,690

 

47

 

-

Multifamily

 

40,520

 

40,454

 

1,248

 

42,966

 

1,607

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

74,314

$

74,158

$

2,416

$

76,734

$

2,094

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

25,559

$

25,535

$

1,341

$

28,052

$

795

$

-

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

3,946

 

3,942

 

302

 

4,054

 

143

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

478

 

477

 

-

 

482

 

16

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

29,983

$

29,954

$

1,643

$

32,588

$

954

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

8,645

$

8,616

$

62

$

19,499

$

336

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

365

 

363

 

363

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

9,010

$

8,979

$

425

$

19,499

$

336

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

136,810

$

136,679

$

6,314

$

167,264

$

3,738

$

-




F-134



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of and for the Year December 31, 2012


Impaired Loans by Class

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Valuation

Allowance

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

on a Cash

Basis

With No Specific Allowance Recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

27,775

$

27,768

$

-

$

39,927

$

132

$

-

Real estate construction

 

6,201

 

6,201

 

-

 

6,970

 

76

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

648

 

648

 

-

 

661

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

34,624

$

34,617

$

-

$

47,558

$

208

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

21,616

$

21,606

$

-

$

26,820

$

159

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

2,428

 

2,407

 

-

 

2,851

 

2

 

-

Multifamily

 

31,714

 

31,579

 

-

 

31,582

 

1,165

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

55,758

$

55,592

$

-

$

61,253

$

1,326

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

24,618

$

24,580

$

-

$

26,292

$

741

$

82

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,989

 

102

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

488

 

486

 

-

 

833

 

16

 

16

Total commercial real estate

$

25,106

$

25,066

$

-

$

29,114

$

859

$

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

21,766

$

21,737

$

-

$

26,969

$

370

$

9

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

15

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

21,766

$

21,737

$

-

$

26,984

$

370

$

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

137,254

$

137,012

$

-

$

164,909

$

2,763

$

107




F-135



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of and for the Year December 31, 2012


Impaired Loans by Class

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Valuation

Allowance

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

on a Cash

Basis

With Specific Allowance Recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

18,344

$

18,344

$

2,526

$

18,591

$

505

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

18,344

$

18,344

$

2,526

$

18,591

$

505

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

8,165

$

8,131

$

852

$

7,706

$

218

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

79

 

79

 

2

 

1,788

 

45

 

45

Multifamily

 

13,891

 

13,840

 

1,380

 

13,844

 

578

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

22,135

$

22,050

$

2,234

$

23,338

$

841

$

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

7,973

$

7,976

$

1,714

$

5,467

$

249

$

-

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

4,145

 

3,989

 

245

 

4,121

 

141

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

12,118

$

11,965

$

1,959

$

9,588

$

390

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

1,785

$

1,776

$

76

$

1,823

$

116

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

1,785

$

1,776

$

76

$

1,823

$

116

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

54,382

$

54,135

$

6,795

$

53,340

$

1,852

$

45




F-136



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of and for the Year December 31, 2012


Impaired Loans by Class

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Valuation

Allowance

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

on a Cash

Basis

Total Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

46,119

$

46,112

$

2,526

$

58,518

$

637

$

-

Real estate construction

 

6,201

 

6,201

 

-

 

6,970

 

76

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

648

 

648

 

-

 

661

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

52,968

$

52,961

$

2,526

$

66,149

$

713

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

29,781

$

29,737

$

852

$

34,526

$

377

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

2,507

 

2,486

 

2

 

4,639

 

47

 

45

Multifamily

 

45,605

 

45,419

 

1,380

 

45,426

 

1,743

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

77,893

$

77,642

$

2,234

$

84,591

$

2,167

$

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

32,591

$

32,556

$

1,714

$

31,759

$

990

$

82

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

4,145

 

3,989

 

245

 

6,110

 

243

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

488

 

486

 

-

 

833

 

16

 

16

Total commercial real estate

$

37,224

$

37,031

$

1,959

$

38,702

$

1,249

$

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

23,551

$

23,513

$

76

$

28,792

$

486

$

9

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

15

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

23,551

$

23,513

$

76

$

28,807

$

486

$

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

191,636

$

191,147

$

6,795

$

218,249

$

4,615

$

152




F-137



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


The following tables represent recorded investment in newly restructured loans, by type of modification, which occurred during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:


Year ended

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment

Prior to Modification

 

Rate

Modifications

 

Term

Modifications

 

Interest

Only

Modifications

 

Payment

Modifications

 

Combination

Modifications

 

Total

Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

1,686

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

934

$

2,620

1-4 family second lien

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Multifamily

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

1,686

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

934

$

2,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Owner occupied commercial
real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

-

$

-

$

323

$

-

$

-

$

323

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

-

$

-

$

323

$

-

$

-

$

323

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

1,686

$

-

$

323

$

-

$

934

$

2,943




F-138



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Year ended

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment

After Modification

 

Rate

Modifications

 

Term

Modifications

 

Interest

Only

Modifications

 

Payment

Modifications

 

Combination

Modifications

 

Total

Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

1,683

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

556

$

2,239

1-4 family second lien

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Multifamily

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

1,683

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

556

$

2,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Owner occupied commercial
real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

-

$

-

$

317

$

-

$

-

$

317

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

-

$

-

$

317

$

-

$

-

$

317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

1,683

$

-

$

317

$

-

$

556

$

2,556




F-139



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Year ended

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment

Prior to Modification

 

Rate

Modifications

 

Term

Modifications

 

Interest

Only

Modifications

 

Payment

Modifications

 

Combination

Modifications

 

Total

Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

572

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

458

$

1,030

1-4 family second lien

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

103

 

103

Multifamily

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,315

 

3,315

Total residential real estate

$

572

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

3,876

$

4,448

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

264

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

10,019

$

10,283

Owner occupied commercial
real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

492

 

492

Total commercial real estate

$

264

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

10,511

$

10,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

836

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

14,387

$

15,223




F-140



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Year ended

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment

After Modification

 

Rate

Modifications

 

Term

Modifications

 

Interest

Only

Modifications

 

Payment

Modifications

 

Combination

Modifications

 

Total

Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

536

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

455

$

991

1-4 family second lien

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

103

 

103

Multifamily

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,280

 

3,280

Total residential real estate

$

536

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

3,838

$

4,374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

264

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

9,998

$

10,262

Owner occupied commercial
real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

492

 

492

Total commercial real estate

$

264

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

10,490

$

10,754

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

800

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

14,328

$

15,128




F-141



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


The following tables represent financing receivables modified as troubled debt restructurings and with a payment default, with the payment default occurring within 12 months of the restructure date, and the payment default occurring during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:


Year ended

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate

Modifications

 

Term

Modifications

 

Interest

Only

Modifications

 

Payment

Modifications

 

Combination

Modifications

 

Total

Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

264

$

264

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

264

$

264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

664

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

664

1-4 family second lien

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Multifamily

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,222

 

3,222

Total residential real estate

$

664

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

3,222

$

3,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

-

$

2,195

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

2,195

Owner occupied commercial
real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

-

$

2,195

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

2,195

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

664

$

2,195

$

-

$

-

$

3,486

$

6,345




F-142



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Year ended

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate

Modifications

 

Term

Modifications

 

Interest

Only

Modifications

 

Payment

Modifications

 

Combination

Modifications

 

Total

Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

7,846

$

-

$

-

$

13,817

$

21,663

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

7,846

$

-

$

-

$

13,817

$

21,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

677

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

1,981

$

2,658

1-4 family second lien

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

120

 

120

Multifamily

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,545

 

1,545

Total residential real estate

$

677

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

3,646

$

4,323

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

264

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

9,671

$

9,935

Owner occupied commercial
real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

264

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

9,671

$

9,935

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

941

$

7,846

$

-

$

-

$

27,134

$

35,921


No additional funds were committed at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.


The Bank services a pool of loans for the benefit of others. Those loans serviced are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The total unpaid principal balances of loans serviced for the benefit of others were approximately $3.8 million and $3.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.




F-143



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 5.          PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET


Property and equipment, net, are summarized as follows at December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Land

$

-

$

6,700

Building and improvements

 

-

 

21,547

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

6,803

 

6,757

Computer hardware and software

 

4,161

 

4,235

Leasehold improvements

 

7,624

 

7,619

Construction in progress

 

259

 

518

 

 

18,847

 

47,376

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(15,806)

 

(16,933)

Property and equipment, net

$

3,041

$

30,443


Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment amounted to $2.2 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


In 2009, the Bank acquired an office building through a federal bankruptcy court approved sale. It was the Bank’s intent to use a portion of the property for future needs of the Bank and lease the remaining space to third parties. The facility at that time was recorded in Property and Equipment, net, at the lower of cost or fair value under the categories of land and building and improvements, which was depreciated over 30 years or less. As discussed in NOTE 20, “Subsequent Event,” the Bank was merged with and into another bank with the other bank as survivor. Management of the surviving bank has made a decision to dispose of the facility. Consequently, the Bank recorded an impairment loss of approximately $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which represents the estimated excess of the carrying value of the assets over their fair value, less costs to sell.  The impairment loss is recorded as a separate line item (“Fair value adjustment – property held for sale”) in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.  The carrying values of the assets that are held for sale total approximately $13.5 million and are separately presented in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets in the caption “Property held for sale”. These assets will no longer be depreciated.


NOTE 6.          OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED, NET


The Bank’s inventory of other real estate owned, net, by property type, is listed below:


 

 

Number of

Properties

 

December 31,

2013

 

Number of

Properties

 

December 31,

2012

Land

 

12

$

41,564

 

10

$

21,782

Residential

 

32

 

3,681

 

40

 

5,326

Commercial

 

3

 

6,006

 

5

 

6,466

Balance at end of year

 

47

$

51,251

 

55

$

33,574


Other real estate owned, net, is presented net of an allowance for losses. An analysis of the allowance for losses is as follows:


 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of year

$

5,161

$

3,903

(Reversal of) provision for losses

 

(2,611)

 

1,952

Charge-offs

 

(1,702)

 

(694)

Balance at end of year

$

848

$

5,161




F-144



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 6.          OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED, NET (CONTINUED)


Expenses applicable to other real estate owned, net, include the following:


 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

Net (gain) loss on sales

$

(1,732)

$

(869)

(Reversal of) provision for losses

 

(2,611)

 

1,952

Operating expenses, net of rental income

 

3,802

 

1,516

 

$

(541)

$

2,599


NOTE 7.          DEPOSITS


At December 31, 2013, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:


2014

$

337,405

2015

 

99,782

2016

 

9,098

2017

 

1,295

2018

 

1,161

 

$

448,741


NOTE 8.          SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE


Maturity and interest rates on outstanding securities sold under agreements to repurchase was as follows as of December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Amount

 

Range of

Interest Rates

 

Amount

 

Range of

Interest Rates

Fixed rate agreements maturing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

$

-

 

-

$

1,060

 

0.10%

2014

 

998

 

0.10%

 

-

 

-

2017

 

72,500

 

4.05%-4.35%

 

72,500

 

4.05%-4.35%

Total agreements to repurchase

$

73,498

 

 

$

73,560

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average interest rate on outstandings at year end

 

4.18%

 

 

 

4.18%

 

 


At December 31, 2013 and 2012, investment securities with a fair value of $86.4 million were pledged as collateral to secure these agreements.


At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank had available a $65.0 million securities sold under agreement to repurchase facility line with a correspondent bank. This facility line can be terminated by either party at any time. There was no outstanding balance on this line at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  




F-145



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 9.          FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES


Maturities and interest rates of FHLB advances consisted of the following, at December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Amount

 

Range of

Interest Rates

 

Amount

 

Range of

Interest Rates

Fixed rate advances maturing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

$

10,000

 

5.02%

$

10,000

 

5.02%

Total FHLB advances

$

10,000

 

 

$

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate on outstandings at year end

 

 

 

5.02%

 

 

 

5.02%


At December 31, 2013, securities with a fair value of $11.4 million and FHLB stock of $450 thousand were pledged as collateral to secure these advances from the FHLB. At December 31, 2012, securities with a fair value of $12.3 million and FHLB stock of $450 thousand were pledged as collateral.


The Bank has a credit facility with the FHLB, which allows FHLB advances of up to 15% of total assets to fund loan originations and investment purchases.  The advances can be either fixed or adjustable rate, available for terms of up to 10 years and requires the Bank to pledge sufficient amounts of qualifying collateral. The total amount that the Bank could borrow for years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $148.9 million and $172.0 million, respectively. The remaining availability on the credit facility with the FHLB for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $138.9 million and $162.0 million, respectively.


NOTE 10.          INCOME TAXES


A reconciliation of the expected income tax benefit at the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to the Bank’s actual income tax benefit is as follows for the years ended December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

of

Pre-Tax

Loss

 

Amount

 

Percent

of

Pre-Tax

Loss

Income tax benefit at federal statutory rate

$

(7,374)

 

34.0%

$

(2,476)

 

34.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in income taxes resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State income tax benefit, net of federal benefit

 

(787)

 

3.6%

 

(264)

 

3.6%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance for
deferred tax assets

 

7,951

 

(36.7)%

 

2,521

 

(34.6) %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option expense

 

186

 

(0.8)%

 

199

 

(2.7) %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other, net

 

24

 

(0.1)%

 

20

 

(0.3) %

Total income tax benefit and effective tax rate

$

-

 

-%

$

-

 

-%




F-146



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 10.          INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)


The components of the net deferred tax liability are as follows at December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

$

3,197

$

5,671

Non-accrual interest

 

3,101

 

2,838

Deferred rent expense

 

349

 

389

Net operating loss and credit carryforward

 

37,171

 

32,722

Other real estate owned

 

4,715

 

4,274

Property held for sale

 

5,528

 

210

Depreciation

 

761

 

677

Other

 

284

 

164

Valuation allowance

 

(54,579)

 

(46,628)

 

 

527

 

317

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holding gains on securities available for sale

 

-

 

(949)

Deferred loan cost

 

(174)

 

(132)

Deferred rental income

 

(353)

 

(185)

 

 

(527)

 

(1,266)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability, net

$

-

$

(949)


The Bank has approximately $97.0 million of Federal and approximately $115.8 million of State net operating loss carryforwards which expire beginning in 2028 through 2033. The utilization of these net operating loss carryforwards is limited to the Bank’s future taxable earnings and may be subject to limitations due to the Bank undergoing an ownership change as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 382; refer to NOTE 20, “Subsequent Event”.


The Bank periodically evaluates the need for a valuation allowance for its deferred tax asset. In 2013, due to the uncertain nature of the ultimate realization of the net deferred tax asset, the Bank placed a full valuation allowance against the benefits of the deferred tax asset. The valuation allowance decreased the income tax benefit by $8.0 million.


The U.S. Federal jurisdiction and Florida are the major tax jurisdictions where the Bank files income tax returns. The Bank is no longer subject to U.S. Federal or State examinations by tax authorities for years before 2010.


For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank did not have any unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during a prior period or during the current period. No liability for unrecognized tax benefits was recorded. No interest or penalties have been recorded as a result of tax uncertainties.


NOTE 11.          RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS


In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has granted loans to employees, executive officers, principal shareholders, directors and their affiliates.


An analysis of the changes in the amounts of related party loans is as follows for the years ended December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Beginning balance

$

5,862

$

7,655

New loans

 

3,000

 

686

Repayments

 

(3,691)

 

(2,479)

Ending balance

$

5,171

$

5,862




F-147



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 11.          RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)


Deposits from related parties held by the Bank were as follows at:


 

Range of

 

 

 

Interest Rate

 

Balance

December 31, 2013

0.00% to 0.95%

$

8,997

December 31, 2012

0.05% to 0.95%

$

7,498


Securities sold under agreements to repurchase to related parties were as follows at:


 

Interest Rate

 

Balance

December 31, 2012

0.10%

$

185


There were no securities sold under agreements to repurchase from related parties at December 31, 2013.


Interest earned and paid on related party transactions were as follows during:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Interest earned on loans

$

260

$

279

Interest paid on deposits

$

17

$

18

Interest paid on securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$

-   

$

 -   


Payments to vendors which are affiliated with related parties were as follows during:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Vendor payments

$

33

$

28


NOTE 12.          STOCK OPTION PLANS


Employees of the Bank have options to purchase shares of the Bank’s common stock under an employee stock option plan (the “Plan”). Under the Plan, the total number of shares authorized is 2,335,981, of which 1,122,931 remain available. The Bank has also established a Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “Directors’ Plan”) and authorized 226,519 shares of common stock for the Directors’ Plan, of which 209,019 remain available. The options granted to employees and directors vest twenty percent per year in years four, five, six, seven and eight following grant date and expire 10 years from the grant date.


The Bank estimates forfeitures taking into consideration the actual forfeitures over the past 24 months and projecting the average forfeiture through the life of the outstanding options. The projected forfeiture ratio is adjusted to actual forfeiture for the end of the year compensation expense calculation.


For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank recognized compensation expense of $730 thousand and $834 thousand, respectively. The expense is reported within salaries and employee benefits expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.  The Bank recognized a tax benefit of $87 thousand and $115 thousand for years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. However, in these two years the recognition of this benefit was offset by the valuation allowance on the Bank’s deferred tax asset.


As of December 31, 2013, unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards totaled $123 thousand. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.41 years.


Cash flows resulting from excess tax benefits are to be classified as a part of cash flows from financing activities.  Excess tax benefits are realized tax benefits from tax deductions of exercised options in excess of the deferred tax asset attributable to the compensation cost for such options.  There were no options exercised at December 31, 2013 or 2012.  Therefore, the Bank did not receive any cash payments or recognized any tax benefits from option exercises during 2013 or 2012.



F-148



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 12.          STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)


The Bank calculates the fair value of each option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.


There were no stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.


The following table presents a summary of stock options:


 

 

Aggregate

Number of

Shares

 

Price

Range

Per

Option

Share

 

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price

Per Share

 

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

Balance at January 1, 2012

 

1,337,425

$

10.00-16.00

$

12.28

 

4.77 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited – Unvested

 

(35,290)

 

10.00-16.00

 

11.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited – Vested

 

(54,610)

 

10.00-16.00

 

11.94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

 

1,247,525

$

10.00-16.00

$

12.30

 

3.51 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited – Unvested

 

(4,615)

 

10.00-16.00

 

10.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited – Vested

 

(12,360)

 

10.00-16.00

 

11.94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

1,230,550

$

10.00-16.00

$

12.31

 

2.50 years

$

-


The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the valuation of the Bank’s stock at December 31, 2013 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of options considered in-the-money) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2013.


A detail of options exercisable is as follows:


Options Exercisable

 

Aggregate

Number of

Shares

 

Weighted-

Average

Exercise Price

Per Share

 

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

1,119,050

 

$12.54

 

2.31 years

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

 

978,470

 

$12.35

 

3.13 years


Unvested stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013 are as follows:


 

Aggregate

Number of

Shares

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

Balance at January 1, 2013

269,055

$

3.83

    Granted

-

$

-

    Vested

(152,940)

$

5.44

    Forfeited

(4,615)

$

2.58

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

111,500

$

1.67




F-149



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 12.          STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)


Unvested stock options become exercisable as follows:


 

 

Number of

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

Options

 

Exercise Price

Year Ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

2014

 

56,530

$

10.01

2015

 

54,970

 

10.00

 

 

111,500

$

10.01


NOTE 13.          EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN


The Bank has a retirement savings plan (the “Retirement Plan”), a 401k plan, covering substantially all eligible employees. The Retirement Plan includes a provision that the employer may contribute to the accounts of eligible employees for whom a salary deferral is made.  The Bank contributed $128 thousand and $142 thousand towards the Retirement Plan in 2013 and 2012, respectively.


NOTE 14.          FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK


The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit.  


Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in these financial instruments.


The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for unused lines of credit, and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making these commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.


Unused lines of credit include real estate development, commercial, and consumer lines of credit to existing customers.  Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support private borrowing arrangements. Essentially all letters of credit issued have expirations dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.  The Bank generally does not hold collateral to support these commitments. If the letter of credit is presented for payment, these commitments typically result in collateralized loans with a market interest rate. The fee collected upon the issuance of the letter of credit is recorded as a liability and amortized over the life of the letter of credit. This liability was $10 thousand and $19 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


A summary of the amounts of the Bank’s financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk is as follows at December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Contract

 

Contract

 

 

Amount

 

Amount

Unused lines of credit

$

21,600

$

23,239

Standby letters of credit

$

2,219

$

2,194




F-150



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 15.          REGULATORY MATTERS


The Bank, as a state-chartered bank, is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s consolidated financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.


Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).


On April 13, 2010, the Bank entered into a Consent Order agreement with the FDIC and the OFR to enhance certain aspects of the Bank’s operations.   The Order required, among other things, that (i) the Bank maintain an 8% Tier 1 Capital ratio, a 12% Total Risk Based Capital ratio (ii) not pay dividends or bonuses without the prior consent of the FDIC and the OFR (iii) continue to ensure the adequacy of its allowance for loan and lease losses (iv) reduce the Bank’s reliance on non-core funding (v) reduce loans classified as substandard and doubtful in predetermined benchmark levels (vi) restrict additional loans to borrowers with loans currently past due (vii) develop and implement a written strategic business plan to improve the Bank’s earnings and liquidity and (viii) notify the FDIC and the OFR prior to undertaking asset growth of 10% or more per annum or initiating material changes in asset and liabilities. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank believes it is in compliance with most provisions of the Order; however, the Bank has not achieved compliance with provisions of the Order relating to capital maintenance and reduction in loans classified as substandard or doubtful, among others.   


To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum Total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage percentages as set forth in the following tables and not be under a regulatory order containing a capital requirement. At December 31, 2013, the Bank would be considered under-capitalized under current regulations and is not in compliance with the increased capital ratios mandated in the Order.


The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:


 

 

 Actual

 

Minimum

For Capital

Adequacy

Purposes

 

Minimum

To Be Well

Capitalized

 Under Prompt

 Corrective

 Action

Provisions

 

Minimum

To Meet

 Consent Order

 

 

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

As of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

$37,820

6.11%

 

$49,545

8.00%

 

$61,931

10.00%

 

$74,317

12.00%

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

30,069

4.86%

 

24,772

4.00%

 

37,159

6.00%

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average total assets)

 

30,069

2.88%

 

41,806

4.00%

 

52,258

5.00%

 

83,613

8.00%


 

 

 Actual

 

Minimum

For Capital

Adequacy

Purposes

 

Minimum

To Be Well

Capitalized

 Under Prompt

 Corrective

 Action

Provisions

 

Minimum

To Meet

 Consent Order

 

 

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

As of December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

$60,247

8.34%

 

$57,780

8.00%

 

$72,225

10.00%

 

$86,670

12.00%

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

51,144

7.08%

 

28,890

4.00%

 

43,335

6.00%

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average total assets)

 

51,144

4.27%

 

47,856

4.00%

 

59,820

5.00%

 

95,712

8.00%


The Bank has agreed not to pay dividends without prior approval of the Bank’s regulatory agency.  



F-151



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 16.          LOSS PER SHARE


Loss per share of common stock has been computed on the basis of the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding. The Bank uses the treasury stock method for calculating stock option dilution on loss per share. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, outstanding stock options are not considered dilutive securities for purposes of calculating diluted loss per share. The following table presents the calculations of loss per share:


 

 

Loss

 

Shares

 

 Per Share

 

 

 Numerator

 

Denominator

 

 Amount

As of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Loss Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss available to

 

 

 

 

 

 

common stockholders

$

(21,687)

 

13,112,500

$

(1.65)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted Loss Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss available to

 

 

 

 

 

 

common stockholders

$

(21,687)

 

13,112,500

$

(1.65)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Loss Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss available to

 

 

 

 

 

 

common stockholders

$

(7,283)

 

13,112,500

$

(0.56)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted Loss Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss available to

 

 

 

 

 

 

common stockholders

$

(7,283)

 

13,112,500

$

(0.56)


NOTE 17.          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES


Operating Leases


The Bank is obligated under non-cancellable operating leases for office space expiring at various dates through 2023. These leases contain escalation clauses providing for increased rent expense based on either a fixed rate or an increase in the average consumer price index. The Bank also leases business equipment with fixed payments during the life of the lease. Minimum rental payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease and are included in occupancy expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Rental expense for leases during 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Minimum lease payments

$

3,317

$

3,232

Contingent lease payments

 

806

 

878

 

$

4,123

$

4,110


At December 31, 2013, future minimum rental commitments under these non-cancellable leases were approximately as follows:


Year Ending December 31,

 

2014

$3,063

2015

1,990

2016

1,469

2017

769

2018

428

2019 and thereafter

842

 

$8,561




F-152



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 17.          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)


In addition, rental revenue from subleases totaled $725 thousand and $694 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The future minimum rental revenue commitments on these subleases are approximately as follows:


Year Ending December 31,

 

 

2014

$

668

2015

 

575

2016

 

142

2017

 

47

2018

 

8

 

$

1,440


Loss Contingencies


Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.


NOTE 18.          STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


The Bank is authorized to issue Class A and Class B common stock. The Class A and Class B common stock have equal rights and privileges, except that the holders of Class B common stock exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of Class B common stock is entitled to one vote per share.


Class B common stock sold to employees during the fourth quarter 2005 stock offering maintained a restrictive legend, which required that the Class B common stock be converted to Class A common stock before the share of stock could be sold. During 2013, there were 17,334 shares of Class B common stock which were converted to Class A common stock as a result of this restriction. During 2012, there were 2,000 shares of Class B common stock which were converted to Class A common stock as a result of this restriction.  


On January 16, 2013, the Bank’s Board of Directors adopted an amendment that restated the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation adjusting the Class A common stock and Class B common stock from a par value of $5 to a par value of $1. This adjustment to the par value was recognized with a corresponding change in additional paid-in capital of the Bank.     


NOTE 19.          FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES


Determination of Fair Value


The Bank uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. In accordance with the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Bank’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.


The recent fair value guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value, which focuses on exit price in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. In such instances, determining the price at which willing market participants would transact at the measurement date under current market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires the use of significant judgment. The fair value is a reasonable point within the range that is most representative of fair value under current market conditions.



F-153



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 19.          FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)


Fair Value Hierarchy


In accordance with this guidance, the Bank groups its financial assets and financial liabilities generally measured at fair value in three levels, based on markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.


Level 1 – Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 assets and liabilities generally include debt and equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.


Level 2 – Valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. The valuation may be based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.


Level 3 – Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.


A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis


Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:


 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using

 

 

 

 

Quoted

Prices

in Active

Markets

for Identical

Assets

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

 

Significant

Other

Unobservable

Inputs

Description

 

12/31/2013

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

U.S. government agency securities

$

71,935

$

-

$

71,935

$

-

U.S. government mortgage-backed securities

 

123,256

 

-

 

123,256

 

-

U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities

 

76,669

 

-

 

76,669

 

-

Mutual fund shares

 

1,930

 

1,930

 

-

 

-

Total

$

273,790

$

1,930

$

271,860

$

-


 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using

 

 

 

 

Quoted

Prices

in Active

Markets

for Identical

Assets

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

 

Significant

Other

Unobservable

Inputs

Description

 

12/31/2012

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

U.S. government agency securities

$

33,063

$

-

$

33,063

$

-

U.S. government mortgage-backed securities

 

225,015

 

-

 

225,015

 

-

U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities

 

28,037

 

-

 

28,037

 

-

Mutual fund shares

 

2,002

 

2,002

 

-

 

-

Total

$

288,117

$

2,002

$

286,115

$

-




F-154



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 19.          FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (continued)


Securities available for sale are fair valued on a recurring basis with the corresponding unrealized gains or losses recognized as a separate component within comprehensive loss. When available management uses quoted market prices to determine fair value of the financial instrument.  Only the mutual fund shares are reported in Level 1. The remaining securities available for sale are reported as Level 2 as these securities, although traded in the secondary market, do not have a quoted market price. The Bank relies on the prices obtained from independent vendors in order to determine the current market price.


There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012.


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis


Under certain circumstances the Bank makes adjustments to fair value for assets and liabilities although they are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis. The following table presents the financial instruments carried on the consolidated balance sheets by level in the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2013 and 2012, for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded:


 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using

 

 

 

 

Quoted

Prices

in Active

Markets

for Identical

Assets

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

 

Significant

Other

Unobservable

Inputs

Description

 

12/31/2013

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

Impaired loans (collateral value)

$

15,999

$

-

$

-

$

15,999

Impaired loans (present value)

 

21,765

 

-

 

-

 

21,765

Property held for sale

 

13,455

 

-

 

-

 

13,455

Other real estate owned

 

13,825

 

-

 

-

 

13,825

Total

$

65,044

$

-

$

-

$

65,044


 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using

 

 

 

 

Quoted

Prices

in Active

Markets

for Identical

Assets

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

 

Significant

Other

Unobservable

Inputs

Description

 

12/31/2012

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

Impaired loans (collateral value)

$

24,517

$

-

$

-

$

24,517

Impaired loans (present value)

 

22,823

 

-

 

-

 

22,823

Other real estate owned

 

25,712

 

-

 

-

 

25,712

Total

$

73,052

$

-

$

-

$

73,052


Fair values for loans which the Bank has identified as impaired are measured based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate.  If the loan is collateral dependent, as a practical method, the loan may be measured based on the fair value of the loan or on the fair value of the underlying collateral. In accordance with the provisions of the loan impairment accounting guidance, individual loans at December 31, 2013 with a carrying amount of $44.1 million were written down to their face value of $37.8 million, with the resulting impairment charge of $6.3 million included in operations. In December 31, 2012, loans with a carrying amount of $54.1 million were written down to their face value of $47.3 million, with the resulting impairment charge of $6.8 million included in operations. The charge to operations is reported within the provision for loan losses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.



F-155



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 19.          FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis (continued)


Collateral dependent loans and loans based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as the valuation technique requires market inputs which are both significant and unobservable.   


Property held for sale is fair valued using one of the following criteria available to management; appraisals or internal valuation based on determined assumptions. The fair value of property held for sale is reported as Level 3.


Other real estate owned is fair valued using one of the following criteria available to management; appraisals, broker opinion, valuation websites or internal valuation based on determined assumptions.  Initial valuation of the asset is made upon foreclosure at the fair value of the property less expected costs to sell. The fair valued properties held in other real estate owned are reported as Level 3.


There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012.


The estimated fair values, and related carrying or notional amounts, of the Bank’s financial instruments are as follows at December 31:


 

 

2013

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

 

Amount

 

Value

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

44,494

$

44,494

Investment securities available for sale

 

273,790

 

273,790

Loans, net

 

595,520

 

573,542

Restricted deposit -Federal Reserve Bank

 

3,000

 

3,000

Restricted securities -Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

1,826

 

1,826

Accrued interest receivable

 

2,592

 

2,592

Advances to borrowers for taxes and insurance, net

 

347

 

347

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

887,964

 

889,821

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

73,498

 

81,936

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

10,000

 

10,236

Official checks

 

1,133

 

1,133

Accrued interest payable

 

626

 

626

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet credit related financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

-

 

10




F-156



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 19.          FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)


 

 

2012

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

 

Amount

 

Value

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

42,221

$

42,221

Investment securities available for sale

 

288,117

 

288,117

Loans, net

 

740,556

 

717,291

Restricted deposit -Federal Reserve Bank

 

3,000

 

3,000

Restricted securities -Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

2,169

 

2,169

Accrued interest receivable

 

3,359

 

3,359

Advances to borrowers for taxes and insurance, net

 

1,252

 

1,252

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

1,003,771

 

1,005,711

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

73,560

 

84,814

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

10,000

 

10,698

Official checks

 

280

 

280

Accrued interest payable

 

696

 

696

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet credit related financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

-

 

19


The following methods and assumptions were used by the Bank in estimating fair value disclosures for financial instruments:


Cash, Due from Banks and Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks – For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.


Investment Securities – Fair values for securities available for sale are based on quoted market prices, where available.  If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.


Loans – For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.  Fair values for certain fixed-rate mortgage loans (e.g. one-to-four family residential), commercial real estate loans and commercial loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.


Restricted Deposit - Federal Reserve Bank – For this restricted deposit, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.


Federal Home Loan Bank Stock – Fair value of the Bank’s investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock is based on its redemption value, which is its cost of $100 per share.


Accrued Interest Receivable – The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value, as these are considered short term assets.


Advances to Borrowers for Taxes and Insurance, net – The carrying amount of these advances approximates its fair value as these are considered short term assets.  




F-157



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 19.          FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)


Deposits – Fair value of demand deposits, money market and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand (carrying amount) at the reporting date. The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed term certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.


Borrowed Funds – Carrying amounts of FHLB advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase maturing within ninety days approximate their fair values. Fair values of other long-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on the Bank’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.


Official Checks - Fair value of the official checks, which is the redemption value of the instrument, is equal to the carrying value.


Accrued Interest Payable – The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates fair value, as these are considered short term liabilities.


Advances from Borrowers for Taxes and Insurance, net – The carrying amount of these advances approximates its fair value as these are considered short term liabilities.  


Off-Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments – The fair value of these instruments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.


NOTE 20.          SUBSEQUENT EVENT


On September 13, 2013, the Bank’s stockholders approved an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 16, 2013 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Bank and Florida Community Bank, N.A. (“FCB”). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the Bank by FCB by merging the Bank with and into FCB, with FCB as the surviving bank. The acquisition closed on January 31, 2014. The Merger Agreement provided that each outstanding share of the Bank’s common stock (whether Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock) will be converted into the right to receive from FCB a cash payment of $3.24. The total cash payment to the Bank’s stockholders was approximately $42.5 million.  


F-158





8,715,000 Shares





FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.






Class A Common Stock






Prospectus








Joint Book Running Managers

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

J.P. Morgan

BofA Merrill Lynch

 

 

 

 

UBS Investment Bank

 


Lead Manager

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

A Stifel Company

 


Co-Managers

 

Guggenheim Securities

 

Hovde Group








          , 2014



Until                , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in the offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.






PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, to be paid by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of Class A Common Stock being registered hereby.


Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

$

34,853.38

FINRA filing fee

$

34,090.11

*New York Stock Exchange listing fees and expenses

$

 

*Accounting fees and expenses

$

 

*Legal fees and expenses

$

 

*Printing fees and expenses

$

 

*Blue Sky qualification fees and expenses

$

 

*Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

$

 

*Miscellaneous expenses

$

 

*Total

$

 


          

 

*   To be provided by subsequent amendment


Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Delaware General Corporation Law

The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (DGCL) at Section 102(b)(7) enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions), or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.


The DGCL, at Section 145, provides, in pertinent part, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the request of the corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Lack of good faith, or lack of a reasonable belief that one’s actions are in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, lack of reasonable cause to believe one’s conduct was unlawful is not presumed from the termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or nolo contendere plea or its equivalent. In addition, the indemnification of expenses (including attorneys’ fees) is allowed in derivative actions, except no indemnification is allowed in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which any such person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought decides that indemnification is proper. To the extent that any such person succeeds on the merits or otherwise in defense of any of the above described actions or proceedings, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees). The determination that the person to be indemnified met the applicable standard of conduct, if not made by a court, is made by the board of directors of the corporation by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors not party to such an action, suit or proceeding or, if a quorum is not obtainable or a disinterested quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or by the stockholders. Expenses may be paid in advance upon the receipt of undertakings to repay. A corporation may purchase indemnity insurance.


Certificate of Incorporation

The certificate of incorporation of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc., or the Company, provides that the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Section 145 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented, shall indemnify each person who is or was an officer or director of the Company and each person who serves or served as an officer or director of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the Company and may indemnify any and all other



II-1





persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section, each, an authorized representative, from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section. Our certificate of incorporation further provides that a director, officer or other authorized representative of the Company shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, officer or other authorized representative, except to the extent that exculpation from liability is not permitted under the DGCL as in effect at the time such liability is determined.

Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any person indemnified under our certificate of incorporation in defending a third party proceeding or corporate proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such third party proceeding or corporate proceeding and within 30 days of receipt by the secretary of the Company, if required by law, of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized in the certificate of incorporation. Any person receiving indemnification payments shall reimburse the Company for such indemnification payments to the extent that such person also receives payments under an insurance policy in respect of such matter.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase and maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (or its equivalent) for the Company and its subsidiaries with financially responsible insurers in such amounts and against such losses and risks as are customary for the business conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries. We maintain insurance policies under which our directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of the policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of actions, suits or proceedings, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of such actions, suits or proceedings, to which they are parties by reason of being or having been such directors or officers which could include liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act.

Indemnification Agreements

Prior to completion of the offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our certificate of incorporation against any and all expenses and liabilities, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest and amounts paid in settlement of any claim with our approval and counsel fees and disbursements. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our certificate of incorporation.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

No shares of common stock have been issued within the past three years pursuant to the exercise of stock options under the Company’s equity compensation plans and no shares of common stock have been issued within the past three years pursuant to the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock.

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have sold and issued the following unregistered securities in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act:

On May 21, 2012, 3,556,592 of Class A Common Stock were exchanged for 3,556,592 shares of Class B Common Stock, all of which were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

Issuances Pursuant to the 2009 Option Plan and 2013 Stock Incentive Plan

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have granted the following options to certain directors, officers and employees of the Company pursuant to the Bond Street Holdings LLC 2009 Option Plan, as amended (the “2009 Plan”), and the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”), all of which were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by our Board of Directors:

On January 10, 2011, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,345,902 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $21.00 per share under the 2009 Plan.

On March 8, 2012, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 625,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $20.62 per share under the 2009 Plan.



II-2





On July 6, 2012, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.64 per share under the 2009 Plan.

On January 17, 2013, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 158,500 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.25 per share under the 2009 Plan.

On March 22, 2013, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 35,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share under the 2009 Plan.

On October 15, 2013, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 152,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share under the 2009 Plan.

On November 19, 2013, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 94,999 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share under the 2009 Plan.

On December 23, 2013, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,173,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share under the 2013 Plan.

On December 23, 2013, we granted an aggregate of 500,000 restricted stock units exercisable for shares of Class A Common Stock with a fair value of $19.75 per share under the 2013 Plan.

Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)   The following exhibits are filed herewith:


1.1

Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Florida Community Bank, N.A. and Great Florida Bank, dated as of July 16, 2013.†

3.1

Restated Certificate of Incorporation. †

3.3

Amended and Restated Bylaws.†

4.1

Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate. †

4.2

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 12, 2009, by and among Bond Street Holdings LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.†

4.3

Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2010, by and among Bond Street Holdings LLC and the other signatories thereto.†

4.4

Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 16, 2014, by and among FCB Financial Holdings, Inc., Bond Street Investors LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

4.5

Form of Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2014 by and among FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. and the other signatories thereto.

5.1

Opinion of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP.*

10.1

2009 Stock Option Plan.†

10.2

2013 Stock Incentive Plan.†

10.3

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement.†

10.4

Form of 2009 Warrant Agreement, as amended.

10.5

Form of RSU Agreement.

10.6

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2011, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.†

10.7

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 25, 2013, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.†

10.8

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 11, 2013, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.†

10.9

Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2014, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.

10.10

Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2014, between the Bank and Vincent Tese.

10.11

Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2014, between the Bank and Les Lieberman.

10.12

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010, among FDIC, Receiver of Premier American Bank, Miami, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.13

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2010, among FDIC, Receiver of Florida Community Bank, Immokalee, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.14

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2010, among FDIC, Receiver of Peninsula Bank, Englewood, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.15

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of Sunshine State Community Bank, Port Orange, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†




II-3






10.16

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of First National Bank of Central Florida, Winter Park, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.17

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of Cortez Community Bank, Brooksville, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.18

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of Coastal Bank, Cocoa Beach, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.19

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.

10.20

Equity Appreciation Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010, between the Company and FDIC, Receiver of Premier American Bank, Miami, Florida.†

10.21

Equity Appreciation Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2010, between the Company and FDIC, Receiver of Florida Community Bank, Immokalee, Florida.†

10.22

FDIC Order, dated as of January 22, 2010.†

10.23

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of First Peoples Bank, Port St. Lucie, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

21.1

List of Subsidiaries of the Company.†

23.1

Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP.

23.2

Consent of Morrison, Brown, Argiz & Farra, LLC.

23.3

Consent of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP (included in Exhibit 5).*

24.1

Power of Attorney. †


          

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

Previously filed.


(b)   Financial Statement Schedules


All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.


Item 17.  Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.


Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:


(1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.




II-4





SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Naples, State of Florida, on July 22, 2014.


 

FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kent S. Ellert

 

 

Kent S. Ellert

 

 

Chief Executive Officer


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:


Name

Title

Date

 

 

 

/s/ Kent S. Ellert

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

July 22, 2014

Kent S. Ellert

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul D. Burner

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer

July 22, 2014

Paul D. Burner

 

and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

July 22, 2014

Vincent S. Tese

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

July 22, 2014

Leslie J. Lieberman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

July 22, 2014

Stuart I. Oran

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

July 22, 2014

Alan Bernikow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

July 22, 2014

Thomas E. Constance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

July 22, 2014

Howard R. Curd

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

July 22, 2014

Gerald Luterman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

July 22, 2014

William L. Mack

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

July 22, 2014

Paul Anthony Novelly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

July 22, 2014

Frederic Salerno

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

July 22, 2014

Daniel M. Healy

 

 

 


*By:

/s/ Paul D. Burner

 

 

Paul D. Burner

 

 

Attorney-in-Fact

 





II-5





EXHIBIT INDEX


1.1

Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Florida Community Bank, N.A. and Great Florida Bank, dated as of July 16, 2013.†

3.1

Restated Certificate of Incorporation. †

3.3

Amended and Restated Bylaws.†

4.1

Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate. †

4.2

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 12, 2009, by and among Bond Street Holdings LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.†

4.3

Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2010, by and among Bond Street Holdings LLC and the other signatories thereto.†

4.4

Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 16, 2014, by and among FCB Financial Holdings, Inc., Bond Street Investors LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

4.5

Form of Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2014 by and among FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. and the other signatories thereto.

5.1

Opinion of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP.*

10.1

2009 Stock Option Plan.†

10.2

2013 Stock Incentive Plan.†

10.3

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement.†

10.4

Form of 2009 Warrant Agreement, as amended.

10.5

Form of RSU Agreement.

10.6

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2011, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.†

10.7

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 25, 2013, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.†

10.8

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 11, 2013, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.†

10.9

Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2014, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.

10.10

Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2014, between the Bank and Vincent Tese.

10.11

Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2014, between the Bank and Les Lieberman.

10.12

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010, among FDIC, Receiver of Premier American Bank, Miami, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.13

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2010, among FDIC, Receiver of Florida Community Bank, Immokalee, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.14

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2010, among FDIC, Receiver of Peninsula Bank, Englewood, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.15

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of Sunshine State Community Bank, Port Orange, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.16

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of First National Bank of Central Florida, Winter Park, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.17

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of Cortez Community Bank, Brooksville, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.18

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of Coastal Bank, Cocoa Beach, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

10.19

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.

10.20

Equity Appreciation Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010, between the Company and FDIC, Receiver of Premier American Bank, Miami, Florida.†

10.21

Equity Appreciation Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2010, between the Company and FDIC, Receiver of Florida Community Bank, Immokalee, Florida.†

10.22

FDIC Order, dated as of January 22, 2010.†

10.23

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of First Peoples Bank, Port St. Lucie, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.†

21.1

List of Subsidiaries of the Company.†

23.1

Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP.

23.2

Consent of Morrison, Brown, Argiz & Farra, LLC.

23.3

Consent of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP (included in Exhibit 5).*

24.1

Power of Attorney. †

                


*

To be filed by amendment.

Previously filed.


Exhibit 4.4


Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement


This amendment (the “Amendment”), is effective as of July 16, 2014 and is entered into by and between FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Bond Street Holdings LLC), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Bond Street Investors LLC (“BSI”), for the benefit of holders of Eligible Co-Investment Interests and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (the “Agent”), for the benefit of the Holders.


WHEREAS, the Company, BSI and the Agent entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Original Agreement”) on November 12, 2009;


WHEREAS, the Company has obtained the consents of Holders beneficially owning not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Registrable Interests in accordance with Section 9(a) of the Original Agreement; and


WHEREAS, the Company, BSI and the Agent wish to amend the Original Agreement as contemplated below.


NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, BSI and the Agent hereby agree as follows:


Section 2(a) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by substituting “ninety (90)” for “forty five (45)” therein.


Section 2(b)(iv) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by substituting “ninety (90)” for “forty five (45)” therein.


Except as amended hereby, the Original Agreement shall continue to be and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, and nothing in this Amendment shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of noncompliance by the Company or the Recipient with respect to any other term or provision of the Original Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Original Agreement. This Amendment may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.  


[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to be effective as of the date first set forth above.


 

FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vincent Tese

 

 

Name: Vincent Tese

 

 

Title: Executive Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BOND STREET INVESTORS LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vincent Tese

 

 

Name: Vincent Tese

 

 

Title: Manager of Bond Street Management, LLC,

the managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph P. Coleman

 

 

Name: Joseph P. Coleman

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Mortara

 

 

Name: Jeff Mortara

 

 

Title: Managing Director




Exhibit 4.5


Form of Amendment of Registration Rights Agreement


This amendment (the “Amendment”), is effective as of July 16, 2014 and is entered into by and between FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Bond Street Holdings LLC), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and each Holder.


WHEREAS, the Company and the Holders entered into that certain Registration Rights Agreement (the “Original Agreement”) on August 13, 2010, November 12, 2010 or November 15, 2010, as applicable;


WHEREAS, the Company has obtained the consents of the Holders beneficially owning not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Registrable Interests in accordance with Section 9(a) of the Original Agreement; and


WHEREAS, the Company and each Holder wishes to amend the Original Agreement as contemplated below.


NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and each Holder hereby agrees as follows:


Section 2(a) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by substituting “ninety (90)” for “forty five (45)” therein.


Section 2(b)(iv)(b) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by substituting “ninety (90)” for “forty five (45)” therein.


Except as amended hereby, the Original Agreement shall continue to be and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, and nothing in this Amendment shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of noncompliance by the Company or the Recipient with respect to any other term or provision of the Original Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Original Agreement. This Amendment may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.


[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to be effective as of the date first set forth above.


 

FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Vincent Tese

 

 

Title: Executive Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print name of Holder

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:




Exhibit 10.4


WARRANT CERTIFICATE NO.


THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND UNTIL THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT TO (A) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, (B) A PERSON WHO IS NOT A U.S. PERSON IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (C) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AS CONFIRMED TO THE COMPANY, IF SO REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY, BY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY.  

WARRANT CERTIFICATE

To Purchase Membership Interests of:

BOND STREET HOLDINGS LLC

                           

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT,                               and any Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 8.1 below who becomes the registered holder hereof (the “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase from Bond Street Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), Class A membership interests in the Company (collectively with Class B Non-Voting membership interests in the Company, the “ Interests ”), on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the text hereof shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in Section 7 .

1.

Issuance of Warrants

1.1

Issuance and Exercise .  1)  The Company hereby issues to the Holder warrants to purchase            Class A membership interests, as adjusted as provided herein (the “ Warrants ”), at the applicable purchase price per Interest as set forth in Section 1.1(b) below (the “ Exercise Price ”).  The Interests, or other securities for which the Warrants may be exercised as a result of transactions contemplated by Article II, are referred to as the “ Warrant Interests .”

(b)

Exercisability .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Warrant Certificate, the Warrants shall become exercisable in three substantially equal portions on each of the 6-month, 18-month and 30-month anniversaries of the consummation of a Qualified IPO (each an “ Exercisability Date ”). The exercise schedules and exercise prices for the Warrants are set forth in the below table.


Exercisability
Date

 

Incremental

Exercisability

 

Total
Exercisable

 

Exercise
Price

 

Calculation

 

 

 

 

 





6-month anniversary of consummation of Qualified IPO


33.33%

 

33.33%


$24.24


$20 x (1.08)^2.5

 



 

 


 



18-month anniversary of consummation of Qualified IPO


33.33%

 

66.66%


$26.18


$20 x (1.08)^3.5

 



 

 


 



30-month anniversary of consummation of Qualified IPO


33.33%

 

100.00%


$28.28


$20 x (1.08)^4.5


1.2

Exercise Period.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Warrant Certificate, the applicable amount of the Warrants shall be exercisable commencing on each Exercisability Date and once exercisable shall continue to be exercisable until 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on November 12, 2016 (the “ Exercise Period ”); provided, however, that upon the consummation of a Special Transaction (as hereinafter defined) effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Special Transaction, all amounts of the Warrants, if any, that are not yet exercisable, shall immediately become exercisable and constitute exercisable Warrants.  After the Exercise Period, the Holder shall have no further rights to exercise the Warrants or to acquire Warrant Interests under this warrant certificate and the Warrant will be void and of no value or effect.





1.3

Interests To Be Issued .  The Company covenants and agrees that all of the securities issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the terms hereof will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, be duly authorized and validly issued and outstanding Interests.

1.4

Registration of Warrant .  The Company shall register this Warrant in a warrant register to be maintained by the Company for that purpose (the “ Warrant Register ”).  Any Warrants issued upon the transfer or exercise in part of this Warrant, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Warrant shall be numbered and shall be registered in a Warrant Register as they are issued.  The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any Warrant on the Warrant Register as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Warrant on the part of any other person, and shall not be liable for any registration or transfer of Warrants which are registered or to be registered in the name of a fiduciary or the nominee of a fiduciary unless made with the actual knowledge that a fiduciary or nominee is committing a breach of trust in requesting such registration or transfer, or with the knowledge of such facts that its participation therein amounts to bad faith.

2.

Anti-Dilution Provisions; Adjustments to Warrants

2.1

Interest Dividends and Distributions .  If the Company shall fix a record date for all holders of its Interests to receive a dividend or distribution payable in additional Interests without payment therefor, then the number of Warrant Interests purchaseable under the Warrants shall be proportionately increased as of the time of such issuance so that the Holder of the Warrants, if exercised after that date, shall be entitled to receive the number and kind of Warrant Interests and Interests in the Company which the Holder of the Warrants would have owned and been entitled to receive as a result of the dividend or distribution had the Warrants been exercised immediately prior to that date.

2.2

Other Dividends and Distributions .  If the Company shall fix a record date for all holders of Interests to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Company other than Interests without payment therefor, then lawful and adequate provision shall be made so that the Holder of the Warrants shall be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Warrants after such dividend or other distribution, in addition to the number of Warrant Interests immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, the kind and number of securities of the Company which the Holder would have owned and been entitled to receive had the Warrants been exercised immediately prior to that date.

2.3

Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution .  If the Interests are changed into the same or a different type or number of securities, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, conversion (pursuant to Section 9(f) of the Operating Agreement) or otherwise (other than by a dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Article II), then the Holder of the Warrants shall be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Warrants after such change, in lieu of the Warrant Interests immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, the kind and amount of securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change, by the holders of the number of Interests for which the Warrants could have been exercised immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or other change.

2.4

Reorganizations, Mergers, Consolidations or Sales of Assets .  If any of the following transactions (each, a “ Special Transaction ”) shall become effective:  (a) a capital reorganization, security exchange or exchange offer (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification or exchange of Interests provided for elsewhere in this Article II), (b) a consolidation or merger of the Company with and into another entity, or (c) a sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or securities; then as a condition of any Special Transaction, lawful and adequate provision shall be made so that the Holder of the Warrants shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive upon exercise of the Warrants, in lieu of the Warrant Interests immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, the same amount and kind of securities, cash or property as it would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of such Special Transaction if it had been, immediately prior to such Special Transaction, the holder of the number of Warrant Interests then issuable upon exercise in full of this Warrant (the “ Alternate Consideration ”).  The applicable Exercise Price per tranche for this Warrant will not be affected by any Special Transaction.  At the Holder’s request, any successor to the Company or surviving entity in such Special Transaction shall issue to the Holder a new warrant consistent with the foregoing provisions and evidencing the Holder’s right to purchase the Alternate Consideration for the aggregate Exercise Price upon exercise thereof.  The terms of any agreement pursuant to which a Special Transaction is effected shall include terms requiring any such successor or surviving entity to comply with the provisions of this Section 2.5 and insuring that the Warrant (or any such replacement security) will be similarly adjusted upon any subsequent transaction analogous to a Special Transaction.

2.5

Liquidation .  If the Company shall, at any time prior to the end of the Exercise Period, dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs, the Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation, to exercise the Warrants that have become exercisable.  Upon such exercise, the Holder shall have the right to receive, in lieu of the Interests that the Holder otherwise would have been entitled to receive upon such exercise, the same kind and amount of assets as would have been issued, distributed or paid to the Holder upon any such dissolution, liquidation or winding up with respect to such Interests had the Holder been the holder of record of such Interests receivable upon exercise of the Warrants on the date for determining those entitled to receive any such distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Warrants and the Warrant Interests issuable upon exercise hereof shall not receive any distribution from the Escrow Account in respect of the liquidation of the Escrow Account pursuant to Section 5(g)(iii) of the Operating Agreement.



2




2.6

No Impairment .  The Company will not, by amendment of its limited liability company agreement or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant but will at all times carry out all such terms and take all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of this Warrant against impairment.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (i) will take all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue Warrant Interests, free from all liens, security interests, encumbrances, preemptive or similar rights and charges of equityholders (other than those imposed by the Holder), upon the exercise of the Warrants, and (ii) will not close its corporate books or records in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.

2.7

Notice .   Whenever the Warrants or the number of Warrant Interests is to be adjusted as provided herein, the Company shall forthwith as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than five (5) business days following the event that causes such adjustment, cause to be sent to the Holder a notice stating in reasonable detail the relevant facts and any resulting adjustments and the calculation thereof.

2.8

Fractional Interests .  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Interests upon the exercise of the Warrants.  If any fraction of an Interest would be issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants, the Company shall, upon such issuance, purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal to the current value of such fraction, as the Company’s managing member may in good faith determine.  

2.9

Successive Application .  The provisions of this Article II shall apply from time to time to successive events covered by this Article II.  Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by this Article II, all references to Interests, to the Company and to other defined terms shall be equitably adjusted to protect the interests of the Holder.

3.

Exercise

3.1

Exercise of Warrants .  2)  The Holder may exercise the Warrants only by (i) surrendering this Warrant Certificate with the form of exercise notice attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed by the Holder, and (ii) making payment to the Company of the aggregate Exercise Price for the applicable Warrant Interests as set forth in Section 3.1(b) .  Upon any partial exercise of the Warrants, the Company shall issue to the Holder, for its surrendered Warrant Certificate, a replacement Warrant Certificate identical in all respects to this Warrant Certificate, except that the number of Warrant Interests shall be reduced accordingly.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Holder may only exercise the Warrants as to those Warrant Interests that are exercisable.

(b) The Holder shall pay the Exercise Price in immediately available funds; provided, however, the Holder may satisfy its obligation to pay the Exercise Price through a “cashless exercise,” in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder the number of Warrant Interests determined as follows:


 

X  =   Y (A-B)

A

where:

 

 

X = the number of Warrant Interests to be issued to the Holder.

 

 

 

Y = the number of Warrant Interests with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised.

 

 

 

A = the fair value of an Interest on the Exercise Date, as determined in good faith by the managing member of the Company

 

 

 

B = the Exercise Price.


3.2

Issuance of Warrant Interests; Requirement to be Bound by Operating Agreement .  The Warrant Interests purchased shall be issued to the Holder exercising the Warrants as of the close of business on the business day on which all actions and payments required to be taken or made by the Holder hereunder shall have been so taken or made, and all documents and payments have been received by the Company.  Each person in whose name any Warrant Interest certificate is issued upon exercise of the Warrants shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Interests for which the Warrants were exercised as of the date of exercise and shall as a condition to such exercise, execute and deliver a signature page or joinder to the limited liability company agreement of the Company (the “ Operating Agreement ”), and such Warrant Holder shall become a member of the Company and shall be bound by the terms and conditions of the Company’s then existing Operating Agreement. Certificates for the Warrant Interests so purchased, representing the aggregate number of shares specified in the form of exercise notice, shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time, but in no event later than three (3) business days following the date of exercise.



3




4.

No Member Rights for the Holder

Except as provided herein, the Holder shall not, solely by virtue of the Warrants and prior to the issuance of the Warrant Interests upon due exercise and payment therefore, be entitled to any rights as a member of the Company.  No provision of the Warrants, in the absence of affirmative action by the Holder to purchase Warrant Interests, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the Exercise Price or as a member of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

5.

Loss

Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant Certificate, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction)  reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant Certificate, if mutilated, the Company shall immediately execute and deliver a replacement Warrant Certificate of like tenor and date.

6.

Representations of the Holder

The Holder further understands that the Holder of the Warrants represents to the Company that it is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Warrants and the Warrant Interests.  The Holder further represents that it is acquiring the Warrants and the right to acquire the Warrant Interests for investment purposes only, for its own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.  The certificates representing the Warrant Interests shall bear any legends required by the Operating Agreement, including a legend substantially similar to the following:

“THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND UNTIL THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT TO (A) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, (B) A PERSON WHO IS NOT A U.S. PERSON IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (C) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AS CONFIRMED TO THE COMPANY BY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY.”

7.

Definitions .  For the purposes of this Warrant Certificate:

Affiliate ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Operating Agreement.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Escrow Account ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Operating Agreement.

Investment Transaction Deadline ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Operating Agreement.

Offering Memorandum ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Operating Agreement.

Operating Agreement ” means that certain amended and restated limited liability agreement of the Company dated November 12, 2009.

Permitted Transferee ” means (1) any Affiliate (as defined above) of the Holder, provided that such person or entity is an “Accredited Investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act; (2) to the extent that the Holder is a partnership, any partner of the Holder, to the extent that the Holder is limited liability company, any member of Holder and to the extent the Holder is a corporation, any stockholder of the Holder; or (3) (a) any transferee of the Warrants, or any portion hereof, as a bona fide gift or gifts; or (b) any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the immediate family of the Holder; provided that in each of (1), (2) and (3), the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Company’s officers contained in the Offering Memorandum under the Section entitled “Plan of Distribution – Lock-Up Agreements.”

Qualifying Investment Transaction ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Operating Agreement.

 “ Qualified IPO has the meaning ascribed to it in the Operating Agreement.

 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.



4




8.

Miscellaneous

8.1

Assignment .  The Warrants and the rights, obligations and duties of the Company or the Holder hereunder shall not be assignable or otherwise transferable by either party, except that, subject to the provisions of this Section 8.1 , this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, as to all or any portion of the Warrants, by the Holder to a Permitted Transferee (as defined in Section 7 above) upon the surrender of this Warrant Certificate with a properly executed Assignment Form in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment ”) at the principal office of the Company.  No transfer of this Warrant or any rights hereunder may be transferred unless the Company receives from the Permitted Transferee such documents, representations and legal opinions as the Company may reasonably request to assure that the proposed transfer complies with applicable state and federal securities laws.  On the surrender of this Warrant Certificate in connection with a transfer of Warrants to a Permitted Transferee in accordance with this Section 8.1 , the Company at its expense shall issue to the Permitted Transferee a new warrant certificate of like tenor, in the name of the Permitted Transferee, for the number of Warrants specified in the Assignment, and the Company at its expense shall issue to the Holder, in exchange for its surrendered Warrant Certificate, a replacement warrant certificate identical in all respects to this Warrant Certificate except that the number of Warrant Interests shall be reduced accordingly by the amount of Warrants transferred to the Permitted Transferee.

8.2

Modification .  The Company may, without the consent of the Holder, by issuance of a replacement warrant certificate or otherwise, (i) make any changes or corrections in this Warrant Certificate that are required to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein or (ii) add to the covenants and agreements of the Company for the benefit of the Holder, or surrender any rights or power reserved to or conferred upon the Company in this Agreement; provided that, in the case of (i) or (ii), such changes or corrections shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holder.  This Warrant may also be amended or waived with the consent of the Company and the Holder.  

8.3

Binding Effect and Benefit .  The Warrants shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors in interest and permitted assigns.

8.4

Further Assurances .  The Company and the Holder agree that from time to time hereafter, upon request, each party will, at such party’s sole expense, execute and deliver such other instruments and documents and take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of the Warrants.

8.5

Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Attorney’s Fees .  ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY, ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS WARRANT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THEREOF.  EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL LEGAL PROCEEDINGS CONCERNING THE INTERPRETATIONS, ENFORCEMENT AND DEFENSE OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY ANY THIS WARRANT (WHETHER BROUGHT AGAINST A PARTY HERETO OR ITS RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS) SHALL BE COMMENCED EXCLUSIVELY IN THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR WITH ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR DISCUSSED HEREIN (INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY OF THIS WARRANT), AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, ANY CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT, THAT SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS IMPROPER.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF PROCESS AND CONSENTS TO PROCESS BEING SERVED IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF VIA REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY (WITH EVIDENCE OF DELIVERY) TO SUCH PARTY AT THE ADDRESS IN EFFECT FOR NOTICES TO IT UNDER THIS WARRANT AND AGREES THAT SUCH SERVICE SHALL CONSTITUTE GOOD AND SUFFICIENT SERVICE OF PROCESS AND NOTICE THEREOF.  NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED TO LIMIT IN ANY WAY ANY RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS WARRANT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. IF EITHER PARTY SHALL COMMENCE AN ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISIONS OF THIS WARRANT, THEN THE PREVAILING PARTY IN SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE REIMBURSED BY THE OTHER PARTY FOR ITS REASONABLE ATTORNEYS FEES AND OTHER REASONABLE COSTS AND EXPENSES INCURRED WITH THE INVESTIGATION, PREPARATION AND PROSECUTION OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING.

8.6

Headings and Captions .  Subject headings and captions are included for convenience purposes only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Warrant Certificate.



5




8.7

Notice .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing, and either (i) delivered in person, (ii) sent by express mail or other overnight delivery service providing receipt of delivery, (iii) mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iv) sent by electronic transmission as follows:


If to Company, to:

 

 

 

with copies via e-mail to:

 

 

 

If to the Holder, addressed or delivered in person to:

 


or to such other address as either party may designate by notice in accordance with this Section.

Any such notice or communication, if given or made by prepaid, registered or certified mail or by recorded express delivery, shall be deemed to have been made when actually received.

8.8

Gender and Pronouns .  Throughout this Warrant Certificate, the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa as the context requires.

8.9

Entire Agreement .  This Warrant Certificate constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes any and all other prior agreements, oral or written, with respect to the subject matter contained herein.  There are no representations or warranties with respect to the subject matter of this Warrant Certificate other than as expressly set forth herein.


[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]




6




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to be duly executed and delivered as of the __ day of ___________, ____.



 

BOND STREET HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

















Agreed and Accepted:



[HOLDER]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:








EXHIBIT A

EXERCISE NOTICE

[To be executed only upon exercise of the Warrants]

The undersigned registered owner of the Warrants irrevocably exercises the Warrants for the purchase of the number of Interests of Bond Street Holdings LLC as is set forth below, and herewith makes payment therefor, all at the price and on the terms and conditions specified in the attached Warrant Certificate and requests that the books and records of the Company be updated to reflect such purchase and issuance, and, if such Interests shall not include all of the Interests now and hereafter issuable as provided in the attached Warrant Certificate, then Bond Street Holdings LLC shall, at its own expense, promptly issue to the undersigned a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and date for the balance of the Interests issuable thereunder.


Date:


Number of Interests Purchased:

Aggregate Exercise Price:     $

or

Number of Interests surrendered on cashless exercise:


Printed Name of Registered Holder:


Signature of Registered Holder:


NOTICE:

The signature on this Exercise Notice must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the attached Warrant Certificate.








EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

[To be executed only upon transfer of Warrants to a Permitted Transferee]

For value received, the undersigned Holder hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the transferee named below the number of Warrants as is specified below, with respect to the attached Warrant Certificate dated _________ __, ____, and appoints the Managing Member of the Company, with full power of substitution, as attorney to transfer said Warrants on the books of the Company.  Capitalized terms in the text hereof shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the attached Warrant Certificate.


Name of Permitted Transferee:

 

 

 

 

 

Address of Permitted Transferee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Warrants Transferred:

 

 


The replacement Warrant Certificate for Warrants not transferred by the Holder is to be issued and registered in the name of the Holder and delivered to the following address:


Address of Holder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Holder:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 


NOTICE:

The signature on this Assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the attached Warrant Certificate.


Signature of Holder Guaranteed:








AMENDMENT TO 2009 WARRANT CERTIFICATE

Amendment dated as of November 19, 2013, to Warrants originally dated November 12, 2009, between Bond Street Holdings, Inc. and the undersigned Warrant Certificate Holder.

On November 12, 2009, the undersigned (or its transferor) was granted Warrants to purchase membership interests in Bond Street Holdings LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company that was subsequently converted into a Delaware corporation and is now called Bond Street Holdings, Inc. (“Bond Street”).

The Warrants owned by the undersigned are represented by the certificates listed next to the undersigned’s name below (the “Warrant Certificates”).

Pursuant to Section 8.2 of each of the Warrant Certificates, Bond Street and the undersigned hereby agree as follows:

1. Section 1.2 of each Warrant Certificate is hereby amended to read as follows:

“1.2 Exercise Period .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Warrant Certificate, the applicable amount of the Warrants shall be exercisable commencing on each Exercisability Date and once exercisable shall continue to be exercisable until 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on November 12, 2019 (the “Exercise Period”); provided, however , that upon the consummation of a Special Transaction (as hereinafter defined) effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Special Transaction, all amounts of the Warrants, if any, that are not yet exercisable, shall immediately become exercisable and constitute exercisable Warrants.  After the Exercise Period, the Holder shall have no further rights to exercise the Warrants or to acquire Warrant Interests under this warrant certificate and the Warrant will be void and of no value or effect.

3. Section 2.4 of each Warrant Certificate is hereby amended to read as follows:

2.4  “ Reorganizations, Mergers, Consolidations or Sales of Assets .  If any of the following transactions (each, a “Special Transaction”) shall become effective: (a) a capital reorganization, security exchange or exchange offer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including Florida Community Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification or exchange of Interests provided for elsewhere in this Article II), (b) a consolidation or merger of the Company or the Bank with and into another entity, (c) a sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets or securities of the Company or the Bank, (d) a merger or consolidation involving the Company or the Bank in which the Company or the Bank is the surviving entity but the holders of shares in the Company receive securities of another entity and/or other property, including cash, (e) the sale of more than 50% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company or the Bank, except in a public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act (as defined herein), (f) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or the Bank, (g) a merger or consolidation involving the Company or the Bank in which the Company or the Bank is not the surviving entity, or (h) any merger, share exchange, consolidation or other reorganization or business combination of the Company or the Bank if immediately after such transaction either (A) persons who were members of the board of directors of the Company or Bank, as applicable, immediately prior to such transaction do not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the surviving entity, or (B) the holders of the voting capital stock of the Company or the Bank immediately prior to such transaction have not received, pursuant to the terms of such transaction, a majority of the voting equity securities of the surviving entity; then as a condition of any Special Transaction, lawful and adequate protection shall be made so that the Holder of the Warrants shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive upon exercises of the Warrants, in lieu of the Warrant Interests immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, the same amount and kind of securities, cash or property as it would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of such Special Transaction if it had been, immediately prior to such Special Transaction, the holder of the number of Warrant Interests then issuable upon exercise in full of this Warrant (the “Alternative Consideration”).  The applicable Exercise Price for this Warrant will not be affected by any Special Transaction.  At the Holder's request, any successor to the Company (or the Bank) or surviving entity in such Special Transaction shall issue to the Holder a new warrant consistent with the foregoing provisions and evidencing the Holder's right to purchase the Alternative Consideration for the aggregate Exercise Price upon exercise thereof.  The terms of any agreement pursuant to which a Special Transaction is effected shall include terms requiring any such successor or surviving entity to comply with the provision of this Section 2.4 and insuring that the Warrant (or any such replacement security) will be similarly adjusted upon any subsequent transaction analogous to a Special Transaction.







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Bond Street and the undersigned have caused this Amendment to 2009 Warrant Certificate to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.



 

BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant Holder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificate Nos:





Exhibit 10.5

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made as of the [   ] th day of [   ], between Bond Street Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and [                    ] (the “ Participant ”).

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted and maintains the Bond Street Holdings, Inc.  2013 Incentive Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) to further the growth and development of the Company by enabling eligible persons to obtain a proprietary interest in the Company, thereby providing such persons with an added incentive to continue in the employ or service of the Company or of Florida Community Bank, NA, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ Bank ” and together with the Company, the “ Company Group ”), and stimulating their efforts in promoting the growth, efficiency and profitability of the Company Group, and affording the Company Group a means of attracting to its service persons of outstanding quality;

WHEREAS, the Plan provides that a committee (the “ Administrator ”) shall administer the Plan and determine the key persons to whom restricted stock units shall be granted and the amount and terms of such restricted stock units; and

WHEREAS, the Administrator has determined that the purposes of the Plan would be furthered by granting the Participant restricted stock units under the Plan as set forth in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.

Grant of RSUs .  Pursuant to, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Administrator hereby grants to the Participant ____ restricted stock units (the “ RSUs ”).  The RSUs constitute the right to receive from the Company an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company (the “ RSU Shares ”) or, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, a cash payment equal to the value of the RSU Shares (the “ RSU Cash Payment ”) on the date that the RSUs are exercised/settled.  

2.

Grant Date .  The grant date of the RSUs is [     ] (the “ Grant Date ”).

3.

Incorporation of Plan .  All terms, conditions and restrictions of the Plan are incorporated herein and made part hereof as if stated herein.  If there is any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as interpreted by the Administrator, shall govern.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Plan.

4.

Vesting .   The RSUs shall be 100% vested on the Grant Date.

5.

Exercise/Settlement of RSUs; Withholding . The RSUs shall be automatically exercised/settled upon the earlier of (a) the effective date of a Change of Control (as defined herein), and (b) the closing of an initial public offering by the Company raising at least $100,000,000 of proceeds (provided that any RSU Shares delivered pursuant this clause (b) may not be transferred by the Participant for a period of six months after the closing of such initial public offering).  Within thirty (30) days after the automatic exercise/settlement of the RSUs, the Company shall deliver to the Participant the RSU Shares, RSU Cash Payment or Substitute Equity, as the case may be.  The Company’s obligations to deliver the RSU Shares or Substitute Equity under this Agreement shall be subject to the payment by the Participant of any applicable federal, state and local withholding tax.  The Participant may elect to satisfy such withholding taxes with RSU Shares (having a fair market value equal to the withholding taxes due) to be delivered upon the exercise/settlement of the RSUs.

6.

Expiration Date; Change of Control .

(a)

Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the RSUs shall expire and terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

(b)

 “ Change of Control ” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Bank, (ii) the sale of more than 50% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company or the Bank, except in a  public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act (as defined herein), (iii) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or the Bank, (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Company or the Bank in which the Company or the Bank is not the surviving entity, (v) any merger, share exchange, consolidation or other reorganization or business combination of the Company or the Bank if immediately after such transaction either (A) persons who were members of the board of directors of the Company or Bank, as applicable, immediately prior to such transaction do not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the surviving entity, or (B) the holders of the voting capital stock of the Company or the Bank immediately prior to such transaction have not received, pursuant to the terms of such transaction, a majority of the voting equity securities of the surviving entity, or (vi) a merger or consolidation involving the Company or the Bank in which the Company or the Bank is the surviving entity but the holders of shares in the Company receive securities of another entity and/or other property, including cash.





(c)

In the event of a Change of Control, the Participant may elect to receive common stock in the surviving or acquiring entity (the “ Substitute Equity ”) of equal value instead of the RSU Shares or the RSU Cash Payment.

7.

Securities Matters .

(a)

The Company shall be under no obligation to effect the registration pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of any interests in the Plan or the RSU Shares to be issued thereunder or to effect similar compliance under any state laws.    The Administrator may require, as a condition of the issuance and delivery of certificates evidencing the RSU Shares pursuant to the terms hereof, that the recipient of the RSU Shares make such covenants, agreements and representations, and that such certificates bear such legends, as the Administrator, in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary or desirable.  The Participant specifically understands and agrees that the RSU Shares, if and when issued upon the exercise/redemption  of the RSUs, may be “ restricted securities ,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Participant may be required to hold the RSU Shares indefinitely unless they are registered under such Act or an exemption from such registration is available.

(b)

The Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the RSU Shares unless and until a certificate with respect to the RSU Shares is issued in the name of the Participant or, in the case of uncertificated RSU Shares, an appropriate book entry is made on the books of the transfer agent reflecting the issuance of the RSU Shares.

8.

Transferability/Exercise After Death .  The RSUs may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  After the Participant’s death, the Participant’s will may specifically disposes of the RSUs, in which case the any such individual or entity that holds the RSUs after the Participant’s death shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

9.

Covenants .  

(a)

Non-Solicit and Non-Hire .  During the period commencing on the Grant Date and ending on the date that is 12 months following the later of the Participant’s (i) termination of employment or (ii) termination of service on the Board of Directors of a member of the Company Group (the “ Service Termination Date ”), such Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, either alone or jointly with or on behalf of any third party, solicit, induce or encourage the resignation of any employee or consultant of the Company Group; or hire, assist any other Person in hiring, or attempt to hire or reach any agreement (oral or written) with respect to the prospective hiring of any person who is or was an employee or consultant of the Company Group during the 12-month period preceding the Participant’s termination date.

(b)

Non-Solicit of Customers .  During the period commencing on the Grant Date and ending on the date that is 12 months following the Participant’s Service Termination Date, such Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, either alone or jointly with or on behalf of any third party, solicit, induce or encourage any business from any of the Company Group’s customers, including actively sought prospective customers, for purposes of providing to such customers products or services that are competitive with those provided or offered by the Company Group.

(c)

  Non-Competition . During the period commencing on the grant Date and ending on the date that is 12 months following the Participant’s Service Termination Date, the Participant will not, in the Southeast United States, either directly or indirectly, on the Participant’s own behalf or in the service of or on behalf of others, in any capacity, engage in any business which is the same as or essentially the same as the business of the Company Group.

10.

Delays or Omissions .  No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party hereto upon any breach or default of any party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in a writing signed by such party and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

11.

Right of Discharge Preserved .  Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant the right to continue in the employ or other service of the Company Group, or affect any right which the Company Group may have to terminate such employment or service.



- 2 -




12.

Integration .  This Agreement, together with the Plan, contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter.  There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein or in the Plan.  This Agreement, together with the Plan, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter.

13.

Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

14.

Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the provisions governing conflict of laws.

15.

Participant Acknowledgment .  The Participant hereby acknowledges (i) receipt of a copy of the Plan, (ii) that all decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator in respect of the Plan, this Agreement and the RSUs shall be final and conclusive and (iii) that any RSU Shares acquired upon the exercise/redemption of the RSUs are being acquired for the Participant’s own account and not with a view to distribution.

16.

Written Certificate .  This Agreement constitutes the written certificate required under Section 2.1 of the Plan.

17.

Data Privacy.  For the purpose of implementing the Plan and administering the RSUs, the Participant by executing this Grant Agreement explicitly consents to the collection, processing and transfer, electronically of otherwise, of personal data by the Company, and its affiliates as necessary.  Moreover, the Participant acknowledges and agrees by executing this Agreement that personal data (including but not limited to:  the Participant’s name, home address, telephone number, employee number, employment status, tax identification number, data for tax withholding purposes) may need to be transferred to third parties assisting the Company with the implementation of the Plan and the administration of the RSUs. The Participant by executing this Agreement expressly authorizes such transfer to and processing by third parties. Moreover, the Participant understands and acknowledges that the Company may need to transfer the Participant’s personal data to countries other than his or her country of employment.  The Company will only hold the Participant’s personal data as long as is necessary to implement and administer the Participant’s RSUs.  The Participant may, at any time, request a list with the names and addresses of any third party recipients of his or her personal data, view his or her personal data, request additional information about the storage and processing of his or her personal data, require any necessary amendments to his or her personal data and refuse or withdraw the consents herein, without cost, by contacting in writing the Company’s legal department representative.  However, the Participant acknowledges that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent to the above-described processing and transfer may affect the Participant’s ability to receive RSUs under the Plan.




- 3 -



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Participant has hereunto signed this Agreement on his own behalf, thereby representing that he has carefully read and understands this Agreement and the Plan, as of the day and year first written above.



 

BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




- 4 -


Exhibit 10.9

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated July 18, 2014, between Florida Community Bank, National Association (the “ Company ”), and Kent Ellert (“ Executive ”). This Agreement supersedes the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and Executive dated as of January 21, 2011, as amended on January 25, 2013 and October 11, 2013 (the “ Prior Agreement ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ Executive as its President and Chief Executive Officer, and Executive desires to continue such employment on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.              Term of Employment . The term of employment under this Agreement shall commence as of May 1, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) and, subject to earlier termination provided in Section 4 hereof, shall end on April 30, 2017 (the “ Term ”). For purposes of clarity, if Executive’s employment continues after the expiration of the Term, his employment shall be at-will.

 

2.              Employment .

 

(a)            Employment by the Company . Executive agrees to be employed by the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. Executive shall serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall report to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).

 

(b)            Performance of Duties . During his employment, Executive shall faithfully and diligently perform Executive’s duties in conformity with the directions of the Board and serve the Company to the best of Executive’s ability. Executive shall devote his full business time and best efforts to the business and affairs of the Company (except for vacation periods and periods of illness or incapacity).

 

(c)            Place of Performance . Executive shall be based at the Company’s principal offices in Weston, Florida, subject to such reasonable travel as may be required in the performance of his duties.

 

3.              Compensation and Benefits .

 

(a)            Base Salary . The Company agrees to pay to Executive a base salary (“ Base Salary ”) at the annual rate of $650,000 with effect from May 1, 2014. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Compensation Committee ”) may determine in its sole discretion to increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary. Payments of the Base Salary shall be payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices.

 

 
 

 

 

(b)            Annual Incentive Bonus Plan . Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash incentive bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) as may be determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion pursuant to the terms of the Company’s annual incentive plan, as it may be amended from time to time. The Annual Bonus, if any, shall be paid to Executive when bonuses are paid by the Company to other senior executives of the Company.

 

(c)            Benefits and Perquisites . Executive shall be entitled to participate in, to the extent Executive is otherwise eligible under the terms thereof, the benefit plans and programs, and receive the benefits and perquisites, generally provided by the Company to executives of the Company, including without limitation family medical insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to participate in any Company severance plan other than as provided specifically herein. Executive shall be entitled to annual vacation in accordance with Company policy.

 

(d)            Business Expenses . The Company agrees to reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary travel, business entertainment and other business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement in accordance with, and subject to, the Company’s standard policies. Such reimbursements shall be made by the Company on a timely basis upon submission by Executive of vouchers in accordance with the Company’s standard procedures. In addition, the Company shall provide Executive with either an appropriate monthly automobile allowance or an appropriate automobile, and shall cover the costs associated with the operation of the automobile, including insurance, maintenance and fuel.

 

(e)            No Other Compensation or Benefits; Payment . The compensation and benefits specified in this Section 3 and in Section 4 of this Agreement shall be in lieu of any and all other compensation and benefits. Payment of all compensation and benefits to Executive specified in this Section 3 and in Section 4 of this Agreement (i) shall be made in accordance with the relevant Company policies in effect from time to time to the extent the same are consistently applied, including normal payroll practices, and (ii) shall be subject to all legally required and customary withholdings.

 

(f)             Cessation of Employment . In the event Executive shall cease to be employed by the Company for any reason, then Executive’s compensation and benefits shall cease on the date of such event, except as otherwise specifically provided herein or in any applicable employee benefit plan or program or as required by law.

 

4.              Compensation Following Termination . Executive shall be entitled only to the following compensation and benefits upon termination of his employment:

 

(a)            General . On any termination of Executive’s employment, he shall be entitled to:

 

(i)      any accrued but unpaid Base Salary and unused vacation through the date of termination, which amount shall be payable within ten (10) working days of the date of termination;

 

 
2

 

 

(ii)      any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed in accordance with Section 3(e) of this Agreement;

 

(iii)      receive any benefits to which he may be entitled upon termination of his employment pursuant to the plans and programs referred to in Section 3(d) hereof or as may be required by applicable law; and

 

(iv)      receive any amounts or benefits to which he may be entitled upon termination of his employment pursuant to the plans and agreement referred to in Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof in accordance with the terms of such plans and agreement.

 

(b)            Termination by the Company for Cause; Termination by Executive Without Good Reason . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term (i) by the Company for Cause (as defined below) or (ii) by Executive without Good Reason (as defined below), Executive (or his estate, as the case may be) shall be entitled only to those items identified in Section 4(a).

 

(c)            Termination by Reason of Disability . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive’s Disability (as defined below), Executive shall be entitled only to the following:

 

(i)      those items identified in Section 4(a);

 

(ii)      if Executive timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the Company will pay through the COBRA Payment End Date (as defined below) the monthly premiums for the level of coverage Executive maintained on the date of termination. The “ COBRA Payment End Date ” shall be the earlier of (A) eighteen months following the date of termination and (B) the date Executive becomes employed by a third party and is eligible for coverage under the group benefits plan of the new employer. If during the period Executive is receiving this benefit, Executive obtains new employment and becomes eligible for coverage under the group benefits plan of the new employer, Executive must promptly notify the Company in writing of such eligibility; and

 

(iii)      the continued payment of Base Salary through the end of the Term (determined immediately prior to the termination of Executive’s employment), less any disability benefits provided to Executive by the Company or under any disability insurance paid for or for which premiums paid by Executive were reimbursed by the Company.

 

(d)            Termination by Reason of Death . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive’s death, Executive shall be entitled only to the following:

 

(i)      those items identified in Section 4(a);

 

(ii)      if Executive’s spouse timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the Company will pay the monthly premiums during the COBRA continuation coverage period for the level of coverage Executive maintained prior to his death; and

 

 
3

 

 

(iii)      the continued payment of Base Salary (determined immediately prior to Executive’s death) to Executive’s estate during the thirty-six month period following Executive’s death.

 

(e)            Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term (x) by the Company without Cause or (y) by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled only to the following:

 

(i)      those items identified in Section 4(a);

 

(ii)      if Executive timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the Company will pay through the COBRA Payment End Date the monthly premiums for the level of coverage Executive maintained on the date of termination, provided that if during the period Executive is receiving this benefit, Executive obtains new employment and becomes eligible for coverage under the group benefits plan of the new employer, Executive must promptly notify the Company in writing of such eligibility; and

 

(iii)      the payment of an amount equal to the product of one (1) times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary (as determined immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment) and (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual bonuses paid or payable by Company to Executive for the two annual bonus periods ended immediately prior to year in which his employment was terminated (the “ Average Bonus ”), which amount shall be payable in equal installments during the twelve (12) months following the date of termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (the “ Severance Pay ”).

 

(f)             Termination by Executive in Connection With a Change of Control . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term within six (6) months before or twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (i) by the Company without Cause or (ii) by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits provided in Section 4(e) except that the Severance Pay shall be an amount equal to product of two (2) times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary (as determined immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment) and (B) the Average Bonus, which amount shall be payable in equal installments during the twenty-four (24) months following the date of termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.

 

(g)            Definitions of Cause, Good Reason, Disability, and Change of Control .

 

(i)      For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following: (A) Executive has misappropriated any funds or property of the Company or its affiliates, or has willfully destroyed property of the Company or its affiliates; (B) Executive has been convicted of (1) a felony or (2) any crime (x) involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude or (y) that materially impairs Executive’s ability to perform his duties and responsibilities with the Company or that causes material damage to the Company or its affiliates or their operations or reputation; (C) Executive has violated any banking law or regulation, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist order, or other agreement with any banking agency having jurisdiction over the Company which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in damage to the Company or its affiliates; (D) Executive has engaged in any other willful misconduct which constitutes a breach of fiduciary duty or the duty of loyalty to the Company or its affiliates and which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Company or its affiliates; (E) Executive’s willful and material failure to perform his duties with the Company (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness), provided, however, that, if susceptible of cure, a termination by the Company for Cause under this Section 4(g)(i)(E) shall be effective only if, within 15 days following delivery of a written notice by the Company to Executive that Executive has materially failed to perform his duties and that reasonably identifies the reason(s) for such determination, Executive has failed to cure such failure to perform; (F) Executive (1) has willfully violated the Company’s material policies or rules, which violation has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Company or its affiliates, or (2) is guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties with the Company, which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Company or its affiliates, provided, however, that if susceptible of cure, a termination under this Section 4(g)(i)(F) shall be effective only if within 15 days following delivery of a written notice by the Company specifying the nature of the breach, Executive has materially failed to correct the same; or (G) Executive has materially breached any material provisions of this Agreement, provided, however, that, if susceptible of cure, a termination by the Company for Cause under this Section 4(g)(i)(G) shall be effective only if, within 15 days following delivery to Executive that Executive has materially breached a material provision of this Agreement and reasonably identifies the reason(s) for such determination, Executive has failed to cure such breach.

 

 
4

 

 

(ii)      For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Good Reason ” shall mean any of the following: (A) Executive ceases to be President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company or a failure to appoint him to, or any removal of him from, the Board of Directors of the Company or FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Bond Street Holdings, Inc.) (“ Holdings ”) ; (B) Executive ceases to be the most senior executive officer (other than Vincent Tese and Les Lieberman) of any affiliated group that includes the Company; (C) after the public offering of shares of Holdings, Executive ceases to be the most senior executive officer (other than Vincent Tese and Les Lieberman) of a public corporation; (D) the relocation of Executive’s principal work location more than 50 miles from the greater Miami or Fort Lauderdale, Florida metropolitan area; (E) the failure of the Company to indemnify Executive (including the prompt advancement of expenses), or to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for Executive, as required hereunder, or (F) the Company decreases or materially fails to pay the compensation described in Section 3 of this Agreement (in accordance with, and subject to, such provisions); provided, however, that a termination by Executive for Good Reason under this Section 4(g)(ii) shall be effective only if, within 30 days following delivery of a written notice by Executive to the Company that Executive is terminating his employment for Good Reason and that reasonably identified the reason(s) for such determination, such notice to be given not later than 90 days after the occurrence of the event(s) claimed to constitute Good Reason, the Company has failed to cure the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason.

 

 
5

 

 

(iii)      For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Disability ” shall occur in the event Executive is unable to perform the duties and responsibilities contemplated under this Agreement for a period of either (A) 90 consecutive days or (B) 6 months in any 12-month period due to physical or mental incapacity or impairment. During any period that Executive fails to perform Executive’s duties hereunder as a result of incapacity or impairment due to physical or mental illness (the “ Disability Period ”), Executive shall continue to receive the compensation and benefits provided by Section 3 of this Agreement until Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated; provided, however, that the amount of Base Salary and benefits received by Executive during the Disability Period shall be reduced by the aggregate amounts, if any, payable to Executive under any disability benefit plan or program provided to Executive by the Company in respect of such period.

 

(iv)      For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

(A)     any “person” (together with any other persons acting as a group) is or becomes a “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (the “ Act ”)) directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company or Holdings representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by then outstanding voting securities of the Company or Holdings (calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Act); provided, that the term “ persons ” is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act shall not include a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company or Holdings; or

 

(B)     there shall be consummated a merger of the Company or Holdings, the sale or disposition by the Company or Holdings of all or substantially all of its assets, or any other business combination of the Company or Holdings with any other corporation, other than any such merger or business combination which would result in the voting securities of the Company or Holdings outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or Holdings or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or business combination; or

 

(C)     a majority of the directors who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings at the beginning of any 12-month period are replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors before the date of the appointment or election.

 

(h)            Effect of Material Breach of Section 5 on Compensation Following Termination of Employment . If, at the time of termination of Executive’s employment or any time thereafter, Executive is in material breach of any covenant contained in Section 5 hereof (which breach, if susceptible to cure, continues unremedied 15 days following the delivery of written notice by the Company of such material breach to Executive), except as otherwise required by law, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments (or if payments have commenced, any continued payment) under this Section 4.

 

 
6

 

 

(i)             No Further Liability; Release . Other than providing the compensation and benefits provided for in accordance with this Section 4, the Company shall have no further obligation or liability to Executive or any other person under this Agreement. The payment of any amounts pursuant to this Section 4 (other than payments required by law) is expressly conditioned upon the delivery by Executive to the Company, within 45 days after the date of the termination of Executive’s employment (and the revocation period for the release lapsing without revocation within such 45 day period), of a general release in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company of any and all claims Executive may have against the Company and its directors, officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, stockholders, successors, assigns, agents and representatives. At the time Executive delivers his general release to the Company, the Company shall deliver a release of its claims against Executive other than those claims which would arise from Executive’s fraudulent, criminal or otherwise intentional wrongful misconduct or from Executive’s knowing violation of federal or state laws or regulations. If any payment or benefit provided pursuant to this Section 4 that is subject to the receipt of the release constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and could potentially be made or provided in two different calendar years based on when Executive signs and delivers the release, such payment or benefit shall be made or provided no earlier than the first business day of the second of such calendar years.

 

5.              Exclusive Employment; Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation; Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information; Surrender of Records; Inventions and Patents .

 

(a)            No Conflict; No Other Employment . During the period of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall not: (i) engage in any activity which conflicts or interferes with or derogates from the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder nor shall Executive engage in any other business activity, whether or not such business activity is pursued for gain or profit, except as approved in advance in writing by the Company; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to manage his personal investments and otherwise attend to personal affairs, including charitable, social and political activities, in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with his responsibilities hereunder, or (ii) accept or engage in any other employment, whether as an employee or consultant or in any other capacity, and whether or not compensated therefor.

 

(b)            Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation .

 

(i)      Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of Holdings, the Company and each of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Group ”) and that access to the Company Group’s confidential records and proprietary information and exposure to customers of the Company Group renders him special and unique within the Company Group’s industry. In consideration of the payment by the Company to Executive of amounts that may hereafter be paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 hereof) and other obligations undertaken by the Company hereunder, Executive agrees that during (1) his employment with the Company, and (2) the period beginning on the date of termination of employment and ending on the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment (the “ Covered Time ”), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage (as owner, investor, partner, stockholder, employer, employee, consultant, advisor, director or otherwise) in any Competing Business in any Restricted Area (each as defined below), provided that the provisions of this Section 5(b)(i) will not be deemed breached merely because Executive owns less than 5% of the outstanding common stock of a publicly-traded company. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Competing Business ” shall mean any community or regional commercial bank, and “ Restricted Area ” shall mean the State of Florida.

 

 
7

 

 

(ii)      In further consideration of the payment by the Company to Executive of amounts that may hereafter be paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 hereof) and other obligations undertaken by the Company hereunder, Executive agrees that during his employment and the Covered Time, he shall not, directly or indirectly, (1) solicit, encourage or attempt to solicit or encourage any of the employees, agents, consultants or representatives of the Company Group to terminate his, her, or its relationship with the Company Group; (2) solicit, encourage or attempt to solicit or encourage any of the employees, agents, consultants or representatives of the Company Group to become employees, agents, representatives or consultants of any other person or entity; (3) solicit or attempt to solicit any customer, vendor or distributor of the Company Group in connection with a Competing Business with respect to any product or service being furnished, made, sold, rented or leased by the Company Group; or (4) persuade or seek to persuade any customer, vendor or distributor of the Company Group to cease to do business or to reduce the amount of business which such customer, vendor or distributor has customarily done or contemplates doing with the Company Group, whether or not the relationship between the Company Group and such customer, vendor or distributor was originally established in whole or in part through Executive’s efforts. For purposes of this Section 5(b)(ii) only, during the Covered Time, the terms “ customer ,” “ vendor ” and “ distributor ” shall mean a customer, vendor or distributor who has done business with the Company Group within twelve months preceding the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

(iii)      Executive understands that the provisions of this Section 5(b) may limit his ability to earn a livelihood in a business similar to the business of the Company Group but nevertheless agrees and hereby acknowledges that the consideration provided under this Agreement, including any amounts or benefits provided under Sections 3 and 4 hereof and other obligations undertaken by the Company hereunder, is sufficient to justify the restrictions contained in such provisions. In consideration thereof and in light of Executive’s education, skills and abilities, Executive agrees that he will not assert in any forum that such provisions prevent him from earning a living or otherwise are void or unenforceable or should be held void or unenforceable.

 

(c)            Proprietary Information . Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment with the Company he will necessarily have access to and make use of proprietary information and confidential records of the Company Group. Executive covenants that he shall not during his employment or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, use for his own purpose or for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company Group, nor otherwise disclose to any individual or entity, any proprietary information, unless such disclosure is made in the good faith performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, has been authorized in writing by the Company, or is otherwise required by law. Executive acknowledges and understands that the term “ proprietary information ” includes, but is not limited to: (i) the software products, programs, applications, and processes utilized by the Company Group; (ii) the name and/or address of any customer or vendor of the Company Group or any information concerning the transactions or relations of any customer or vendor of the Company Group with the Company Group or any of its or their partners, principals, directors, officers or agents; (iii) any information concerning any product, technology, or procedure employed by the Company Group but not generally known to its or their customers, vendors or competitors, or under development by or being tested by the Company Group but not at the time offered generally to customers or vendors; (iv) any information relating to the computer software, computer systems, pricing or marketing methods, sales margins, cost of goods, cost of material, capital structure, operating results, borrowing arrangements or business plans of the Company Group; (v) any information which is generally regarded as confidential or proprietary in any line of business engaged in by the Company Group; (vi) any business plans, budgets, advertising or marketing plans; (vii) any information contained in any of the written or oral policies and procedures or manuals of the Company Group; (viii) any information belonging to customers or vendors of the Company Group or any other person or entity which the Company Group has agreed to hold in confidence; (ix) any inventions, innovations or improvements covered by this Agreement; and (x) all written, graphic and other material relating to any of the foregoing. Executive acknowledges and understands that information that is not novel or copyrighted or patented may nonetheless be proprietary information. The term “proprietary information” shall not include information that is or becomes generally available to and known by the public or information that is or becomes available to Executive on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company Group or the directors, officers, employees, partners, principals or agents of the Company Group (other than as a result of a breach of any obligation of confidentiality).

 

 
8

 

 

(d)            Confidentiality and Surrender of Records . Executive shall not during his employment or at any time thereafter (irrespective of the circumstances under which Executive’s employment by the Company terminates), except as required by law, directly or indirectly publish, make known or in any fashion disclose any confidential records to, or permit any inspection or copying of confidential records by, any individual or entity other than in the course of such individual’s or entity’s employment or retention by the Company. Upon termination of employment for any reason or request by the Company, Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company all property and records of the Company Group, including, without limitation, all confidential records. For purposes hereof, “ confidential records ” means all correspondence, reports, memoranda, files, manuals, books, lists, financial, operating or marketing records, magnetic tape, or electronic or other media or equipment of any kind which may be in Executive’s possession or under his control or accessible to him which contain any proprietary information. All property and records of the Company Group (including, without limitation, all confidential records) shall be and remain the sole property of the Company Group during Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter.

 

(e)            Inventions and Patents . All inventions, innovations or improvements (including policies, procedures, products, improvements, software, ideas and discoveries, whether patent, copyright, trademark, service mark, or otherwise) conceived or made by Executive, either alone or jointly with others, in the course of his employment by the Company, belong to the Company. Executive will promptly disclose in writing such inventions, innovations or improvements to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company to establish and confirm such ownership by the Company, including, but not limited to, cooperating with and assisting the Company in obtaining patents, copyrights, trademarks, or service marks for the Company in the United States and in foreign countries.

 

 
9

 

 

(f)             Mutual Non-Disparagement . Executive shall not, at any time during or after his employment with the Company, make or publish any derogatory, unfavorable, negative, disparaging, false, damaging or deleterious written or oral statements or remarks regarding the Company Group or any members of its boards of directors or managements, or any of their respective business affairs or performance. The Company Group, members of its Boards and its senior executives shall not, at any time during or after Executive's employment with the Company, make or publish any derogatory, unfavorable, negative, disparaging, false, damaging or deleterious written or oral statements or remarks regarding Executive.

 

(g)            Enforcement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of his position, his services and access to and use of confidential records and proprietary information, any violation by him of any of the undertakings contained in this Section 5 would cause the Company Group immediate, substantial and irreparable injury for which it or they have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, Executive agrees and consents to the entry of an injunction or other equitable relief by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any undertaking contained in this Section 5. Executive waives posting by the Company Group of any bond otherwise necessary to secure such injunction or other equitable relief. Rights and remedies provided for in this Section 5 are cumulative and shall be in addition to rights and remedies otherwise available to the parties hereunder or under any other agreement or applicable law.

 

6.              Assignment and Transfer .

 

(a)            Company . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, and may be assigned by the Company without Executive’s consent to, any purchaser of all or substantially all of the Company’s business or assets, any successor to the Company or any assignee thereof (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise).

 

(b)            Executive . The parties hereto agree that Executive is obligated under this Agreement to render personal services of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character, thereby giving this Agreement special value. Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by Executive by assignment or otherwise, and any purported assignment, transfer or delegation thereof shall be void; provided, however, that if Executive shall die, all amounts then payable to Executive hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s estate.

 

7.              Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            Other Obligations . Executive represents and warrants that neither Executive’s employment with the Company nor Executive’s performance of Executive’s obligations hereunder will conflict with or violate or otherwise are inconsistent with any other obligations, legal or otherwise, which Executive may have. Executive covenants that he shall perform his duties hereunder in a professional manner and not in conflict or violation, or otherwise inconsistent with other obligations legal or otherwise, which Executive may have.

 

 
10

 

 

(b)            Nondisclosure . Executive will not disclose to the Company, use, or induce the Company to use, any proprietary information, trade secrets or confidential business information of others.

 

(c)            Cooperation . Following termination of employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall cooperate with the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company, to effect a transition of Executive’s responsibilities and to ensure that the Company is aware of all matters being handled by Executive. The Company shall reimburse Executive’s reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such pre-approved work.

 

(d)            Assistance in Proceedings, Etc. Executive shall, during and after his employment, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and proper assistance to the Company as may reasonably be required by the Company in connection with any legal or quasi-legal proceeding, including any external or internal investigation, involving the Company or any of its affiliates. The Company shall reimburse Executive’s reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing obligations.

 

(e)            Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided to him under Section 4 of this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payments provided to Executive under Section 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer after the termination of Executive’s employment or otherwise.

 

(f)             No Right of Set-off, Etc . The obligation of the Company to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including without limitation, set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against Executive or others.

 

(g)            Protection of Reputation . During Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, Executive agrees that he will take no action which is intended, or would reasonably be expected, to harm the reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates or which would reasonably be expected to lead to unwanted or unfavorable publicity to the Company or its affiliates. Nothing herein shall prevent Executive from making any truthful statement in connection with any investigation by the Company or any governmental authority or in any legal proceeding.

 

(h)            Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed (both as to validity and performance) and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Florida applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within such jurisdiction, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law or where the parties are located at the time a dispute arises.

 

 
11

 

 

(i)             Arbitration .

 

(i)      General . Executive and the Company specifically, knowingly, and voluntarily agree that they shall use final and binding arbitration to resolve any dispute (an “ Arbitrable Dispute ”) between Executive, on the one hand, and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company), on the other hand. This arbitration agreement applies to all matters arising out of or related to this Agreement, any other agreement between Executive and the Company, or Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination thereof, including without limitation disputes about the validity, interpretation, or effect of this Agreement, or alleged violations of it, any payments due hereunder and all claims arising out of any alleged discrimination, harassment or retaliation, including, but not limited to, those covered by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and the Americans With Disabilities Act or any other federal, state or local law relating to discrimination in employment, provided, however, that disputes under the Indemnification Agreement shall not be arbitrable pursuant to this provision.

 

(ii)      Injunctive Relief . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company and any affiliate of the Company (if applicable) shall have the right to seek injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction to enforce Section 5 of this Agreement. For purposes of seeking enforcement of Section 5, the Company and Executive hereby consent to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the County of Collier, State of Florida.

 

(iii)      The Arbitration . Any arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(i) will take place in Naples, Florida, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and before a panel of three arbitrators selected in accordance with such rules. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any state or federal court sitting in the County of Collier, State of Florida.

 

(iv)      Fees and Expenses . In any arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(i), except as otherwise required by law, each party shall be responsible for the fees and expenses of its own attorneys and witnesses, and the fees and expenses of the arbitrators shall be divided equally between the Company, on the one hand, and Executive, on the other hand.

 

(v)      Exclusive Forum . Except as permitted by Section 7(i)(ii) hereof, arbitration in the manner described in this Section 7(i) shall be the exclusive forum for any Arbitrable Dispute. Except as permitted by Section 7(i)(ii), should Executive or the Company attempt to resolve an Arbitrable Dispute by any method other than arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(i), the responding party shall be entitled to recover from the initiating party all damages, expenses, and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of that breach.

 

 
12

 

 

(j)             Compliance with Section 409A . The Company makes no representations regarding the tax implications of the compensation and benefits to be paid to Executive under this Agreement, including without limit, under Section 409A of the Code. It is the intention of the parties hereto that payments and benefits under this Agreement be exempt from, or in compliance with, Section 409A and accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A. To the extent any payments of money or other benefits due to Executive under this Agreement could cause the application of an acceleration or additional tax under Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payments or other benefits compliant under Section 409A, or otherwise such payments or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner determined by the Company that does not cause such acceleration or additional tax. With respect to any amount payable or benefit provided that the Company reasonably determines would be nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, all references in this Agreement to Executive's termination of employment shall mean his “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if as of the date on which Executive's employment terminates, Executive is a " specified employee " within the meaning of Section 409A and the regulations as determined by the Company, then to the extent any amount payable or benefit provided under this Agreement that the Company reasonably determines would be nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, that under the terms of this Agreement would be payable prior to the six-month anniversary of Executive's effective date of termination, such payment or benefit shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (a) the six-month anniversary of such termination date or (b) the date of Executive's death. In the case of taxable benefits that constitute deferred compensation, the Company, in lieu of a delay in payment, may require Executive to pay the full costs of such benefits during the period described in the preceding sentence and reimburse that Executive for said costs within thirty (30) calendar days after the end of such period. With respect to any reimbursements under this Agreement, such reimbursement shall be made on or before the last day of Executive's taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred by Executive. The amount of any expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of any in-kind benefits provided, as the case may be, under this Agreement during any calendar year shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of any in-kind benefits provided during any other calendar year. The right to reimbursement or to any in-kind benefit pursuant to this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit. Each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

(k)            Section 280G Gross-up . If Holdings or the Company incurs a change in ownership or a change in effective control (as each is defined in Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Qs&As 27 and 28) (either a “Change in Ownership”) prior to the first anniversary of a public offering of the shares of Holdings raising at least $100,000,000 in proceeds and to the extent permitted by applicable law, then:

 

(i)      In the event it is determined that as a result of such Change in Ownership any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (including without limitation any deferred compensation plans), determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 7(k)(i) (a " Payment "), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties with respect thereto are incurred by Executive with respect to any such tax (any such tax, together with any such interest or penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the " Additional Tax "), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company an additional payment (a " Gross-Up Payment ") in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Additional Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Additional Tax imposed upon the Payments; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(k)(i), if it shall be determined that Executive is entitled to a Gross-Up Payment, but that the amount of the aggregate Payments is less than 110% of the product of (A) three (3) times (B) the Executive's Base Amount (as such term is defined in Section 280G of the Code), then no Gross-Up Payment shall be made to the Executive and the Company shall reduce the Payments until no amount of the Payments shall be subject to the exercise tax under Section 4999 of the Code in the following order (unless Executive, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, elect another method of reduction by written notice to the Company prior to the Section 280G event): (i) any cash severance payments (starting with the last payments due), (ii) any other cash amounts payable to Executive (starting with the last payments due), (iii) any benefits valued as parachute payments, (iv) acceleration of the vesting of any stock options for which the exercise price exceeds the then fair market value of the underlying stock (starting with the last vesting tranches), (v) acceleration of the vesting of any equity award that is not a stock option (starting with the last vesting tranches) and (vi) acceleration of the vesting of any stock options for which the exercise price is less than the fair market value of the underlying stock (starting with the last vesting tranches).

 

 
13

 

 

(ii)      Subject to the provisions of Section 7(k)(iii), all other determinations required to be made under this Section 7(k), including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by the Company's public accounting firm (the " Accounting Firm "). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 7(k), shall be paid by the Company to Executive within the earlier of five (5) business days after the Company's receipt of the Accounting Firm's determination and the end of Executive's taxable year next following the taxable year in which Executive pays the Additional Taxes to which such Gross-Up Payment relates to the applicable taxing authority. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive.

 

(iii)      Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten (10) business days after Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-calendar-day period following the date on which Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall: (i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim; (ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company; (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim; provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Additional Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Any amount the Company is obligated to pay or indemnify under this Section 7(k)(iii) shall be paid or indemnified on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense, cost or Additional Tax was incurred. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(k)(iii), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided further, that if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Additional Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance. The Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder, and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

 

 
14

 

 

(iv)      As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Section 4999 at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service (" IRS ") or other agency will claim that a greater or lesser Additional Tax is due. In the event that the Additional Tax is finally determined to be less than the amount taken into account hereunder in calculating the Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall repay to the Company, at the time that the amount of such reduction in Additional Tax is finally determined, the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus that portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to the Additional Tax and taxes imposed on the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by the Executive) plus interest on the amount of such repayment at 120% of the rate provided in Code Section 1274(b)(2)(B). In the event that the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into account hereunder in calculating the Gross-Up Payment (including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment), the Company shall make an additional Gross Up Payment in respect of such excess (plus any interest, penalties or additions payable by Executive with respect to such excess) at the time that the amount of such excess is finally determined. Executive and the Company shall each reasonably cooperate with the other in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings concerning the existence or amount of liability for Additional Tax with respect to the total Payments. The Company shall pay all fees and expenses of Executive relating to a claim by the IRS or other agency.

 

 
15

 

 

(l)           Limitation on Benefits . If Holdings or the Company incurs a Change in Ownership) on and after the first anniversary of a public offering of the shares of Holdings raising at least $100,000,000 in proceeds, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between the Company and Executive (collectively, the “ Parachute Payments ”) (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code as a result of such Change of Ownership and (ii) but for this Section 7(l), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Parachute Payments shall be payable either (i) in full or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such Parachute Payments being subject to excise tax under Section 4999; whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in Executive’s receipt on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits under this Agreement, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999. Unless Executive and the Company otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 7(l) shall be made in writing by the Accounting Firm, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 7(l), the Accounting Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely in reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Accounting Firm such information and documents as the Accounting Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 7(l). The Company shall bear all costs the Accounting Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 7(l). If the limitation set forth in this Section 7(l) is applied to reduce an amount payable to Executive, and the Internal Revenue Service successfully asserts that, despite the reduction, Executive has nonetheless received payments which are in excess of the maximum amount that could have been paid to Executive without being subjected to any excise tax, then, unless it would be unlawful for the Company to make such a loan or similar extension of credit to Executive, Executive may repay such excess amount to the Company as though such amount constitutes a loan to Executive made at the date of payment of such excess amount, bearing interest at 120% of the applicable federal rate (as determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code in respect of such loan). The reduction of Company payments, if applicable, shall be effected in the following order (unless Executive, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, elects another method of reduction by written notice to the Company prior to the Section 280G event): (i) any cash severance payments (starting with the last payments due), (ii) any other cash amounts payable to Executive (starting with the last payments due), (iii) any benefits valued as parachute payments, (iv) acceleration of the vesting of any stock options for which the exercise price exceeds the then fair market value of the underlying stock (starting with the last vesting tranches), (v) acceleration of the vesting of any equity award that is not a stock option (starting with the last vesting tranches) and (vi) acceleration of the vesting of any stock options for which the exercise price is less than the fair market value of the underlying stock (starting with the last vesting tranches).

 

(m)           Entire Agreement . This Agreement contain the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto in respect of Executive’s employment and supersedes, cancels and annuls the Prior Agreement and any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, understandings, commitments and practices between them respecting Executive’s employment.

 

(n)            Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing which makes express reference to this Agreement as the subject of such amendment and which is signed by Executive and, on behalf of the Company, by its duly authorized officer.

 

 
16

 

 

(o)            Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitration panel to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any provision of this Agreement, or any part thereof, is held to be invalid or unenforceable because of the scope or duration of or the area covered by such provision, the parties hereto agree that the court or arbitration panel making such determination shall reduce the scope, duration and/or area of such provision (and shall substitute appropriate provisions for any such invalid or unenforceable provisions) in order to make such provision enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or shall delete specific words and phrases, and such modified provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced. The parties hereto recognize that if, in any judicial or arbitral proceeding, a court or arbitration panel shall refuse to enforce any of the separate covenants contained in this Agreement, then that invalid or unenforceable covenant contained in this Agreement shall be deemed eliminated from these provisions to the extent necessary to permit the remaining separate covenants to be enforced. In the event that any court or arbitration panel determines that the time period or the area, or both, are unreasonable and that any of the covenants is to that extent invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that such covenants will remain in full force and effect, first, for the greatest time period, and second, in the greatest geographical area that would not render them unenforceable.

 

(p)            Construction . The headings and captions of this Agreement are provided for convenience only and are intended to have no effect in construing or interpreting this Agreement. The language in all parts of this Agreement shall be in all cases construed according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against the Company or Executive. As used herein, the words “ day ” or “ days ” shall mean a calendar day or days.

 

(q)            Nonwaiver . Neither any course of dealing nor any failure or neglect of either party hereto in any instance to exercise any right, power or privilege hereunder or under law shall constitute a waiver of any other right, power or privilege or of the same right, power or privilege in any other instance. All waivers by either party hereto must be contained in a written instrument signed by the party to be charged and, in the case of the Company, by its duly authorized officer.

 

(r)             Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested, addressed: (i) in the case of the Company, to Florida Community Bank, National Association, 2500 Weston Road, Weston, Florida 33331, Attn: Vincent Tese, Executive Chairman of the Company; and (ii) in the case of Executive, to Executive’s last known address as reflected in the Company’s records, or to such other address as Executive shall designate by written notice to the Company. Any notice given hereunder shall be deemed to have been given at the time of receipt thereof by the person to whom such notice is given if personally delivered, on the date following delivery to an overnight delivery service for next day delivery prior to such service’s deadline for such delivery, or on the date that is three days after the date of mailing if sent by registered or certified mail.

 

 
17

 

 

(s)            Survival . Cessation or termination of Executive’s employment with the Company shall not result in termination of this Agreement. The respective obligations of Executive and the Company as provided in Sections 4, 5, 6 and 7 of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination of the Term of this Agreement.

 

(t)             Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be effective for all purposes.

 

(u)            D&O Insurance; Indemnification . The Company shall maintain, for the benefit of Executive, director and officer liability insurance in such form and with such limits and coverages as are reasonably acceptable to Executive, or at least as comprehensive as, and in an amount that is at least equal to, that maintained by the Company on the date hereof. In addition, Executive shall be indemnified by the Company against liability as an officer and director of the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by the Company’s Charter and/or By-Laws. Executive’s rights under this Section 7(u) shall continue so long as he may be subject to such liability, whether or not this Agreement may have terminated prior thereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf by an officer thereunto duly authorized and Executive has duly executed this Agreement, all as of the date and year first written above.

 

 

FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

EXECUTIVE

 
         
         
         
By:

/s/ Vincent Tese

 

/s/ Kent Ellert

 
 

Name: Vincent Tese

 

Kent Ellert

 
 

Title: Executive Chairman

     

 

 

 

18 

Exhibit 10.10

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

THIS Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated July 18, 2014, between Florida Community Bank, National Association (the “ Company ”), and Vincent Tese (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive as its Executive Chairman, and Executive desires to accept such employment on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.              Term of Employment . The term of employment under this Agreement shall commence as of May 1, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) and, subject to earlier termination provided in Section 4 hereof, shall end on April 30, 2017 (the “ Term ”). For purposes of clarity, if Executive’s employment continues after the expiration of the Term, his employment shall be at-will.

 

2.              Employment .

 

(a)            Employment by the Company . Executive agrees to be employed by the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. Executive shall serve as Executive Chairman of the Company and shall report to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).

 

(b)            Performance of Duties . During his employment, Executive shall faithfully and diligently perform Executive’s duties in conformity with the directions of the Board and serve the Company to the best of Executive’s ability. Executive’s employment with the Company is on a non-exclusive basis. Subject to Section 5.1 hereof, Executive is not prohibited from providing services during the Term to other entities.

 

3.              Compensation and Benefits .

 

(a)            Base Salary . The Company agrees to pay to Executive a base salary (“ Base Salary ”) at the annual rate of $500,000 with effect from May 1, 2014. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Compensation Committee ”) may determine in its sole discretion to increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary. Payments of the Base Salary shall be payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices.

 

(b)            Annual Incentive Bonus Plan . Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash incentive bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) as may be determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion pursuant to the terms of the Company’s annual incentive plan, as it may be amended from time to time. The Annual Bonus, if any, shall be paid to Executive when bonuses are paid by the Company to other senior executives of the Company.

 

 
 

 

   

(c)            Benefits and Perquisites . Executive shall be entitled to participate in, to the extent Executive is otherwise eligible under the terms thereof, the benefit plans and programs, and receive the benefits and perquisites, generally provided by the Company to executives of the Company, including without limitation family medical insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to participate in any Company severance plan other than as provided specifically herein. Executive shall be entitled to annual vacation in accordance with Company policy.

 

(d)            Business Expenses . The Company agrees to reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary travel, business entertainment and other business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement in accordance with, and subject to, the Company’s standard policies. Such reimbursements shall be made by the Company on a timely basis upon submission by Executive of vouchers in accordance with the Company’s standard procedures. In addition, the Company shall provide Executive with either an appropriate monthly automobile allowance or an appropriate automobile, and shall cover the costs associated with the operation of the automobile, including insurance, maintenance and fuel.

 

(e)            No Other Compensation or Benefits; Payment . The compensation and benefits specified in this Section 3 and in Section 4 of this Agreement shall be in lieu of any and all other compensation and benefits. Payment of all compensation and benefits to Executive specified in this Section 3 and in Section 4 of this Agreement (i) shall be made in accordance with the relevant Company policies in effect from time to time to the extent the same are consistently applied, including normal payroll practices, and (ii) shall be subject to all legally required and customary withholdings.

 

(f)             Cessation of Employment . In the event Executive shall cease to be employed by the Company for any reason, then Executive’s compensation and benefits shall cease on the date of such event, except as otherwise specifically provided herein or in any applicable employee benefit plan or program or as required by law.

 

4.              Compensation Following Termination . Executive shall be entitled only to the following compensation and benefits upon termination of his employment:

 

(a)            General . On any termination of Executive’s employment, he shall be entitled to:

 

(i)      any accrued but unpaid Base Salary and unused vacation through the date of termination, which amount shall be payable within ten (10) working days of the date of termination;

 

(ii)      any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed in accordance with Section 3(e) of this Agreement;

 

(iii)      receive any benefits to which he may be entitled upon termination of his employment pursuant to the plans and programs referred to in Section 3(d) hereof or as may be required by applicable law; and

 

 
2

 

 

(iv)      receive any amounts or benefits to which he may be entitled upon termination of his employment pursuant to the plans and agreement referred to in Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof in accordance with the terms of such plans and agreement.

 

(b)            Termination by the Company for Cause; Termination by Executive Without Good Reason . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term (i) by the Company for Cause (as defined below) or (ii) by Executive without Good Reason (as defined below), Executive (or his estate, as the case may be) shall be entitled only to those items identified in Section 4(a).

 

(c)            Termination by Reason of Disability . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive’s Disability (as defined below), Executive shall be entitled only to the following:

 

(i)      those items identified in Section 4(a);

 

(ii)      if Executive timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the Company will pay through the COBRA Payment End Date (as defined below) the monthly premiums for the level of coverage Executive maintained on the date of termination. The “ COBRA Payment End Date ” shall be the earlier of (A) eighteen months following the date of termination and (B) the date Executive becomes employed by a third party and is eligible for coverage under the group benefits plan of the new employer. If during the period Executive is receiving this benefit, Executive obtains new employment and becomes eligible for coverage under the group benefits plan of the new employer, Executive must promptly notify the Company in writing of such eligibility; and

 

(iii)      the continued payment of Base Salary through the end of the Term (determined immediately prior to the termination of Executive’s employment), less any disability benefits provided to Executive by the Company or under any disability insurance paid for or for which premiums paid by Executive were reimbursed by the Company.

 

(d)            Termination by Reason of Death . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive’s death, Executive shall be entitled only to the following:

 

(i)      those items identified in Section 4(a);

 

(ii)      if Executive’s spouse timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the Company will pay the monthly premiums during the COBRA continuation coverage period for the level of coverage Executive maintained prior to his death; and

 

(iii)      the continued payment of Base Salary (determined immediately prior to Executive’s death) to Executive’s estate during the thirty-six month period following Executive’s death.

 

 
3

 

 

(e)            Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term (x) by the Company without Cause or (y) by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled only to the following:

 

(i)      those items identified in Section 4(a);

 

(ii)      if Executive timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the Company will pay through the COBRA Payment End Date the monthly premiums for the level of coverage Executive maintained on the date of termination, provided that if during the period Executive is receiving this benefit, Executive obtains new employment and becomes eligible for coverage under the group benefits plan of the new employer, Executive must promptly notify the Company in writing of such eligibility; and

 

(iii)      the payment of an amount equal to the product of one (1) times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary (as determined immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment) and (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual bonuses paid or payable by Company to Executive for the two annual bonus periods ended immediately prior to year in which his employment was terminated (the “ Average Bonus ”), which amount shall be payable in equal installments during the twelve (12) months following the date of termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (the “ Severance Pay ”).

 

(f)             Termination by Executive in Connection With a Change of Control . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term within six (6) months before or twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (i) by the Company without Cause or (ii) by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits provided in Section 4(e) except that the Severance Pay shall be an amount equal to product of two (2) times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary (as determined immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment) and (B) the Average Bonus, which amount shall be payable in equal installments during the twenty-four (24) months following the date of termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.

 

(g)            Definitions of Cause, Good Reason, Disability, and Change of Control .

 

(i)      For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following: (A) Executive has misappropriated any funds or property of the Company or its affiliates, or has willfully destroyed property of the Company or its affiliates; (B) Executive has been convicted of (1) a felony or (2) any crime (x) involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude or (y) that materially impairs Executive’s ability to perform his duties and responsibilities with the Company or that causes material damage to the Company or its affiliates or their operations or reputation; (C) Executive has violated any banking law or regulation, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist order, or other agreement with any banking agency having jurisdiction over the Company which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in damage to the Company or its affiliates; (D) Executive has engaged in any other willful misconduct which constitutes a breach of fiduciary duty or the duty of loyalty to the Company or its affiliates and which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Company or its affiliates; (E) Executive’s willful and material failure to perform his duties with the Company (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness), provided, however, that, if susceptible of cure, a termination by the Company for Cause under this Section 4(g)(i)(E) shall be effective only if, within 15 days following delivery of a written notice by the Company to Executive that Executive has materially failed to perform his duties and that reasonably identifies the reason(s) for such determination, Executive has failed to cure such failure to perform; (F) Executive (1) has willfully violated the Company’s material policies or rules, which violation has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Company or its affiliates, or (2) is guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties with the Company, which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Company or its affiliates, provided, however, that if susceptible of cure, a termination under this Section 4(g)(i)(F) shall be effective only if within 15 days following delivery of a written notice by the Company specifying the nature of the breach, Executive has materially failed to correct the same; or (G) Executive has materially breached any material provisions of this Agreement, provided, however, that, if susceptible of cure, a termination by the Company for Cause under this Section 4(g)(i)(G) shall be effective only if, within 15 days following delivery to Executive that Executive has materially breached a material provision of this Agreement and reasonably identifies the reason(s) for such determination, Executive has failed to cure such breach.

 

 
4

 

 

(ii)      For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Good Reason ” shall mean any of the following: (A) Executive ceases to be Executive Chairman of the Company or a failure to appoint him to, or any removal of him from, the Board of Directors of the Company or FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Bond Street Holdings, Inc.) (“ Holdings ”) ; (B) Executive ceases to be among the most senior executive officers of any affiliated group that includes the Company; (C) after the public offering of shares of Holdings, Executive ceases to be among the most senior executive officers of a public corporation; (D) if the Company seeks to require Executive to perform his duties for the Company in any particular geographic location without Executive’s written agreement; (E) the failure of the Company to indemnify Executive (including the prompt advancement of expenses), or to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for Executive, as required hereunder, or (F) the Company decreases or materially fails to pay the compensation described in Section 3 of this Agreement (in accordance with, and subject to, such provisions); provided, however, that a termination by Executive for Good Reason under this Section 4(g)(ii) shall be effective only if, within 30 days following delivery of a written notice by Executive to the Company that Executive is terminating his employment for Good Reason and that reasonably identified the reason(s) for such determination, such notice to be given not later than 90 days after the occurrence of the event(s) claimed to constitute Good Reason, the Company has failed to cure the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason.

 

(iii)      For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Disability ” shall occur in the event Executive is unable to perform the duties and responsibilities contemplated under this Agreement for a period of either (A) 90 consecutive days or (B) 6 months in any 12-month period due to physical or mental incapacity or impairment. During any period that Executive fails to perform Executive’s duties hereunder as a result of incapacity or impairment due to physical or mental illness (the “ Disability Period ”), Executive shall continue to receive the compensation and benefits provided by Section 3 of this Agreement until Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated; provided, however, that the amount of Base Salary and benefits received by Executive during the Disability Period shall be reduced by the aggregate amounts, if any, payable to Executive under any disability benefit plan or program provided to Executive by the Company in respect of such period.

 

 
5

 

 

(iv)      For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

(A)     any “person” (together with any other persons acting as a group) is or becomes a “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (the “ Act ”)) directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company or Holdings representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by then outstanding voting securities of the Company or Holdings (calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Act); provided, that the term “ persons ” is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act shall not include a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company or Holdings ; or

 

(B)     there shall be consummated a merger of the Company or Holdings, the sale or disposition by the Company or Holdings of all or substantially all of its assets, or any other business combination of the Company or Holdings with any other corporation, other than any such merger or business combination which would result in the voting securities of the Company or Holdings outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or Holdings or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or business combination; or

 

(C)     a majority of the directors who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings at the beginning of any 12-month period are replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors before the date of the appointment or election.

 

(h)            Effect of Material Breach of Section 5 on Compensation Following Termination of Employment . If, at the time of termination of Executive’s employment or any time thereafter, Executive is in material breach of any covenant contained in Section 5 hereof (which breach, if susceptible to cure, continues unremedied 15 days following the delivery of written notice by the Company of such material breach to Executive), except as otherwise required by law, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments (or if payments have commenced, any continued payment) under this Section 4.

 

(i)             No Further Liability; Release . Other than providing the compensation and benefits provided for in accordance with this Section 4, the Company shall have no further obligation or liability to Executive or any other person under this Agreement. The payment of any amounts pursuant to this Section 4 (other than payments required by law) is expressly conditioned upon the delivery by Executive to the Company, within 45 days after the date of the termination of Executive’s employment (and the revocation period for the release lapsing without revocation within such 45 day period), of a general release in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company of any and all claims Executive may have against the Company and its directors, officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, stockholders, successors, assigns, agents and representatives. At the time Executive delivers his general release to the Company, the Company shall deliver a release of its claims against Executive other than those claims which would arise from Executive’s fraudulent, criminal or otherwise intentional wrongful misconduct or from Executive’s knowing violation of federal or state laws or regulations. If any payment or benefit provided pursuant to this Section 4 that is subject to the receipt of the release constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and could potentially be made or provided in two different calendar years based on when Executive signs and delivers the release, such payment or benefit shall be made or provided no earlier than the first business day of the second of such calendar years.

 

 
6

 

 

5.              Non-exclusive Employment; Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation; Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information; Surrender of Records; Inventions and Patents .

 

(a)            No Conflict; Non-exclusive Employment . While Executive’s employment with the Company is non-exclusive, during the period of such employment, Executive shall not engage in any activity which conflicts or materially interferes with or materially derogates from the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

(b)            Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation .

 

(i)      Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of Holdings, the Company and each of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Group ”) and that access to the Company Group’s confidential records and proprietary information and exposure to customers of the Company Group renders him special and unique within the Company’s industry. In consideration of the payment by the Company to Executive of amounts that may hereafter be paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 hereof) and other obligations undertaken by the Company hereunder, Executive agrees that during (1) his employment with the Company, and (2) the period beginning on the date of termination of employment and ending on the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment (the “ Covered Time ”), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage (as owner, investor, partner, stockholder, employer, employee, consultant, advisor, director or otherwise) in any Competing Business in any Restricted Area (each as defined below), provided that the provisions of this Section 5(b)(i) will not be deemed breached merely because Executive owns less than 5% of the outstanding common stock of a publicly-traded company. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Competing Business ” shall mean any community or regional commercial bank, and “ Restricted Area ” shall mean the State of Florida.

 

(ii)      In further consideration of the payment by the Company to Executive of amounts that may hereafter be paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 hereof) and other obligations undertaken by the Company hereunder, Executive agrees that during his employment and the Covered Time, he shall not, directly or indirectly, (1) solicit, encourage or attempt to solicit or encourage any of the employees, agents, consultants or representatives of the Company Group to terminate his, her, or its relationship with the Company Group; (2) solicit, encourage or attempt to solicit or encourage any of the employees, agents, consultants or representatives of the Company Group to become employees, agents, representatives or consultants of any other person or entity; (3) solicit or attempt to solicit any customer, vendor or distributor of the Company Group in connection with a Competing Business with respect to any product or service being furnished, made, sold, rented or leased by the Company Group; or (4) persuade or seek to persuade any customer, vendor or distributor of the Company Group to cease to do business or to reduce the amount of business which such customer, vendor or distributor has customarily done or contemplates doing with the Company Group, whether or not the relationship between the Company Group and such customer, vendor or distributor was originally established in whole or in part through Executive’s efforts. For purposes of this Section 5(b)(ii) only, during the Covered Time, the terms “ customer ,” “ vendor ” and “ distributor ” shall mean a customer, vendor or distributor who has done business with the Company Group within twelve months preceding the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

 
7

 

 

(iii)      Executive understands that the provisions of this Section 5(b) may limit his ability to earn a livelihood in a business similar to the business of the Company Group but nevertheless agrees and hereby acknowledges that the consideration provided under this Agreement, including any amounts or benefits provided under Sections 3 and 4 hereof and other obligations undertaken by the Company hereunder, is sufficient to justify the restrictions contained in such provisions. In consideration thereof and in light of Executive’s education, skills and abilities, Executive agrees that he will not assert in any forum that such provisions prevent him from earning a living or otherwise are void or unenforceable or should be held void or unenforceable.

 

(c)            Proprietary Information . Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment with the Company he will necessarily have access to and make use of proprietary information and confidential records of the Company Group. Executive covenants that he shall not during his employment or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, use for his own purpose or for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company Group, nor otherwise disclose to any individual or entity, any proprietary information, unless such disclosure is made in the good faith performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, has been authorized in writing by the Company, or is otherwise required by law. Executive acknowledges and understands that the term “ proprietary information ” includes, but is not limited to: (i) the software products, programs, applications, and processes utilized by the Company Group; (ii) the name and/or address of any customer or vendor of the Company Group or any information concerning the transactions or relations of any customer or vendor of the Company Group with the Company Group or any of its or their partners, principals, directors, officers or agents; (iii) any information concerning any product, technology, or procedure employed by the Company Group but not generally known to its or their customers, vendors or competitors, or under development by or being tested by the Company Group but not at the time offered generally to customers or vendors; (iv) any information relating to the computer software, computer systems, pricing or marketing methods, sales margins, cost of goods, cost of material, capital structure, operating results, borrowing arrangements or business plans of the Company Group; (v) any information which is generally regarded as confidential or proprietary in any line of business engaged in by the Company Group; (vi) any business plans, budgets, advertising or marketing plans; (vii) any information contained in any of the written or oral policies and procedures or manuals of the Company Group; (viii) any information belonging to customers or vendors of the Company Group or any other person or entity which the Company Group has agreed to hold in confidence; (ix) any inventions, innovations or improvements covered by this Agreement; and (x) all written, graphic and other material relating to any of the foregoing. Executive acknowledges and understands that information that is not novel or copyrighted or patented may nonetheless be proprietary information. The term “proprietary information” shall not include information that is or becomes generally available to and known by the public or information that is or becomes available to Executive on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company Group, or the directors, officers, employees, partners, principals or agents of the Company Group (other than as a result of a breach of any obligation of confidentiality).

 

 
8

 

 

(d)            Confidentiality and Surrender of Records . Executive shall not during his employment or at any time thereafter (irrespective of the circumstances under which Executive’s employment by the Company terminates), except as required by law, directly or indirectly publish, make known or in any fashion disclose any confidential records to, or permit any inspection or copying of confidential records by, any individual or entity other than in the course of such individual’s or entity’s employment or retention by the Company. Upon termination of employment for any reason or request by the Company, Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company all property and records of the Company Group, including, without limitation, all confidential records. For purposes hereof, “ confidential records ” means all correspondence, reports, memoranda, files, manuals, books, lists, financial, operating or marketing records, magnetic tape, or electronic or other media or equipment of any kind which may be in Executive’s possession or under his control or accessible to him which contain any proprietary information. All property and records of the Company Group (including, without limitation, all confidential records) shall be and remain the sole property of the Company Group during Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter.

 

(e)            Inventions and Patents . All inventions, innovations or improvements (including policies, procedures, products, improvements, software, ideas and discoveries, whether patent, copyright, trademark, service mark, or otherwise) conceived or made by Executive, either alone or jointly with others, in the course of his employment by the Company, belong to the Company. Executive will promptly disclose in writing such inventions, innovations or improvements to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company to establish and confirm such ownership by the Company, including, but not limited to, cooperating with and assisting the Company in obtaining patents, copyrights, trademarks, or service marks for the Company in the United States and in foreign countries.

 

(f)             Mutual Non-Disparagement . Executive shall not, at any time during or after his employment with the Company, make or publish any derogatory, unfavorable, negative, disparaging, false, damaging or deleterious written or oral statements or remarks regarding the Company Group or any members its boards of directors or managements, or any of their respective business affairs or performance. The Company Group, members of its Boards and its senior executives shall not, at any time during or after Executive's employment with the Company, make or publish any derogatory, unfavorable, negative, disparaging, false, damaging or deleterious written or oral statements or remarks regarding Executive.

 

 
9

 

 

(g)            Enforcement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of his position, his services and access to and use of confidential records and proprietary information, any violation by him of any of the undertakings contained in this Section 5 would cause the Company Group immediate, substantial and irreparable injury for which it or they have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, Executive agrees and consents to the entry of an injunction or other equitable relief by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any undertaking contained in this Section 5. Executive waives posting by the Company Group of any bond otherwise necessary to secure such injunction or other equitable relief. Rights and remedies provided for in this Section 5 are cumulative and shall be in addition to rights and remedies otherwise available to the parties hereunder or under any other agreement or applicable law.

 

6.              Assignment and Transfer .

 

(a)            Company . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, and may be assigned by the Company without Executive’s consent to, any purchaser of all or substantially all of the Company’s business or assets, any successor to the Company or any assignee thereof (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise).

 

(b)            Executive . The parties hereto agree that Executive is obligated under this Agreement to render personal services of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character, thereby giving this Agreement special value. Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by Executive by assignment or otherwise, and any purported assignment, transfer or delegation thereof shall be void; provided, however, that if Executive shall die, all amounts then payable to Executive hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s estate.

 

7.              Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            Other Obligations . Executive represents and warrants that neither Executive’s employment with the Company nor Executive’s performance of Executive’s obligations hereunder will conflict with or violate or otherwise are inconsistent with any other obligations, legal or otherwise, which Executive may have. Executive covenants that he shall perform his duties hereunder in a professional manner and not in conflict or violation, or otherwise inconsistent with other obligations legal or otherwise, which Executive may have.

 

(b)            Nondisclosure . Executive will not disclose to the Company, use, or induce the Company to use, any proprietary information, trade secrets or confidential business information of others.

 

(c)            Cooperation . Following termination of employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall cooperate with the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company, to effect a transition of Executive’s responsibilities and to ensure that the Company is aware of all matters being handled by Executive. The Company shall reimburse Executive’s reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such pre-approved work.

 

(d)            Assistance in Proceedings, Etc. Executive shall, during and after his employment, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and proper assistance to the Company as may reasonably be required by the Company in connection with any legal or quasi-legal proceeding, including any external or internal investigation, involving the Company or any of its affiliates. The Company shall reimburse Executive’s reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing obligations.

 

 
10

 

 

(e)            Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided to him under Section 4 of this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payments provided to Executive under Section 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer after the termination of Executive’s employment or otherwise.

 

(f)             No Right of Set-off, Etc . The obligation of the Company to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including without limitation, set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against Executive or others.

 

(g)            Protection of Reputation . During Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, Executive agrees that he will take no action which is intended, or would reasonably be expected, to harm the reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates or which would reasonably be expected to lead to unwanted or unfavorable publicity to the Company or its affiliates. Nothing herein shall prevent Executive from making any truthful statement in connection with any investigation by the Company or any governmental authority or in any legal proceeding.

 

(h)            Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed (both as to validity and performance) and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Florida applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within such jurisdiction, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law or where the parties are located at the time a dispute arises.

 

(i)             Arbitration .

 

(i)      General . Executive and the Company specifically, knowingly, and voluntarily agree that they shall use final and binding arbitration to resolve any dispute (an “ Arbitrable Dispute ”) between Executive, on the one hand, and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company), on the other hand. This arbitration agreement applies to all matters arising out of or related to this Agreement, any other agreement between Executive and the Company, or Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination thereof, including without limitation disputes about the validity, interpretation, or effect of this Agreement, or alleged violations of it, any payments due hereunder and all claims arising out of any alleged discrimination, harassment or retaliation, including, but not limited to, those covered by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and the Americans With Disabilities Act or any other federal, state or local law relating to discrimination in employment, provided, however, that disputes under the Indemnification Agreement shall not be arbitrable pursuant to this provision.

 

 
11

 

 

(ii)      Injunctive Relief . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company and any affiliate of the Company (if applicable) shall have the right to seek injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction to enforce Section 5 of this Agreement. For purposes of seeking enforcement of Section 5, the Company and Executive hereby consent to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the County of Collier, State of Florida.

 

(iii)      The Arbitration . Any arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(i) will take place in Naples, Florida, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and before a panel of three arbitrators selected in accordance with such rules. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any state or federal court sitting in the County of Collier, State of Florida.

 

(iv)      Fees and Expenses . In any arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(i), except as otherwise required by law, each party shall be responsible for the fees and expenses of its own attorneys and witnesses, and the fees and expenses of the arbitrators shall be divided equally between the Company, on the one hand, and Executive, on the other hand.

 

(v)      Exclusive Forum . Except as permitted by Section 7(i)(ii) hereof, arbitration in the manner described in this Section 7(i) shall be the exclusive forum for any Arbitrable Dispute. Except as permitted by Section 7(i)(ii), should Executive or the Company attempt to resolve an Arbitrable Dispute by any method other than arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(i), the responding party shall be entitled to recover from the initiating party all damages, expenses, and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of that breach.

 

(j)             Compliance with Section 409A . The Company makes no representations regarding the tax implications of the compensation and benefits to be paid to Executive under this Agreement, including without limit, under Section 409A of the Code. It is the intention of the parties hereto that payments and benefits under this Agreement be exempt from, or in compliance with, Section 409A and accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A. To the extent any payments of money or other benefits due to Executive under this Agreement could cause the application of an acceleration or additional tax under Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payments or other benefits compliant under Section 409A, or otherwise such payments or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner determined by the Company that does not cause such acceleration or additional tax. With respect to any amount payable or benefit provided that the Company reasonably determines would be nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, all references in this Agreement to Executive's termination of employment shall mean his “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if as of the date on which Executive's employment terminates, Executive is a " specified employee " within the meaning of Section 409A and the regulations as determined by the Company, then to the extent any amount payable or benefit provided under this Agreement that the Company reasonably determines would be nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, that under the terms of this Agreement would be payable prior to the six-month anniversary of Executive's effective date of termination, such payment or benefit shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (a) the six-month anniversary of such termination date or (b) the date of Executive's death. In the case of taxable benefits that constitute deferred compensation, the Company, in lieu of a delay in payment, may require Executive to pay the full costs of such benefits during the period described in the preceding sentence and reimburse that Executive for said costs within thirty (30) calendar days after the end of such period. With respect to any reimbursements under this Agreement, such reimbursement shall be made on or before the last day of Executive's taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred by Executive. The amount of any expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of any in-kind benefits provided, as the case may be, under this Agreement during any calendar year shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of any in-kind benefits provided during any other calendar year. The right to reimbursement or to any in-kind benefit pursuant to this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit. Each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

 
12

 

 

(k)            Limitation on Benefits . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between the Company and Executive (collectively, the “ Payments ”) (i) constitute a “ payment ” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 7(k), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Payments shall be payable either (i) in full or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such Payments being subject to excise tax under Section 4999; whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in Executive’s receipt on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits under this Agreement, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999. Unless Executive and the Company otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 7(k) shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 7(k), the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely in reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 7(k). The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 7(k). If the limitation set forth in this Section 7(k) is applied to reduce an amount payable to Executive, and the Internal Revenue Service successfully asserts that, despite the reduction, Executive has nonetheless received payments which are in excess of the maximum amount that could have been paid to Executive without being subjected to any excise tax, then, unless it would be unlawful for the Company to make such a loan or similar extension of credit to Executive, Executive may repay such excess amount to the Company as though such amount constitutes a loan to Executive made at the date of payment of such excess amount, bearing interest at 120% of the applicable federal rate (as determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code in respect of such loan). The reduction of Company payments, if applicable, shall be effected in the following order (unless Executive, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, elects another method of reduction by written notice to the Company prior to the Section 280G event): (i) any cash severance payments (starting with the last payments due), (ii) any other cash amounts payable to Executive (starting with the last payments due), (iii) any benefits valued as parachute payments, (iv) acceleration of the vesting of any stock options for which the exercise price exceeds the then fair market value of the underlying stock (starting with the last vesting tranches), (v) acceleration of the vesting of any equity award that is not a stock option (starting with the last vesting tranches) and (vi) acceleration of the vesting of any stock options for which the exercise price is less than the fair market value of the underlying stock (starting with the last vesting tranches).

 

 
13

 

 

(l)             Entire Agreement . This Agreement contain the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto in respect of Executive’s employment and supersedes, cancels and annuls any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, understandings, commitments and practices between them respecting Executive’s employment.

 

(m)           Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing which makes express reference to this Agreement as the subject of such amendment and which is signed by Executive and, on behalf of the Company, by its duly authorized officer.

 

(n)           Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitration panel to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any provision of this Agreement, or any part thereof, is held to be invalid or unenforceable because of the scope or duration of or the area covered by such provision, the parties hereto agree that the court or arbitration panel making such determination shall reduce the scope, duration and/or area of such provision (and shall substitute appropriate provisions for any such invalid or unenforceable provisions) in order to make such provision enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or shall delete specific words and phrases, and such modified provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced. The parties hereto recognize that if, in any judicial or arbitral proceeding, a court or arbitration panel shall refuse to enforce any of the separate covenants contained in this Agreement, then that invalid or unenforceable covenant contained in this Agreement shall be deemed eliminated from these provisions to the extent necessary to permit the remaining separate covenants to be enforced. In the event that any court or arbitration panel determines that the time period or the area, or both, are unreasonable and that any of the covenants is to that extent invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that such covenants will remain in full force and effect, first, for the greatest time period, and second, in the greatest geographical area that would not render them unenforceable.

 

(o)            Construction . The headings and captions of this Agreement are provided for convenience only and are intended to have no effect in construing or interpreting this Agreement. The language in all parts of this Agreement shall be in all cases construed according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against the Company or Executive. As used herein, the words “ day ” or “ days ” shall mean a calendar day or days.

 

 
14

 

 

(p)            Nonwaiver . Neither any course of dealing nor any failure or neglect of either party hereto in any instance to exercise any right, power or privilege hereunder or under law shall constitute a waiver of any other right, power or privilege or of the same right, power or privilege in any other instance. All waivers by either party hereto must be contained in a written instrument signed by the party to be charged and, in the case of the Company, by its duly authorized officer.

 

(q)            Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested, addressed: (i) in the case of the Company, to Florida Community Bank, National Association, 2500 Weston Road, Weston, Florida 33331, Attn: Les Lieberman, Executive Vice Chairman of the Company; and (ii) in the case of Executive, to Executive’s last known address as reflected in the Company’s records, or to such other address as Executive shall designate by written notice to the Company. Any notice given hereunder shall be deemed to have been given at the time of receipt thereof by the person to whom such notice is given if personally delivered, on the date following delivery to an overnight delivery service for next day delivery prior to such service’s deadline for such delivery, or on the date that is three days after the date of mailing if sent by registered or certified mail.

 

(r)            Survival . Cessation or termination of Executive’s employment with the Company shall not result in termination of this Agreement. The respective obligations of Executive and the Company as provided in Sections 4, 5, 6 and 7 of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination of the Term of this Agreement.

 

(s)            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be effective for all purposes.

 

(t)             D&O Insurance; Indemnification . The Company shall maintain, for the benefit of Executive, director and officer liability insurance in such form and with such limits and coverages as are reasonably acceptable to Executive, or at least as comprehensive as, and in an amount that is at least equal to, that maintained by the Company on the date hereof. In addition, Executive shall be indemnified by the Company against liability as an officer and director of the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by the Company’s Charter and/or By-Laws. Executive’s rights under this Section 7(t) shall continue so long as he may be subject to such liability, whether or not this Agreement may have terminated prior thereto.

 

 

 

[Signatures on following page.]

 

 
15

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf by an officer thereunto duly authorized and Executive has duly executed this Agreement, all as of the date and year first written above.

 

 

 

FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

EXECUTIVE

 
         
         
         
By:

/s/ Paul D. Burner

 

/s/ Vincent Tese

 
 

Name: Paul D. Burner

 

Vincent Tese

 
 

Title: EVP & CFO

     

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

THIS Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated July 18, 2014, between Florida Community Bank, National Association (the “ Company ”), and Les Lieberman (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive as its Executive Vice Chairman, and Executive desires to accept such employment on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.              Term of Employment . The term of employment under this Agreement shall commence as of May 1, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) and, subject to earlier termination provided in Section 4 hereof, shall end on April 30, 2017 (the “ Term ”). For purposes of clarity, if Executive’s employment continues after the expiration of the Term, his employment shall be at-will.

 

2.              Employment .

 

(a)            Employment by the Company . Executive agrees to be employed by the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. Executive shall serve as Executive Vice Chairman of the Company and shall report to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).

 

(b)            Performance of Duties . During his employment, Executive shall faithfully and diligently perform Executive’s duties in conformity with the directions of the Board and serve the Company to the best of Executive’s ability. Executive’s employment with the Company is on a non-exclusive basis. Subject to Section 5.1 hereof, Executive is not prohibited from providing services during the Term to other entities.

 

3.              Compensation and Benefits .

 

(a)            Base Salary . The Company agrees to pay to Executive a base salary (“ Base Salary ”) at the annual rate of $500,000 with effect from May 1, 2014. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Compensation Committee ”) may determine in its sole discretion to increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary. Payments of the Base Salary shall be payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices.

 

(b)            Annual Incentive Bonus Plan . Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash incentive bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) as may be determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion pursuant to the terms of the Company’s annual incentive plan, as it may be amended from time to time. The Annual Bonus, if any, shall be paid to Executive when bonuses are paid by the Company to other senior executives of the Company.

 

 
 

 

   

(c)            Benefits and Perquisites . Executive shall be entitled to participate in, to the extent Executive is otherwise eligible under the terms thereof, the benefit plans and programs, and receive the benefits and perquisites, generally provided by the Company to executives of the Company, including without limitation family medical insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to participate in any Company severance plan other than as provided specifically herein. Executive shall be entitled to annual vacation in accordance with Company policy.

 

(d)            Business Expenses . The Company agrees to reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary travel, business entertainment and other business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement in accordance with, and subject to, the Company’s standard policies. Such reimbursements shall be made by the Company on a timely basis upon submission by Executive of vouchers in accordance with the Company’s standard procedures.

 

(e)            No Other Compensation or Benefits; Payment . The compensation and benefits specified in this Section 3 and in Section 4 of this Agreement shall be in lieu of any and all other compensation and benefits. Payment of all compensation and benefits to Executive specified in this Section 3 and in Section 4 of this Agreement (i) shall be made in accordance with the relevant Company policies in effect from time to time to the extent the same are consistently applied, including normal payroll practices, and (ii) shall be subject to all legally required and customary withholdings.

 

(f)             Cessation of Employment . In the event Executive shall cease to be employed by the Company for any reason, then Executive’s compensation and benefits shall cease on the date of such event, except as otherwise specifically provided herein or in any applicable employee benefit plan or program or as required by law.

 

4.              Compensation Following Termination . Executive shall be entitled only to the following compensation and benefits upon termination of his employment:

 

(a)            General . On any termination of Executive’s employment, he shall be entitled to:

 

(i)      any accrued but unpaid Base Salary and unused vacation through the date of termination, which amount shall be payable within ten (10) working days of the date of termination;

 

(ii)      any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed in accordance with Section 3(e) of this Agreement;

 

(iii)      receive any benefits to which he may be entitled upon termination of his employment pursuant to the plans and programs referred to in Section 3(d) hereof or as may be required by applicable law; and

 

 
2

 

 

(iv)      receive any amounts or benefits to which he may be entitled upon termination of his employment pursuant to the plans and agreement referred to in Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof in accordance with the terms of such plans and agreement.

 

(b)            Termination by the Company for Cause; Termination by Executive Without Good Reason . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term (i) by the Company for Cause (as defined below) or (ii) by Executive without Good Reason (as defined below), Executive (or his estate, as the case may be) shall be entitled only to those items identified in Section 4(a).

 

(c)            Termination by Reason of Disability . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive’s Disability (as defined below), Executive shall be entitled only to the following:

 

(i)      those items identified in Section 4(a);

 

(ii)      if Executive timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the Company will pay through the COBRA Payment End Date (as defined below) the monthly premiums for the level of coverage Executive maintained on the date of termination. The “ COBRA Payment End Date ” shall be the earlier of (A) eighteen months following the date of termination and (B) the date Executive becomes employed by a third party and is eligible for coverage under the group benefits plan of the new employer. If during the period Executive is receiving this benefit, Executive obtains new employment and becomes eligible for coverage under the group benefits plan of the new employer, Executive must promptly notify the Company in writing of such eligibility; and

 

(iii)      the continued payment of Base Salary through the end of the Term (determined immediately prior to the termination of Executive’s employment), less any disability benefits provided to Executive by the Company or under any disability insurance paid for or for which premiums paid by Executive were reimbursed by the Company.

 

(d)            Termination by Reason of Death . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive’s death, Executive shall be entitled only to the following:

 

(i)      those items identified in Section 4(a);

 

(ii)      if Executive’s spouse timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the Company will pay the monthly premiums during the COBRA continuation coverage period for the level of coverage Executive maintained prior to his death; and

 

(iii)      the continued payment of Base Salary (determined immediately prior to Executive’s death) to Executive’s estate during the thirty-six month period following Executive’s death.

 

 
3

 

 

(e)            Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term (x) by the Company without Cause or (y) by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled only to the following:

 

(i)      those items identified in Section 4(a);

 

(ii)      if Executive timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the Company will pay through the COBRA Payment End Date the monthly premiums for the level of coverage Executive maintained on the date of termination, provided that if during the period Executive is receiving this benefit, Executive obtains new employment and becomes eligible for coverage under the group benefits plan of the new employer, Executive must promptly notify the Company in writing of such eligibility; and

 

(iii)      the payment of an amount equal to the product of one (1) times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary (as determined immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment) and (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual bonuses paid or payable by Company to Executive for the two annual bonus periods ended immediately prior to year in which his employment was terminated (the “ Average Bonus ”), which amount shall be payable in equal installments during the twelve (12) months following the date of termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (the “ Severance Pay ”).

 

(f)             Termination by Executive in Connection With a Change of Control . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term within six (6) months before or twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (i) by the Company without Cause or (ii) by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits provided in Section 4(e) except that the Severance Pay shall be an amount equal to product of two (2) times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary (as determined immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment) and (B) the Average Bonus, which amount shall be payable in equal installments during the twenty-four (24) months following the date of termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.

 

(g)            Definitions of Cause, Good Reason, Disability, and Change of Control .

 

(i)      For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following: (A) Executive has misappropriated any funds or property of the Company or its affiliates, or has willfully destroyed property of the Company or its affiliates; (B) Executive has been convicted of (1) a felony or (2) any crime (x) involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude or (y) that materially impairs Executive’s ability to perform his duties and responsibilities with the Company or that causes material damage to the Company or its affiliates or their operations or reputation; (C) Executive has violated any banking law or regulation, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist order, or other agreement with any banking agency having jurisdiction over the Company which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in damage to the Company or its affiliates; (D) Executive has engaged in any other willful misconduct which constitutes a breach of fiduciary duty or the duty of loyalty to the Company or its affiliates and which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Company or its affiliates; (E) Executive’s willful and material failure to perform his duties with the Company (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness), provided, however, that, if susceptible of cure, a termination by the Company for Cause under this Section 4(g)(i)(E) shall be effective only if, within 15 days following delivery of a written notice by the Company to Executive that Executive has materially failed to perform his duties and that reasonably identifies the reason(s) for such determination, Executive has failed to cure such failure to perform; (F) Executive (1) has willfully violated the Company’s material policies or rules, which violation has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Company or its affiliates, or (2) is guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties with the Company, which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Company or its affiliates, provided, however, that if susceptible of cure, a termination under this Section 4(g)(i)(F) shall be effective only if within 15 days following delivery of a written notice by the Company specifying the nature of the breach, Executive has materially failed to correct the same; or (G) Executive has materially breached any material provisions of this Agreement, provided, however, that, if susceptible of cure, a termination by the Company for Cause under this Section 4(g)(i)(G) shall be effective only if, within 15 days following delivery to Executive that Executive has materially breached a material provision of this Agreement and reasonably identifies the reason(s) for such determination, Executive has failed to cure such breach.

 

 
4

 

 

(ii)      For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Good Reason ” shall mean any of the following: (A) Executive ceases to be Executive Vice Chairman of the Company or a failure to appoint him to, or any removal of him from, the Board of Directors of the Company or FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Bond Street Holdings, Inc.) (“ Holdings ”) ; (B) Executive ceases to be among the most senior executive officers of any affiliated group that includes the Company; (C) after the public offering of shares of Holdings, Executive ceases to be among the most senior executive officers of a public corporation; (D) if the Company seeks to require Executive to perform his duties for the Company in any particular geographic location without Executive’s written agreement; (E) the failure of the Company to indemnify Executive (including the prompt advancement of expenses), or to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for Executive, as required hereunder, or (F) the Company decreases or materially fails to pay the compensation described in Section 3 of this Agreement (in accordance with, and subject to, such provisions); provided, however, that a termination by Executive for Good Reason under this Section 4(g)(ii) shall be effective only if, within 30 days following delivery of a written notice by Executive to the Company that Executive is terminating his employment for Good Reason and that reasonably identified the reason(s) for such determination, such notice to be given not later than 90 days after the occurrence of the event(s) claimed to constitute Good Reason, the Company has failed to cure the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason.

 

(iii)      For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Disability ” shall occur in the event Executive is unable to perform the duties and responsibilities contemplated under this Agreement for a period of either (A) 90 consecutive days or (B) 6 months in any 12-month period due to physical or mental incapacity or impairment. During any period that Executive fails to perform Executive’s duties hereunder as a result of incapacity or impairment due to physical or mental illness (the “ Disability Period ”), Executive shall continue to receive the compensation and benefits provided by Section 3 of this Agreement until Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated; provided, however, that the amount of Base Salary and benefits received by Executive during the Disability Period shall be reduced by the aggregate amounts, if any, payable to Executive under any disability benefit plan or program provided to Executive by the Company in respect of such period.

 

 
5

 

 

(iv)      For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

(A)     any “person” (together with any other persons acting as a group) is or becomes a “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (the “ Act ”)) directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company or Holdings representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by then outstanding voting securities of the Company or Holdings (calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Act); provided, that the term “ persons ” is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act shall not include a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company or Holdings ; or

 

(B)     there shall be consummated a merger of the Company or Holdings, the sale or disposition by the Company or Holdings of all or substantially all of its assets, or any other business combination of the Company or Holdings with any other corporation, other than any such merger or business combination which would result in the voting securities of the Company or Holdings outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or Holdings or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or business combination; or

 

(C)     a majority of the directors who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings at the beginning of any 12-month period are replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors before the date of the appointment or election.

 

(h)            Effect of Material Breach of Section 5 on Compensation Following Termination of Employment . If, at the time of termination of Executive’s employment or any time thereafter, Executive is in material breach of any covenant contained in Section 5 hereof (which breach, if susceptible to cure, continues unremedied 15 days following the delivery of written notice by the Company of such material breach to Executive), except as otherwise required by law, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments (or if payments have commenced, any continued payment) under this Section 4.

 

(i)             No Further Liability; Release . Other than providing the compensation and benefits provided for in accordance with this Section 4, the Company shall have no further obligation or liability to Executive or any other person under this Agreement. The payment of any amounts pursuant to this Section 4 (other than payments required by law) is expressly conditioned upon the delivery by Executive to the Company, within 45 days after the date of the termination of Executive’s employment (and the revocation period for the release lapsing without revocation within such 45 day period), of a general release in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company of any and all claims Executive may have against the Company and its directors, officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, stockholders, successors, assigns, agents and representatives. At the time Executive delivers his general release to the Company, the Company shall deliver a release of its claims against Executive other than those claims which would arise from Executive’s fraudulent, criminal or otherwise intentional wrongful misconduct or from Executive’s knowing violation of federal or state laws or regulations. If any payment or benefit provided pursuant to this Section 4 that is subject to the receipt of the release constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and could potentially be made or provided in two different calendar years based on when Executive signs and delivers the release, such payment or benefit shall be made or provided no earlier than the first business day of the second of such calendar years.

 

 
6

 

 

5.              Non-exclusive Employment; Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation; Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information; Surrender of Records; Inventions and Patents .

 

(a)            No Conflict; Non-exclusive Employment . While Executive’s employment with the Company is non-exclusive, during the period of such employment, Executive shall not engage in any activity which conflicts or materially interferes with or materially derogates from the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

(b)            Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation .

 

(i)      Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of Holdings, the Company and each of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Group ”) and that access to the Company Group’s confidential records and proprietary information and exposure to customers of the Company Group renders him special and unique within the Company’s industry. In consideration of the payment by the Company to Executive of amounts that may hereafter be paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 hereof) and other obligations undertaken by the Company hereunder, Executive agrees that during (1) his employment with the Company, and (2) the period beginning on the date of termination of employment and ending on the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment (the “ Covered Time ”), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage (as owner, investor, partner, stockholder, employer, employee, consultant, advisor, director or otherwise) in any Competing Business in any Restricted Area (each as defined below), provided that the provisions of this Section 5(b)(i) will not be deemed breached merely because Executive owns less than 5% of the outstanding common stock of a publicly-traded company. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Competing Business ” shall mean any community or regional commercial bank, and “ Restricted Area ” shall mean the State of Florida.

 

(ii)      In further consideration of the payment by the Company to Executive of amounts that may hereafter be paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 hereof) and other obligations undertaken by the Company hereunder, Executive agrees that during his employment and the Covered Time, he shall not, directly or indirectly, (1) solicit, encourage or attempt to solicit or encourage any of the employees, agents, consultants or representatives of the Company Group to terminate his, her, or its relationship with the Company Group; (2) solicit, encourage or attempt to solicit or encourage any of the employees, agents, consultants or representatives of the Company Group to become employees, agents, representatives or consultants of any other person or entity; (3) solicit or attempt to solicit any customer, vendor or distributor of the Company Group in connection with a Competing Business with respect to any product or service being furnished, made, sold, rented or leased by the Company Group; or (4) persuade or seek to persuade any customer, vendor or distributor of the Company Group to cease to do business or to reduce the amount of business which such customer, vendor or distributor has customarily done or contemplates doing with the Company Group, whether or not the relationship between the Company Group and such customer, vendor or distributor was originally established in whole or in part through Executive’s efforts. For purposes of this Section 5(b)(ii) only, during the Covered Time, the terms “ customer ,” “ vendor ” and “ distributor ” shall mean a customer, vendor or distributor who has done business with the Company Group within twelve months preceding the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

 
7

 

 

(iii)      Executive understands that the provisions of this Section 5(b) may limit his ability to earn a livelihood in a business similar to the business of the Company Group but nevertheless agrees and hereby acknowledges that the consideration provided under this Agreement, including any amounts or benefits provided under Sections 3 and 4 hereof and other obligations undertaken by the Company hereunder, is sufficient to justify the restrictions contained in such provisions. In consideration thereof and in light of Executive’s education, skills and abilities, Executive agrees that he will not assert in any forum that such provisions prevent him from earning a living or otherwise are void or unenforceable or should be held void or unenforceable.

 

(c)            Proprietary Information . Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment with the Company he will necessarily have access to and make use of proprietary information and confidential records of the Company Group. Executive covenants that he shall not during his employment or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, use for his own purpose or for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company Group, nor otherwise disclose to any individual or entity, any proprietary information, unless such disclosure is made in the good faith performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, has been authorized in writing by the Company, or is otherwise required by law. Executive acknowledges and understands that the term “ proprietary information ” includes, but is not limited to: (i) the software products, programs, applications, and processes utilized by the Company Group; (ii) the name and/or address of any customer or vendor of the Company Group or any information concerning the transactions or relations of any customer or vendor of the Company Group with the Company Group or any of its or their partners, principals, directors, officers or agents; (iii) any information concerning any product, technology, or procedure employed by the Company Group but not generally known to its or their customers, vendors or competitors, or under development by or being tested by the Company Group but not at the time offered generally to customers or vendors; (iv) any information relating to the computer software, computer systems, pricing or marketing methods, sales margins, cost of goods, cost of material, capital structure, operating results, borrowing arrangements or business plans of the Company Group; (v) any information which is generally regarded as confidential or proprietary in any line of business engaged in by the Company Group; (vi) any business plans, budgets, advertising or marketing plans; (vii) any information contained in any of the written or oral policies and procedures or manuals of the Company Group; (viii) any information belonging to customers or vendors of the Company Group or any other person or entity which the Company Group has agreed to hold in confidence; (ix) any inventions, innovations or improvements covered by this Agreement; and (x) all written, graphic and other material relating to any of the foregoing. Executive acknowledges and understands that information that is not novel or copyrighted or patented may nonetheless be proprietary information. The term “proprietary information” shall not include information that is or becomes generally available to and known by the public or information that is or becomes available to Executive on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company Group, or the directors, officers, employees, partners, principals or agents of the Company Group (other than as a result of a breach of any obligation of confidentiality).

 

 
8

 

 

(d)            Confidentiality and Surrender of Records . Executive shall not during his employment or at any time thereafter (irrespective of the circumstances under which Executive’s employment by the Company terminates), except as required by law, directly or indirectly publish, make known or in any fashion disclose any confidential records to, or permit any inspection or copying of confidential records by, any individual or entity other than in the course of such individual’s or entity’s employment or retention by the Company. Upon termination of employment for any reason or request by the Company, Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company all property and records of the Company Group, including, without limitation, all confidential records. For purposes hereof, “ confidential records ” means all correspondence, reports, memoranda, files, manuals, books, lists, financial, operating or marketing records, magnetic tape, or electronic or other media or equipment of any kind which may be in Executive’s possession or under his control or accessible to him which contain any proprietary information. All property and records of the Company Group (including, without limitation, all confidential records) shall be and remain the sole property of the Company Group during Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter.

 

(e)            Inventions and Patents . All inventions, innovations or improvements (including policies, procedures, products, improvements, software, ideas and discoveries, whether patent, copyright, trademark, service mark, or otherwise) conceived or made by Executive, either alone or jointly with others, in the course of his employment by the Company, belong to the Company. Executive will promptly disclose in writing such inventions, innovations or improvements to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company to establish and confirm such ownership by the Company, including, but not limited to, cooperating with and assisting the Company in obtaining patents, copyrights, trademarks, or service marks for the Company in the United States and in foreign countries.

 

(f)             Mutual Non-Disparagement . Executive shall not, at any time during or after his employment with the Company, make or publish any derogatory, unfavorable, negative, disparaging, false, damaging or deleterious written or oral statements or remarks regarding the Company Group or any members its boards of directors or managements, or any of their respective business affairs or performance. The Company Group, members of its Boards and its senior executives shall not, at any time during or after Executive's employment with the Company, make or publish any derogatory, unfavorable, negative, disparaging, false, damaging or deleterious written or oral statements or remarks regarding Executive.

 

 
9

 

 

(g)            Enforcement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of his position, his services and access to and use of confidential records and proprietary information, any violation by him of any of the undertakings contained in this Section 5 would cause the Company Group immediate, substantial and irreparable injury for which it or they have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, Executive agrees and consents to the entry of an injunction or other equitable relief by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any undertaking contained in this Section 5. Executive waives posting by the Company Group of any bond otherwise necessary to secure such injunction or other equitable relief. Rights and remedies provided for in this Section 5 are cumulative and shall be in addition to rights and remedies otherwise available to the parties hereunder or under any other agreement or applicable law.

 

6.              Assignment and Transfer .

 

(a)            Company . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, and may be assigned by the Company without Executive’s consent to, any purchaser of all or substantially all of the Company’s business or assets, any successor to the Company or any assignee thereof (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise).

 

(b)            Executive . The parties hereto agree that Executive is obligated under this Agreement to render personal services of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character, thereby giving this Agreement special value. Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by Executive by assignment or otherwise, and any purported assignment, transfer or delegation thereof shall be void; provided, however, that if Executive shall die, all amounts then payable to Executive hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s estate.

 

7.              Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            Other Obligations . Executive represents and warrants that neither Executive’s employment with the Company nor Executive’s performance of Executive’s obligations hereunder will conflict with or violate or otherwise are inconsistent with any other obligations, legal or otherwise, which Executive may have. Executive covenants that he shall perform his duties hereunder in a professional manner and not in conflict or violation, or otherwise inconsistent with other obligations legal or otherwise, which Executive may have.

 

(b)            Nondisclosure . Executive will not disclose to the Company, use, or induce the Company to use, any proprietary information, trade secrets or confidential business information of others.

 

(c)            Cooperation . Following termination of employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall cooperate with the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company, to effect a transition of Executive’s responsibilities and to ensure that the Company is aware of all matters being handled by Executive. The Company shall reimburse Executive’s reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such pre-approved work.

 

(d)            Assistance in Proceedings, Etc. Executive shall, during and after his employment, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and proper assistance to the Company as may reasonably be required by the Company in connection with any legal or quasi-legal proceeding, including any external or internal investigation, involving the Company or any of its affiliates. The Company shall reimburse Executive’s reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing obligations.

 

 
10

 

 

(e)            Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided to him under Section 4 of this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payments provided to Executive under Section 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer after the termination of Executive’s employment or otherwise.

 

(f)             No Right of Set-off, Etc . The obligation of the Company to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including without limitation, set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against Executive or others.

 

(g)            Protection of Reputation . During Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, Executive agrees that he will take no action which is intended, or would reasonably be expected, to harm the reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates or which would reasonably be expected to lead to unwanted or unfavorable publicity to the Company or its affiliates. Nothing herein shall prevent Executive from making any truthful statement in connection with any investigation by the Company or any governmental authority or in any legal proceeding.

 

(h)            Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed (both as to validity and performance) and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Florida applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within such jurisdiction, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law or where the parties are located at the time a dispute arises.

 

(i)             Arbitration .

 

(i)      General . Executive and the Company specifically, knowingly, and voluntarily agree that they shall use final and binding arbitration to resolve any dispute (an “ Arbitrable Dispute ”) between Executive, on the one hand, and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company), on the other hand. This arbitration agreement applies to all matters arising out of or related to this Agreement, any other agreement between Executive and the Company, or Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination thereof, including without limitation disputes about the validity, interpretation, or effect of this Agreement, or alleged violations of it, any payments due hereunder and all claims arising out of any alleged discrimination, harassment or retaliation, including, but not limited to, those covered by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and the Americans With Disabilities Act or any other federal, state or local law relating to discrimination in employment, provided, however, that disputes under the Indemnification Agreement shall not be arbitrable pursuant to this provision.

 

 
11

 

 

(ii)      Injunctive Relief . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company and any affiliate of the Company (if applicable) shall have the right to seek injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction to enforce Section 5 of this Agreement. For purposes of seeking enforcement of Section 5, the Company and Executive hereby consent to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the County of Collier, State of Florida.

 

(iii)      The Arbitration . Any arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(i) will take place in Naples, Florida, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and before a panel of three arbitrators selected in accordance with such rules. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any state or federal court sitting in the County of Collier, State of Florida.

 

(iv)      Fees and Expenses . In any arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(i), except as otherwise required by law, each party shall be responsible for the fees and expenses of its own attorneys and witnesses, and the fees and expenses of the arbitrators shall be divided equally between the Company, on the one hand, and Executive, on the other hand.

 

(v)      Exclusive Forum . Except as permitted by Section 7(i)(ii) hereof, arbitration in the manner described in this Section 7(i) shall be the exclusive forum for any Arbitrable Dispute. Except as permitted by Section 7(i)(ii), should Executive or the Company attempt to resolve an Arbitrable Dispute by any method other than arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(i), the responding party shall be entitled to recover from the initiating party all damages, expenses, and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of that breach.

 

(j)             Compliance with Section 409A . The Company makes no representations regarding the tax implications of the compensation and benefits to be paid to Executive under this Agreement, including without limit, under Section 409A of the Code. It is the intention of the parties hereto that payments and benefits under this Agreement be exempt from, or in compliance with, Section 409A and accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be exempt from or in compliance with Section 409A. To the extent any payments of money or other benefits due to Executive under this Agreement could cause the application of an acceleration or additional tax under Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payments or other benefits compliant under Section 409A, or otherwise such payments or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner determined by the Company that does not cause such acceleration or additional tax. With respect to any amount payable or benefit provided that the Company reasonably determines would be nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, all references in this Agreement to Executive's termination of employment shall mean his “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if as of the date on which Executive's employment terminates, Executive is a " specified employee " within the meaning of Section 409A and the regulations as determined by the Company, then to the extent any amount payable or benefit provided under this Agreement that the Company reasonably determines would be nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, that under the terms of this Agreement would be payable prior to the six-month anniversary of Executive's effective date of termination, such payment or benefit shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (a) the six-month anniversary of such termination date or (b) the date of Executive's death. In the case of taxable benefits that constitute deferred compensation, the Company, in lieu of a delay in payment, may require Executive to pay the full costs of such benefits during the period described in the preceding sentence and reimburse that Executive for said costs within thirty (30) calendar days after the end of such period. With respect to any reimbursements under this Agreement, such reimbursement shall be made on or before the last day of Executive's taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred by Executive. The amount of any expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of any in-kind benefits provided, as the case may be, under this Agreement during any calendar year shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of any in-kind benefits provided during any other calendar year. The right to reimbursement or to any in-kind benefit pursuant to this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit. Each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

 
12

 

 

(k)            Limitation on Benefits . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between the Company and Executive (collectively, the “ Payments ”) (i) constitute a “ payment ” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 7(k), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Payments shall be payable either (i) in full or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such Payments being subject to excise tax under Section 4999; whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in Executive’s receipt on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits under this Agreement, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999. Unless Executive and the Company otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 7(k) shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 7(k), the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely in reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 7(k). The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 7(k). If the limitation set forth in this Section 7(k) is applied to reduce an amount payable to Executive, and the Internal Revenue Service successfully asserts that, despite the reduction, Executive has nonetheless received payments which are in excess of the maximum amount that could have been paid to Executive without being subjected to any excise tax, then, unless it would be unlawful for the Company to make such a loan or similar extension of credit to Executive, Executive may repay such excess amount to the Company as though such amount constitutes a loan to Executive made at the date of payment of such excess amount, bearing interest at 120% of the applicable federal rate (as determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code in respect of such loan). The reduction of Company payments, if applicable, shall be effected in the following order (unless Executive, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, elects another method of reduction by written notice to the Company prior to the Section 280G event): (i) any cash severance payments (starting with the last payments due), (ii) any other cash amounts payable to Executive (starting with the last payments due), (iii) any benefits valued as parachute payments, (iv) acceleration of the vesting of any stock options for which the exercise price exceeds the then fair market value of the underlying stock (starting with the last vesting tranches), (v) acceleration of the vesting of any equity award that is not a stock option (starting with the last vesting tranches) and (vi) acceleration of the vesting of any stock options for which the exercise price is less than the fair market value of the underlying stock (starting with the last vesting tranches).

 

 
13

 

 

(l)             Entire Agreement . This Agreement contain the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto in respect of Executive’s employment and supersedes, cancels and annuls any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, understandings, commitments and practices between them respecting Executive’s employment.

 

(m)           Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing which makes express reference to this Agreement as the subject of such amendment and which is signed by Executive and, on behalf of the Company, by its duly authorized officer.

 

(n)           Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitration panel to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any provision of this Agreement, or any part thereof, is held to be invalid or unenforceable because of the scope or duration of or the area covered by such provision, the parties hereto agree that the court or arbitration panel making such determination shall reduce the scope, duration and/or area of such provision (and shall substitute appropriate provisions for any such invalid or unenforceable provisions) in order to make such provision enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or shall delete specific words and phrases, and such modified provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced. The parties hereto recognize that if, in any judicial or arbitral proceeding, a court or arbitration panel shall refuse to enforce any of the separate covenants contained in this Agreement, then that invalid or unenforceable covenant contained in this Agreement shall be deemed eliminated from these provisions to the extent necessary to permit the remaining separate covenants to be enforced. In the event that any court or arbitration panel determines that the time period or the area, or both, are unreasonable and that any of the covenants is to that extent invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that such covenants will remain in full force and effect, first, for the greatest time period, and second, in the greatest geographical area that would not render them unenforceable.

 

(o)            Construction . The headings and captions of this Agreement are provided for convenience only and are intended to have no effect in construing or interpreting this Agreement. The language in all parts of this Agreement shall be in all cases construed according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against the Company or Executive. As used herein, the words “ day ” or “ days ” shall mean a calendar day or days.

 

 
14

 

 

(p)            Nonwaiver . Neither any course of dealing nor any failure or neglect of either party hereto in any instance to exercise any right, power or privilege hereunder or under law shall constitute a waiver of any other right, power or privilege or of the same right, power or privilege in any other instance. All waivers by either party hereto must be contained in a written instrument signed by the party to be charged and, in the case of the Company, by its duly authorized officer.

 

(q)            Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested, addressed: (i) in the case of the Company, to Florida Community Bank, National Association, 2500 Weston Road, Weston, Florida 33331, Attn: Vincent Tese, Executive Chairman of the Company; and (ii) in the case of Executive, to Executive’s last known address as reflected in the Company’s records, or to such other address as Executive shall designate by written notice to the Company. Any notice given hereunder shall be deemed to have been given at the time of receipt thereof by the person to whom such notice is given if personally delivered, on the date following delivery to an overnight delivery service for next day delivery prior to such service’s deadline for such delivery, or on the date that is three days after the date of mailing if sent by registered or certified mail.

 

(r)            Survival . Cessation or termination of Executive’s employment with the Company shall not result in termination of this Agreement. The respective obligations of Executive and the Company as provided in Sections 4, 5, 6 and 7 of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination of the Term of this Agreement.

 

(s)            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be effective for all purposes.

 

(t)             D&O Insurance; Indemnification . The Company shall maintain, for the benefit of Executive, director and officer liability insurance in such form and with such limits and coverages as are reasonably acceptable to Executive, or at least as comprehensive as, and in an amount that is at least equal to, that maintained by the Company on the date hereof. In addition, Executive shall be indemnified by the Company against liability as an officer and director of the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by the Company’s Charter and/or By-Laws. Executive’s rights under this Section 7(t) shall continue so long as he may be subject to such liability, whether or not this Agreement may have terminated prior thereto.

 

 

 

[Signatures on following page.]

 

 
15

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf by an officer thereunto duly authorized and Executive has duly executed this Agreement, all as of the date and year first written above.

 

 

 

FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

EXECUTIVE

 
         
         
         
By:

/s/ Paul D. Burner

 

/s/ Les Lieberman

 
 

Name: Paul D. Burner

 

Les Lieberman

 
 

Title: EVP & CFO

     

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.19

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT


This Indemnification Agreement, dated as of [•] (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and between FCB Financial Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [•] (the “ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals as directors and officers;

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors and officers of public companies;

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) requires the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on such provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation;

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation expressly provides that the indemnification provided therein is not exclusive and contemplates, among other things, that the Company may also enter into separate agreements in that regard;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) has determined that enhancing the ability of the Company to attract and retain highly qualified individuals as directors and officers is in the best interests of the Company and that the Company therefore should seek to assure such persons that appropriate indemnification and liability insurance coverage will be available now and in the future; and

WHEREAS, in recognition of the Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against potential personal liability in order to enhance the Indemnitee’s continued service to the Company in an effective manner and of the Indemnitee’s reliance on the Certificate of Incorporation, to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection contemplated by the Certificate of Incorporation will be available to the Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Certificate of Incorporation or any change in the composition of the Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and in recognition that, moreover, the indemnification available under the Certificate of Incorporation may not be adequate in present or future circumstances, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent such insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of the Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, and of the Indemnitee’s continued service to the Company directly or, at its request, as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of, or in any other capacity with, any other Person (as defined below) or any employee benefit plan, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.

Certain Definitions.  In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.







Claim ” means any threatened, asserted, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any appeal of any kind thereof, or any inquiry or investigation (including any notice of liability for any tax), whether instituted by (or in the right of) the Company or any governmental agency or any other person or entity, to which the Indemnitee was, is, will be or may be subject or in which the Indemnitee was, is, will be or may be involved as a party, a witness or otherwise.

Disinterested Directors ” means those members of the Board of Directors who are not parties to the particular Claim with respect to which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification hereunder.

Expenses ” include all direct or indirect costs, expenses and obligations, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest, appeal bonds, amounts paid in settlement, counsel fees and disbursements (including experts’ fees, court costs, retainers, appeal bond premiums, transcript fees, and duplicating, printing and binding costs, as well as telecommunications, postage and courier charges) and other professional fees and expenses paid or incurred in connection with investigating, responding to, prosecuting, defending, settling, appealing, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, respond to, prosecute, defend, settle, appeal, be a witness in or participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event, and shall include all attorneys’ fees and all other expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with preparing and submitting any requests or statements for indemnification, advancement or any other right provided by this Agreement or the Certificate of Incorporation (including such fees or expenses incurred in connection with legal proceedings contemplated by Sections 2(d) or 4 or establishing or enforcing any such right, and any taxes (if any) imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement or the indemnification provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation (including any indemnification payment in respect of such taxes)).

Indemnifiable Amounts ” means (i) any and all liabilities, Expenses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA excise taxes and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, Expenses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA excise taxes or amounts paid in settlement) arising out of or resulting from any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, (ii) any liability, pursuant to a loan guaranty or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, including any indebtedness which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has assumed or taken subject to, and (iii) any liabilities which the Indemnitee incurs as a result of acting on behalf of the Company (whether as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with the operation, administration or maintenance of an employee benefit plan or any related trust or funding mechanism (whether such liabilities are in the form of excise taxes assessed by the United States Internal Revenue Service, penalties assessed by the Department of Labor, restitutions to such a plan or trust or other funding mechanism or to a participant or beneficiary of such plan, trust or other funding mechanism, or otherwise).

Indemnifiable Event ” means any event or occurrence, whether occurring before, on or after the date of this Agreement, arising out of or related to the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or is or was acting or serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, or anything done or not done (or alleged to have been done or not done) by the Indemnitee in any such capacity or, at a time when the Indemnitee was serving in any such capacity, in any other capacity on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary thereof (in all cases whether or not the Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity or has such status at the time any Indemnifiable Amount is incurred as to which indemnification, advancement or any other right can be provided by this Agreement).

Independent Counsel ” means an attorney or firm of attorneys that is experienced in matters of corporate law and has not otherwise performed services within the last five years (i) for the Company or its affiliates or the Indemnitee (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements) or (ii) for any other party to the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification, advancement or any other right hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any counsel who, under applicable standards of professional conduct, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

Voting Securities ” means any securities of the Company which vote generally in the election of directors.

2.

Basic Indemnification Arrangement; Advancement of Expenses .

a.

In the event that the Indemnitee was, is or becomes subject to, a party to or a witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made subject to, a party to or a witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in whole or in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee, or cause the Indemnitee to be indemnified, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law; provided, however, that no change in Delaware law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to the Indemnitee hereunder based on Delaware law as in effect on the date hereof or as such benefits may improve as a result of amendments or other developments after the date hereof. Payments of Indemnifiable Amounts shall be made as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after written demand therefor is presented to the Company.



2




b.

If so requested by the Indemnitee, the Company shall advance or cause to be advanced (within two (2) business days after written request therefor is presented to the Company) any and all Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee (an “ Expense Advance ”) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of the relevant Claim. The Company shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), either (i) pay, or caused to be paid, such Expenses on behalf of the Indemnitee, or (ii) reimburse the Indemnitee, or cause the Indemnitee to be reimbursed, for such Expenses. The Indemnitee’s right to an Expense Advance is absolute (subject to Section 2(c)) and shall not be subject to any prior determination that the Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.

c.

The obligation of the Company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to Section 2(b) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that a final judicial determination shall have been made under the provisions of applicable law (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed) that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified for such Expenses under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to so reimburse the Company) for the amount of such Expense Advance (it being understood and agreed that the foregoing agreement by the Indemnitee shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement that the Indemnitee provide the Company with an undertaking to repay any Expense Advance if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law).  The Indemnitee’s undertaking to repay such Expense Advances shall be unsecured and interest-free.  Such Expense Advances shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee’s potential ability to repay them if so required.

d.

If and to the extent, if any, that a determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder is required to be made in the specific case by applicable law, such determination shall be made promptly after final disposition of the relevant Claim either (i) if a Change of Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors (a copy of which shall be simultaneously delivered to the Indemnitee), or (ii) if a Change of Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors (a copy of which shall be delivered simultaneously to the Indemnitee).  If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel in the absence of a Change of Control pursuant to (i)(C) above, such Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company, and the Company shall give prompt written notice to the Indemnitee of the Independent Counsel so selected; if entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel after a Change of Control pursuant to (ii) above, such Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall give prompt written notice to the Company of the Independent Counsel so selected.  In either event, the Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to the Company or to the Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of  “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1, and such objection shall set forth with reasonable particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel for purposes hereof.  If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit.  If within fifteen (15) days after the later of presentation by the Indemnitee of a written demand for indemnification pursuant to Section 2(a) and the final disposition of the relevant Claim, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or the Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or the Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a Person selected by such court or by such other Person as such court shall designate, and the Person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the Person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under this Section 2(d).  The Disinterested Directors, committee of Disinterested Directors, or Independent Counsel so authorized pursuant to this Section 2(d) to make such a determination (if and to the extent, if any, required by applicable law) with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder are sometimes referred to herein as the “ Reviewing Party .”  If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party within thirty (30) days after the later of presentation by the Indemnitee of a written demand for indemnification and the final disposition of the relevant Claim, any requisite determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, be deemed to have been made and the Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification.  If, notwithstanding the foregoing, there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party within such thirty (30) day period and the Company maintains that such determination is required by applicable law, or if the Reviewing Party determines that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, the Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court of competent jurisdiction seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party pursuant to this Section 2(d) (if and to the extent, if any, required by applicable law) shall otherwise be conclusive and binding on the Company and the Indemnitee.



3




e.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by the Indemnitee against the Company or its current or former directors, officers, employees or agents (except by way of defense, counterclaim or cross claim), unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board of Directors has authorized or consented to the initiation of such Claim, (ii) the Claim is one to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement (including an action pursued by the Indemnitee to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law) or any other agreement with the Company or under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law or (iii) a Change of Control shall have occurred.

3.

Change in Control .  

a.

If a Change in Control shall have occurred, then, with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation now or hereafter in effect or applicable law, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld).

(b)

The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of any Independent Counsel providing advice pursuant to Section 3(a) or serving as a Reviewing Party pursuant to Section 2(d), and to indemnify such counsel fully against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

4.

Indemnification for Additional Expenses . The Company shall indemnify, or cause the indemnification of, the Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by the Indemnitee, shall advance such Expenses to the Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(b), which are incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by the Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or an Expense Advance by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation now or hereafter in effect or applicable law, and/or (ii) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether the Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, Expense Advance or insurance recovery, as the case may be; provided that the Indemnitee shall be required to reimburse such Expenses in the event that a final judicial determination is made (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that such action brought by the Indemnitee, or the defense by the Indemnitee of an action brought by the Company or any other Person, as applicable, was frivolous or in bad faith.

5.

Successful Defense; Partial Indemnity . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses or other Indemnifiable Amounts incurred in connection therewith.  If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of the Expenses or other Indemnifiable Amounts in respect of a Claim but not for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

6.

Burden of Proof . In connection with any determination as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, whether by a Reviewing Party pursuant to Section 2(d) or by a court, any other finder of fact or any other relevant Person, it shall be presumed that the Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company or its representative to establish by clear and convincing evidence that the Indemnitee is not so entitled.

7.

Reliance as Safe Harbor; No Other Presumptions . For purposes of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company if the Indemnitee’s actions or omissions to act are taken in good faith reliance upon the records of the Company, including its financial statements, or upon information, opinions, reports or statements furnished to the Indemnitee by the officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the course of their duties, or by committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other Person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company as to matters the Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence.  In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnity hereunder.  For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, to the extent, if any, that such matters may be subject to consideration by a Reviewing Party pursuant to Section 2(d), neither the failure of



4




the Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether the Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by the Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, shall be a defense to the Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.

8.

Nonexclusivity, Etc. The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights the Indemnitee may have under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Delaware General Corporation Law or otherwise. To the extent that a change in the Delaware General Corporation Law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. To the extent that there is a conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy the greater benefits regardless of whether contained herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation. No amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to the Indemnitee under this Agreement. No limitation of the Indemnitee’s rights pursuant to this Agreement shall in any way limit, or imply any limitation of, the Indemnitee’s rights under any other agreement.

9.

Contribution .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to the Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of so indemnifying the Indemnitee, shall contribute to any amounts incurred by the Indemnitee which would have constituted Expenses or other Indemnified Amounts hereunder, whether for judgments, amounts paid in settlement or other Expenses, excise taxes or otherwise, in connection with any Claim arising out of or relating to an Indemnifiable Event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Claim in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and the Indemnitee as a result of the events and/or transactions giving rise to such Claim, and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (including its directors, officers, employees and agents other than the Indemnitee) and the Indemnitee in connection with such events and/or transactions.

10.

Liability Insurance . To the extent the Company maintains any insurance policy providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy, in accordance with its terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available thereunder for any Company director or officer. If the Company has such insurance in effect at the time the Company receives from the Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding that is or may be subject to such insurance, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such action, suit or proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.  The Company shall promptly notify the Indemnitee of any termination, cancellation or non-renewal of any such policy.

11.

Period of Limitations . Consistent with the premises and in furtherance of the purposes of this Agreement, the Company agrees that no legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against the Indemnitee or the Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

12.

Amendments, Etc. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

13.

Subrogation . To the extent of any payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute such documents and take such other action as may be reasonably required to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company shall promptly pay or reimburse all Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

14.

No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim to the extent the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received and retained payment (under any insurance policy, any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

15.

Defense of Claims . The Company shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event or to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee; provided that if the Indemnitee believes, after consultation with counsel selected by the Indemnitee, that (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent the Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict of interest, (ii) the named parties in any such



5




Claim (including any impleaded parties) include the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and the Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee concludes that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him or her that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company or such subsidiary of the Company, or (iii) any such representation by such counsel would be precluded under the applicable standards of professional conduct, then the Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than one separate law firm plus, if applicable, separate local counsel in respect of any particular Claim) at the Company’s expense. The Company shall not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event effected without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event to which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on all claims that are the subject matter of such Claim. Neither the Company nor the Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its or his or her consent to any proposed settlement; provided that the Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee [or that admits misconduct by the Indemnitee or materially limits the Indemnitee’s future activities]. In no event shall the Indemnitee be required to waive, prejudice or limit attorney-client privilege or work-product protection or other applicable privilege or protection.

16.

No Adverse Settlement . The Company shall not seek, nor shall it agree to, consent to, support, or agree not to contest, any settlement or other resolution of any Claim(s), or settlement or other resolution of any other claim, action, proceeding, demand, investigation or other matter, that has the actual or purported effect of extinguishing, limiting or impairing the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, including the entry of any bar order or other order, decree or stipulation pursuant to 15 U.S.C. § 78u-4 (the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act) or any similar foreign, federal or state statute, regulation, rule or law.

17.

Binding Effect, Etc. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company and/or its subsidiaries), spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to serve as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of, or in any other capacity with, any other Person at the Company’s request. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnitee and his or her counsel, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

18.

Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or otherwise unenforceable in any respect, and the validity and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

19.

Enforcement; Entire Agreement .

a.

The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that the Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director and/or officer of the Company.

b.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, except, for the avoidance of doubt, as contemplated by Section 8.

20.

Specific Performance, Etc. The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, the Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if the Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as the Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

21.

Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to a party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written document delivered in person or sent by facsimile, nationally recognized overnight courier or personal delivery, addressed to such party at the address specified below or such other address as may hereafter be specified on the signature page of this Agreement or in writing by such party to the other party:



6





If to the Company, to:

FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.
2500 Weston Road, Suite 300
Weston, Florida 33331
Fax: (239) 552-1750
Attn: Kent Ellert

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Fax: (212) 715-8000
Attn: Peter G. Smith, Esq.

If to the Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereof.

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been given or made to a party if and when received (including by overnight courier) by such party at such party’s address specified above or sent by electronic transmission, with confirmation received, to such party at such party’s facsimile number specified above (or such other address or facsimile number for such party as such party shall have specified by like notice).

22.

Counterparts; Electronic Delivery . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts with the same effect as if both signing parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument. This Agreement and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or contemplated hereby, and any amendments hereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile or electronic mail shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. Neither party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

23.

Headings; Construction . The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation hereof.  The words “including” or “include” as used in this Agreement shall mean “including without limitation” or “include without limitation”, respectively, whether or not expressed.

24.

Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws. Each of the Company and the Indemnitee hereby irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the State of Delaware and the state courts of the State of Delaware for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each party hereto further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by United States certified or registered mail to such party’s address specified in Section 21, or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party, shall be effective service of process in any action, suit or proceeding in Delaware with respect to any matters to which such party has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the immediately preceding sentence. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the United States District Court for the State of Delaware or the state courts of the State of Delaware and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.



7





25.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE COMPANY) HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THE PARTIES HEREUNDER.

26.

Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver such documents, provide such information, and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.


[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]



8





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.



 

FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Fax: (      )       -      




Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement


Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


We have issued our report dated April 29, 2014 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Bond Street Holdings, Inc. (renamed FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. on June 13, 2014) contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”


/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP


Fort Lauderdale, Florida

July 21, 2014



Exhibit 23.2


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR


We have issued our report dated April 30, 2014 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Great Florida Bank and Subsidiaries contained in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”



/s/ MORRISON, BROWN, ARGIZ & FARRA, LLC



Miami, Florida

July 21, 2014